Quality
Children‘s Furniture for Multiple Environments
2015/2016
Children‘s Furniture for Today‘s Environments Habermaaß GmbH P.O. Box 1107 96473 Bad Rodach Germany Tel.: +49 9564 929 - 2446 Fax: +49 9564 929 - 662400 E-Mail: info@haba.de www.haba.de
Contents Chairs · Tables
Discovery Rooms
Safety · Noise Control
page 6 - 70
page 71 - 114
page 115 - 120
Cabinets · Shelving Creativity Rooms
Platforms · Trapeze
Padded Elements · Sofas
page 121 - 199
page 200 - 218
page 219 - 282
Dramatic Play Elements
Activity Systems
Library
page 283 - 306
page 307 - 342
page 343 - 350
Partition Walls · Wall Elements · Mirrors
Wardrobe · Foyer
Outdoor Play Structures
page 351 - 396
page 397 - 422
page 423 - 468
Activity Systems
Office Furniture
page 469 - 494
page 495 - 506
Index page 507 - 511
?
The name stands for quality, product reliability, and concern for our Environment Quality
Materials
Anyone can talk quality.
How should furniture for children be made? Rugged and long-lasting! The furniture that we create with the help of over 500 skilled workers in Bad Rodach, Germany is well prepared to survive the daily wear and tear it is subjected to in a child’s room or childcare center. They bear the GS label for “tested safety”. Children, parents and caregivers should get a lifetime of enjoyment out of their furniture.
HABA can prove their compliance to the highest standards of quality: DIN EN ISO 9001 certificate. This certificate attests that we have successfully introduced and use a quality control system for both our products and our processes, so that we can guarantee their consistent quality. With an ideal combination of inflammable fabric coverings and foam paddings we offer you furniture that meets modern German fire protection requirements. Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with 25% up charge. Detailed information on fire protection on page 200.
10 Year Conditional HABA Warranty: HABA furniture is warranted against manufacturer defects for up to 10 years to the original purchaser. Warranty does not apply to normal use/ wear of the product or product abuse. Please contact our customer service department at 1-800-345-3480 for warranty questions or our complete warranty statement.
2
We guarantee the careful selection and processing of all materials. It doesn’t always have to be wood, however it must be child-friendly. We are open to new types of products and materials. We always make sure we offer our little customers materials manufactured in environmentally friendly ways. If other materials are used in production, we take care that they are also renewable raw materials and biologically degradable.
Safety All products from the GEMINO construction system and play units individually assembled for customers are GS tested and DIN EN 1176/1177 certified (German playground equipment safety standard). These guidelines set out the requirements for the construction, installation, and configuration of playground equipment, including safety distances and the required safety surfaces.
Quality and Environmental Certificates
Assembly required A
The safety glass in this catalog is conform to EN 12600.
The Öko-Tex Standard 100 certifies textiles that do not contain substances likely to endanger a person’s health. The certificate is only valid for one year and must be renewed annually after re-testing. This ensures that textile products are tested regularly for compliance with the permissible limits.
Promoting sustainable forest management www.pefc.org * PEFC = Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification. The good of the organization is to improve sustainable forestry and the maintenance and ecological balance of forests.
The HABA-buildings, the Leschenhof and Brauhof
Environmental Protection The corporate family accepts its responsibility for the environment. This is why environmental protection has been an integrated part of our company policy for years. We were the first toy maker in Germany to pass the ecological audit, and we have been granted DIN ISO 14001 certification for environmental management. We actively protect the environment in all phases of production. We use environmentally-friendly processing methods and continue to improve our technology to protect people and the environment.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
We constantly calculate, evaluate, and minimize our use of materials. We use modern energy management for all forms of energy we use (pressurized air, electricity, and heat). All machines and in all buildings, always with the environment in mind. Wood is a natural product, one that imparts furniture with character, and a surface that is pleasing to all the senses. It is a renewable raw material, one that protects our natural resources. In our production we use mainly beech
www.haba.de
from the regional forestry industry. Our suppliers of beech wood are certified according to the PEFC, the certification system for sustainable forest management. Environmental protection will continue to play an important role in the future – for us, for our customers, for our children.
3
Veneer is We want you to enjoy our furniture for a very long time. This is why we select our raw materials very carefully and only use the highest quality beech and birch veneers. Wood has an excellent ecological balance. Because wood is a piece of nature. A tree is one of the cornerstones of our ecological system. It protects the climate, binds carbon dioxide, and actively cleans the air in our atmosphere. The forest is home to many animals, habitat for plants, and a recreational oasis for people. With sustainable forestry, trees as resource are harvested in a way that protects the forest. In Germany at least one new tree grows for each tree that is removed - the forest stand is increasing. Veneer is an authentic material with the unmistakable look of wood. It imparts naturalness and a sense of security in a mechanized, increasingly tougher environment. The surface is pleasingly warm to the touch, which is why veneer lends a comfortable atmosphere to any room. Veneered furniture is significantly more long-lasting and retains its value better than furniture with imitation wood. The UV varnish is easy to clean and minor scratches and dents are easily concealed. Every piece of furniture made with veneer has an distinctive character. Just like every tree, every veneer is a unique piece of nature. Wood is a resource in every stage of its use. From the tree to wood material to furniture. Even after its useful life it still has value, because it‘s not only biodegradable but it also serves in thermal recycling as supplier of energy. Added value in every step.
Real Wood
We use to improve the quality of life & create a healthy room climate Plastic veneers / wood veneer A lot of furniture is labeled “beech finish”. This type of finish is not real wood, but a wood imitation that often cannot be distinguished from real wood. Using photochemical or other technical processes, a simulated wood grain is transferred to a plastic surface. You can only be sure you are getting real wood if you see the veneer label.
Real Wood Veneer • surface made of wood
• surface plastic coated
• warm surface
• cold surface
• biodegradable
• production and disposal harmful to the environment
• long lasting and stable in value • renewable resource
4
Plastic Veneer
Genuine Wood with Unique Character!
Veneer
What is veneer? Veneer is a layer of wood cut or peeled off a tree trunk.
• is a completely natural product
In the process, the trunks are boiled for 48 hours to make the wood malleable, and the bark is removed. A log is then spun around its own axis against a cutter bar that sheers a thin continuous sheet of veneer off the log layer by layer. The roll of veneer is then separated into thin individual sheets. Veneer can be manufactured from more than 200 types of wood.
• is part of a healthy living environment • is long-lasting • is biodegradable • is sustainable
Veneer allows for the most economical use of wood, a valuable resource. Enough veneer for the furniture for 16 bedrooms can be created from 1 m³ of wood! The shavings and other waste products from the manufacturing process are made into particle board or used in the production of energy. Did you know: Plywood is also made of veneer. A wooden board made from a number of layers of veneer glued together is called plywood.
Veneer Real wood
Veneer Real wood
Beech
Birch
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
5
Chairs and Tables
?
Chairs 路 Tables
p. 11 move•upp Stool p. 30
Basic
p. 30
Wooden Stool
Favorit
p. 10
kiddo
p. 14 move•upp
Favorit XL
p. 13 Freddie
Tobi
p. 15
p. 30
Clover-Stool
p. 30
Reversible Stool p. 31 Stool
Stool
p. 35
Favorit with footrest p. 11
p. 15 solit:sit
p. 16 solit:sit A
p. 19
Favorit
p. 12
Favorit
p. 12
solit:sit B
p. 19
Favorit with footrest p. 13
Other Cushioned Bench
Play Bench
p. 14
p. 33 Bench
p. 33
Turn-around Bench Stackable Bench p. 32 p. 31
Play Bench
p. 213 Armchair & Sofa
Bench
p. 35
p. 35
Stools
Armchair
p. 32
p. 11
move•upp Stool p. 30
Basic
Favorit
p. 10 Favorit with footrest move•upp p. 10
p. 30 Wooden Stool
p. 30 Clover-Stool
p. 30
Stool
p. 33
p. 19
p. 19
solit:sit
p. 19 solit:sit A
Chairs
Favorit Stools
p. 15
solit:sit Roll
solit:sit Lift
p. 19
Other
Kindergarten
p. 33
Armchairs
Favorit Stool
Chairs
Toddlers
Stools
Seating Furniture Overview
Stackable Bench p. 32
Cushioned Bench p. 32
Play Bench
p. 33 Bench
p. 33
Glides/casters Which glide/caster is best for which floor? Felt glides collect dirt over time, and this can damage the floor. We recommend changing them regularly.
Carpet
Linoleum
Wood
x
(x)
(x)
Enhanced plastic glides
x
x
x
Hard casters
x
x
x
Type of glide/caster
Parquet
Laminate
Natural/stone
Plastic glides are more suited towards hard floors. However the enhanced plastic glides have much better glide properties than standard ones. Therefore, with linoleum or wooden floors we recommend enhanced plastic glides.
Tiles
Mosaic
Plastic glides Felt glides
8
Soft casters
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Teacher
Chairs and Tables
Overview
Turu-Sit® p. 10 Floor Chair
p. 28 Baby-fedding chair p. 28
Wicker Armchair
S. 30
p. 28
Stools
Favorit
S. 812
p. 30
Basic
Wooden Stool
p. 30
Stool
p. 33
solit:sit Roll
p. 19
solit:sit Lift
p. 19
solit:sit
p. 32
Bench without backrest p. 33
Chairs Favorit
p. 10
move•upp
p. 15
Ratio
p. 67
Logo
p. 68
Favorit
p. 10
move•upp
p. 15
Rocker Chair
p. 22
p. 19
solit:sit A
p. 19
solit:sit B
p. 19
Geo
p. 22
Stackable Bench
Chairs
Atlanta
p. 20
Favorit, padded p. 21
Resso
p. 21 geo
Basic
Wooden Stool
p. 30
p. 22 Altro
p. 22
Stools
Other
Adult / Object chairs
Benches
School
move•upp-Stool
move•upp Stool p. 30
p. 30
In accordance with DIN EN 1729 since january 2007 The ideal seat and table heights Tables and chairs must be ergonomic – to meet the natural requirements of children. The DIN standard takes the body dimensions of children and young people into consideration in its seat and table heights.
Chairs and tables marked with this icon are available from HABA for many heights.
>> For every size
>> For every size
Size chart
of DIN EN 1729
Individuals Height
Seat height Table height
31“ - 37“, 80 - 95 cm
8 ¼“, 21 cm
15 ¾“, 40 cm
36“ - 45“, 93 - 116 cm
10 ¼“, 26 cm
18“, 46 cm
42“ - 47“, 108 - 121 cm
12 ¼“, 31 cm
21“, 53 cm
46“ - 56“, 119 - 142 cm
13 ¾“, 35 cm
23 ¼“, 59 cm
53“ - 62“, 133 - 159 cm
15“, 38 cm
25 ¼“, 64 cm 28“, 71 cm
58“ - 69“, 146 - 176.5 cm
17“, 43 cm
62“ - 74“, 159 - 188 cm
18“, 46 cm
30“, 76 cm
68“ - 81“, 174 - 207 cm
20“, 51 cm
32 ¼“, 82 cm
9
Stacking Chair “Favorit” More than 1.5 Million sold Worldwide Select color options and glides, see page 13.
Comfortable and sturdy 10 times bonded, 3 times curved beech wood backrest
Rear chair leg / frame connector Extremely sturdy with dowel bonding, wood plug bonding and additional metal connection
Front chair leg / frame connector The double dowel connection guarantees maximum stability
10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested
Durable Bearing parts made of Solid beech wood
Made
in Germany
Stacking Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ½”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 30 cm
809320
Gentle to the floor doweled plastic glides. Even after years of use, no sharp edges
Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, chair width 38 cm
Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat width 16”, 40 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm
809340 807025 Footrest height-adjustable in 3 increments.
809370
809310
Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 31 cm
Comfortable Ergonomically shaped seat made of 10 layers of bonded beech wood veneers with rounded front edge and a seat shell that tapers off towards the back
Footrest only available with 809340. (H 8 ¼”, 21, H 10 ¼”, 26, and H 12 ¼”, 31 cm)
Seat height 20”, 51 cm, seat depth 18 ½”, 46 cm, seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 19 ¾“, 50 cm
809380 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 14”, 35 cm, chair width 16 ¼”, 41 cm
809350
Replacement glides
Seat height 12 ¼”, 31 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 36 cm
Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 15”, 38 cm, seat width 15 ¾”, 39 cm, chair width 18 ¼”, 46 cm
For all “Favorit” chairs and stools each 4 pieces. 802527 Plastic 802528 Felt 802529 Enhanced plastic
809330
809360
For glides to fit different bases see p. 8
10
Favorit chair
1
Chairs and Tables
6 good reasons that will convince you of "Favorit" ONE group of chairs for ALL applications
Stool
Stackable chair
2
Armchair without side panels
Armchair with side panels
3
Armchair XL
4
Light as a feather
Stackable
Non-tip
The chairs shown are 13 ¾“, 35 cm tall and with a weight of 8 pounds, 3.5 kg; easy for children to pick up.
The legs on the Favorit facilitate space-saving stacking.
The slant back feet helps prevent tipping.
5
6
Height-adjustable footrest The height-adjustable footrest is bolted to the chair legs on its sides. The foot panel can then be adjusted in 3 increments: This allows for three seat heights: 8 ¼“, 10 ¼“, 12 ¼“, 21, 26 and 31 cm. This way, chairs with a seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm can also be used for smaller children.
Stool “Favorit“
Bag hook The rounded shape of the backrest allows for bags and backpacks.
stackable
Stackable Stool “Favorit” Solid beech wood; seat. 809610 H 8 ½“, 21 cm, Seat-ø 9 ½“, 24 cm 809620 H 10 ¼”, 26 cm, Seat-ø 9 ½“, 24 cm 809630 H 12 ¼“, 31 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809640 H 13 ¾”, 35 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809650 H 15”, 38 cm, Seat-ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm 809660 H 17”, 43 cm, Seat-ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm 809670 H 18 ¼”, 46 cm, Seat-ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm
Front stool leg double dowel connection lines guarantee maximum stability
Select color options and glides on page 13.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
in seven seat heights
11
Armchair “Favorit“
Quality Corner joint
Select color options and glides, see page 13.
>> solid >> dovetailed >> softly rounded edges
Armrest distance
10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made
in Germany Armchair “Favorit“ Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼“, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼“, 23 cm, seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, armrest height 13“, 33 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm
809210 809600 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, armrest height 15 ¾“, 39 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm
809220 809601 Safety restraint Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat depth 10 ¾“, 27 cm, seat width 14 ¼“, 36 cm, armrest height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, chair width 17“, 43 cm
809230 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm, armrest height , 20 ½“, 52 cm, chair width 17 ¾“, 45 cm 809240 Without footrest 807035 Footrest, height adjustable in 3 steps (8 ½”, 10 ½” and 12 ½”, 21, 26 and 31 cm). Footrest only available with 809240.
"Favorit" with Safety Post Armrest Chair “Favorit” Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 13”, 33 cm. 809216 chair width, 15”, 38 cm Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15”, 38 cm, chair width 15”, 38 cm. 809226 Without footrest 809228 With footrest
For the seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm
bolted to the chair legs on its sides. The foot panel can then be adjusted in height in 3 increments: This allows for three seat heights: 8 ¼“, 10 ¼“ and 12 ¼“, 21, 26 and 31 cm. This way, chairs with a seat height of 13 ¾“, 35 cm can also be used for smaller children.
Safety Restraint with Post
>> padded middle post as sliding stopper
Seat height 17“, 43 cm, seat depth 15“, 38 cm, seat width 18 ¼“, 46 cm, armrest height 25 ½“, 65 cm, chair width 54 cm
>> plug spring mechanism for easy installation
Safety restraint replacement padding
809260
12
Footrest
Safety post on the seat shell
809250
809270
Accessories
>> The height-adjustable footrest is tightly
Seat height 15“, 38 cm, seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, seat width 16 ¼“, 41 cm, armrest height 22 ½“, 57 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm
Seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ½“, 42 cm, seat width 2 ¾“, 7 cm, armrest height 27 ¼“, 69 cm, chair width 55 cm
>> extra narrow
>> easy to adjust and lock >> sliding stopper
Fits safety restraints on all “Favorit” chairs. Easy to replace thanks to Velcro tape. Robust fabric (100% polyester) removable, machine-washable, color: light blue. 4 ½” x 2 ½” x 1 ¾”, 110 x 60 x 40 mm
809619
Favorit chair
Chairs and Tables
Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels Select color options and glides below. Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels Solid beech wood, seat and backrest. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, armrest height 1 ¼”, 3 cm, chair width, 12 ½", 32 cm . Not stackable.
Side panels Prevent·children·from putting their legs through the sides.
809410 809602 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15 ½”, 39 cm, chair width 15", 38 cm 809603 Safety restraint
Armrest Chair “Favorit” with Side Panels and Center post The center post acts as sliding stopper between the legs. It is easy to adjust and lock. Solid beech wood, seat and back. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, armrest height 13”, 33 cm, chair width 12 ½", 32 cm Not shown.
809416 809602 Safety restraint Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, armrest height 15”, 38 cm, chair width15“, 38 cm
809426 809603 Safety restraint 809616 Seat insert (artificial leather, blue; removable,
The seat insert reduces the size ofthe seat surface, allowing slimmer children a stable fit.
wipe-clean, machine washable)
Armrest Chair XL for preschool table height of 23 ¼“, 59 cm Safety highchair “Favorit XL” 8 ½"/10 ¼", 21/26 cm
Ideal for mixed age groups, so all children can sit together at one table. The seat height is the distance between footrest and seat. With side panels. Material: Solid beech wood, seat and backrest made of genuine beech wood. Seat height 8 ¼”, 21 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm, seat width 10”, 25 cm, chair width 12 ½", 32 cm 809510 Without post 809516 With post 809604 Safety restraint with post Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 10”, 25 cm, seat width 12 ¼”, 31 cm, chair width 15", 38 cm 809520 Without post 809526 With post 809605 Safety restraint with post 809616 Seat insert (artificial leather, blue; removable, wipe-clean, machine washable)
How to order Mandatory Options Glides
Optional colors Colors
Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
Glide enhanced plastic
WEIS
GELB
MAIS
ORAN
ROT
HBLA
White
Yellow
Maize
Orange
Red
Light Blue
P657
BLAU
HEGR
GRUN
Clear Blue
Blue
Light Green
Green
GLVK Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Please select color options; Delivered in natural if color is not specified.
13
Daycare & Preschool chairs “Kiddo“
Chairs are stackable
Preschool Chair “Kiddo”
Easy to handle
Although it is light weight, this chair for the little ones is tilt resistant. With grip holes in the backrest as well as the armrests, it can easily be moved. Corners and edges are rounded to prevent injuries. Genuine birch wood. Includes plastic glides. 475950 Seat height 8 ½”, 21 cm, seat width 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat depth 9 ½”, 22.9 cm, chair width 12", 30 cm 475951 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat width 12 ½”, 32 cm. seat depth 10”, 25 cm, chair width 12 ½”, 32 cm Only available with plastic glides.
Non-tip, rounded edges
“Freddie“ Footrest
with a footrest – for mixed-age groups (table height of 23 ¼“, 59 cm) “Freddie”
Seating cushion
Mandatory Options Glides
Seat cushion Synthetic leather, light blue, robust foam RG 24/40. The upholstery is wipe-clean and can be machine washed at 86 ºf, 30 ºc. Size: approx. W 12” x H 10 ¼” x D 1 ¼”, W 30 cm x H 26 cm x D 3 cm
475965
Glides plastic
Gleiter felt
GLKU
GLFI
Glide enhanced plastic
GLVK
If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview „Which glide for which floor?“ on page 8.
14
Is ideal for mixed-age groups. It allows toddlers from 1 ½ years old to sit together with preschoolers at tables 23 ¼”, 59 cm -high. Genuine beech wood. Size: W 13 ½” x H 26” x D 16 ¾”, W 34 x H 66 x D 42 cm, seat height 8 ¾”, 22 cm, seat width 10 ¾”, 27 cm, seat depth 9 ¼”, 23 cm. Weight: 9 ¼ lb, 4.1 kg. 475960 without round bar 475961 with round bar
Chairs
Chairs and Tables
Stacking Chair
Handy bag holder
Stacking Chair move-upp Backrest is a handy bag holder. Steel tube legs and curved wooden shape. Genuine birch wood, powder-coated steel tube in RAL 9006, aluminum. 475705 Seat height 8 ½”, 21 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 26.5 cm, seat width 11 ¾”, 29 cm, chair width 14 ¾”, 37 cm 475715 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 10 ¾”, 26.5 cm, seat width 11 ¾”, 29 cm, chair width 15“, 38 cm 475725 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm, seat width 12 ½”, 31 cm, chair width 16 ¾“, 42 cm 475735 Seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 13 ¾”, 34 cm, chair width 18 ½“, 47 cm 475745 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, seat depth 14 ¾”, 37 cm, seat width 14 ¾”, 37 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 475755 Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 17 ½”, 44 cm, seat width 16 ½”, 41 cm, chair width 21 ½“, 54 cm 475765 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm, seat depth 17 ½”, 44 cm, seat width 16 ½”, 41 cm, chair width 21 ¾“, 55 cm
The sturdy, powder-coated frame consists of ¼“, 2 mm thick steel tube.
Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
For carpeting
For smooth surfaces
Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.
Select type of glides.
Toddler Stool “Tobi” “Tobi” Solid beech wood, seat and backrest . W 14” x H 21 ¾” x D 14”, W 35 x H 54.5 x D 35 cm. Seat heights: W 8 ¾", 10 ¼", 12", W 22, 26, 30 cm.
>> Provides for an ergonomic sitting posture >> Seat and backrest can be adjusted three ways (in 1 ½“, 4 cm increments)
800310
Mandatory Options Glides Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
For carpeting
For smooth surfaces
>> With safety bar and belt
Select type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
15
with beech wood shell two-component design · flexible shell · high seating comfort · promotes good posture
Quality Contruction Seat made of 10-layer glued beech molded plywood
Book bag holder
The sturdy frame is of 14 gauge, ½“, 2 mm thick steel tube
Protects table top edges.
Smooth waterfall design seat
10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 GS tested Made
in Germany
SOLIT:SIT WITH IMPACT RESISTANT PLASTIC SHELL, see page 18.
16
Tilt-resistant slip-on “long life” glides guarantee stability and minimum abrasion on all types of flooring.
solit:sit-chairs
Chairs and Tables
for table heights 30“, 76 cm
adjustable seat height
Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model A, natural
Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model B, natural
Stackable. Incl. grip hole. C-shape that is open towards the front. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm with a seat width of 12“, 30 cm and 13 ¾”, 35 cm and 1” x ½”, 25 x 2.5 mm with a seat width of 17”, 43 cm).
Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 16 ½”, 41 cm 178123 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178124 Seat height 15”, 38 cm
Seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 14 ½”, 36 cm 178111 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm 178112 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm
Stackable chair with grip hole and C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). Footrest with light gray surface RAL 7035. Seat width 14”, 35 cm, chair width 19”, 48 cm, Total seat height 20 ¾”, 52 cm 178138 Seat height 12 ½” – 15”, 31 – 38 cm,
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 19 ½”, 49 cm 178125 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178126 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm
Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 16”, 40 cm 178113 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178114 Seat height 15”, 38 cm
Cantilever Chair solit:sit® with Adjustable Footrest, natural
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 51.5 cm, Total seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm 178139 Seat height 15” – 17”, 38 – 43 cm,
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ½”, 51.5 cm 178115 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178116 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm
with casters
Four-leg Chair solit:sit®, natural Stackable and sturdy four-leg design made of precision tube (1” x ½”, 22 x 2 mm). Seat width 12”, 30 cm, chair width 14 ½“, 36 cm 178101 Seat height 10 ½”, 26 cm 178102 Seat height 12 ½”, 31 cm
with feet
Swivel Chair solit:sit®, height adjustable, natural
Swivel Chair solit:sit® Active, height adjustable, natural
Release lever for height adjustment. Aluminum star base with feet or casters.
Release lever for height. Seat incline adjusts automatically to all directions for dynamic sitting (3-D seat dynamization). Description of the Active-Mechanism on page 18. Aluminum star base with feet or casters.
Seat width 14”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178171 Seat height 14” – 18”, 35 – 46 cm
Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 19“, 48 cm 178103 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178104 Seat height 15”, 38 cm
Seat width 14”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178172 Seat height 14” – 18 ½”, 35 – 46 cm
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178173 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178174 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 22 ½“, 57 cm 178105 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178106 Seat height 18 ½”, 46 cm
Select color of the wood shell and type of glides below.
How to order
Mandatory Options
Wood shell NATU natural
WEIS
GELB
MAIS
ORAN
ROT
HBLA
white
yellow
maize
orange
red
light blue
1. Foot
2. Hard Caster
P657
BLAU
HEGR
GRÜN
clear blue
blue
light green
green
Specify color of the seat shell. Natural is the standard.
3. Soft Caster
Felt Glide
For soft floors:
For hard floors:
STFF
ROLH
ROLW
Options for height adjustable chairs only.
Plastic Glide
STFK
Glides Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
For carpeting
For smooth surfaces
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.
www.haba.de
17
with impact resistant plastic shell Two-component design · flexible shell · high seating comfort · promotes good posture
Includes book bag holder
The surface of the plastic shell consists of robust PP copolymer. Resists scratches and is easy to clean.
Textured to prevent slipping
The sturdy frame is of 14 gauge, ½“, 2 mm thick steel tube
The fiberglass reinforced core creates extreme durability.
10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729
Protects table top edges with plastic cover on bottom of the chair.
GS tested
Tilt-resistant slip-on “long life” glides guarantee stability and minimum abrasion on all types of flooring.
Made
in Germany
Active-Design Movement is healthy – even while sitting The seat shell adapts to movements and shifting of weight forward, back and to the sides. The different sitting angles activate the muscles and stimulate blood circulation. Due to the frequent change of the sitting position, postural deformities and backache is alleviated.
back & forth
up & down
18
Flexible
left & right
The durable rubber arrester allows quiet movement.
Chairs and Tables
solit:sit-chairs
for table height of 30”, 76 cm
adjustable seat height
Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model A
Skid Chair solit:sit® Swing Model B
Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the front. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). With grip hole.
Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ¼”, 22 x 2.5 mm). With grip hole.
Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 15 ¾”, 40 cm 178013 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178014 Seat height 15”, 38 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 51.5 cm 178015 Seat Height 17“, 43 cm 178016 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm
Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 15 ¾”, 41 cm 178023 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178024 Seat height 15”, 38 cm
Cantilever Chair solit:sit® with Adjustable Footrest Stackable. C-shape that is open towards the back. Cantilever steel tube (1” x ½”, 25 x 2.5 mm). Footrest with light gray surface RAL 7035. With grip hole. Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 18 ¾”, 48 cm, Total seat height 20 ¾”, 52 cm 178038 Seat height 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 – 38 cm
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ¼”, 49 cm 178025 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178026 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm
Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 20 ½”, 51,5 cm, Total seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 178039 Seat height 15” – 17”, 38 – 43 cm
with feet
Four-leg Chair solit:sit® Stackable. With grip hole and sturdy four-leg design made of precision tube (1” x ½”, 22 x 2 mm). Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, chair width 19”, 48 cm 178003 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 178004 Seat height 15”, 38 cm, Seat width 17”, 43 cm, chair width 22 ½”, 57 cm 178005 Seat height 17”, 43 cm 178006 Seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm
with casters
Swivel Chair solit:sit®, height adjustable
Swivel Chair solit:sit® active, height adjustable
With grip hole and sturdy release lever for height adjustment. Aluminum star base with feet or casters.
With grip hole and sturdy release lever to adjust height. Seat incline adjusts automatically all directions for dynamic seating (3-D seat dynamization). Aluminum star base with feet or casters.
Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178071 Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm – 18 ¼”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178073 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm
Seat width 13 ¾”, 35 cm, star base Ø 19 ½”, 49 cm 178072 Seat height 13 ¾” – 18 ¼”, 35 – 46 cm Seat width 17”, 43 cm, star base Ø 24 ¾”, 62 cm 178074 Seat height 16 ½” – 21”, 41 – 53 cm
Select color of the shell and type of glides below.
How to order
Mandatory Options
Plastic shell
Glides
P375
1003
2003
3000
5015
7031
Light Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
Blue
Gray
1. Foot
2. Hard Caster Felt Glide
STFF
Plastic Glide
Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.
3. Soft Caster
For carpeted floors:
For hard floors:
ROLH
ROLW
Options for swivel chairs only.
STFK
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
19
"Atlanta"
Multi-purpose chairs
modern stacking chairs in a material mix
Select fabric options and glides.
Can be connected using connection devices
All models have a bell-shaped round steel tube frame with plastic glides to protect floors. The seat is an ergonomically formed beech shell. “Atlanta” chairs are ideal for meeting rooms. Armless chairs can be linked together securely to form fixed rows (row connectors sold separately on request). Up to 12 chairs can be stacked.
Ergonomically shaped wooden shell in beech or birch wood
- Total height: 34 ¾“, 88 cm - Chair width: 20 ¼“, 51 cm - Seat height: 18 ¼“, 46 cm - Seat depth: 22“, 56 cm - Seat width: 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm
10 - 12 pieces stackable
Sturdy round steel tube frame
plastic glides that are gentle on the floor
Material Characteristics for Atlanta
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
Atlanta 1
Atlanta 2
Atlanta 3
Atlanta 4
Un-upholstered, with straight back and handle cut-out.
Upholstered, with straight back and handle cut-out.
Upholstered, with straight, perforated back.
Un-upholstered, with straight, perforated back.
111075
111076
111078
111077
>> Flame retardant >> Highly durable >> Shape-retaining properties >> Fabric won´t fade >> Easy clean-up
>> Models with armrests on request
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
Atlanta 5
Atlanta 6
Atlanta 7
Atlanta 8
Row connector
Un-upholstered, with rounded, curved back and handle cut-out.
Upholstered, with rounded, curved back and handle cut-out.
Un-upholstered, with rounded, curved, and perforated back.
Upholstered, with rounded, curved, and perforated back.
111484
111486
111488
111490
For “Atlanta“-models 1 - 8 without armrests. 110061 not shown
How to order Mandatory Options Fabric options for the chairs
20
CH 04 orange
CH 07 red
CH 11 blue
CH 13 green
CH 19 gray
CH 20 black
optional
Glides
Please specify wood
Glides plastic
Glides felt
Glides enhanced plastic
GLKU
GLFI
GLVK
If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview "Which glide for which floor?" on page 8.
BUCH
BIRK
beech
birch
If not specified we will deliver in beech.
Multi-purpose chairs
"Resso" Chairs and Tables
Modern stackable chairs All models are made of slender, extremely robust round steel pipe, with floor-friendly plastic or felt glides. Chrome frame with ergonomically-shaped beech seat shell. Available with or without upholstery. Up to 10 chairs can be stacked together. Models with armrests on request.
Ergonomically shaped wooden shell in beech wood
- Total height: 35 ½“, 90 cm - Chair width: 20 ¼“, 51 cm - Seat height: 18 ½“, 47 cm - Seat depth: 15 ¾“, 40 cm - Seat width: 17“, 43 cm
floor-friendly plastic or felt glides
Sturdy round steel tube frame
“Favorit“ Teacher‘s chair
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
Resso, upholstered seat 112172
Resso, seat and backrest upholstered 112174
20“ 51 cm
Resso, not upholstered 112170
Teacher’s chair-Lower Seat Height
20“ 51 cm
20“ 51 cm
At long last there is a popular favorite chair for adults, too. To ensure that the teacher sits comfortably, while working with students the adult sitting height of 17 ¾”, 45 cm has been reduced by 4 ½”, 11 cm. Sitting height: 13 ¾”, 35 cm; depth: 17 ¾”, 45 cm; width: 15 ½”, 39 cm. Beech solid wood.
20“ 51 cm
808045 Select color options and glides (page 13).
Resso B, not upholstered 112220
Resso B, seat upholstered 112222
Resso B, seat and backrest upholstered 112224
“Favorit“ padded
How to order Mandatory Options
Glides
Synthetic leather upholstery color E6 blue
E8 black
E9 red
E10 green
Glides plastic E11 gray
E16 white
XTREME fabric upholstery color XT4 orange
XT5 red
XT7 green
XT9 blue
XT14 gray
XT16 black
Gleiter Glide enhanced felt plastic
GLKU GLFI
GLVK
If not specified we will deliver GLKU. Overview "Which glide for which floor?" on page 8.
“Favorit“ Chair, upholstered Frame: solid Beech, clear finish. Seat and backrest upholstery are ergonomically designed to increase seating comfort. Seat height 18“, 46 cm, seat depth 16 ½“, 42 cm, seat width 16“, 40.5 cm.
809372 Select fabric options (page 222 - 226) and glides.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
21
Multi-purpose chairs Four-leg chair geo
Rocker Chair
Stackable
blue
red
Geo four-leg chair The front legs of this stackable chair are made of round steel and the rear legs are made of oval tubular steel. The large radius of the front seating edge supports good posture. The rounded back and the seating area are made of multiple-layer beech timber. Plastic covers for stacking. Seating width 13 ½”, 34 cm, -depth 15”, 38 cm, chair width 15 ½”, 39 cm 176057 Seating height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 176058 Seating height 15”, 38 cm Seating width 15”, 38 cm, -depth 16 ¾”, 42 cm, chair width 17”, 43 cm 176059 Seating height 17”, 43 cm 176060 seating height 18 ¼”, 46 cm 176061 seating height 20 ¼”, 51 cm
Rocker Chair With padded seat shell and steel tube frame. Frame color: silver pearl. Seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat width 15“, 38 cm, seat depth 15 ½“, 39 cm, overall height 36 ¼“, 92 cm, chair width 16 ½”, 42 cm. 092597 Blue 092598 Red 092599 Gray Only available with plastic glides.
Select frame color and glides on page 69.
NEW!
Four-leg chair OMEGA
NEW!
Four-leg chair ALTRO
Four-legged Chair "Omega"
Four-legged Chair "Altro"
Stackable, precision steel pipe frame, 1" x ¼", 22 x 2 mm, in RAL 9006 white aluminum. Seat height 18 ¼"/18 ½", 46/47 cm, seat width 17 ½", 44 cm. Chair width 20 ¼", 51 cm. Models with armrests on request. Without armrests 176490 without cushioning 176491 With seat cushion 176492 With seat/backrest cushion
Stackable, round steel pipe frame, 1" x ¼", 22 x 2 mm, in RAL 9006 white aluminum. Seat height 18 ½", 47 cm, chair width 18 ½", 47 cm.
176065 Select cushion color and glide types below.
Specify cushion color and glide type below.
How to order OMEGA + ALTRO
Mandatory Options
Optional colors XTREME-Stoffe CX03
CX04
CX02
CX10
CX06
CX05
CX13
CX01
CX11
CX15
CX12
CX07
CX08
Yellow
Orange
Red
Red Violet
Apple Green
Green
Light Blue
Blue
Turquoise
Light Gray
Gray
Dark Gray
Black
Glides Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
22
Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU.
Pedestal Tables
Chairs and Tables
Pedestal tables Height-Adjustable & mobile
sy
t
.
Ea
to
see
s height adju
tm
en
HeightAdjustable
Height-adjustable pedestal Table Gas lift and 5 casters, smooth surface. Frame made of powder-coated tubular steel and tabletop made of genuine birch with Duropal surface. Pedestal-Ø 27 ¾”, 70 cm center column-Ø 2”, 5 cm, H 30 ½” - 46 ¼”, 77 – 117 cm. 176260 Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm 176261 Ø 39 ½”, 100 cm
How to order Table Top
Mandatory Options Please specify the desired table top surface. If not specified we deliver K243.
®
Duropal W400 White
KORA Orange
KGEL Yellow
G719 Green
U068 Blue
K188
K177
K243
Lightgray
Beech light
Birch
Height-Adjustable
Waiting room table
This pedestal table can be used as a flexible work space or as a height-adjustable table in the cafeteria.
A visual highlight in the adult waiting area.
NEW!
68 - 98 cm 27” - 38 ¾”
Table top made of 3/8“, 10 mm frosted glass
Height-Adjustable Pedestal Table With telescoping leg and round base. This table is simple to adjust in 1”, 2 cm intervals. Simply lift and release the tabletop. It latches with a click. To lower the table, lift the tabletop up to the highest position and press it all the way down, then lift it back up to the desired height. Chrome round base, tabletop birch wood with Duropal ® surface. Ø 31 ½”, 80 cm, height adjustable of 27” - 38 ¾”, 68 - 98 cm.
466640
Waiting Room Column Table Table top made of strong 10 mm frosted glass, powder-coated steel frame. Size: H 17 ¾" 45 cm, top Ø 23 ¾", 60 cm, foot plate Ø 19", 48 cm. 466650 RAL 9006 white aluminum 466651 Chrome
Select table top on page 57.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
23
Folding wall tables –
Experiment
practical and space-saving
Experiment and building materials are easily accessed when you open the table leaf. Helps keep everything in reach. Tidying up is easy. Just put everything into the cabinet, close the leaf and you’re done. Grown-ups can easily pull down the table leaf and the content of the cabinet is protected from children’s curious hands when the table leaf is up.
59 ½“, 151 cm deep when opened
Learning Wall Mounted Fold-down Table
Build Additional storage space in the lower area
Only 15 ¾“, 40 cm deep when closed
Combined cupboard and table. The cupboard has 2 fixed shelves and 2 compartments with a lid. The table can be folded up or down as needed. GS certified and therefore completely safe. Includes hardware for wall attachment. Beech wood composite panel with Duropal surface (for more about the material see page 161). Size: table top length 47 ¼“, 120 cm x width 27 ¾“, 70 cm, cupboard width 29 ½“, 74,5 cm x height 49“, 124 cm.
184120 184121 184122 184123 184124
H 18 ¼”, 46 cm H 21”, 53 cm H 23 ¼”, 59 cm H 25 ½”, 64 cm H 28”, 71 cm
Select table top below.
How to order Mandatory Options Duropal®-Table surface Choose from the colors below
Paint W400 white KORA orange KGEL yellow U739
U068 blue
G719
K243
clear blue
green
24
K188 light gray
K177
Beech light
KSTB
Beech “strips“
Birch
Folding Wall Tables
Chairs and Tables
Folding wall tables & benches Fold-down Table Locking mechanism is on the wall, and snaps in when the table is folded up. It can only be unlocked by an adult to fold the table down. The mechanism is GS tested and therefore completely safe. A side button locks the table leg. When the table is folded up there is space for other things. The underside of the table can also be made into a play area with the addition of a sensory panel (please order separately). Load capacity: max. 132 ½ lb, 60 kg. Beech real wood veneer, metal legs with plastic glides, powder-coated (RAL 9006). metal. Size: L 55 ¼“ x W 27 ¾“, L 140 x W 70 cm (table surface).
Fold-down Table, round 184109 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 184110 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184111 H 21“, 53 cm 184112 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184113 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184114 H 28“, 71 cm 184115 H 30“, 76 cm
55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“ 140 x 70 cm Select table top on page 24.
47“ x 27 ½“ 120 x 70 cm
Fold-down Table, square 184129 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 184130 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184131 H 21“, 53 cm 184132 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184133 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184134 H 28“, 71 cm 184135 H 30“, 76 cm
Stool on page 11.
Select table top on page 24.
10 Year GUARANTEE Folds flat against wall
GS tested
First loosen the latch…
…then fold down.
Made
in Germany
Fold-down Bench
105 x 35 cm 41“ x 13 ¾“
Matches all fold-down tables. The locking mechanism is on the wall, and snaps in when the bench is folded up. It can only be unlocked by an adult. If no seat is needed then it makes space for other things. The leg can be locked with a side button. GS tested and therefore completely safe. Beech wood composite panel with Duropal surface, metal legs with plastic glides, powder-coated (RAL 9006). Size: L 41 ½“ x W 14“, L 105.4 x W 35.4 cm (seating area), seat plate thickness ¾“, 17 mm.
184149 184150 184151 184152 184153 184154 184155
H 8 ½“, 21 cm H 10 ¼“, 26 cm H 12 ¼“, 31 cm H 14“, 35 cm H 15“, 38 cm H 17“, 43 cm H 18 ¼“, 46 cm
Select bench top on page 24
Folds flat against wall
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Loosen the latch to fold down.
25
Folding Table & Trolley Folding table "tip top" >> with release lever under the table
Folding Table "modo" The tabletop can be folded up using a simple mechanism with release lever. When not in use can be rolled away. Several tables can be nested into each other to save space. With four casters. Y-shaped steel tube frame with powder coating, 1”, 25 mm thick tabletop, with melamine resin coating on both sides. Available with ABS edge. H 28 ½" x D 27 ½", H 72 x 70 cm. 176999 W 55 ¼", 140 cm (not shown) 176198 W 63", 160 cm
Several tables can be nested into each other to save space.
Select table top on page 69.
Folding table & Trolley "slide"
Folding Table Sturdy frame with steel apron. Legs with plastic glides. Table has ¾”, 19 mm thick tabletop, with melamine resin coating on both sides. On the bottom it has stacking protection. H 28”, H 72 cm. Only available with ABS edge. 176200 W 47 ¼” x D 27 ½”, W 120 x D 70 cm 176201 W 55 ½” x D 27 ½”, W 140 x D 70 cm 176202 W 63“ x D 27 ½“, W 160 x D 70 cm
176203 W 47 ¼“ x D 32“, W 120 x D 80 cm 176204 W 55 ¼“ x D 32“, W 140 x D 80 cm 176205 W 63“ x D 32“, W 160 x D 80 cm Select table top, frame color and glides on page 69.
saves space
Stack up to 10 tables
Table Transport Trolley Load capacity: 10 tables. 1”, 25 mm thick three-layer wood with melamine resin coating on both sides. Black metal frame. W 63” x D 27 ½”, W 165 x D 71 cm.
176290
26
Folding & Pullout Tables
PULLOUT TABLE 63“/94 ½“ x 35 ½“ L 160/240 x B 90
METAL TABLE FRAME in 4 Options powercoated RAL 9006, gray
Number
Chairs and Tables
Pullout table
Adjustable 23 ¼“- 30“, 59 - 76 cm
GLIDES
Caster MIX
GLIDES
Caster MIX
167820
167821
167830
167831
Select table top, table height and type of glides on page 64 - 65.
Pullout table Expands from 39 ½”, 100 cm to 94 ½”, 240 cm. Tabletop 4 with HPL coating ½“, 1.2 mm thick. W 63/94 ½“ x H 35 ½“, 160/240 x H 90 cm. Only available with metal frame and Duropal.
From 6 to 10 in the wink of an eye
>> Pullout table offers space for up to 6 people in its initial size
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
>> Pull out the panels and fold up the middle panel
www.haba.de
>> Space for up to 10 people
27
Sitting
Sit comfortably and practically
holder for baby bottle
Wipeable synthetic leather cover
Footstool
A
Armrest is adjustable
A
Baby Feeding Chair
Relax on this softly upholstered chair with 4-way adjustable arm rest, and table, you can attach either on the left or right. Genuine birch, foam upholstering and hygienic synthetic leather cover. Seating height 15 ¾”, 40 cm, seating depth 23 ¾”, 60 cm. Overall dimensions: W 42 ¼” x H 33 ¼” x D approx. 29 ¾”, W 107 x H 84 x D approx. 75 cm. The footstool offers you additional comfort (please order separately).
102075
B
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
B
Footstool
Genuine birch. W 19” x H 9 ¼” x D 19”, W 48 x H 23 x D 48 cm.
102077 Available with plastice glides
Armchair for Nursery
Floor chair
with back support
Floor Chair
Rattan, with plastic glides. Total height 33 ½”, 85 cm, with 25 ”, 63 cm, depth 25”, 63 cm, seating height 17”, 43 cm.
102065
28
Sit comfortably on the floor with back support. The stackable chair is delivered unassembled, but is quickly and easily transformed into a practical seating option. Connect the metal frame and pull the fabric cover over it, and the chair is ready. Sturdy canvas of 100 % cotton, metal frame, seat surface of foam. Weight: 41 lbs, 1.9 kg. W 15“ x D 12 ¾“, W 42.5 x D 32 cm, backrest height 21 ¾“, 55 cm. 099938 Blue 099948 Red
Wall Workspace A variable workstation that adapts to your needs and saves space. The height of the folding table is adjustable to convert to a standing or sitting worktable. Fold the table up if more space is needed. Shelves and cabinets are easily attached to the pegboard, which has a metal surface and also serves as a pin board.
E
D
C
Wall-Mounted Panel with Folding Table
Pegboard with folding table, height adjustable. Real wood - birch, tabletop HPL birch. W 38“ x H 78“ x D 1 ½ or 31 ½“ (table unfolded), W 96 x H 198 x D 4 or 80 cm (table unfolded). Mounting height 82 ¾“, 210 cm
473929
D
Shelf Attachment Real birch wood. W 18 ½“ x H 10 “ x D 9 ¼“, W 46.5 x H 25.5 x D 23.5 cm.
473914
E
C
Locker Attachment Real birch wood. W 18 ½“ x H 15“ x D 11“, W 46.5 x H 38 x D 27.5 cm.
473915
pra
ctical hook
Standing Worktable F
with hook
G
Teacher wall workplace With 1 drawer, one compartment under the folding cover, a pen tray and retainer bar. Birch. W 18 ½” x H 12 ¾” x D 17 ½”, W 46,4 x H 32,3 x D 44 cm. 473925 With the drawer and a lock
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Dynamic Workstation Slightly tilt to move the table with two casters. The drawers and the cabinet are locked to protect contents. With 2 table hooks and 1 shelf. Birch wood. Tabletop 24“ x 24“, 60 x 60 cm, total height 41 ½“,105 cm.
www.haba.de
F 182080 G 182082
Standing/rolling table, 2 drawers, 1 door Standing/rolling table, 1 drawer
29
Chairs and Tables
standing work places
Stool Clover Stool
stackable
flexible glides
Clover Stool The design of this three-legged stool offers maximum leg room for the respective table height. Seat of real beech wood, legs of solid beech wood. Seat-Ø 13 ½”, 34 cm, leg-Ø 2”, 50 mm. 808084 Height 8 ¼”, 21 cm 808085 Height 10 ¼”, 26 cm 808086 Height 12 ¼”, 31 cm 808087 Height 13 ¾”, 35 cm Only available with plastic glides
The steel plate installed into the seat ensures a strong connection to the legs.
Wooden Stool
Stackable Stool
Stackable Stool steel tube supports, ½”, 2 mm, serve as footrests
Select glides. Wooden Stool, stackable
Stackable Stool
Stool “Basic“
Seat beech veneer and frame beech plywood; natural finish. Seat diameter: 11 ½“, 29.5 cm 111650 Height 8 ¼”, 21 cm 111651 Height 10”, 26 cm 111652 Height 12”, 31 cm 111653 Height 13 ¾“, 35 cm 111654 Height 15”, 38 cm
Genuine beech wood, powder-coated steel tube in RAL 9006, white aluminum, natural finish. Seat diameter 10 ¾”, 27 cm 475815 Height 8 ¼“, 21 cm 475825 Height 10 ½”, 26 cm 475835 Height 12 ¼”, 31 cm 475845 Height 13 ¾”, 35 cm 475855 Height 15”, 38 cm
Four footrests. This results in four different seat heights: 12 ¼“, 31 cm, 13 ¼“, 35 cm, 15“, 38 cm, 17”, 43 cm. Precision steel tube, epoxy resin powder coating, plastic parts are made of polypropylene (black, RAL 9005), seat made of real wood - beech, varnished. Seat Ø 13 ¼“, 35 cm, seat height 18 ¼”, 46 cm
Seat diameter: 13 ¾“, 35 cm 111655 Height 17“, 43 cm 111656 Height 18 ¼”, 46 cm
176070
Seat diameter: 13 ¾”, 35 cm 475865 Height 17”, 43 cm 475875 Height 18 ¼”, 46 cm
Mandatory Options Glides
30
Plastic glide
Felt glide
GLKU
GLFI
Select the type of glides. If not specified, we will deliver GLKU. See page 8 for information on what glides work for which floor type.
FAVORIT STOOL on page 11.
Chairs and Tables
Turn-around Furniture Set provides 3 or 4 seat heights Just flip it over seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26 or 31 cm
Turn-around Stool Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm.
128635
Turn-around Bench Seat heights: 5”, 8 ½” and 10 ½”, 12, 21, and 26 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. Genuine birch wood. Dimensions: W 26 ¾” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 67 x H 31 x D 26 cm.
grip holes facilitate handling
128640
seat height 5“, 12 cm
seat height 8 ½“, 21 cm
seat height 10 ½“, 26 cm
seat height 12 ½“, 31 cm
Bench with 3 seat heights: 5”, 8 ½” and 10 ½”, 12, 21 and 26 cm
Children‘s Corner Flexible and reversible furniture Height 18“, 46 cm
Height 15 ¾“, 40 cm
On the top space to paint or play on the bottom storage space.
When placed on edge, it’s a table for two
No matter how you turn the stool and the table – everything fits together. Two seat and table heights to choose when turned over. The stools are so lightweight that the children can turn them around on their own. Birch.
Roller bin Turn-around Stool
The roller bin is sized so that it fits under the work surface when the turnabout table is turned upright. Includes 4 casters. W 23“ x H 15“ x D 13 ½“, W 66 x H 38 x D 34.5 cm.
Reversible crib table
Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm.
Set up on end and its surface is cut in half and the table has a second height. 29 ¾” x 29 ¾”, 75 x 75 cm, height 15 ¾”, 40 cm or 18 ¼”, 46 cm.
Preschool play table combination “Children‘s Corner“
128635
128612
128611
128621
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Consists of 2 stools, 1 turnabout table, and 1 roller bin.
31
Play and Sitting Benches Steel frames provide stability
3 in a set
Stackable bench made of birch, with roller boxes Stackable Benches
In 2 sizes to match the stackable benches
Roller Boxes for Stackable Benches Each bench can fit 2 of the appropriate height roller boxes underneath. Each 1 piece. 121206 For H 14", 35 cm (item no. 121192), W 17 ¾" x H 10 ¼" x D 13", W 45 x H 26 x D 33 cm 121207 For H 17", 43 cm (item no. 121193), W 19" x H 13 ½" x D 13", W 48 x H 34 x D 33 cm
Single or as a set of 3 with three seat heights: 10 ¼“, 26 cm, 14“, 35 cm, 17“, 43 cm. Great for mixed-age groups. Benches can be nested together to save space. Real birch wood with powder-coated steel frame. 121191 W 37“ x H 10 ¼“ x D 13“, W 94 x H 26 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121192 W 39 ½“ x H 14“ x D 13“, W 100 x H 35 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121193 W 41 ¾“ x H 17“ x D 13“, W 106 x H 43 x D 33 cm, 1 piece 121190 Set of 3, seat heights: 10 ¼“, 14“ and 17“, 26, 35 und 43 cm Selcet glides (p. 13).
Cushioned Benches Cushioned Bench in 2 widths Genuine birch wood with foamed padding (RG 40/45), synthetic leather cover and metal support beam.
A Without backrest 121130 H10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm
121131 H10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm
121132 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm
121133 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm
B With backrest 121140 H 10 ½ ” 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm, total height 20 ½”, 51 cm
121141 H 10 ½”, 26 cm, seat depth 13 ¾”, 34 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm, total height 20 ½”, 51 cm
121142 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 31 ¾”, 80 cm, total height 26”, 66 cm
In two seat heights – for daycare and preschool A
32
B
121143 H 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 16”, 40 cm, seat width 47 ½”, 120 cm, total height 26”, 66 cm Select synthetic leather (p. 227) and glides (p. 13).
Play Bench made of beech with carpeted surface Chairs and Tables
Play Bench – birch
You have the choice
stackable
Tretford
Fabromont
Natural Goat hair carpet
Easy care quality
Colors, quantities and features on page 280/281.
Play, Balance, Stack ...
Rectangle bench
Rolling cart, small
Birch wood. Plastic glides included. W 29 ¾“ x D 7 ½“ / 12“, W 75 x D 18 / 30 cm. 121198 H 7 ¼“, H 18,5 cm 121199 H 10 ¼“, H 26 cm
You can combine this bench with the medium (820140) or the small (820130) rolling cart. Height 12”, 30 cm for pre-school. W 12” x D 18”, W 30.3 x D 45.5 cm.
Beech wood real veneer. W 14“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 36 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820130 W 14“, 36 cm 820140 W 29 ¼“, 74 cm
Select glides (p. 13).
Select carpet options (p. 280/281) and glides (p. 13).
846910
Stools & Benches – stable, quality, beech!
Bench without Backrest
Stool Can also be used as corner or middle element in combination with the benches. Real beech – wood. W 14 ¼“, 36 cm. 121165 H 10 ¼” x D 10“, H 26 cm x T 25 cm 121170 H 13 ¾” x D 14 ¼“, H 35 cm x D 36 cm 121235 H 17” x D 15”, H 43 x D 38 cm
D
Select color option and glides (p. 13).
C
Real beech wood. 121155 W 32”, 80 cm, Seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 11”, 28 cm 121150 W 39”, 100 cm, Seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 13”, 33 cm 121225 W 47 ¼”, 120 cm, Seat height 17”, 43 cm, seat depth 15”, 38 cm
Bench with Back Real beech wood.
121045 W 31 ½“x H 19 ¾“ x D 12 ¼“, W 80 x H 50 x D 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼”, 26 cm, seat depth 8 ¼”, 21 cm 121050 W 39 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 14 ¼“, W 100 x H 59 x D 36 cm, seat height 13 ¾”, 35 cm, seat depth 11”, 28 cm
NEW! D C
Corner Bench with Backrest Makes a corner bench when combined with benches item no. 121045 and 121050. Real beech wood. 121120 H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, depth 10“, 25 cm, W 38 ¾“, 98.3 cm, total height 20“, 50.6 cm 121125 H 14“, 35 cm, depth 12 ¾“, 32 cm, W 53 ¾“, 136.2 cm, total height 23 ¾“, 60.3 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
33
e r u t i n r u SafeutnydedFsolution - a well-ro
The corners of the shelves, tables, and stools have been rounded and outer edges have a soft padding. Furniture is perfect size and color to create an inviting play area.
Safety to the smallest detail Artificial leather: Free of phthalate, OEKO-TEX® Standard 100 – product class 1 details after page 226.
Foamed material padding
34
Cross section of the side panel of the cabinet
Extra soft, padded edges and sides sturdy genuine birch wood details on page 122/123.
Armchair
Stool
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 16” x H 14” x D 12”, W 40 x H 35 x D 30 cm, seat height 8”, 20 cm. 129052 light blue 129051 light green
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Ø 12” x H 8”, Ø 30 x H 20 cm. 129061 light green 129097 light blue
Sofa
Bench
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Dimensions: W 34 ¾” x H 14” x D 12”, W 88 x H 35 x D 30 cm, seat height 8”, 20 cm. 129055 light blue 129056 light green
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 8” x D 10”, W 80 x H 20 x D 25 cm. 129065 light blue 129066 light green
Round Table
Rectangular Table
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. Ø 31 ¾” x H 14”, Ø 80 x H 35 cm. 129098 light blue 129071 light green
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 14” x D 16”, W 80 x H 35 x D 40 cm. 129075 light blue 129076 light green
Saefty mirror Square Table
Cabinet
Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 31 ¾” x H 14” x D 31 ¾”, W 80 x H 35 x D 80 cm. 129080 light blue 129081 light green
Two compartments. Safety mirror. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm. 129085 light blue 129086 light green
Bookshelf
Cabinet
Three compartments. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm. 129095 light blue 129096 light green
Five compartments. Birch wood, foam material padding, synthetic leather. W 34 ¾” x H 23 ¾” x D 12”, W 88 x H 60 x D 30 cm 129099 light blue 129091 light green
Only available with plastic glides.
Soft. Round. Safe. All edges on the outside have several layers of padding. The inside ends have been rounded off at an extra-large radius.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
35
Chairs and Tables
Safety Furniture
Tables
36
Chairs and Tables
42 Table forms – 8 Table heights – 2 Tabletop finishes – 14 Colors – different table legs. For toddlers, kindergarden, school, office and anywhere.
37
Table combinations Curve Table
Corner Table
Third Circle Table
38
Chairs and Tables
Create Your Own Combination Third Circle Table
Wave Table
Half Circular Table
Curve Table
Trapezium Table
Corner Table
Pentagon Table
8 table heights
Size chart of DIN EN 1729
The right seat and table height for every child The DIN EN 1729 takes into account the physical measurements of children, youth and adults in your specifications for seat and table heights. Since January, 2007, it has applied to all EU countries. Ergonomic seating requires tables and chairs which are adjusted for body height. The size table from DIN EN 1729 shows which table and seat heights are required for the respective body heights.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Individuals height from – to
Seat height
Table height
31" - 37", 80 - 95 cm
8 ¼", 21 cm
15 ¾", 40 cm
36" - 45", 93 - 116 cm
10 ¼", 26 cm
18", 46 cm
42" - 47", 108 - 121 cm
12 ¼", 31 cm
21", 53 cm
46" - 56", 119 - 142 cm
13 ¾", 35 cm
23 ¼", 59 cm
53" - 62", 133 - 159 cm
15", 38 cm
25 ¼", 64 cm
58" - 69", 146 - 176.5 cm
17", 43 cm
28", 71 cm
62" - 74", 159 - 188 cm
18", 46 cm
30", 76 cm
68" - 81", 174 - 207 cm
20", 51 cm
32 ¼", 82 cm
39
Special Tables Activity Table Anyone who needs to feed six hungry children at the same time, or supervise them while they eat, is very busy. Here is the "helping hand" they need: The U-shaped work table is designed in such a way that the teacher can sit on a roller stool and quickly move from place to place, or turn from one child to the other – during mealtimes and also when crafting or playing.
Material Play Table The hobby and crafts tables are true powerhouses: Games and blocks, arts & crafts supplies, and even modeling clay can be stored in the center console. Everything is right where it‘s needed and is quickly and easily cleared away.
Compartment internal dimensions: L 28 ½" x W 7" x H 6", L 72.2 x W 17.3 x H 15 cm.
Floor Play Table Floor play tables in various shapes. Any of the 42 move•upp tables can be used as a floor play table when ordered with 10", 25 cm tall legs.
40
Chairs and Tables This table comes from the room concept
Discovery Rooms!
Curious? See p. 96.
Pentagon Table Five sides for a new perspective... These flexible, movable tables can be combined in a variety of ways, and liven up the room with organic structures. They have plenty of space for drawing, gluing, cutting ... They can be combined with each other or standard tables. Combining different heights creates a particularly attractive look. It is also an advantage for mixed-age groups. If large and small tables of differing heights are combined then they can be pushed together to save space.
Octagonal Table Note, play zone: eight children can sit comfortably here to play, build or do puzzles: together or each on their own. There is 23 他", 60 cm of space available per table edge.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
41
Tables
height adjustable
Lowering the table is just as easy: pull the table top up to the maximum height, press it all the way down again, and then pull it up to the desired height.
mobile Wheelchairs fit under tables without frames.
Easy handling
>> powder-coated in gray, RAL 9006
>> powder-coated in gray, RAL 9006
>> Birch wood
Choose from 4 legs with glides or 2 legs each with glides and 2 legs with locking casters.
Choose from 4 legs with glides or 2 legs each with glides and 2 legs with locking casters.
Lockable Caster
Glides
Plastic glides for sturdy floors.
Just pull up the tabletop and listen for the clicking sound.
Solid Wood
Metal
Felt glides for floors.
Adjustable in ¾“, 2 cm increments:
7 ¾“, 20 cm
Single table legs
Glides that adjust (up to ¾“, 2 cm) for uneven floors. Rounded ends protect floor.
>> every caster can hold a load of up to 220 lbs, 100 kg and is easily pivoted
>> Stable locking brakes >> Quick and quiet >> Moves easily
flexible and easy moving
42
Chairs and Tables
Metal table frames with 3 different table legs 1
Table legs in 7 heights
2
legs Twist-adjustable table
Height-adjustable in 4 increments from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm. For preschool, pre-K and daycare centers.
From 15 ¾”– 30”, 40 – 76 cm, powder coated aluminum, RAL 9006 Suited for preschool age to adult.
>> height adjustable twist lock and locking stops.
Adjustable glides with felt bottoms
Glides Made of Felt or Plastic Glides made of felt for delicate floor surfaces.
3
Glides with adjustable height (up to ¾”, 2 cm) for uneven floors. They protect the floors with their rounded ends.
Glides made of plastic for sturdy floors.
Adjustable table legs
Height adjustable in ¾”, 2 cm intervals from 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm with the unique adjustable system by HABA. For kindergarten, daycare center/school and adults.
lowest height 23 ¼”, 59 cm
maximum height 30”, 76 cm
easy height adjustment in seconds table heights conforming to DIN EN 1729-1 (size category 3 – 6
stable bolted connection to the steel frame
23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm)
smooth-rolling casters adjustable height glides
43
Tables 10 Year GUARANTEE
Quality Features
Tabletop made of genuine birch wood.
for Birch Tables
More information on page 122/123.
Made in Germany
the table top >> Top made of linoleum or Duropal >> 1 ¼”, 29 mm thick: warp-free
Original size: 1 ¼“, 29 mm thick
and stable
>> easy installation
Birch Veneer move•upp tabletops are made of many glued layers of veneer. This guarantees stability. Sextuple connection and the mounting plate: Stable due to the thickness of the plate and the density of the material.
Table top options
Duropal ®
Linoleum Sand
Orange
Green
Aqua Blue
Blue
White
Orange
Yellow
Aqua blue
Blue
Green
L071
L171
L132
L422
L479
W400
KORA
KGEL
U739
U068
G719
>> sustainable raw materials
Gray
>> 1.2 mm thick melamine resin surface
Light gray
Birch
>> light resistant and fire resistant
L058
>> high scratch and impact resistant
K188
K243
>> cork content, absorbs noise >> naturally anti-static, sturdy and durable >> disinfectant and other cleaning agents will not harm top
>> environment-friendly, biodegradable >> hygienic, anti-bacterial
44
>> resists wear and tear
Chairs and Tables
Safety furniture for the Little Ones Our safety furniture was developed especially for children under three years of age. The rounded corners (radius 3 ¼“, 80 cm) provide protection from injuries.
METAL
SOLID WOOD
powercoated RAL 9006, gray
lacquered
Glides
Casters Mix
Glides
Casters Mix
number
451150
451151
451155
451156
number
451200
451201
451205
451206
number
451250
451251
451255
451256
WITH SINGLE LEGS 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Inside width Single legs 1. 15“, 38.0 cm 1
1
Only available up to a height of 18 ½“, 46 cm.
31 ½“x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58.0 cm
1
47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ½“, 98.0 cm 2. 23“, 58.0
Select table top finish, table height and glides separately on page 57.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
45
Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS
HOW TO ORDER
METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
METAL height-adjustable 21H – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm
SOLID WOOD lacquered
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450000
450001
450005
450006
450010
number
450050
450051
450055
450056
450060
number
451400
451401
451405
451406
451410
number
451450
451451
451455
451456
451460
SQUARE TABLES 31 ½ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm
1
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58.0 cm
39 ½ x 39 ½“, 100 x 100 cm
1
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 30 ¾“, 78.0 cm
Light tables are not available in the USA.
LIGHT TABLES 80 x 80 cm
1
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 22,8“, 58,0 cm
120 x 80 cm
2
1
46
Inside width Single legs 1. 38,8“, 98,5 cm 2. 22,8“, 58,0 cm
Chairs and Tables
METAL TABLE FRAME
HOW TO ORDER
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450020
450021
450030
450031
450040
number
450070
450071
450080
450081
450090
SQUARE TABLES 31 ½ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm
1
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
39 ½ x 39 ½“, 100 x 100 cm
1
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 35 ¼“, 89.2 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
47
Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS
HOW TO ORDER
METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm
SOLID WOOD lacquered
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450300
450301
450305 50305
45030 450306
450310
number
450100
450101
450105
450106
450110
number
450150
450151
450155
450156
450160
number
450200
450201
450205
450206
450210
number
450250
450251
450255
450256
450260
MATERIAL TABLE 47 ¼“ x 31½“, 120 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm
RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm
2
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98.0 cm; 2. 15“, 38.0 cm
47 ¼ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98.0 cm; 2. 23“, 58.0 cm
55 ¼ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm
2
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 46 ½“, 118.0 cm; 2. 19“, 48.0 cm
63 x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 54 ½“,138.0 cm; 2. 23“, 58.0 cm
48
Chairs and Tables
METAL TABLE FRAME
HOW TO ORDER
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450320
450321
450330
450331
450340
number
450120
450121
450130
450131
450140
number
450170
450171
450180
450181
450190
number
450220
450221
450230
450231
450240
number
450270
450271
450280
450281
450290
MATERIAL TABLE 47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm
2
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm
47 ¼ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
55 ¼ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm
2
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 51“, 129.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“, 59.2 cm
63 x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 58 ¾“, 149.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
49
Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS
HOW TO ORDER
METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm
SOLID WOOD lacquered
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450400
450401
450405
450406
450410
number
450450
450451
450455
450456
450460
number
450500
450501
450505
450506
450510
number
450550
450551
450555
450556
450560
number
450600
450601
450605
450606
450610
TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm
3
2
Inside width Single legs 1. 35 ¼“, 89.4 cm; 2. 17 ½“, 43.9 cm; 3. 17 ½“, 44.0 cm
1
55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm
2
3
Inside width Single legs 1. 42 ¾“, 108.1 cm; 2. 21 ¾“, 55.1 cm; 3. 18 ½“, 47 cm
1
63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm
3
2 1
Inside width Single legs 1. 50 ¼“, 127.7 cm; 2. 26“, 65.5 cm; 3. 22 ¼ “, 56.3 cm
WAVE TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm
2
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 15“, 38 cm
1
47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm
2
1
50
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¾“, 98 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm
Chairs and Tables
METAL TABLE FRAME
HOW TO ORDER
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450420
450421
450430
450431
450440
number
450470
450471
450480
450481
450490
number
450520
450521
450530
450531
450540
number
450570
450571
450580
450581
450590
number
450620
450621
450630
450631
450640
TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm
2
3
Inside width Metal frame 1. 41 ½“, 105.5 cm; 2. 20 ¼“, 51.8 cm; 3. 22“, 55.5 cm
1
55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm
3
2
Inside width Metal frame 1. 49 ¼“, 125 cm; 2. 25“, 63.1 cm; 3. 23“, 58.3 cm
1
63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm
2
3
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 57“, 145.0 cm; 2. 28 ¾“, 72.8 cm; 3. 27“, 68.5 cm
WAVE TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm
2
Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 19 ½“, 49.1 cm
1
47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm
2 1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.1 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
51
Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS
HOW TO ORDER
METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm
SOLID WOOD lacquered
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
451750
451751
451755
451756
451760
number
451700
451701
451705
451706
451710
ANGLE TABLE 47 ¼“ x 47 ¼“, 120 x 120 cm
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 38,5“, 98,0 cm 2. 15“, 38,0 cm
2
CURVED TABLE L 47 ¼“, 120 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 47 ¼“
1 3 2
Inside width Single legs 1. 17 ¼“ , 44,0 cm 2. 18 ¾“, 47,5 cm 3. 15“, 38,0 cm 5th leg included when ordering a set of 4
5th leg included when ordering a set of 4
THIRD-CIRCLE-TABLE L 68 ¼“, 173 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 39 ¼“
1
3
2
number
450350
450351
450355
450356
450360
number
451100
451101
451105
451106
451110
number
451300
451301
451305
451306
451310
Inside width Single legs 1. 31 ¼“, 79.1 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.1 cm; 3. 15“, 38 cm
HORSESHOE TABLE 63“ x 47 ¼“, 160 x 120 cm
3
2 1
Inside width Single legs 1. 54 ½“, 138 cm; 2. 31 ½“, 79.5 cm; 3. 37 ¾“, 95.8 cm
FORMO TABLE 31 ½“ x 23“, 80 x 58 cm
3
2 1
52
Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58 cm; 2. 14“, 35.2 cm; 3. 19 ¼“, 48.7 cm
Chairs and Tables
METAL TABLE FRAME
HOW TO ORDER
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
GLIDES
adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm
GLIDES
ANGLE TABLE 47 ¼“ x 47 ¼“, 120 x 120 cm
NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME
CURVED TABLE L 47 ¼“, 120 cm,
NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME
5th leg included when ordering a set of 4
THIRD-CIRCLE-TABLE L 68 ¼“, 173 cm, Narrow side 23 ¾“ wide, outer radius 39 ¼“
number 1 3
2
450370
450371
450380
450381
450390
Inside width Metal frame 1. 35 ½“, 89.6 cm; 2. 26 ¾“, 67.5 cm; 3. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm
HORSESHOE TABLE 63“ x 47 ¼“, 160 x 120 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME
FORMO TABLE 31 ½“ x 23“, 80 x 58 cm NOT AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
53
Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS
HOW TO ORDER
METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm
SOLID WOOD lacquered
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450800
450801
450805
450806
450810
number
450850
450851
450855
450856
450860
number
450900
450901
450905
450906
450910
number
451000 000
451001 4510
451005
451006
451010
number
450650
450651
450655
450656
450660
number
450950
450951
450955
450956
450960
CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 39 ½“, Ø 100 cm
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 21“, 53.4 cm
1
Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm
1
1
Inside width Single legs 1. 26 ¾“, 67.5 cm
SEMI CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm
3
2
Inside width Single legs 1. 38 ¼“, 96.7 cm; 2. 16 ¼“, 41.2 cm; 3. 16 ¼“, 41.3 cm
1
HALF OVAL TABLE 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm
Inside width Single legs 1. 23“, 58 cm; 2. 18 ¼“, 46.3 cm; 3. 17 ½“, 44.2 cm
1 3
2
WAVED ARCH TABLE 47 ¼“ x 29 ½“, 120 x 75 cm
Inside width Single legs 1. 40“, 101.8 cm; 2. 20 ¼“, 51.4 cm; 3. 20“, 50.8 cm; 4. 19 ¼“, 49.1 cm
3 4 2
1
OVAL TABLE 78 ¾ x 31 ½“, 200 x 80 cm
2
1
54
Inside width Single legs 1. 45“, 114 cm; 2. 23“, 58 cm
Chairs and Tables
METAL TABLE FRAME
HOW TO ORDER
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450820
450821
450830
450831
450840
number
450870
450871
450880
450881
450890
number
450920
450921
450930
450931
450940
number
451020
451021
451030
451031
451040
number
450670
450671
450680
450681
450690
number
450970
450971
450980
450981
450990
CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 39 ½“, Ø 100 cm
Inside width Metal frame 1. 24 ½“, 61.8 cm
1
Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 30“, 76 cm
SEMI CIRCULAR TABLE Ø 47 ¼ cm, Ø 120 cm
2
3
Inside width Metal frame 1. 43“, 108.9 cm; 2. 20 ½“, 52.2 cm; 3. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm
1
HALF OVAL TABLE 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm
3 1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“, 59.3 cm; 3. 19“, 47.7 cm
2
WAVED ARCH TABLE 47 ¼“ x 29 ½“, 120 x 75 cm
Inside width Metal frame 1. 44 ½“, 113.1 cm; 2. 24“, 61 cm; 3. 24 ¾“, 62.4 cm; 4. 22“, 55.9 cm
3 4 2
1
OVAL TABLE 78 ¾ x 31 ½“, 200 x 80 cm
2
1
Inside width Metal frame 1. 45 ¾“, 116.0 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
55
Tables WITH SINGLE LEGS
HOW TO ORDER
METAL powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
GLIDES
METAL height-adjustable 21 – 28 ¾“, 53 – 73 cm
SOLID WOOD lacquered
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
TRIANGLE TABLES 44 ½“ / 31 ½“, 113 / 80 cm
ONLY AVAILABLE WITH METAL FRAME
55 ¼“ / 39 ½“, 140 / 100 cm
2 1
number
450700
450701
450705
450706
450710
number
451600
451601
451605
451606
451610
number
451650
451651
451655
451656
451660
number
451050
451051
451055
451056
451060
Inside width Single legs 1. 39“, 98.8 cm; 2. 27“, 68 cm
2
PENTAGON TABLES 47 ¾“ x 43 ½“, 121 x 110 cm
5
4 Inside size Individual legs 1. 25", 63.0 cm; 2. 24 1/4", 61.0 cm; 3. 17 3/4", 45.0 cm; 4. 24 1/2", 62.0 cm; 5. 24 1/4", 62.0 cm
1 3 2
67 ¾“ x 48 ¼“, 172 x 122 cm
4 5 1 3 2
Inside size Individual legs 1. 17 3/4", 45.0 cm; 2. 25", 63.0 cm; 3. 48 1/4", 122.0 cm; 4. 24 1/4", 61.0 cm; 5. 48 1/4", 122.0 cm
OCTAGONAL TABLE 49 ¾“ x 49 ¾“, 126 x 126 cm
1
56
Inside width Single legs 1. 31“, 78.2 cm;
HOW TO ORDER
Twist-adjustable 15 ¾“ – 23 ¼“, 40 – 59 cm
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 57.
Adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
450770
450771
450780
450781
450790
number
450720
450721
450730
450731
450740
TRIANGLE TABLES 44 ½“ / 31 ½“, 113 / 80 cm
2 1 2
Inside width Metal frame 1. 36 ¾“, 93.3 cm; 2. 25 ¾“, 65.1 cm
55 ¼“ / 39 ½“, 140 / 100 cm
2 1 2
Inside width Metal frame 1. 48“, 121.6 cm; 2. 33 ½“, 85.1 cm
How to order Mandatory Options Please specify the desired table top surface. If not specified we deliver K243.
Table Top Duropal® W400 White
KORA Orange
K243
K188
Birch
Light Gray
KGEL Yellow
G719 Green
U739 Clear Blue
U068 Blue
L479 Blue
L132 Green
L058 Gray
Linoleum L171 Orange
L071 Sand
L422 Light Blue
Table heights
Please specify the desired table height.
HO25 (10“, 25 cm) HO40 (16“, 40 cm)
HO46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm)
Only available with single legs and glides
HO53 (21“, 53 cm) HO59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm) HO64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HO71 (28“, 71 cm) HO76 (30“, 76 cm)
Glides
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Choose your glide design. If no glide design is specified, “GLKU“ will be delivered. plastic glides
felt glides
GLKU
GLFI
57
Chairs and Tables
METAL TABLE FRAME
All purpose tables with frame / legs in beech or metal – in the table heights of 16” to 30”, 40 to 76 cm.
Toddler
Kindergarden
School
Staff
Many Possibilities 58
ALL PURPOSE TABLES
>> >> >> >>
>> extra-thick melamine
The table surfaces
resin coating can withstand everyday use
Chairs and Tables
Quality Characteristics rounded edges Easy to clean
no moisture penetration Chemical resistant
10 Year GUARANTEE
1“, 20 mm thick Made
in Germany
The surfaces Beech plywood laminated
Duropal ® white W400
orange KORA
yellow KGEL
aqua blue U739
blue U068
green G719
Beech light K177
Beech “strips“ KSTB
laminated STAW Not available in the USA
>> Beech plywood laminated >> rounded edges >> coated surface
>> 1.2 mm extra-thick Duropal surface
®
>> high abrasion, scratch and impact resistance
light gray K188
>> 100% Recyclable
Floor saving
Table Stability An internal cross nut bolt and 2 threaded rods connect the table-legs to the corner piece and table-frame. Solid and long wearing.
Strong double bolts draw table leg into the frame opening, for a solid, stable joint. Metal to metal connection.
All tables are fitted with nonmarking, floor saving plastic glides.
Helpful things Table Legs, 4 pcs. Protects Rectangular Tables
protects the table
... from dripping color, glue, and other messes when tinkering. The protective cover has rounded corners but is not cut proof. Made from semi-transparent, environmentally friendly Polypropelyne material. 027273 W 31“ x D 31“, W 79 x D 79 cm 027274 W 47“ x D 23 ¼“, W 119 x D 59 cm 027275 W 47“ x D 31“, W 119 x D 79 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Additional legs used to change height of existing tables only. Suitable for all HABA Duropal-tables. 180015 Height 16”, 40 cm 180025 Height 18”, 46 cm 180035 Height 20 ½”, 53 cm 180045 Height 23”, 59 cm 180055 Height 25”, 64 cm 180065 Height 27 ½”, 71 cm 180075 Height 30”, 76 cm
59
All purpose tables with 4 different table legs 1 Solid Beech Wood
2 Metal Frames
Frames & Legs
& Legs
From 15 ¾” – 30”, 40 – 76 cm. Suited for preschool age to adult.
From 15 ¾” – 30”, 40 – 76 cm, powder coated aluminum, RAL 9006 Suited for preschool age to adult.
4 legs with glides
4 legs with glides
Glides Made of Felt or Plastic
Glides made of felt for delicate floor surfaces.
Glides made of plastic for sturdy floors.
with adjustable height
3 Twist-adjustable Table Legs
>> height adjustment using locking stops
Height-adjustable in 4 increments from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm. Suited for preschool, pre-K and daycare centers.
>> height adjustable from 15 ¾” – 23 ¼”, 40 – 59 cm
>> height adjustment using screw lock and locking stops.
Adjustable glides with felt bottoms 60
Glides with adjustable height (up to ¾”, 2 cm) for uneven floors. They protect the floors with their rounded ends.
ALL PURPOSE TABLES
Chairs and Tables
4 Adjustable Table Legs Height adjustable in ¾”, 2 cm intervals from 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm with the unique adjustable system by HABA.
easy height adjustment in seconds
stable bolted connection to the steel frame
table heights conform to DIN EN 1729-1 (size category 3 – 6, 23 ¼” – 30”, 59 – 76 cm)
mobile due to smooth-running casters
adjustable height glides
SAVE 10% ON All-purpose Table and Chair Sets For Kindergarten and Preschool
Kindergarten
Toddler
Chair-Table Combination 10 Consists of 1 square table with Duropal® Light Birch, 2 Favorit stacking chairs and 2 Favorit chairs with armrests. Table: W 31 ½” x H 18 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 46 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, height of the armrests 15 ½”, 39 cm.
Chair-Table Combination 4
167948 167988
167953 167993
Consists of 1 square table with Duropal® Light Birch and 4 Favorit stacking chairs. Table: W 31 ½” x H 23 ¼“ x D 31 ½” ,W 80 x H 59 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm.
with plastic glides with felt glides
with plastic glides with felt glides
Toddler
Kindergarten
Chair-Table Combination 9
Chair-Table Combination 6
Consists of 1 rectangular table with Duropal® Light Birch, 4 Favorit stacking chairs and 2 Favorit chairs with armrests. Table: W 47 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 120 x H 46 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 12 ¼“, 31 cm, seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, seat depth 10“, 25 cm, height of the armrests 15 ½”, 39 cm.
Consists of 1 rectangular table with Duropal® Light Birch and 6 Favorit stacking chairs. Table: W 47 ¼“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 31 ½”, W 120 x H 59 x D 80 cm, Chairs: Seat width 13”, 32.5 cm, seat height 14”, 35 cm, seat depth 12”, 30 cm.
167949 167989
167955 167995
with plastic glides with felt glides
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
with plastic glides with felt glides
61
FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD
HOW TO ORDER Select table top, height and type of glides on page 64/65.
METAL TABLE FRAME
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
GLIDES
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
167025
167020
167021
167030
167031
167040
number
167075
167070
167071
167080
167081
167090
number
167125
167120
167121
167130
167131
167140
number
167175
167170
167171
167180
167181
167190
SQUARE TABLES 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 18 ½“, 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 19 ½“, 49.2
1
1
31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
1
1
RECTANGULAR TABLES 31 ½“ x 23 ¾“, 80 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm; 2. 18 ½“ 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm ; 2. 19 ½“, 49.2 cm
2
1
39 ½“ x 19 ¾ “, 100 x 50 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 34 ¼“, 86.5 cm; 2. 14 ½“, 36.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 35 ¼“, 89.2 cm; 2. 15 ½“, 39.2 cm Only available to 18 ¼“, 46 cm Height.
2
62
1
HOW TO ORDER
FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD
Select table top, height and type of glides on page 64/65.
METAL TABLE FRAME
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
GLIDES
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
167225
167220
167221
167230
167231
167240
number
167275
167270
167271
167280
167281
167290
number
167325
167320
167321
167330
167331
167340
number
167375
167370
167371
167380
167381
167390
RECTANGULAR TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 42“, 106.5 cm; 2. 18 ½“, 46.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 19 ½“, 2. 49.2 cm
2
1
47 ¼“ x 31 ½“, 120 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 42“, 106.5 cm; 2. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 109.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
2
1
55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 50“, 126.5 cm; 2. 22 ¼“, 56.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 51“, 129.2 cm; 2. 23 ½“ 59.2 cm
2
1
63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 57 ¾“, 146.5 cm; 2. 26 ¼“, 66.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 58 ¾“, 149.2 cm; 2. 27 ¼“, 69.2 cm
2
1
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
63
Chairs and Tables
ALLPURPOSE-TABLES
HOW TO ORDER
FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD
Select table top, height and type of glides below.
METAL TABLE FRAME
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
GLIDES
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
167575
167570
167571
167580
167581
167950
number
167625
167620
167621
167630
167631
167640
number
167675
167670
167671
167680
167681
167690
number
167725
167720
167721
167730
167731
167740
ROUND TABLES Ø 31 ½“, 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm Metal Frame 1. 18 ¾“, 47.6 cm
1
1
Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 24 ¼“, 61.5 cm Metal Frame 1. 24 ½“, 61.8 cm
1
1
Ø 47 ¼“, 120 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 29 ¾“, 75.4 cm Metal Frame 1. 30“, 76 cm
1
1
SEMI-CIRCULAR TABLE 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 39“, 98.6 cm; 2. 20“, 50.6 cm; 3. 17 ¾“, 44.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 43“, 108.9 cm; 2. 20 ¾“, 52.2 cm; 3. 18 ¾“, 47.3 cm 3
2 1
How to order Table Top Duropal W400 White
64
Mandatory Options
Please specify the desired table top surface.
Beech real wood
®
KORA Orange
KGEL Yellow
G719 Green
U739 Clear Blue
U068 Blue
K188 Light Grey
K177
KSTB Beech light Beech “strips“
STAW rod-glued
Not available in the USA.
HOW TO ORDER
FRAME & LEGS OF BEECH WOOD
Select table top, height and type of glides below.
METAL TABLE FRAME
twist-adjustable 15 ¾“– 23 ¼“, adjustable 23 ¼“ – 30“, 59 – 76 cm 40 – 59 cm
in 5 Options powercoated RAL 9006, grey
GLIDES
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
CASTERS MIX
GLIDES
number
167425
167420
167421
167430
167431
167440
number
167475
167470
167471
167480
167481
167490
number
167525
167520
167521
167530
167531
167540
number
⁄
167820
167821
167830
167831
⁄
TRAPEZIUM TABLES 47 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, 120 x 60 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 39“, 98.6 cm; 2. 20“, 50.5 cm; 2. 17 ¾“, 44.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 41 ½“, 105 cm; 2. 20 ¾“, 52.7 cm; 3. 19 ¼“, 48.5 cm
3
2 1
55 ¼“ x 27 ¾“, 140 x 70 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 47 ¼“, 120 cm; 2. 24 ¼“, 61.5 cm; 3. 21 ¾“, 55 cm Metal Frame 1. 49 ¼“, 125 cm; 2. 25“, 63.1 cm; 3. 23“, 58.3 cm 2
3 1
63“ x 31 ½“, 160 x 80 cm Inside width Wooden Frame 1. 54 ¾“, 138.7 cm; 2. 28“, 70.6 cm; 3. 25 ½“, 64.6 cm Metal Frame 1. 57 ¼“, 145 cm; 2. 28 ¾“, 72.8 cm; 3. 27“, 68.5 cm 3
2
1
EXTENDING TABLE 63"/94 ½" x 35 ½", 160/240 x 90 cm Inside size metal frame 1. 50 1/2", 128.0 cm; 2. 22 1/4", 56.0 cm
2
1
Mandatory Options Table heights HO40 (16“, 40 cm)
Please specify the desired table height.
HO46 (18 ¼“, 46 cm) HO53 (21“, 53 cm) HO59 (23 ¼“, 59 cm)
HO64 (25 ¼“, 64 cm) HO71 (28“, 71 cm)
HO76 (30“, 76 cm)
Glides
Choose your glide design. If no glide design is specified, “GLKU“ will be delivered. plastic glides
felt glides
GLKU
GLFI
65
Chairs and Tables
ALLPURPOSE-TABLES
Building and Construction Table 4 Models – 3 Heights
Building and Construction Table This table was designed especially for play with building blocks, and construction or experimenting. >> The 1 ½“, 4 cm high edge keeps everything on the table. >> Tabletop has a durable, noisereducing linoleum surface covering. >> Materials are stored in 4 or 2 material bin compartments for quick and easy access. >> 4 casters, two lockable, make the table mobile. >> Genuine beech veneer, linoleum surface covering. Material bins sold separately on page 181.
120977 Large surface for toddlers., W 47½“ x H 14 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 120 x H 36.6 x D 80 cm Required material bins: 4 x 3 ¼“, 4 x 7.5 cm
120974 Small surface, low,
120973 Large surface, low,
120979 Large surface, high,
W 32 ½“ x H 20 ¾“ x D 19“, W 82 x H 52.5 x D 48 cm bin compartments on 2 sides Required material bins: 4 x 3 ¼“, 4 x 7.5 cm + 2 x 6“, 2 x 15 cm
W 32 ½“ x H 20 3¾“ x D 32 ¼”, W 82 x H 52.5 x D 82 cm bin compartments on all 4 sides Required material bins: 8 x 3 ¼“, 8 x 7.5 cm + 4 x 6“, 4 x 15 cm
W 32 ½“ x H 34 ½“ x D 32 ½”, W 82 x H 87.6 x D 82 cm bin compartments on all 4 sides Required material bins: 8 x 3 ¼“, 8 x 7.5 cm + 12 x 6“, 12 x 15 cm
Tub Table
Without the table top the tub can be used. As well as various play materials, the tub can also be filled with water or sand.
The tub table can also be quickly converted for breakfast or group work with the table top.
No need to clean up! The table top can be put on without removing the materials from the tub.
Table with Tub Insert and Lid A sand/water tub is hidden under the removable table top (lid). This means a normal table for drawing, crafting and playing can be made into a sand/water/mud play table in no time. Table top with Duropal surface and plastic tub, frame and legs either real beech wood or powder-coated metal (RAL 9006, white aluminum), depending on model. 31 ½" x 31 ½", 80 x 80 cm, tub W 31" x H 2 ½" x 31", W 78.3 x H 6 x D 78.3 cm. 167871 Wooden frame with 4 glides, H 18 ¼", 46 cm 167872 Wooden frame with 4 glides, H 23 ¼", 59 cm 167875 Metal frame with 2 casters and 2 glides, H 18 ¼", 46 cm 167876 Metal frame with 2 casters and 2 glides, H 23 ¼", 59 cm Select table top and type of glides (p. 64/65).
66
With metal or wooden frame
Chairs and Tables
Classroom Desks & Chairs. Built to Last. German Quality Student workstations with ergonomic, height adjustable desks and chairs, drawing tables, and teacher workstations. Seat
Backrest
Tabletop
Storage Basket
Ergonomic shape, made of 7-layer, naturally varnished beech plywood, rounded in the front. Fixed and adjustable seat heights.
Ergonomic shape, made of 7-layer naturally varnished beech plywood
Three-layer quality particle board, melamine resin coating on both sides with additional overlay, 1“, 25 mm thick
Powder coated in the color of the frame
10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany
Stacking Protection
PU Safety Edge
Transparent plastic glides on the bottom side of the seat supports
Resistant to chipping
Bag Hooks
Flat-Oval Steel Tube
Tightly welded to the frame
Powder coated, W 2“ x H 1 ¼“ x D 1/8“ W 50 x H 30 x D 2 mm
Longlife Protective Glides
Stationary Plastic Glides
Gentle to the floor, wear resistant, low noise.
Height adjustable of up to ½“, 15 mm
Model Combination "ratio"
Select height, frame color and type of glides (p. 69).
Skid Chair “ratio” Seat width 13 ½”, 34 cm for seat height 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 - 38 cm, seat widths 15”, 38 cm for seat height 17” – 20”, 43 - 51 cm.
176020
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Skid Desk “ratio”
Double Skid Desk “ratio”
With 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176120 Without wire basket (not shown) 176121 With wire basket
With 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm. 176122 Without wire basket (not shown) 176123 With wire basket
www.haba.de
67
"Logo" Model Combination There's a good reason that high standards are demanded for school tables and chairs: durability and ergonomics are very important. It is worth selecting a model carefully, as the ideal table-chair combination can benefit many generations of students. This table consists of a welded frame with scratch-proof, hard-wearing powder-coating and a melamine resin-coated table top with additional overlay (top layer). If desired with an additional wire basket under the table top for storage. The chair: The frame is made of stable precision steel pipe with 2 mm wall thickness, and has a scratch-resistant powder coating. Thanks to the enclosed steel rivets students can neither dismantle the wooden parts, which are made of 7-layered genuine beech wood, nor snag their clothing. The frame protects the front edge of the robust seating surface against mechanical damage.
10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany
Seat
Backrest
Table top
Ergonomically shaped, made of 7-layer natural finish real beech wood, rounded at the front, seat height dependent on model, in part height-adjustable
Ergonomically shaped, made of 7-layer natural finish real beech wood
Three-layer quality chipboard, both sides with melamine resin coating and additional overlay, 1", 25 mm thick
Bag hooks Firmly welded onto the frame
Stacking protection Clear plastic protectors on the underside of the seat
heightadjustable
Flat oval steel pipe with tabletop supporting bracket
stackable
Long-life protective glides gentle on the ground, wear-resistant, low-noise and non-marring
68
A
C
B
D
Chairs and Tables
height adjustable
Single Skid Desk “logo”, height adjustable
C A
Skid Base Chair “logo”
Sturdy stackable chair in 6 seat heights: From 12 ¼” – 20”, 31 – 51 cm. Seat width 13 ½”, 34 cm for seat heights of 12 ¼” – 15”, 31 - 38 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm for seat heights of 17” – 20”, 43 - 51 cm.
176000 Select chair height, frame color and type of glides below.
B
Comes with 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. Without wire basket, size 2 - 4 With wire basket, size 2 - 4 Without wire basket, size 3 - 5 With wire basket, size 3-5 Without wire basket, size 4 - 6 With wire basket, size 4 - 6 Without wire basket, size 5 – 7 With wire basket, size 5 - 7
176104 176108 176117 176118 176113 176114 176105 176109
Skid Desk “logo” The student desk is available with or without wire basket.
Double Skid Desk “logo”, height adjustable
With 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm. 176102 Without wire basket 176103 With wire basket
Comes with 2 bag hooks. W 51 ¼” x D 21 ¾”, W 130 x D 55 cm (not shown) 176106 Without wire basket, size 2 - 4 176110 With wire basket, size 2 - 4 176112 Without wire basket, size 3 - 5 176119 With wire basket, size 3 - 5 176115 Without wire basket, size 4 - 6 176116 With wire basket, size 4 - 6 176107 Without wire basket, size 5 - 7 176111 With wire basket, size 5 - 7
Select table height, frame color, table top / table edge and type of glides below.
Select frame color, table top / table edge and type of glides below.
Single Skid Desk “logo” With 1 bag hook. W 27 ½” x D 21 ¾”, W 70 x D 55 cm. 176100 Without wire basket (not shown) 176101 With wire basket
Double Skid Desk “logo” (not shown)
Skid Base Chair “logo”,
D
176001 176004 176003 176002
Order size 2 – 4, seat height 12 ¼ “ – 15”, 31 – 38 cm, seat width 13 ½ “, 34 cm Order size 3 - 5, seat height 13 ¾“ - 17“, 35 - 43 cm seat width 13 ½“, 34 cm Order size 4 - 6, seat height 15“ x 18 ½“, 38 - 46 cm, seat width 15“, 38 cm Order size 5 – 7, seat height 17” – 20”, 43 – 51 cm, seat width 15”, 38 cm
Select frame color and type of glides below.
How to order
Mandatory Options
Chair & Table Heights Proper, ergonomic sitting means table and seat height are adapted to each other and to the body height of the student. The following table shows you which seat and table height corresponds to the body height of your students. With our height adjustable tables and chairs, you cover three table and seat heights with just one desk. The code colors serve as a guide for height adjustment.
Medium Body Height
Seat Height of the Chair
Table Height
Adjust Desk to
Ordering Code
45"/ 114 cm
12 ¼"/31 cm
21"/53 cm
2
HÖH2
51 ½" / 131 cm
13 ¾"/35 cm
23 ¼"/59 cm
3
HÖH3
57 ½" / 146 cm
15"/38 cm
25 ¼"/64 cm
4
HÖH4
63 ½" /161 cm
17"/43 cm
28"/71 cm
5
HÖH5
68 ½" / 174 cm
18 ¼"/46 cm
30"/76 cm
6
HÖH6
75 ¼" / 191 cm
20"/51 cm
32 ¼"/82 cm
7
HÖH7
Frame Color (RAL) 1021
3003
5002
5014
5023
6004
6033
7021
7035
8014
9005
9006
E702
Rapeseed Yellow
Ruby Red
Ultramarine Blue
Pigeon Blue
Distant Blue
Blue Green
Mint Turquoise
Black Gray
Light Gray
Sepia Brown
Jet Black
Aluminum
Metallic Gray
Table Tops ABS-edge
PU-edge
P1FB
P1ZW P1AL
Beech Wood
White Beech
Light Gray
P1WE Price Group 1 – White
ABS-edge glued to the tabletop
P2FB
P2ZW P2AL
Beech Wood
White Beech
Glides
Light Gray
Price Group 2 – PU-edge attached to the Tabletop. Only available for tables with the dimensions 27 ½“ x 26“, 70 x 66 cm and 51 ¼“ x 26“, 130 x 66 cm.
Substructures for PC-table
For Carpeting: plastic glides
For Smooth Flooring: felt glides
GLKU
GLFI
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
If no glide design is specified, GLKU will be deliverd.
The substructures of the tables can be mounted left or right. If no substructure is specified, UBRE will be deliverd.
www.haba.de
UBRE UBLI
substructures mounted right substructures mounted left
69
PC-Table A
A
Exclusive Webdesk PC table with folding cable channel
With a cable channel throughout ( W 7” x H 4 ¾”, W 17 x H 12 cm) over the entire width of the table. You can also fold up and close the cable channel. The sturdy four-leg frame made of tubular steel has a circular frame supporting the board made of tubular sectional steel. The legs have plastic glides for equalizing height. The tabletop is 1”, 25 mm thick and coated with melamine resin and has an additional overlay. With an ABS edge. H 28 ½” x D 31 ½”, H 72 x D 80 cm. Order drawers and CPU holder separately. 176214 W 47 ¼”, 120 cm 176215 W 55 ¼”, 140 cm 176216 W 63”, 160 cm Select frame color, table top and type of glides (p. 69).
B
Lockable Drawers for PC Desk
Is mounted on the right of the frame. Has 1 top pullout with handle (H 2”, H 5 cm), 3 drawers with handle (H 6”, H 15 cm) and central locking. W 17” x H 21 ¼” x D 22”,W 43 x H 54 x D 56 cm.
C
176219 B
Select veneer top (P1FB, P1ZW, P1AL) and substructure (p. 69).
C
CPU Holder
... with divided rear panel and lockable safety bolt. For computers. W 10” x H 20” x D 19 ¾”, W 25 x H 51 x D 50 cm. Can be mounted on the right or on the left of the border frame. Includes hardware.
176218 Select veneer top (P1FB, P1ZW, P1AL) and substructure (p. 69).
Metal CPU Holder
pullout cable duct
cable channel
hidden cable system
security bolt for theft protection
Can be mounted on the right or the left of the border frame. Includes hardward and side bar. Metal, powder coated. Standing width: 7”- 10”, 18 - 25 cm, computer height: max. 17 ¾”, 45 cm.
176217 Select frame color and substructure (p. 69).
H 25 ¼” – 32 ¼”, 64 – 82 cm
Mobile PC Workstation
easy height adjustment with turning knob
Mobile PC Workstation “Studio”
solit:sit-CHAIRS start on page 16.
With 1 work surface (W 30 ½” x D 23 ¾”, W 100 x D 60 cm), 1 printer space (W 24” x D 17 ¾”, W 61 x D 45 cm), 1 computer space on the right (Width adjustable from 7” – 8 ¼”, 18 - 21 cm) and 1 keyboard pullout on roller guides with pullout lock (W 22 ½” x D 15”, W 57 x D 38 cm). Sturdy, stable frame made of powder coated steel tube with 4 casters, two locking. Height adjustment via turning knob. Work surface and storage spaces as well as the pullout are made of three-layer quality MDF (3/4”, 19 mm thick) with melamine resin coating on both sides. ABS edge. 176220 H 28 ½”, H 72 cm (non adjustable) 176221 height adjustable, H 25 ¼” – 32 ¼”, H 64 82 cm Select frame color and table top (p. 69).
70
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Room for Natural Learning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o BO PBTJT JO XIJDI CFJOH B DIJME JT TJNQMZ OBUVSBM
72
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
?
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
73
Discovery Rooms!
Educational Concept A Holistic Room Concept to Support the Development of Children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iUIFJS PXOw %FQFOEJOH PO UIFJS BWFSBHF EBJMZ TUBZ NBOZ DIJMESFO TQFOE BU MFBTU XBLJOH IPVST PG UIFJS NPTU JNQPSUBOU EFWFMPQNFOUBM QIBTF JO EBZDBSFT BOE QSFTDIPPMT
74
Silke Schรถnrade 4QPSU TDJFODF HSBEVBUF (FSNBO 4QPSU 6OJWFSTJUZ $PMPHOF
$POTVMUBOU GPS JOUFSJPS EFTJHO BOE SPPN DPODFQUT JO QSFTDIPPMT 4QFDJBMJTU BVUIPS 'SFFMBODF MFDUVSFS XJUI B GPDVT PO t 3PPN EFTJHO JO EBZDBSFT BOE QSFTDIPPMT t 1TZDIPNPUPS GVODUJPO t .PUPS EJBHOPTUJDT t -BOHVBHF EFWFMPQNFOU
grow.upp Concept
This is where grow.upp comes in:
5IF OFX SPPN DPODFQU DIBMMFOHFT UIF DIJMESFO FWFSZ EBZ FODPVSBHJOH UIFN UP m OE UIFJS PXO DSFBUJWF TPMVUJPOT XIFO QMBZ JOH 5IF JOUFSBDUJPO PG UIJOLJOH BDUJOH BOE GFFMJOH VXSSRUWV WKH FKLOGUHQ·V GHYHORS PHQW DQG OHDUQLQJ SURFHVVHV 5IJT DPODFQU VXSSRUWV B DIJMESFOAT FXUL RVLW\ XIFO FYQMPSJOH UIF SPPN T FOWJSPO NFOU PS QBVTJOH JO UIF JOUFSFTUJOH SFUSFBU BSFBT 1MBUGPSNT USBQF[PJE DBCJOFUT DVC CZ IPMF DBWFT BOE BOHMF BOE DPSOFS DBCJ OFUT PQFO VQ B USVF ýPRYHPHQW SDUDGLVHý GPS UIF DIJMESFO XIJDI NBLFT B WBSJFUZ PG SK\VLFDO BOE SHUFHSWLRQ H[SHULHQFHV QPTTJCMF 5IJT DSFBUFT TPNF UHOLHI GPS UIF UFBDIFST 5IF FEVDBUJPOBM BSFBT QMBZ BSFBT BOE SFU SFBU TQBDFT DBO CF VTFE CZ NBOZ DIJMESFO %FQFOEJOH PO UIFJS JOEJWJEVBM OFFET UIFZ DBO SFUSFBU PDDVQZ UIFNTFMWFT PCTFSWF RVJFUMZ PS TJNQMZ IBWF B SFTU JO POF PG UIF DVCCZ IPMF DBWFT " VWLPXODWLQJ BOE YDULHG HQYLURQPHQW JO XIJDI UISFF EJ NFOTJPOBM FYQFSJFODFT DBO CF HBUIFSFE
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
IFMQT UIF JORVJTJUJWF DIJME MFBSO BCPVU UIFJS XPSME
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
XJUI JUT EFTJHO UIF GVSOJUVSF PDWFKHV WKH GLYHUVH QHHGV RI FKLOGUHQ SLFNLQJ XS WKH HGXFDWLRQDO EHQHÀ W IDFLOLWDWLQJ WKH GDLO\ URXWLQH DQG VXSSRUWLQJ WKH HGXFD WLRQDO ZRUN RI WKH WHDFKHUV
Color Scheme 5IF LQVSLUDWLRQ IURP QDWXUH DBO CF GPVOE JO UIF HSPX VQQ TFMFDUJPO PG TIBQFT BOE DPMPS (FOUMF TVCEVFE DPMPST XIJDI BSF DMPTF UP OBUVSF TPPUIF UIF FZFT BOE HJWF SRVLWLYH YLVXDO VWLPXOL $BSFGVMMZ TFMFD UFE DPMPS BDDFOUT o PO UIF GVSOJUVSF BT XFMM BT JO UIF FOUJSF SPPN o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
www.haba.de
EFTJHO 5IF OFX IPMJTUJD HSPX VQQ SPPN DPODFQU PHHWV DOO WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV XIJDI BSF TFU GPS B Á H[LEOH IXUQLWXUH IRU DJHV UP TJY ZFBST *U NBLFT VLPSOH DQG WLPH VDYLQJ KDQGOLQJ CZ UIF UFBDIFST QPTTJCMF FWFO XIFO UIF SPPN JT TQPO UBOFPVTMZ DIBOHFE BT QBSU PG DIJMESFO T QMBZ 8JUI UIFTF SPPN DPODFQUT JOEJWJEVBM TPMVUJPOT DBO RVJDLMZ BOE TJNQMZ CF GPVOE JO NJYFE BHF HSPVQT
75
“Hey! It’s getting bright in the cave!”
“I can see colorful light here!”
“Climb up – and wheeeeeee slide down!”
“I want to go through here!” – “Oh! I can go through here too!”
“Move over, I want to sit under the leaves too!” “Nobody can see me but I can hear everyone …!”
76
“I can’t make up my mind... Rest? Watch? Or crawl underneath...?”
grow.upp Concept
Discovery Rooms!
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
DESIGN CONCEPT Organic Structures +RZ WKH GHVLJQHUV GHVFULEH WKH JURZ XSS FRQFHSW $IJMESFO DBO HBUIFS MPUT PG FYQFSJFODFT PO BO FYDVSTJPO JOUP UIF GPSFTU PS UP UIF QBSL 5IFZ DBO USZ UIJOHT PVU MFBSO UIJOHT 8F BTLFE PVSTFMWFT )PX DBO XF EFTJHO B HSPVQ SPPN XIJDI JT FRVBMMZ FYDJUJOH 8IBU EP UIF GVSOJ UVSF UIF DPMPST UIF MJHIU BOE UIF XBMMT OFFE UP CF MJLF
“I’m going under!” – “I’m going over!”
4JNQMZ JNJUBUJOH OBUVSF XBTO U PVS HPBM 8F XBOUFE UP DSFBUF JUT FTTFODF 8F XBOUFE UIF DIJMESFO BOE UFBDIFST UP GFFM VXUURXQGHG E\ WKLV QDWXUDO RUGHU BOE UP IBWF B VHQVH JO UIF TBNF XBZ XF GFFM DPOOFDUFE XJUI OBUVSF XIJMF PO IJLFT BOE XBMLT 8F DPOTJEFSFE UIJT JO UIF EF TJHO BOE TFMFDUJPO PG DPMPST EFMJDBUF HSFFO CSPXO BOE CMVF TVQQMFNFOUFE XJUI B GFX TQBSJOH BDDFOUT JO SFE BOE ZFMMPX *O UIJT XBZ UIF SPPN JT TJNJMBS UP UIF QDWXUDO BOE WLPHOHVV LPSUHVVLRQV HJWFO CZ PVS PXO GBNJMJBS PVUEPPST 5IF XQXVXDO JHRPHWU\ PG UIF GVSOJUVSF SFn FDUT UIF GBDU UIBU OBUVSF JT DPOTUBOUMZ TVSQSJTJOH VT -JWJOH TIBQFT EPO U GPMMPX UIF TUJGG UFDIOPJE BFTUIFUJD PG PVS GVODUJPOBMMZ PSJFOUFE BSDIJUFDUVSF 5IF USJFE BOE UFTUFE SJHIU BOHMFE TUPSBHF GVSOJUVSF XJUI PQUJNBM TQBDF VUJMJM[BUJPO EPFTO U KVTU TUBOE BHBJOTU UIF XBMM CVU SBUIFS DPNCJOFE XJUI UIF DQJOHG HOHPHQWV JURZV WKURXJK FUHDWLYLW\ 5IF SPPN SFNBJOT PQFO BT UIFTF OBUVSFTDBQF iSPPN EJWJEFSTw BSF À OOHG ZLWK H[ SHULHQFHV BOE IBWF iGVOw QBTTBHFT 5IF QBUIT EPO U BMXBZT UBLF UIF NPTU EJSFDU MJOF GSPN " UP # (SPX VQQ PGGFST WBSJPVT PQUJPOT UP SFBDI B EFTUJOBUJPO 5IJT HQFRXUDJHV PRYHPHQW BSPVOE UIF SPPN 5IF XJEFMZ EJTUSJCVUFE H[SORUHU VSDFHV FODPVSBHF LQGHSHQGHQW SOD\ CZ UIF DIJMESFO 5IFZ IBWF UIF PQQPSUVOJUZ UP m OE NBOZ DPSOFST BOE BOHMFT BOE UP QMBZ UISPVHIPVU UIF SPPN $IJMESFO DBO m OE VSDFHV IRU UHWUHDW GPS RVJFU PCTFSWBUJPO PS FWFO GPS TMFFQ *URZ XSS RIIHUV FKLOGUHQ DQ HQYLURQPHQW ZKLFK VXLWV WKHLU QHHGV DQG VWLPXODWHV WKHLU VHQVHV LQ ZD\V WKDW FRQQHFW ZLWK QDWXUH
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
77
Transfer Center for Neurosciences and Learning
ScientiямБc basis Interior Design Concepts Which are Close to Nature Offer Both Security and Stimulation $IJMESFO OFFE UP GFFM BU FBTF JO UIFJS TVS SPVOEJOHT UP FOTVSF IFBMUIZ EFWFMPQNFOU UP MFBSO OFX UIJOHT BOE UP m OE UIF DPVSBHF UP TPNFUJNFT USZ UIJOHT XIJDI BSF EJGm DVMU $IJME PSJFOUFE SPPNT TIPVME UIFSFGPSF CF GVSOJTIFE JO TVDI B XBZ UIBU DIJMESFO H[SHULHQFH D IHHOLQJ RI VHFXULW\ BOE BU UIF TBNF UJNF m OE VWLPXOL GPS WKHLU IXUWKHU GHYHORSPHQW 5IFTF TFFNJOHMZ DPOUSB EJDUPSZ SFRVJSFNFOUT GPS SPPN EFTJHO DBO CF CFTU GVMm MMFE XIFO XF PSJFOU PVSTFMWFT UPXBSE UIF QDWXUDO HQYLURQPHQW 1FPQMF o SFHBSEMFTT PG XIFUIFS ZPVOH PS PME o IBWF BO JOOBUF QSFGFSFODF GPS OBUVSBM FOWJSPONFOUBM BTQFDUT iQDWXUDOi BOE FORVH WR QDWXUH FRPSRQHQWV PG TQBDF BOE BSDIJUFDUVSF DPOTFSWF UIF DPHOJUJWF BOE FNPUJPOBM SFTPVSDFT PG UIF DIJMESFO BOE BEVMUT 5IFTF DPNQPOFOUT JODMVEF TVGm DJFOU EBZMJHIU HSFFO TQBDFT BOE QMBOUT JO UIF SPPN PS PO UIF CVJMEJOH 'PS JOUFSJPS EFDPSBUJPO EFTJHO OBUVSBM NBUFSJBMT TVDI BT ZRRG PS DQ DSSURSULDWH FRORU VFKHPH
78
BOE B EJWJTJPO PG UIF SPPN JOUP PQFO DMFBSMZ BSSBOHFE BSFBT BOE QSPUFDUFE BSFBT GPS SFUSFBU DBO IFMQ DPOTFSWF SFTPVSDFT 5IF SFMJFWJOH FGGFDU PG TVDI NFBTVSFT JT SFMBYJOH UP UIF DIJMESFO BOE BEVMUT " TFDVSF BSFB GPS SFUSFBU PGGFST B CBTJT GPS DIJMESFO UP MJWF PVU UIFJS OBUVSBM DVSJPTJUZ BOE KPZ PG EJTDPWFSZ 1BSFOUT BOE DBSFHJWFST PGGFS UIJT iTFDVSF TQBDFw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
8IJMF XJUI ZPVOHFS DIJMESFO GBNJMJBSJUZ SFQSFTFOUT JNQPSUBOU DPNQPOFOUT GPS UIF GFFMJOH PG TFDVSJUZ XJUI PMEFS DIJMESFO BTQFDUT TVDI BT PSEFS BOE DMFBS BSSBO HFNFOU CFDPNF JODSFBTJOHMZ JNQPSUBOU #FDBVTF DIJMESFO EFWFMPQ BU EJGGFSFOU SBUFT BOE TPNFUJNFT OFFE NPSF PS MFTT TFDVSJUZ EFQFOEJOH PO UIFJS NPPE PS UIF EFNBOET QMBDFE PO UIFN JU NBLFT TFOTF UP IBWF PQQPSUVOJUJFT GPS SFUSFBU BWBJMBCMF GPS DIJMESFO PG FWFSZ BHF
%S 1FUSB "SOEU 1SPKFDU NBOBHFNFOU i&EVDBUJPO $FOUSF w 5SBOTGFS $FOUSF GPS /FVSPTDJFODFT BOE -FBSOJOH ;/-
6OJWFSTJUZ PG 6MN 'SPN "SOEU 1 " #SBJO $PHOJUJWF TUSBJO BOE DP DPOTUSVDUJPO 3FTTPVSDF PSJFOUBUFE DSFBUJPO PG MFBSOJOH TQBDF 5IF &MFNFOUBSZ 4DIPPM +PVSOBM "SOEU 1 " %FTJHO PG -FBSOJOH 4QBDFT &NPUJPOBM BOE $PHOJUJWF &GGFDUT PG -FBSOJOH &OWJSPONFOUT JO 3FMBUJPO UP $IJME %FWFMPQNFOU .JOE #SBJO BOE &EVDBUJPO
J UH TXH DQWL
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
H\
L Q H 3 7XUPHULF
U DOXPLQLXP J
OLQ RH &
HQ
>
HS
S
6
SK DS
-SV
*
VY
*
LUH
VS
VSV
VY
& X
UU\
Y UR FN
3DO D]] R
3DOD ]]R
\ E
UR Z
Q
GH VHUW EHLJ H
Color Concept Discovery Rooms!
Inspired by Nature â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Harmonious Color Scheme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n PPST DBCJOFUT BSUJm DJBM MFBUIFS GBCSJDT BOE DBSQFUT BSF PQUJNBMMZ DPPSEJOBUFE $PMPS EFDJTJPOT BSF GBDJMJUBUFE XJUI UIF DPOTDJPVTMZ TFMFDUFE BOE CFBVUJGVMMZ DMFBS DPMPS TQFDUSVN
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
79
"
From Old To New: With Little
Transformation a Room
BEFORE
to a nature scape
"
Room
AFTER
80
5XP PS UISFF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT BSF FOPVHI UP HJWF ZPVS FYJTUJOH SPPN B OFX MPPL BOE UP DSFBUF OFX
QBTTBHFXBZT 'PS B GVSUIFS USBOTGPSNBUJPO PUIFS FMFNFOUT TVDI BT XBMM FMFNFOUT QMBUGPSNT BOE DBS QFUT DBO CF BEEFE 5IJT DSFBUFT B DPNQMFUFMZ OFX BUNPTQIFSF BOE TFOTF PG TQBDF 5IF OBUVSBM BOE DPPS EJOBUFE DPMPST PG UIF JOEJWJEVBM FMFNFOUT JODMVEJOH UIF NBUDIJOH XBMM DPMPS FOTVSF B IBSNPOJPVT BUNPTQIFSF
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
(JWF BMSFBEZ GVSOJTIFE SPPNT B OFX MPPL o UIF HSPX VQQ DPODFQU DBO IFMQ XJUI UIJTþ :PV EPO U OFFE UP HJWF VQ UIF BEWBOUBHFT PG ZPVS DVSSFOU TUPSBHF GVSOJUVSF UIFTF DBO CF TVQQMFNFOUFE XFMM XJUI UIF OFX HSPX VQQ GVSOJUVSF
BEFORE
AFTER
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
81
One Concept â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Many Possibilities "
5IF HSPX VQQ SPPN DPODFQU MFBWFT OP XJTI VOGVMm MMFE 8IFUIFS HSPVQ PS FEVDBUJPOBM SPPNT TQBDFT GPS SFTU PS NPWFNFOU SPPNT GPS EBZDBSF PS PMEFS QSFTDIPPM DIJMESFO o B TPMVUJPO DBO BMXBZT CF GPVOE GPS UIF WBSJFUZ BOE JOEJWJEVBMJUZ JO FWFSZEBZ FEVDBUJPOBM OFFET 5IF GVSOJUVSF JT EFTJHOFE JO TVDI B XBZ UIBU JOEJWJEVBM QJFDFT DBO TVQQMFNFOU BMSFBEZ BWBJMBCMF JUFNT PS B DPNQMFUFMZ OFX SPPN DPODFQU DBO CF QMBOOFE XJUI HSPX VQQ *O MJHIU PG UIF EJGGFSFOU BHF TUSVDUVSFT JO POF FTUBCMJTINFOU BOE UIFJS BTTPDJBUFE SFRVJSFNFOUT n FYJCJMJUZ JO UIF GVSOJUVSF JT JNQPSUBOU
"
6LONH 6FK|QUDGH $7 TFF QBHF
Group Room Up to 3 Years 500 sq ft, 50 m2; max. 12 children
3
2
1 1
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
82
&RORU 6FKHPH 'MPPST -JOPMFVN %FTFSU #FJHF 8BMMT 1BMB[[P 'VSOJUVSF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT BOE UBCMFT JO OBUVSBM CJSDI
grow.upp Concept
Group Room 2-6 Years 500 sq ft, 50 m2; max. 20 children grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
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
5
6
4
&RORU 6FKHPH 'MPPST -JOPMFVN 3PDLZ #SPXO 8BMMT 1BMB[[P 'VSOJUVSF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT BOE UBCMFT JO OBUVSBM CJSDI BOE MJHIU HSFFO PS CMVF DPMPS DPPSEJOBUFE JOEJWJEVBM FMFNFOUT
Retreat Room 325 sq ft, 30 m2
8
7
7
*O UIF RVJFU BOE TFOTPSZ SPPN HSPX VQQ NBLFT JU QPTTJCMF UP n FYJCMZ DSFBUF DIJME GSJFOEMZ SFUSFBU BSFBT BOE OJDIFT BT XFMM BT SFTU BOE SFBEJOH BSFBT XJUI IJHI RVBMJUZ FEVDBUJPOBMMZ EFTJHOFE GVSOJUVSF DBSQFUT BOE DVTIJPOT :RRGHQ SODWIRUPV XJUI 7 B TPMJE CBTF JOWJUF UIF DIJMESFO UP SFTU SBUIFS UIBO NPWF BCPVU BOE UIF DIJMESFO FYQFSJFODF B WBSJFUZ PG QIZTJDBM TFOTBUJPOT " OHDI PRELOH JO IBSNPOJPVT DPMPST OPU 8 POMZ HJWFT TFMFDUFE DPMPS JNQVMTFT CVU BMTP XJUI UIF TMPX BOE CBMBODFE NPWFNFOU QSPWJEFT B TFOTF PG SFMBYBUJPO
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
&RORU 6FKHPH 'MPPST -JOPMFVN "OUJRVF (SFFO 8BMMT $VSDVNB 'VSOJUVSF HSPX VQQ DBCJOFUT JO OBUVSBM CJSDI BOE MJHIU HSFFO DPMPS DPPSEJOBUFE JOEJWJEVBM FMFNFOUT
83
84
" TQBDF XIPTF XBSNUI CSJOHT TFDVSJUZ 5IF GFX TPGU DPMPS DPOUSBTUT UBLF JOUP BDDPVOU UIF TFMFDUJWF BOE OPU ZFU GVMMZ EFWFMPQFE WJTJPO PG DIJMESFO PG EBZDBSF BHF "DDFOUT BSF QMBDFE TQBSJOHMZ CVU EFMJCFSBUFMZ 5IFZ ESBX BUUFOUJPO UP UIF FYQMPSFS BSFBT BOE UIVT PGGFS DIJMESFO PSJFOUBUJPO XJUIJO UIF SPPN 5IF CBTJD DPMPS NPPE PG PVS HSPX VQQ SPPN BMTP BEESFTTFT UIJT BOE
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
Rooms for CHILDREN DSFBUFT B GBNJMJBSJUZ XIJDI PGGFST UIF MJUUMF POFT TVQQPSU BOE TFDVSJUZ $SBXMJOH JT OPU B EJTBEWBOUBHF o UIFSF JT QMFOUZ UP FYQFSJFODF PO BMM MFWFMT o CVU MFBSOJOH UP XBML JT B SFXBSEJOH HPBM 5IF DIJMESFO DBO JOEFQFOEFOUMZ NBLF UIFJS XBZ PO B WPZBHF PG EJTDPWFSZ PS SFTU FWFO TMFFQ JO POF PG UIF NBOZ BOHMFT BOE DPSOFST
85
Trapezoid Cabinets "
5IFTF DBCJOFUT BSF OPU DPOWFOUJPOBM TUPSBHF GVSOJUVSF UIFZ BSF QMBDFT PG EJTDPWFSZ GPS DIJMESFO 8JUI B UPUBM EFQUI PG Â&#x203A;i DN UIFZ BSF EFTJHOFE TP UIBU UIFZ FYUFOE PVU B MJUUMF OFYU UP DPOWFOUJPOBM DBCJOFUT 5IF TBGFUZ FEHF SBEJVT PG Â&#x17E;i NN JT TBGF GPS DIJMESFO 8JUI USBQF[PJE TIBQF UIFZ DSFBUF OFX TUSVDUVSFT QBTTBHFT BOE OJDIFT JO UIF SPPN 5IF n PPST DBO CF QMBZFE PO BOE BSF CFWFMFE TP UIBU NBSCMFT XPO U SPMM PGG 5IF WBSJPVT DPOUFOUT PG UIF DBCJOFUT PGGFS WJTVBM UBDUJMF PS BVEJUPSZ TFOTPSZ TUJNVMBUJPO #JSDI XPPE
"
Narrowlow Width 25 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x height 27 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x depth 20 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, Width 64 x height 70 x depth 52 cm
Quality Cabinets #JSDI XPPE TFF QBHF
ÂĄ
ZFBS HVBSBOUFF 4BGFUZ FEHF SBEJVT Â&#x17E;i NN .BEF JO (FSNBOZ
ÂĄ
Trapezoid Nature Discovery Cabinet 2 solid shelves with drilled holes to decorate (e.g. with vases, branches etc.). Please order acrylic box (page 87) separately.
440110
5PQ WJFX PG XJEF BOE OBSSPX USBQF[PJE DBCJOFUT
(4 UFTUFE 4JEF QBOFMT DBO CF TUBJOFE JO DPMPST
Cushion .BUFSJBM GPBN 3( $PWFS BSUJm DJBM MFBUIFS OPU SFNPWBCMF IBSE XFBSJOH XBTIBCMF BOE n BNF SFUBSEBOU ½,0 5FY QSPEVDU DMBTT -PXFS TVSGBDF OPO TMJQ
1 Solid Floor without back wall.
440100
Leaf Curtain )BSE XFBSJOH SPCVTU GBCSJD QPMZFTUFS OFUUJOH JO QBSU XJUI GPBN JOTFSU BUUBDIBCMF BOE XBTIBCMF
86
Acrylic Back Wall 440105 orange 440106 green
Trapezoid Cabinets
Width 25 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x height 37 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x depth 20 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, Width 64 x height 94 x depth 52 cm
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
Narrow-high
Acrylic Back Wall 440405 orange 440406 green
2 Solid Floors
5 mirrors
without back wall.
Safety mirror.
440400
440420
Accessories for narrow trapezoid cabinets
Trapezoid Acrylic Box Offers plenty of storage space for toys and â&#x20AC;&#x153;explorer gearâ&#x20AC;?. With 2 finger holes, acrylic front. Size: W 9 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; / 19 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 5 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 5 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; / 16 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 24 / 53 x H 14 x D 14 / 42 cm, interior size: W 9 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;/19 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 5 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 14 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 23/49 x H 13 x D 36 cm.
440115
Trapezoid Seating Cushions The low cabinets have space for 15 pieces, the high ones for 25 pieces. 5 colors (2 green and 3 blue tones). Cover: robust fabric (100% polyester) with foam. Size: W 19 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; / 10 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 1 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 14 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 50/25.7 x H 2.8 x D 35.8 cm. 099150 5 pieces
How to order! Select stain color for cabinet +(*5 /LJKW *UHHQ 3 :DWHUFRORU %OXH
)$ :KLWH ,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLĂ&#x20AC; HG ZH GHOLYHU QDWXUDO
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Select synthetic leather color for cabinet cushion *5h1 *UHHQ
0HORQ <HOORZ
(&58 %HLJH
$4%/ :DWHUFRORU %OXH
7%/$ 7XUTXRLVH
7DXSH
www.haba.de
:(,6 :KLWH
87
Trapezoid Cabinets Wide-low
Width 33 ½“ x height 27 ¾“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 85 x height 70 x depth 52 cm
With Floor Mirror With Leaf Curtains Open 440200
front and back.
To crawl through and experience exciting mirror effects.
440210
440215
Top piece
With Acrylic Back Wall 440205 orange 440206 green
for wide-low cabinets see upon. (width 33 ½“ x height 27 ¾“, width 85 x height 70 cm)
NEW!
NEW!
8JUI FWFSZ UVSO PG UIF MFWFS UIF IPUQMBUF DIBOHFT GSPN XIJUF 0'' UP SFE 0/
"Kitchen" Top Piece "Game Backdrop" Top Piece As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. The children decide what is played here. Whether doll's house, garage, landscape or ... each child can design the game backdrop themselves. Birch wood. W 28 3/4" x H 17 3/4" x D 14 3/4", W 72.7 x H 45 x D 37 cm.
As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. Consists of a panel with a tap (with 2 turning knobs), a milled hotplate and a curtain. The hotplate can be turned "on and off" with a lever; it visually changed from a red disc to a black disc. Birch wood, curtain with Velcro. W 28 3/4" x H 9 1/2" x D 18", W 72.7 x H 23.6 x D 45.3 cm, curtain: W 28 1/2" x 24 3/4", W 72 x 62.5 cm.
025443
025436
Mandala top piece
Tone Top Piece
Encourages children to sort materials into the divisions. Anyone who wants to can lay out a beautiful mandala with stones, chestnuts etc. in the central circle. As a cabinet top piece or freely positioned elsewhere. Birch wood. W 28 ¾“ x H 3“ x D 14 ¾“, W 72.7 x H 7 x D 37 cm.
Strung with pentatonically tuned strings, with which children can very easily create harmonious tones. Can also be freely positioned and used as a musical instrument. Birch wood. W 28 ¾“ x H 3 ½“ x D 14 ¾“, W 72.7 x H 8.5 x D 37 cm, 6 steel strings.
440710
440700
88
Trapezoid Cabinets
Wide-high
Open 440500
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Width 33 ½“ x height 37 ¼“ x depth 20 ½“, Width 85 x height 94 x depth 52 cm
2 Solid Shelves 440502
Sensory Leaves
With Acrylic Back Wall 440505 orange 440506 green
To crawl through and for exciting mirror effects. Sides with 2 safety mirrors.
With Leaf Curtains front and back.
Sensory leaves 3x 100% polyester, 2x bells, 1x granules, 2x artificial leather with crinkle foil, 2x fleece (100% polyester), 2 elements made of 100% polyester with mirror.
440520
440510
440530
Mirrors on the Sides
Cushion
Cushion
fits all wide trapezoid cabinets
098050
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
W 18 ½“/29 ¾“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 15 ¼“, W 47/75.5 x H 4 x D 38.5 cm. Select synthetic leather color (p. 87)
www.haba.de
89
)RU PRPHQWV EHWZHHQ VOHHS DQG ZDNLQJ WR JHW PRWLYDWHG WR UHIXHO 5IF DVCCZ IPMF DBWF JT TVJUBCMF BT B SFTU SFUSFBU BOE FWFO TMFFQJOH TQBDF " DIJME XIP XBOUT UP CF BMPOF GPS B XIJMF JT TBGF BOE VOEJTUVSCFE CFIJOE UIF MFBG DVSUBJO "U UIF TBNF UJNF UIF DIJME JT BMXBZT JO WJFX GSPN UIF PVUTJEF 5IF DIJME DBO XBUDI XIBU JT HPJOH PO PVU TJEF UISPVHI UIF OFU XJOEPX o BOE EFDJEF GPS UIFNTFMWFT JG UIFZ XBOU UP TUBZ JO UIF DBWF PS HP PVU BOE QBSUJDJQBUF BHBJO JO UIF BDUJWJUJFT
A
B
5IJT JT IPX TJNQMF JU JT UP FRVJQ UIF TPVOE CPY BOE TFMFDU UIF TPVOE QSPHSBN
A
Cubby Hole Cave including curtain
W 38 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 27 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 24 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 97 x H 70 x D 62 cm. Access height approx. 7 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 18 cm.
B
Sound island including curtain
i*T UIBU B OPJTF 0I UIF XBWFT BSF DSBTIJOHyĂžw
Cushion for Sound Island
W 36 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 2â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 19 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 93 x H 5 x D 49 cm.
Important: Use only battery-operated adio devices as the sound box does not have a cable. W 38 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 27 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 24 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 97 x H 70 x D 62 cm. Access height approx. 7 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 18 cm. Sound box: W 9 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 3â&#x20AC;&#x153;/5 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 18 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 23,7 x H 7/13 x D 47 cm.
098060
440310
098065
440300 Cushion for Cubby Hole Cave
Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
90
Folding, with speaker cutout. Size: approx. W 36 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 2â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 19 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 93 x H 5 x D 49 cm. Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
grow.upp Cabinets
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Special Cabinets Retreat Cabinet W 38 ¼“ x H 37 ¼“ x D 21 ¾“, W 97 x H 94 x D 55 cm. Seat height (with cushion): 12 ¾“, 32 cm (15 ½“, 39 cm); lower shelf height 9 ½“, 24 cm.
440610
Cushion for Retreat Cabinet W 36 ¾“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 14“, W 93 x H 4 x D 35 cm.
098067 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
Chill Bench Cabinet W 38 ¼“ x H 37 ¼“ x D 21 ¾“, W 97 x H 94 x D 55 cm. Seat height (with cushion): 12 ¾“, 32 cm (15 ½“, 39 cm); lower shelf height 9 ½“, 24 cm.
440620
Cushion for Chill Bench Cabinet Foam (RG 30/50), sides (RG 28/70). Bottom and side pieces with non-slip profile. W 36 ¾“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 3“, W 93 x H 59 x D 7.5 cm.
098068 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
usable as a kids slide
Movement Cabinet W 25 ¼“ x H 43“ x D 39 ½“, W 64 x H 109 x D 100 cm. Seat height: 15 ¾“, 40 cm.
440600
Cushion for Movement Cabinet W 23 ¾“ x H 2 ½“/1 ¼“ x D 20 ¾“/41 ¾“, W 60 x H 6/3 x D 52.5/106 cm.
098066 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
91
Fascination with
LIGHT
&251(5 &$%,1(7
-PPL UISPVHI UIF WJFXJOH CVCCMF
Corner Cabinet with Curtain and Viewing Bubble FYDJUJOH FYQFSJFODFT XJUI DPMPSFE MJHIU
-FBG DVSUBJO BU UIF FOUSZ BOE FYJU
.PUJPO EFUFDUPS
It doesn’t matter which of the two entries the children walk or crawl to the viewing bubble, with its exciting view. Can be set up freely in the room, not just in the corners. Space requirements: 43 ¾“ x 43 ¾“, 111 x 111 cm, H 40 ¼“, 102 cm.
440630 Corner Cabinet with Lighting incl. Curtain LED light (230 V power point) with motion sensor, portholes protected by safety glass. Cable (approx. 71“, 180 cm long). Space requirements: 43 ¾“ x 43 ¾“, 111 x 111 cm, H 40 ¼“, 102 cm.
Cushion for Corner Cabinet 40¾“ x 40 ¾“, H 1“, 103 x 103 x H 2 cm.
440640
098105
Not available in the USA.
Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
92
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
grow.upp Corner Cabinets
&251(5 &83%2$5'
$IJMESFO DBO FYQFSJFODF EJGGFSFOU DPMPS FGGFDUT
Light Corner Cave Cupboard incl. Curtain Includes remote control with light switch. Numerous freely selectable color settings. Cable (length 180 cm). Space requirements: approx. 83 x 83 cm, H 148 cm. LED light (230 V power point).
440650 Not available in the USA.
$PMPS DIBOHF GVODUJPO
Cushion for Light Corner Cave Cupboard Size: approx. 31 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 31 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 2â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 79 x 79 x H 5 cm.
098108 Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
93
Handles for Storage Furniture 4UBSUJOH QBHF
"
NPWF VQQ TUPSBHF DBCJOFUT DBO CF WJTVBMMZ DPOOFDUFE UP UIF PWFSBMM HSPX VQQ DPODFQU 8F TVQQMZ TQFDJBM IBOEMFT GPS UIJT QVSQPTF :PV DBO DIPPTF CFUXFFO CBS IBOEMFT BOE CVUUPO IBOEMFT B TQFDJBM IJHIMJHIU JT PGGFSFE XJUI GFMU MFBWFT GPS UIF IBOEMFT /PUF UIF IBOEMFT DBOOPU CF BUUBDIFE MBUFSþ
" %SBXFS DBCJOFU BDSZMJD JUFN XJUI CVUUPO IBOEMFT *58
)JOHFE EPPS DBCJOFU JUFN XJUI CBS IBOEMF *67
&WFSZ NPWF VQQ DBCJOFU JT BWBJMBCMF XJUI FJUIFS CBS IBOEMFT (45 PS CVUUPO IBOEMFT (36 4JNQMZ TFMFDU UIF DBCJOFU GSPN UIF NPWF VQQ DBUBMPH QBHFT BOE TQFDJGZ UIF EFTJSFE IBOEMFT
Felt Leaves for Handles
Small Felt Leaves Set
Large Felt leaves Set
For attaching under the button handles of move.upp cabinets. Each leaf has two colors (one side light green, one dark green). 100% pure new wool, two sewn together layers. 4â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 3â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 1 ¼â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 9.6 x 7 x 3 cm. 121325 2 pieces
For attaching to the bar handles of move.upp cabinets. Each leaf has two colors (one side light green, one dark green). 100% pure new wool, two sewn together layers. 10 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 3 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 26.7 x 8.6 cm, thickness 1 ¼â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 3 cm. 121315 2 pieces
How to order Select move.upp cabinet
Select handle version
7KHVH FDQ EH IRXQG VWDUWLQJ SDJH
,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ GHOLYHU PRYH XSS VWDQGDUG KDQGOHV *67 %DU KDQGOH
94
1RWH WKH KDQGOHV FDQQRW EH DWWDFKHG ODWHU *58 %XWWRQ KDQGOH
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
Research Room &YQFSJNFOU UFTU MFBSO o JO UIJT FEVDBUJPOBM TQBDF OPUIJOH TIPVME EJTUSBDU GSPN UIF FTTFOUJBM (FOUMF CMVF BOE TBOEZ CFJHF DSFBUF BO BUNPTQIFSF XIFSF QFBDF BOE DPODFOUSBUJPO QSFWBJM 5IF XIJUF UBCMF BOE EJTDPWFSZ GVSOJUVSF BSF JNNFEJBUFMZ SFDPHOJTFE BT TQFDJBM BSFBT 5IF DPMPS TDIFNF HJWFT UIF TQBDF B GVODUJPOBM DIBSBDUFS GPTUFST DPHOJUJWF XJMMJOHOFTT UP MFBSO BOE IFMQT UIF DIJMESFO HFU PSJFOUBUFE *U JT FBTJFS UP SFNFNCFS SVMFT o BOE JO UIJT XBZ UIF QPUFOUJBM GPS DPOn JDU JT SFEVDFE " WBSJFUZ PG FYIJCJUT TQFDJNFOT BOE TBNQMFT GSPN OBUVSF BOE FWFSZEBZ MJGF DBO CF TUPSFE IFSF
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
95
LQ
J KHLJKWV 7DEOHV RI YDU\LQ XS URRPV PL[HG DJH JUR
FDQ EH QHVWHG WR VDYH VSDFH
Tables
Quality i NN UIJDL UBCMF UPQ ZFBS HVBSBOUFF 3FBM CJSDI XPPE "TTFNCMZ QMBUF CPMUFE UPHFUIFS UJNFT FYDFMMFOU TUBCJMJUZ 4VSGBDF DBO CF TFMFDUFE MJOPMFVN OBUVSBM SFOFXBCMF SBX NBUFSJBM PS %VSPQBM® NFMBNJOF SFTJO TVSGBDF
-FHT FJUIFS NFUBM QPXEFS DPBUFE JO 3"- XIJUF BMVNJOJVN PS TPMJE XPPE TPMJE CJSDI XPPE
6(7 83 (;$03/(6
96
$IBJST DBO CF GPVOE PO QBHF
grow.upp Tables
5IFTF n FYJCMF NPWBCMF UBCMFT DBO CF DPNCJOFE JO B WBSJFUZ PG XBZT 5IFZ MJWFO VQ UIF SPPN XJUI OFX TUSVDUVSFT 5IFZ DBO CF DPNCJOFE FRVBMMZ XFMM grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
XJUI FBDI PUIFS PS XJUI TUBOEBSE UBCMFT .BUDIJOH DIBJST DBO CF GPVOE JO UIF DBUBMPH PO QBHF
Pentagon table small
Pentagon table large
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y Â&#x203A;i Y DN
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y Â&#x17E;i Y DN
Ü ´
FP
large table
þ´ FP
F P
F P
´
´
Ü´ FP
P
ô´ FP
F P
Ăľ
F
small table
ô´ FP
FP
´
P
´
´
F
Ăľ
Ü´ FP
Ăľ
Ăś
´
P F ´ Ü
P
F
´ Ü
FP
´
Ăľ
FP ´
P
F
´
Ăś
þ´ FP þ´ FP
Ü´ FP SJHIU BOHMF
Individual metal legs with glides
Metal casters mix
Easy-to-adjust legs 21"-28 ž", 53-73 cm
Individual wooden legs with glides
Wooden legs with caster mix
Small table
Large table
4FMFDU UBCMF UPQ UBCMF IFJHIU BOE HMJEFT CFMPX
How to order. 1. Select table top : :KLWH *
*UHHQ
8
:DWHUFRORU %OXH
.
/LJKW *UH\
.
%LUFK
Linoleum
DuropalÂŽ
,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ GHOLYHU . /
/LJKW %OXH
/
*UHHQ
/
*UH\
/
6DQG
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
2. Select table height
3. Select glide
,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPD WLFDOO\ GHOLYHU Â&#x17E;i FP KHLJKW
,I QRW RWKHUZLVH VSHFLILHG ZH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ GHOLYHU */.8
+g ´ FP
2QO\ ZLWK LQGLYLGXDO OHJV DQG JOLGHV 1R FDVWHUV
3ODVWLF JOLGH
+g ÂŁi FP
+g Â&#x17E;i FP
*/.8
+g Â&#x17E;i FP
+g i FP
+g i FP
+g i FP
+g Â&#x17E;i FP
www.haba.de
)HOW JOLGH
*/),
97
>> AT OUR PARTITION WALLS THERE IS SOOOO MUCH TO DISCOVER <<
98
www.haba.de
99 grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
Partiton Walls "
5IFZ DBO TFQBSBUF QMBZ XPSMET PS DPOOFDU UIFN CZ CFJOH QMBZBCMF PO CPUI TJEFT #Z HPJOH UISPVHI UIF UVOOFM PS UIF EPPS DIJMESFO DBO HP GSPN POF ýXPSMEý JOUP BOPUIFS "MM ýHSPX VQQý QBSUJUJPO XBMMT BSF FJUIFS m SNMZ DPOOFDUFE UP FBDI PUIFS PS DPOOFDUFE WJB FZFMFUT o BOE DBO BMTP CF DPNCJOFE XJUI PUIFS EBZDBSF QBSUJUJPOT 5IFJS EFTJHO BOE DPMPS TDIFNF QFSGFDUMZ NBUDI UIF PWFSBMM HSPX VQQ DPODFQU
5IF VTF PG WBSJPVT NBUFSJBMT BOE FMFNFOUT TVDI BT QSJTNT EFDPSBUJPOT NJMMJOH HSPPWFT BOE NJSSPST NBLF UIFN WFSZ BQQFBMJOH 5IFSF JT QMFOUZ UP EJTDPWFS GPS DIJMESFO BOE UIFZ DBO HBUIFS MPUT PG UBDUJMF WJTVBM BOE NPUPS TLJMMT FYQFSJFO DFT 4PMJE CJSDI XPPE ¾ý NN
"
Crawl Tunnel Partition The hole leads to a softly padded tunnel. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm, foam, fabric made of 80% polyester and 20% cotton. W 31 ½" x H 29 ¼" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 73.9 x D 8 cm, hole Ã&#x2DC; approx. 19 ¾", 50 cm, tunnel length 23 ¾", 60 cm. Tunnel can be removed for washing.
440356
In a straight line between 2 partitions.
In a corner between 2 partitions.
Please additionally order 2 sets of eyelets, item no. 870881.
Cave Partition
5IF DVCCZ IPMF DBWF JT UIF QFSGFDU TQPU GPS POF PS NPSF DIJMESFO UP SFUSFBU BOE SFTU
A fun onion dome shape, made of fabric, with small mesh windows and a split curtain. An ideal retreat with the padded mat (please order separately). The cave can be set up on a straight partition or on a corner. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm, metal rods, fabric made of 80 % polyester and 20 % cotton. W 54" x H 56 ½" x D 40 ¼", W 137 x H 143 x D 102 cm.
440360 025677 Mat (foam RG 25/40 with synthetic leather cover; H 4 ½", 11 cm) Select synthetic leather color (p. 87).
100
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Partition Walls
Acrylic Glass Partition
Mirror Partition
With colored prisms, acrylic glass pane, tree trunk decoration, peepholes, leaves and milled notches to trace with the fingers. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 31" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 78.3 x D 8 cm.
One side has a large safety mirror and tree decoration, the other tree decoration, prisms and small convex and concave mirrors. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 28" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 71.1 x D 8 cm.
Colored Acrylic Glass Partition
440350
440352
440351
With 3 colored acrylic glass windows, colored prisms and milled notches. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 27 ¼" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 68.9 x D 8 cm.
Bird Partition With colored prisms and movable colored balls: in the spider's web and on the rods. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 28 ½" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 71.8 x D 8 cm.
With tree decoration on one side, milled notches, leaf decorations and a movable bird on the other side, as well as colored prisms. The thick rope with sliding ring can be played with from both sides. Skill and dexterity are needed to push the ring through the hole to the other side. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 30 ½" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 77.4 x D 8 cm.
440354
440353
Net Partition
Can only be opened by an adult
Stones and Woodpecker Partition
Door Partition
With real, rotating stones, colored prisms, milled notches, and a woodpecker which "works" its way from the top to the bottom on a tree trunk decoration. Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 34" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 85.9 x D 8 cm.
The door has an acrylic glass window and colored prisms. It cannot be opened by the children but must be held up by an adult. Can only be for fixed installation between partitions (no eyelets). Solid birch wood, ¾", 18 mm. W 31 ½" x H 38" x D 3 ¼", W 80 x H 93.4 x D 8 cm.
440355
440357
A
A
B
C
Connecting Eyelets
Partition Walls are delivered without connecting eyelets. W 3 ½” x D 3 ¾”, W 8.7 x D 9.4 cm, ¾”, 1.8 cm thick. 870881 Set of 2
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
B
Connection Rod Wall Connection Strip
For connecting partition walls at a flexible angle. Steel tube, powder-coated. Top ball made of beech. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm.
To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm.
870884
870880
www.haba.de
C
101
"
Solid Wood Platforms
5IF QMBUGPSNT BSF BWBJMBCMF JO EJGGFSFOU TIBQFT FBDI JO IFJHIUT XJUI PS XJUIPVU B SPMMJOH ESBXFS 8IFO BSSBOHFE JO WBSZJOH IFJHIU UIFZ FODPVSBHF NPWFNFOU PS CF VTFE BT B QMBZ PS CVJMEJOH DPSOFS *G UIF QMBUGPSNT BSF EFDPSBUFE XJUI DVTIJPOT BOE DPWFST UIFZ DBO TFSWF BT B SFUSFBU PS
DP[Z TQBDF 5IF VOVTVBM TIBQF PG UIF QMBUGPSNT NBLFT JU QPTTJCMF UP BSSBOHF MBOETDBQFT XIJDI HSPX JOUP UIF SPPN PS TUSVDUVSF JU 5IF EJTQMBZ DBTF BOE NBUFSJBM QMBUGPSNT BMTP PGGFS UIF DIJMESFO TQFDJBM FYQFSJFODFT #JSDI XPPE 5SFUGPSE DBSQFU DPWFSJOH PS -JOPMFVN DPWFSJOH
"
Quality 3FBM CJSDI XPPE WFOFFS
$PSOFST NBEF PG TPMJE CJSDI XPPE 1MBTUJD HMJEF ZFBS HVBSBOUFF 4VSGBDF 5SFUGPSE IBSE XFBSJOH DMJNBUF SFHVMBUJOH BOUJ TUBUJD OBUVSBM m CFS DBSQFU 4 VSGBDF -JOPMFVN IZHJFOJD BOE BOUJ CBDUFSJBM XJQFE BOE EJTJOGFDUFE BOUJ TUBUJD FMBTUJD MPX OPJTF GSPN OBUVSBM SFOFXBCMF SFTPVSDFT
102
Platform Combinations
Toddler Color scheme: subtle colors Birch wood, Tretford surface
Toddler 6
B
Toddler 2
C
Toddler 3
D
Toddler 7
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
A
A
Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 68“, 202,5 x 172,5 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470297 3 pieces
B
C
Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 100 ½“ x 77 ¼“, 255 x 196 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470288 5 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 141 ½“ x 73 ¾“, 359 x 187 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470290 5 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 77“, 202,5 x 195,5 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470298 5 pieces
E
D
Toddler 8 E
Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 103 ¼“ 202,5 x 262,0 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470299 5 pieces
Preschool Color scheme: harmonious colors Birch wood, Tretford surface F
F
Preschool 6
G
Preschool 3
Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 68“, 202,5 x 172,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470282 4 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 141 ½“ x 73 ¾“, 359 x 187 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 13“, 11, 22, 33 cm. 470291 7 pieces
H
Preschool 2
J
Preschool 7
K
Preschool 8
G H
Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 100 ½“ x 51 ¼“, 255 x 196 cm, height 4 ½“, 8 ¾“, 11, 22 cm. 470289 6 pieces Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 79 ¾“, 202,5 x 202,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470283 5 pieces
J
Colors as depicted. Space requirements: 79 ¾“ x 103“, 202,5 x 261,5 cm, height 8 ¾“, 13“, 22, 33 cm. 470284 5 pieces
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
K
www.haba.de
103
5IF TPMJE XPPE QMBUGPSNT JO IFJHIUT ÂŁi BOE i BOE DN BSF BWBJMBCMF FJUIFS XJUI PS XJUIPVU B SPMMJOH ESBXFS 0O EFMJWFSZ UIJT JT BMXBZT JOUFHSBUFE JO POF PG UIF ÂŁi DN MPOH QMBUGPSN TJEFT TFF JMMVTUSBUJPO CFMPX CVU DBO BU BOZ UJNF CF m UUFE JOUP UIF PUIFS ÂŁi DN TJEF Material description see page 102.
FP
P F Ü ´ Ü ´
Ü´ FP
FP
Ü ´
rolling drawer
ng r lli ro awe dr
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT Â&#x203A;i Y ÂŁi Y DN
ô´ FP
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y ÂŁi Y DN
´
F
P FP
ô´ FP
Ăś
rol dr ling aw er
FP
SJHIU BOHMF
P
ô´ FP
FP
´ Ü
Ü´ FP
F ´ Ü
FP
´
Ăś
þ´ FP
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT Â&#x203A;i Y i Y DN
Tretford-Carpet Platform A
Platform B
Platform C
Height
Platform without rolling drawer (completely closed sides) 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 11 cm
8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 22 cm
13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 33 cm
Height
Platform with rolling drawer* 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 22 cm
13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 33 cm
Select carpet color below.
Linoleum-Covering Platform A
Platform B
Platform C
Height
Platform without rolling drawer (completely closed sides) 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 11 cm
8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 22 cm
13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 33 cm
Height
Platform with rolling drawer* 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 22 cm
13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 33 cm
Select linoleum color below.
*Rolling drawer: Platform KHLJKW Ăś FP 0VUTJEF ÂŁĂ˝ Y ) Ă˝ Y Ă˝ Y ) Y DN *OTJEF Â&#x203A;Ă˝ Y ) ÂŁĂ˝ Y ÂŁĂ˝ Y ) Y DN Platform KHLJKW FP 0VUTJEF ÂŁĂ˝ Y ) ÂŁĂ˝ Y Ă˝ Y ) Y DN *OTJEF Â&#x203A;Ă˝ Y Ă˝ Y ÂŁĂ˝ Y Y DN
Ramp Crawling or walking â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the ramp ensures they get up and down safely. W 23 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 31 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 60 x H 22 x D 78.8 cm 470255 Tretford carpet 470370 Linoleum covering
Platform-Clips For attaching¡and securing foot-training platforms. 820861 2 pieces
Select surface color below.
How to order Select Tretford carpet color 7
104
7
7
Select Linoleum color 7
7
/
/
/
/
/
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Solid Wood Platforms
Display Case Platform Display Case Platform A, height 8 ¾“, 22 cm Bring nature indoors and discover it while playing – this ingenious platform, with exhibition space under the reinforced glass base, makes it possible. The pull-out drawer can be filled with various materials from nature, and then it’s time to observe. Drawer with rail system and lock. Rolling drawer size: W 19 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 50 x H 13,7 x D 73 cm, inside: W 18 ½“ x H 4 ½“ x D 27 ¾“, W 47 x H 11 x D 70 cm. Birch wood, Plexiglass. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 36“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm, H 8 ¾“, 22 cm.
470275
Sensory Platform TBGFUZ NJSSPS
DPSL
Sensory Platform A With three different surfaces: the cork plate feels pleasantly warm, the mirror cold and smooth. And there is an exciting ridged pattern to discover on the structured wooden surface. Birch wood, cork, safety mirror. Space requirements: 44 ½“ x 35 ¾“, 112.5 x 90.9 cm. 470265 H 4 ½", 11 cm 470266 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm
TUSVDUVSFE XPPEFO TVSGBDF
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
105
Soft Foam Platforms "
1MBUGPSNT BSF BWBJMBCMF JO EJGGFSFOU TIBQFT BOE JO IFJHIUT $PNCJOFE XJUI POF BOPUIFS UIFZ CFDPNF MBOETDBQFT GPS QMBZJOH CVJMEJOH PS NPWFNFOU *G B QMBUGPSN ) ÂŁi DN JT QVTIFE VQ BHBJOTU UIF FYQMPSFS TPGB Q UIFO JUT TFBUJOH BSFB JT FYUFOEFE $PNCJOFE XJUI NPSF QMBUGPSNT JU DSFBUFT B MBSHF SFMBYBUJPO MBOETDBQF 'PBN DPSF DPWFSFE FJUIFS XJUI $BOWBT#JPOF GBCSJD PS TZOUIFUJD MFBUIFS
"
Platform Combinations Material: foam core RG 28/70 Cover: CanvasBione fabric
Daycare 10
Daycare 11
Daycare 12
Colors as shown. 3 pieces. Space requirements: 80â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 68 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 203 x 173 cm, height 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 11, 22 cm.
Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 115 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 88â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 293 x 223 cm, height 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 13â&#x20AC;&#x153;,11, 22, 33 cm.
Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 103 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 78 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 262 x 200 cm, height 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 11, 22, 33 cm.
128720
128730
128740
Preschool 10
Preschool 11
Preschool 12
Colors as shown. 3 pieces. pace requirements: 80â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 68 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 203 x 173 cm, height 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 22, 33 cm.
Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 115 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 88â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 293 x 223 cm, height 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 17 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 11, 22, 33, 44 cm.
Colors as shown. 6 pieces. Space requirements: 103 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 78 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 262 x 200 cm, height 4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 13â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 17 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 11, 22, 33, 44 cm.
128725
128735
128745
P F
Ăś
F
P
Ăś
´
´
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT Â&#x203A;i Y i Y DN
Platform C
P F
FP
þ´ FP
´
FP
P
Ü ´
F
´ Ü
Ü´ FP
ô´ FP
´
F P
Ü´ FP
Ăś
Platform B
´
Ü´ FP
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y Â&#x17E;i Y DN
Platform D
4 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;
11 cm
8 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;
22 cm
Synthetic leather
13â&#x20AC;&#x153;
Fabric
Synthetic leather
33 cm
Height
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT ÂŁi Y ÂŁi Y DN
Ăś
Ü´ FP
Platform A
ô´ FP
Ü´ FP
ô´ FP
4QBDF SFRVJSFNFOUT Â&#x203A;i Y ÂŁi Y DN
106
FP
´
P
SJHIU BOHMF
Ăś
F ´
Ăś
Ü´ FP Ü
FP
´
Single Elements
Synthetic leather
Fabric
Fabric
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
Soft Foam Platforms
Quality
3FNPWBCMF VOEFSTJEF NBEF PG OPO TMJQ GBCSJD
Ü´ FP
$PWFST DBO CF SFNPWFE BOE BSF GSFFMZ TFMFDUBCMF BSUJm DJBM MFBUIFS MPX n BNNBCJMJUZ ½,0 5FY QSPEVDU DMBTT PS GBCSJD DPWFS $BOWBT#JP OF MPX n BNNBCJMJUZ TUBJO SFTJTUBOU
´ FP
)JHI RVBMJUZ EVSBCMF GPBN DPSF XJUI JEFBM EFOTJUZ 3(
ô´ FP
*G EFTJSFE GPS B TVSDIBSHF EFMJWFSFE DPNQMFUFMZ DPWFSFE JO MPX n BNNBCJMJUZ GBCSJDT $.&
How to order. Fabric or Artificial Leather Colors for Soft Foam Platforms Select CanvasBione fabric (stain resistant)
Select artificial leather color
&% /LJKW %OXH
&% /LJKW *UHHQ
$4%/ :DWHUFRORU %OXH
*UÂ Q *UHHQ
0HORQ <HOORZ
&% <HOORZ
&% %URZQ %HLJH
7%/$ 7XUTXRLVH
7DXSH
(&58 %HLJH
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
107
5IF FYQMPSFS TPGB HPFT PO B WPZBHF PG EJTDPWFSZ JOUP UIF SPPN BXBZ GSPN UIF XBMM 5IF QMBUGPSNT BOE TPGB BSF BMTP DP[Z TQBDF FMFNFOUT BMM PO UIFJS PXO 5PHFUIFS UIFZ DSFBUF XPOEFSGVM DPNGPSUBCMF VQIPMTUFSFE MBOETDBQFT 5IF CBDLSFTU PG UIF TPGB JT XJEF FOPVHI UP TJU PO BOE UIF TPGU GPBN QMBUGPSNT BSF MJHIU FOPVHI UIBU UIFZ SF FBTZ UP NPWF BU BOZ UJNF
>> WE HAVE THE BIGGEST SOFA IN THE WORLD << 108
109 grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
Carpets $BSQFUT UP NBUDI UIF HSPX VQQ SPPN DPODFQU 5SBDJOH UIF TMJHIU HSPPWFT JO UIF DBSQFUT XJUI ZPVS GJOHFS PS CJH UPF JT BO FYDJUJOH UBDUJMF FYQFSJFODF "DSZMJD ZBSO EZFE ZBSO ) Â&#x203A;i NN XJUI GBCSJD CBDL DPWFSFE TUJUDIFT /PUF OFX DBSQFUT DBO JOJUJBMMZ DSFBUF GMVGG 1MFBTF WBDVVN SFHVMBSMZ
Tundra Carpet 2 Piece Set Consisting of 2 x small tundra carpets. Space requirements: 44 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 36â&#x20AC;&#x153; / 29 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 32 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 113 x 91 cm / 74 x 82.5 cm.
097100
Tundra Medium Carpet
Tundra Corner Carpet
Space requirements: 66 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 41â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 168 x 104 cm.
Space requirements: 91 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 83 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 232 x 212 cm.
097101
097102
River Delta Medium Carpet
River Delta Corner Carpet
Space requirements: 66 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 41â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 168 x 104 cm.
Space requirements: 91 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 83 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 232 x 212 cm.
097106
097107
River Delta Carpet 2 Piece Set Consisting of 2 x small river delta carpets. Space requirements: 44 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x 36â&#x20AC;&#x153; / 29 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 32 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 113 x 91 cm / 74 x 82.5 cm.
097105
Bean Bags
D C
B A
Anemone Pebbles Cover made of velour, underside of robust fabric (100% polyester), separate lining with Styrofoam balls. Removable cover, with zipper, is washable at 86 °F / 30 °C. A 090395 small, fill quantity 20 l, Size: 19 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 18 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 50 x 46 cm, H 11 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 28 cm B 090396 large, fill quantity 130 l, Size: approx. 29 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x 28 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 75 x 72 cm, H 11 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 28 cm
110
Chenille (100% cotton), cover and base made of hard-wearing robust fabric (100% polyester), separate lining with Styrofoam balls. Removable cover, with zipper, is washable at 86 °F / 30 °C. C 090397 small, fill quantity: 30 l. Size: Ă&#x2DC; base 15 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 40 cm, Ă&#x2DC; seat 14 â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 35 cm, H 14 â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 35 cm D 090398 large, fill quantity: 183 l, size: Ă&#x2DC; base 23 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 60 cm, Ă&#x2DC; seat 19 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 50 cm, H 17 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 45 cm
grow.upp â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Discovery Rooms
Carpet/Sofa/Bean Bags
Fabric
Synthetic Leather
Monochrome
Monochrome
&% /LJKW *UHHQ
*5h1 *UHHQ
&% /LJKW %OXH
$4%/ :DWHUFRORU %OXH
&% <HOORZ
0HORQ <HOORZ
&% %URZQ %HLJH
7DXSH
Two-tone
Two-tone
&% %URZQ *UHHQ
./ *UH\ *UHHQ
&% %URZQ %OXH
./ *UH\ %OXH
&% %URZQ <HOORZ
./ *UH\ <HOORZ
Explorer Sofa Back and side parts brown/beige. Back has 5 mm MDF panel as reinforcement. Robust foam core (RG 35/55). Cover is removable and washable. Underside is covered with non-slip fabric. W 78 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 23 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 31 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 200 x H 59.5 x D 80 cm. Seat width 45 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 115 cm, height 9 Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 23 cm, depth 16 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;/21 žâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 42/55 cm. 158385 Fabric 158390 Synthetic leather Select cover colores.
E
Sofa Combination 1
Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/blue (CB 51) as well as the platforms item no. 128585 in light blue (CB02), item no. 128581 in brownbeige (CB 08) and item no. 128582 in light green (CB04). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 104" x 92 Âź", 264 x 234 cm.
Sofa
E
024679
F
F
Sofa Combination 2
Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/green (CB 50) as well as 3 platforms: item no. 128581 in light green (CB04), item no. 128580 in brownbeige (CB 08) and item no. 128571 in light blue (CB02). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 75 ž" x 98 Ÿ", 250 x 228 cm.
NEW!
024678
G
Sofa Combination 3
Consists of Explorer Sofa, item no. 158385, in brown/green (CB 50) as well as 4 platforms: item no. 128585 in light green (CB04), item no. 128581 in yellow (CB 07), item no. 128571 in brown-beige (CB08) and item no. 128582 in yellow (CB07). Fabric: CanvasBione, for colors see legend. Space requirements: approx. 101 ž" x 104", 258 x 264 cm.
G
024677
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
111
LEAF MOBILES Leaf Mobile Giant, gently turning, translucent, leaves in various sizes. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s relaxing to lie under them and watch the constantly changing circles â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and to start dreaming. Plastic poles, wooden balls, 5 polyester net fabric leaves. Space requirements: Ã&#x2DC; approx. 90 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 230 cm.
122005
PLAY SHELVES " OFX SPVUF GPS UIF IPTF o 8F SFBDI UISPVHI IFSFþ "OE UIF NBSCMF SVO IPTF JU SVOT EJGGFSFOUMZ FWFSZ EBZ m UT UISPVHI UIF PQFOJOHT UPP
C
A
A D
*U MPPLT EJGGFSFOU FWFSZ EBZþ "SF UIFZ CPPLTIFMWFT PS EPMM USFF IPVTFT (JBOU NBSCMF SVOT PS B TUBMM GPS UIF XPPEFO BOJNBMT 5IFTF TIFMWFT BSF NBEF GPS CVJMEJOH BOE QMBZJOH PO $IBOHF JT XFMDPNFþ 5IF TNBMM TIFMG DBO CF BUUBDIFE UP UIF XBMM FJUIFS WFSUJDBMMZ PS IPSJ[POUBMMZ
112
B
Wall Play Shelves With holes in the side pieces and shelves. Can be attached individually or combined. Birch wood, natural. Toys and Books are not included. A 120551 small, W 26â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 16 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 9 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 66 x H 42 x D 24 cm, 1 recess B 120553 medium, W 42 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 35 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 12â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 108 x H 90 x D 30 cm, shelf width: 18 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 13â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 12â&#x20AC;&#x153;/10â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 47 x H 33 x D 30/25 cm, 4 recesses C 120555 large, W 71 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 71 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 14 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153;, W 181 x H 181 x D 37 cm, shelf width 31â&#x20AC;&#x153; x H 14 ¼â&#x20AC;&#x153; x D 13 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;/11 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153;/9 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 78.5 x H 36 x D 34/29.5/24 cm, 6 recesses D 120256 Hose for wall play shelves: plastic hose, Ã&#x2DC; 2 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 6.5 cm, L 197â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 5 m
Ceiling & Wall Elements
Tree Backrest Perfect for simply leaning back a little now and then. Just to unwind or to have a look at some new reading material. Birch wood, natural; foam with synthetic leather cover. 7012 Taupe. Incl. fixing material. E 121340 single 25“ x 7 ½“, 63 x 19 cm F 121345 double 45 ½“ x 16“, 115 x 40.5 cm
E
F
Refined
Ceiling and Wall Elements WALL CANOPY Wall Canopy Playing, reading or relaxing the wall canopy holds its protective leaves above the children. Birch wood, natural. The leaves are removable, washable and made of robust fabric (100 % polyester). W 31 ¾“ x H approx. 78 ¾“ x D approx. 24 ½“, W 80 x H approx. 200 x D approx. 62 cm.
121330
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
grow.upp – Discovery Rooms
TREE BACKREST
Sensory elements Real Birch Wood A Space requirements: approx 16 ¾“ x 16 ¼“, 42 x 41 cm A
B
Color, small For learning about different colors.
121108
B
Optical Discs, small
When the green disc is turned the small one also starts moving. In the process the small panel creates an exciting visual effect as it moves up and down. With 2 turning discs.
C
121101
C
Rainmaker, small
When the disc is turned the rainmaker starts to trickle, the leaves move in a circle and the mirror element encourages discovery of the surroundings.
121102
D
E D
F
OP m OHFS QJODIJOH
Cherry Stones, small
Encourages the children to move the cherry stones from one chamber to the other by turning the panel. Here the laws of gravity and centrifugal force can be seen, with the help of a slight acoustic effect. Promotion of fine motor skills. Birch wood; natural cherry stones.
121106
Space requirements: approx 32 ½“ x 24 ¼“, 82 x 61 cm E
Gear Wheels, small
Here one thing follows the other: a 5 piece gear wheel mechanism to discover. 5 gear wheels, two of them with a crank.
121103
F
Ball Labyrinth, small
Anyone who gets the hang of it can skilfully manoeuvre the rubber ball through the labyrinth. Turning panel with Plexiglas.
121105 G
H
Space requirements: approx 44 ¼“ x 24 ½“, 112 x 62 cm
G
Motor Skills, medium
Here a sensitive touch and a good sense of hearing are in demand! The five leaves are arranged in a fan-like design, and each leaf is filled differently (wooden beads, cherry stones, granulate, marbles, cotton wool and squeaker). If the green wheel is set in motion then the two white turning elements produce interesting noises. Children can turn various wooden shapes on the wooden thread. Promotes of fine motor skills. Birch wood, robust fabric.
121203
H
Mirror, medium For self-awareness. Safety mirror.
121202
J
Blackboard, large
121217
J
114
K
K
Mirror, large For self-awareness. Safety mirror.
121216
Noise Control
Noise Control Toll free: 1-800-345-3480
www.gressco.com
115
Noise Control Rest... ...promotes stress relief! ...has a positive impact on your health! - serenity, protection of the vocal cords, vitality, more relaxed ...positively impacts children! - alertness, sociability, motivation
SonicLine
– for optimal room acoustics
Haba system solutions include various acoustically effective products, adapted to your individual requirements. We use space in rooms which is usually not used: ceilings and walls. Our noise control elements can be easily install in only a few hours.
Wall Elements
In order to significantly improve the acoustics in your room you will need around 50% of the floor area of the room in absorption material. You can find the respective surface specifications with the item numbers of our products.
Partitions Acoustic Wall Elements Robust chipboard base with sound absorbing elements (2", 5 cm thick) and fabric covering. Total thickness: approx. 3", 7 cm. Simple, non-visible mounting with V-ledge and Velcro. 820082 W 31 ½" x 27 ¼", W 80 x H 69 cm 820083 W 31 ½" x 53 ¾", W 80 x H 136 cm 820084 W 31 ½" x 72 ½", W 80 x H 184 cm 820085 W 46 ¾" x 27 ¼", W 118.5 x H 69 cm 820086 W 46 ¾" x H 53 ¾", W 118.5 x H 136 cm
When you visually separate an area you also ensure better acoustics at the same time. Acoustic partitions can be perfectly combined with all other Haba partitions.
Acoustics Sound reducing element on both sides. Therefore it can also be noise. Use as a pin board. 820060 W 31 ½“ x H 53 ¾“, W 80 x H 136 cm 820070 W 31 ½“ x H 72 ½“, W 80 x H 184 cm 820061 W 46 ¾“ x H 53 ¾“, W 118.5 x H 136 cm
Select fabric color below.
Select fabric color below.
Fabric selection for acoustic wall elements Wall Elements CX03
CX04
Yellow
Orange
CX14 hellblau CX14
CX13
Bright blue
Light blue
116
Fabric selection CX02
CX10
CX06
CX05
Apple green
Dark green
Red
Red purple
CX01
CX11
CX12
Turquoise
Light gray
Dark blue
Partitions CX14 hellblau CX01 Dark blue
CX06 Apple green
Noise Control
Noise Control
Basotect® ceiling and wall elements
Ceiling and Wall Elements
Ceiling Cubes Acoustic Cube Set
With straight edges. Thickness: 2", 5 cm. Available in white or light blue. Basotect® melamine resin foam. 10 elements including hanging material and mounting instructions. A 900010 24 ¾" x 24 ¾", 62.5 x 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 42 sq. feet, 3.9 m2) B 900012 49 ¼" x 24 ¾", 125 x 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 84 sq. feet, 7.8 m2) C 900014 49 ¼" x 49 ¼", 125 x 125 cm, 10 pieces (= 168 sq. feet, 15.6 m2)
The acoustic cubes – available in white or light blue – have straight edges. Hanging ceiling cubes have much higher values for sound absorption than flat ceiling elements, because the sound waves are absorbed from all sides. Basotect® melamine resin foam. 6 elements including hanging material and assembly instructions. D 900100 8" x 8" x 8", 20 x 20 x 20 cm, 6 pieces (= 51 sq. feet, 1.4 m2) E 900102 12" x 12" x 12", 30 x 30 x 30 cm, 6 pieces (= 114 ½ sq. feet, 3.2 m2) F 900104 15 ¾" x 15 ¾" x 15 ¾", 40 x 40 x 40 cm, 6 pieces (= 203 ½ sq. feet, 5.8 m2)
Select color below.
Select color below.
Acoustic Element Set
Color selection All the advantages at a glance:
Basotect Q
CX14 WEIS hellblau white
BLAU blue
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Q
excellent acoustics – High-tech foam light – can be attached almost anywhere
www.haba.de
Prüf-Nr. 432300 DTI Dänemark
117
Noise Control Abacustica® System – B1 fire protection certified
The Abacustica® ceiling elements are made of Basotect® melamine resin foam by the company BASF SE. This absorbs sound with its open-pored structure. The netlike cell structure causes friction, causing sound to loses its energy.
Ceiling and Wall Elements Acoustic Elements With straight edges. Thickness: 2", 5 cm. Color: light gray. Include adhesive and attachment instructions. 820030 L 24 ¾" x W 24 ¾", L 62.5 x W 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 42 sq. feet, 3.9 m2) 820032 L 49 ¼" x W 24 ¾", L 125 x W 62.5 cm, 10 pieces (= 84 sq. feet, 7.8 m2) 820034 L 49 ¼" x W 49 ¼", L 125 x W 125 cm, 10 pieces (= 168 sq. feet, 15.6 m2)
Do it yourself: Acoustic suspended ceilings are both more expensive and require more effort. Simple installation which you can do yourself is naturally much less than construction.
All the advantages at a glance: Q
excellent acoustics
Q
extremely light – can be attached almost anywhere
Q
low flammability – fire class B1 in accordance with DIN 4102 Prüf-Nr. 432300 DTI Dänemark
Adhesive
118
Attach panels
Noise Control
Ecophon® System – Noise Control
A2 fire protection certified
Ceiling panels
Ceiling and Wall Elements
Sound Absorber Solo Square
Sound Absorber Master B
Hanging ceiling panels have much higher values for sound absorption than flat glued ceiling elements. Sound waves are absorbed from all sides. Coated glass fibers. Color: white. Includes fastening materials (16 anchors and 16 cords) and installation instructions. In packages of 4 pieces (= 62 sq. feet, 5.76 m²). 900060 white, 4 pieces 900061 colored, 4 pieces Specify color
Elements with beveled edges. They are attached with Ecophon adhesive. Coated glass fibers. Size: 23 ¾" x 23 ¾" x 1 ¾", 60 x 60 x 4 cm. In packages of 10 pieces (= 38 ¾ sq. feet, 3.6 m²). Includes Installation instructions. 900050 white 900051 colored Specify color below
Sound Absorber Super G-B Beveled edge, impact resistant elements. They are attached with Ecophon adhesive. Coated glass fibers. Color: white. Size: 23 ¾" x 23 ¾" x 1 ¾", 60 x 60 x 4 cm. In packages of 10 pieces (= 38 ¾ sq. feet, 3.6 m²).
900055
Ecophon Adhesive For items 900050, 900051, 900055. The glue is ready to use and dries clear. As listed in the installation instructions, leftover adhesive can be used, for example, as strong craft adhesive. Fire-protection class A2. 900070 10 liters
All the advantages at a glance: Color selection for Ecophon elements
Q
excellent acoustics – 100% recycled glass fibers with excellent absorption values
Q
humidity-resistant – retain their shape with a permanent relative humidity of up to 95% at 86 °F, 30 °C
Q
extremely robust – can also be used in public areas (Material Super G–B)
Q
non-flammable – fire class A2 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1182
Ceiling & Wall Elements MIRO
PUOL
SISA
misty rose
pure olive
silent sand
VADR vanilla dream
VODU volcanic dust
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
119
Noise Control
"
'JSTU BOE GPSFNPTU UIF HSPX VQQ TPVOE JOTVMBUJPO FMFNFOUT TFSWF UP SFEVDF UIF OPJTF MFWFM CVU UIFZ BSF BOE DBO EP NPSF UIFJS OBUVSBM TIBQFT BSF SFNJOJTDFOU PG UIF TVO UIF GVMM NPPO PS DMPVET .PVOUFE PO UIF DFJMJOH PS XBMM UIFZ JODPSQPSBUF TFBNMFTTMZ JOUP UIF PWFSBMM HSPX VQQ DPODFQU 4PVOE JOTVMBUJPO JT HFOFSBMMZ PG DPOTJEFSBCMF JNQPSUBODF BT B IJHI OPJTF MFWFM UFOET UP QSFWBJM JO SPPNT XIFSF NBOZ DIJMESFO HBUIFS *G
UIF SPPN BMTP IBT QPPS BDPVTUJDT UIFO JU XJMM JOFWJUBCMZ MFBE UP UIF TUSFTT GBDUPS PG OPJTF 8JUI UIF TJNQMF NPVOUJOH PG PVS TPVOE BCTPSCFST ZPV DBO FBTJMZ CBOJTI UIF TUSFTT GBDUPS PG OPJTF GSPN SPPNT 5IF WBSJPVT SPVOE TPVOE JOTVMBUJPO FMFNFOUT OPU POMZ JNQSPWF UIF BDPVTUJDT CVU BMTP JNQSPWF UIF BQQFBSBODF PG UIF SPPN 5IF XPSLJOH FOWJSPONFOU BOE FWFSZCPEZ T XFMM CFJOH BSF QPTJUJWFMZ JOn VFODFE CZ UIFTF OFX FMFNFOUT
"
Round Element in white, light gray or blue
Example layout for the 325 sq ft, 30 m2 set
Diameter 9 ¼â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 23 cm Height 4 ¾ â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 12 cm
Round element F
Diameter 17 ¾â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 45 cm Height 4â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 10 cm
Round element E
Diameter 32 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 82 cm Height 2 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 6 cm
Round element D
Diameter 32 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 82 cm Height 3 ¼â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 8 cm
Round element C
Diameter 48 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 123 cm Height 2 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 6 cm
Round element B
Diameter 48 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 123 cm Height 2 ½â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 6 cm
Round element A
4FUT BWBJMBCMF JODMVEF WBSJPVT TJ[FE SPVOE FMFNFOUT BOE BSF TVJUBCMF GPS NBOZ SPPN TJ[FT
31â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 78.27 cm 31â&#x20AC;&#x153;, 78,27 cm
/PUF 5IF BDPVTUJD FMFNFOUT DBO BMTP CF BUUBDIFE UP UIF XBMM 8F BEWJTF BHBJOTU BGGJYJOH UIF SFMBUJWFMZ MJHIU FMFNFOUT XJUIJO UIF SFBDI IFJHIU PG DIJMESFO
Acoustic Ceiling Sets Room size
Consisting of
200 sq ft, 20 m2 1x round element A, 2x round element B, 4x round element C, 2x round element D, 6x round element E, 8x round element F.
325 sq ft, 30 m2
425 sq ft, 40 m2
500 sq ft, 50 m2
650 sq ft, 60 m2
750 sq ft, 70 m2
1x round element A, 2x round element B, 5x round element C, 3x round element D, 10x round element E, 12x round element F.
2x round element A, 2x round element B, 8x round element C, 3x round element D, 11x round element E, 12x round element F.
4x round element A, 3x round element B, 9x round element C, 3x round element D, 9x round element E, 17x round element F.
4x round element A, 3x round element B, 9x round element C, 3x round element D, 15x round element E, 22x round element F.
5x round element A, 4x round element B, 13x round element C, 5x round element D, 17x round element E, 19x round element F.
light gray
white
blue
120
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Cabinets 路 Shelving Creativity Rooms
- Cabinet System
Genuine birch timber veneer = naturally good quality. Warm and comfortable! We use veneer from genuine timber for most of our furniture. Wood has an excellent ecological balance and a tree is one of the basic foundations of our ecological system. It protects our atmosphere, bonds carbon dioxide and actively purifies the air. Our wood comes from sustainable forestry that maintains woodlands. At least one new tree has to be planted for each tree we use. Our wood is given the PEFC seal (Program for Recognizing Forest Certification Systems).
Förderung nachhaltiger Waldwirtschaft www.pefc.de
Obtaining and using veneer is highly efficient because approximately 300 m2 of furniture surface can be obtained from one log 2.4 meters long and ½ meter in diameter.
Raw materials are processed with a low level of energy and its entire material is used: the chips and other residues are pressed into particleboard or used for generating energy. Wood has a high value even after it is no longer used because it is a supplier of energy in thermal utilization. Its combustion is designated CO2 neutral because only as much carbon dioxide is released as the tree took in ahead of time.
Advantages of veneer • Genuine wood • Natural appearance • Warm surface • Durable • Biologically friendly • Renewable raw material • Healthy room atmosphere
Laminate = wood imitation Laminate is not genuine wood, but an imitation. It is often visually difficult to distinguish its imitation surface from genuine wood. Sometimes terms used are wood design, wood appearance and wood decoration foil. All of these designations are an imitation surface.
122 12 22
• imitation of the natural wood grain from plastic • manufactured with a high level of energy • cold surface
?
Chairs and Tables
Genuine birch timber = unmatched stability. Warm and comfortable!
Veneer board
Wood core plywood
Also known as multiplex board, it is manufactured from a whole series of veneer wood layers glued crossways.
Its core consists of glued solid timber ledges. The uppermost layer forms a high-quality genuine veneer wood.
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Our move-upp range of shelves and of other furniture are manufactured with these two genuine wood boards
The major feature of these genuine birch timber boards over particleboard (consisting of chips in various sizes pressed in several layers) and MDF boards (consisting of pressed sawdust) is the fact that they have unmatched strength. The technical links within the cabinet are substantially stronger and hold longer. That comes from • gluing the solid timber dowels in the veneer wood boards, • anchoring the hinges
}
Hardware connections achieve enormous strength in the veneer wood board Our move-up range of shelves survives several generations of children effortlessly. This is why we can give you a 10-year guarantee without hesitation. • anchoring the mounting boards for casters and legs
Surface sealing = environmentally friendly Our high-quality veneers are only sealed with carefully selected lacquers. Naturally, we only use water-based lacquers free of solvents.
The advantage of water-based lacquers
• Free of solvents • Environmentally compatible • Non-fading • Conforms to fire-protection German class B1 (flame resistant)
• Surfaces successfully tested in conformity with DIN 68861, Part 1 B (i.e., the surfaces were brought into contact with various substances such as water, butter and disinfectant, etc. and there was no change after a specified penetration period)
Toll Tel.:free: +49 1-800-345-3480 9564 929-2446
www.gressco.com www.haba.de
123
- Cabinet system
Mobile Furniture - Flexible Spaces
is a flexible furniture program that offers solutions for a wide range of requirements. With move·upp you can outfit any room: from a preschool room with a corner for crawling toddlers, to a group room with research and creativity centers, to a classroom, or even a recreational room.
The move·upp line features wall cabinets and shelf units with plenty of storage space to keep organized. Select from almost 100 models. Ideal as room dividers, and useful storage areas.
Top Quality Casters >> Each caster has a load capacity up to
220 lbs (100 kg) >> Quiet movement of furniture >> Easy to roll and swivel >> Convenient operation of parking brake and secure locking; the brake fixes the caster and the rotational axis >> Grooved step surface
ze
>> Floor-saving, non-staining, and abrasion-proof
124
,1
0
cm
al in 4“
Or ig
>> Permanent, sturdy bolted connection to bottom plate - no wobbling.
Si
>> Long-lasting
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Quality Features
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Cabinet, front panels, and adjustable shelves of solid wood panels (woodcore plywood), thickness 5/8“, 17 mm, birch veneer, solid wood edge bands
Handles of powder-coated metal, silver-gray
>> for drawers
>> for doors
>> Back panels of birch plywood, thickness ½“, 12 mm; slotted and keyed into the body.
>> Drawers with solid metal glides sound absorbing soft-close system with self-closing
>> Stopper: with rubber gasket for quiet closing of doors.
>> Metal hinges with 180° opening angle, highly durable, wearresistant, space-saving hinges for more free interior space, height adjustable (+ -) ¾“, 2 mm
>> Metal shelf supports grip into the milled out recesses of the adjustable shelf.
10 Stain colors for Cabinet Fronts and Material Bins WEIS
GELB
MAIS
ORAN
ROT
White
Yellow
Maize
Orange
Red
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood More information on page 122/123
GS tested P657 Clear blue
HBLA Light Blue
BLAU
HEGR
GRÜN
Blue
Light Green
Dark Green
Made
in Germany
>> All stain colors are available as an option, also for the cabinet line in beech wood
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
125
- Learning through Experience
Learning Through Experience The modular system
• Add-on Element
move.upp furniture impresses! The well thought out modular system makes flexible usage of the base cabinets possible with unique learning elements. You have the choice of 6 top pieces and 11 mountable elements (page 132/133). These can either be used individually or in combination with the move. upp base cabinets. The arrangement can be changed at any time for playing, learning, creative work or experimenting.
• The guide sleeve of durable plastic is permanently connected to the base cabinet. A bolt connection holds the attachable elements securely in place.
• Attachable Element
• Base Cabinet
126
Genuine Wood Panel
10 Year GUARANTEE
Water and Sand With the sturdy plastic tub, a simple shelf is quickly transformed into an exciting play table that allows wonderful experiments with water and sand.
with Real Birch Veneer
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
GS-tested Mehr Seite Me dazu auf Sei ite 853. Made in Germany
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
This gives your little charges the chance even during the cold weather seasons to gain basic experiences. Playing with water and sand stimulates the senses and promotes creativity and motor skills. In addition, sand has a calming effect. Children learn while playing, the differences between solid and liquid materials. They discover that figures can be shaped from moist sand, and that they can leave traces behind in the sand. And just by filling materials from one container to another they learn about the relationship between size and volume.
• low base cabinet with tub top
piece
• medium base cabinet and tub top piece
Dexterity Element
Light Box
• low base cabinet
• medium base cabinet
and motor skills top piece
Children can grasp inter-relationships in play. Small cars can be moved forward and backward, balls can be pushed back and forth, and bars can be moved in a circle. When turned, the colorful wooden disks produce patterns, small metal disks make cheerful sounds, and brushes tickle the fingers. By touching and moving the elements, the children develop tactile perception, eye-hand coordination, and concentration.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
and light box top piece
Here the children can get to the bottom of things in the truest sense of the word. The light box top piece makes it possible to do exciting light experiments, and view X-ray images of plants or animals.
www.haba.de
127
- Learning through Experience
Dramatic Play Children love to replay everyday situations. Just like the play store, the kitchen offers children unlimited possibilities to recreate events and situations they have experienced. To identify with other people and copy their gestures and language requires an exact study of roles and behavior. The doll‘s kitchen has always been a popular backdrop for such role play. Our module quickly transforms a simple shelf into a workstation for aspiring cooks. A sink for washing dishes and two cooking burners are integrated in the kitchen module and the “Curtain“ module is perfect for a play cafeteria. The fabric wall with the colorful appliques turns the cabinet into a laundry machine / dish washer combination.
• medium base cabinet with kitchen top piece and top piece element • The kitchen top piece (p. 132 without a base cabine t.
) also works
The "mirror/whiteboard" top piece offers plenty of space for role play – whether theater, hairdresser or school. Children can slip into which ever role they like. And even though it's just a game, the children learn many valuable lessons for life. By experimenting with letters and numbers on the whiteboard, the abstract world of mathematics and writing becomes more understandable and concrete.
• medium base cabinet with mirror/whiteboard top piece
128
Genuine Wood Panel
10 Year GUARANTEE
with Real Birch Veneer
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
GS-tested Mehr M ehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Made in Germany
• medium base with element trees
Fabric Bin page 149.
• low base cabinet with garage top piece
Playing is much more than just a fun way to spend time. While playing, children learn about their environment and develop social skills. The creative interaction with staging areas that offer much free space trains the imagination and abstract thinking. All of the play backdrops feature bright cheerful colors and allow for all types of creative play.
• low base cabinet with castle top piece
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
129
- Learning through Experience ence 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany
Forming ... With the top pieces children can see the cubes, pyramids, balls and cylinders at eye level. This helps them train their logical and mathematical reasoning, as well as their spatial awareness.
• low base cabinet with sorting
top piece (p. 132)
Showcase Guaranteed to capture attention. What is displayed in the showcase hardly matters – just the fact that they are behind acrylic panels and inaccessible to little hands makes the exhibits fascinating. So even the smallest children can view the discoveries, works of art, or personal treasures.
• Ideal for patterns with natural materials
• Two medium base cabinets with showcase accessory (p. 132) and decoration arch top piece (p. 133)
130
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Library • Here bookworms can find books
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
well organized – both vertically or horizontally.
• medium base cabinet with book box top piece
• low base cabinet with marble run top piece (with bell)
• low base cabinet with music top piece
World of Sound Ball track set Marble runs are fascinating at any age, and have an almost magical appeal. The children send the marbles running down over and over again. It doesn't matter if it's only the marbles moving on this top piece or if there are also sounds – it's just fun to watch the marble roll, or, in this case, with a marble run which can be played with from both sides, to run after it.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Little musicians can train their sense of rhythm and sound perception. Tones and first melodies can be produced by hitting the 7 pentatonic musical tubes. The tubes can be played with a mallet or with building blocks. When removed from the unit, the tubes can be knocked together to produce tones. Eight little bells produce different sounds when hit with the mallet. Triangles and cymbals can also be attached on the hooks. The shelf has plenty of storage space for more musical instruments such as drums, rattles, or castanets.
www.haba.de
131
Cabinet system
Bottom Cabinet W 36 1/2“ x D 15“, W 92,5 cm x D 38 cm DESCRIPTION OF THE BOTTOM CABINETS on page 126
Bottom Cabinet Bottom Cabinet
Bottom Cabinet
H 12 ½”, 32 cm. Please select a cabinet base.
1 shelf insert. Half-height back panel. H 21“, H 53 cm.
432500
432511 The SORO base can not be used.
1 adjustable shelf. H 21”, 53 cm. 432510 Birch back panel 432541 Mirror back panel 432540 Whiteboard back panel
Select a cabinet base (p. 144).
Accessories for Bottom Cabinets
Tub Accessory
Book Bin
Showcase Accessory
Color: blue. H 3 ¾” x D 15 ¼”, H 10 x D 39.5 cm.
2 removable dividers. H 7” x D 14 ¾”, H 17 x D 37.5 cm.
With acrylic top. H 3 ¼” x D 14 ¾”, H 8.5 x D 37.5 cm.
432600
432606
432601
Stackable Element, Sorting Box
Light Box
H 3” x D 14 ¾”, H 7.5 x D 37.5 cm. Water faucet approx. 4“, 10 cm.
Carpeted bottom. With 2 sorting bars and 16 geometric shapes. H 5 ¼“ x D 14 ¾“, H 13 x D 37.5 cm.
With acrylic panels. Incl. connection cable with plug. For 220 V. H 3 ½” x D 14 ¾”, H 8.5 x D 37.5 cm. Not available in the USA.
432608
432638
432648
Kitchen
Attachments for Bottom Cabinets • back
Marble Run Element With cork layer in the catcher basket and 4 wooden marbles. Size: H 13 ¼“ x D 5“, H 33.2 x D 12.5 cm.
Farm
Trees
H 13 ¾” x D 7 ¾”, H 35 x D 20 cm.
H 17” x D 1”, H 43.5 x D 3 cm.
432651
432612
432613
132
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Motor Activity, small Element, Garage
Knight‘s Castle
H 15 ½“ x D 12“, H 39 x D 30 cm.
H 21 ¼" x D 15 ½", H 53.5 x D 39 cm.
432641
432644
432652
Curtain
Kitchen Wall Unit
Mirror/whiteboard element
With 100% cotton fabric. H 30 ½” x D 6”, H 77 x D 15 cm.
With 100% cotton fabric. H 30 ½” x D 2 ¼”, H 77 x D 6 cm.
With 4 wooden hooks and tray. Size: H 30 ½" x 4", H 77 x D 10 cm.
432633
432632
432650
Musical
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
With 6 cars, 10 turntables, 5 tone bells, bent wire with 6 beads, 5 rollers, round bar with cord and brush. H 15“ x D 3“, H 38 x D 7.5 cm.
Hanging Rack for Wooden Spoons
With 7 musical pipes, 8 musical bells, 1 mallet, and hook for triangle. H 21 ¼“ x D 10“, H 69.3 x D 25 cm.
Decorating Arch H 34” x D 6 ¾”, H 86 x D 17 cm
For the kitchen wall unit (432632). W 11“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 4 ¼“, W 28 x H 11 x D 11 cm.
432639
432635
473763 See on page 128.
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
133
Room Concepts
1
Tables and chairs from p. 8
Partitions from p. 354
Stool on p. 266
Play mats from p. 232
"Lara" children's apartment from p. 288
Group room 1 to 3 year olds A permanent, clear division of the room helps children orient themselves. Group rooms with separated areas for playing, building, reading, drawing and eating are ideal. The various play areas and materials foster individual abilities and interests, as well as the children's independence.
The impact of rooms is made up of individual aspects: characteristics such as arrangement, acoustics, light, colors and materials.
Optimal design Partition cabinets and partitions divide the room into individual areas, offer storage space and appeal to the senses with their many details.
1
Another, higher play level is created with the system, which inspires movement. Depending on space available, the system can be adjusted or expanded as required. The seating and floor play area, with a cozy carpet and colorful stools, is an ideal spot for the morning circle. This is where everyone sings, makes music and discusses the day's schedule. In the building corner sound insulation is provided with a carpet. The mirror fosters spatial awareness. The play benches are excellent construction sites. If required, this space can easily be transformed into a dress-up or reading corner.
Movement corner Gemino+ creates extra space within a room with the second level (from page 308). It's all about movement!
134
2
Shelving system "Rudolfo" on page 154
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
3
1
Wall marble run on page 382
Group rooms in preschool As well as a rest area to dream, cuddle and read, there should also be a creative and learning area for drawing, playing in the mud, crafting, building and experimenting. A play area and plenty of open space. This can be redesigned whenever required, e.g. by putting all the tables together quickly or rolling them to the side. This creates space for a seated circle or movement games etc.
2
Higher play area From the ground to up high - and the mirrors offer plenty of perspectives... (p. 215).
Children need something reliable to orient themselves in space and time. Recurring rituals, fixed procedures, the structuring of the room â&#x20AC;&#x201C; all of this gives them a sense of stability and security. Clear structure in a room, and clearly arranged materials makes it easier for the children to use them with a sense of purpose, and to make decisions based on their own interests.
Anywhere that children play, frolic, sing and laugh ... will be noisy. This is completely normal. Good room acoustics are needed so that this doesn't become a problem. This isn't nearly as difficult as it might seem. Wall and ceiling elements, or even partitions, can separate particularly loud areas. More about sound insulation from page 116. Make the best use of your rooms.
3
All structures and arrangements of rooms must however always remain adjustable and changeable. Children should be given the opportunity to participate in the design of a room with their interests and needs.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Curved cabinets Versatile and combinable cabinets with differing colors. More from page 138.
135
1
/2“, 5-mmrounded edges 10-year guarantee Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
Safety Furniture for Toddlers
Made in Germany
10 Year GUARANTEE
Specialty cabinets
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
GS-tested Made in Germany
Crawl through
Toddler Crawl-through Cabinet Crawling in on the left, taking a right turn, through the cabinet, and voilà, here we go. One safety mirror, center with rear panel and 1 shelf. Available with glides only. W 49 ½” x H 17 ½” x D 15”, W 125 x H 44 x D 38 cm.
Mats from page 232
435050 Order the material bins on page 149
136
Safety Furniture These cabinets are just the right height for children. The grip holders on the front sides provides stability and support. Our safety furniture does not have any sharp corners or edges. Everything is safe with a ½“, 5 mm radius. Birch wood Open shelf 1 fixed shelf. W 36 ¾“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 92.7 x H 59.5 x D 41 cm. A 457160 Without mirror B 457161 With mirror
C
Semi-open shelf, low
It is intended for playing and storing things. Of course, you can keep books and toys in it when the drawer is closed. One side open to crawl through. The other side closed to store books and toys. W 36 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 16 ½“, W 92.7 x H 39.8 x W 41 cm.
A
B
D
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
457163 Toy cabinet
1 open drawer, 1 box drawer – ideal for building blocks and other odds and ends, but also a great doll bed. W 25 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 16 ¼“, W 64 x H 39.8 x D 41 cm.
with safety mirror
457162 C
E
Safety roller wagon For storing building blocks or books and more – the side walls are construced almost to the floor so that they almost completely cover the casters. Children cannot put their hands under the wagon. W 21 ½“ x H 12“ x D 15“, W 54 x H 30 x D 38 cm. E 128700 Without divider F 128710 With divider
D
F
Wall elements from page 366
no finger trapping
Discovery Rooms!
on page 71
Long Shelf Unit Without casters, W 73 ¾“ x H 17 ½“ x D 15“, W 187 x H 44 x D 38 cm Birch wood and birch veneer.
435105 Order material boxes on page 149 and select the base (Soro, Sofu or Sotf) on page 144.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
137
- Cabinet system
Low Quadrant Cabinets for Toddlers 10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
GS-tested Made in Germany
The brightly colored acrylic back panels allow the light to shine through, and sunlight provides fascinating effects. Naturally, they coordinate well together, but with their colorful acrylic panels they also look great alone. Ideal placement is in the center of the room, so the light can shine through from all sides.
Examples of combinations:
138
Genuine Wood Panel
Quadrant Unit H 17 ½“ (without casters) x D 15”, H 44 (without casters) x D 38 cm. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.
439005
Low Curved Units - W 39 1/2“ x H 17 1/2“ x D 15“, W 100 x H 44 x D 38 cm
Acrylic·Inside·Radius
Acrylic·Outside·Radius
Metal·Inside·Radius
Metal·Outside·Radius
Acrylic on the inner radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.
Acrylic on the outer radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.
Perforated metal on the inner radius 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.
Perforated metal on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 2 solid shelves. Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm, outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.
439840
439845
439850
439855
Low Shelving Units - W 37 1/2“ x H 17 1/2“ x D 15“, W 92,5 x H 44 x D 38 cm Distance between the shelves 7 ½", 19.5 cm
With 1 insert shelf. Adjustable shelf in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments.
432005
1 shelf insert and 6 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm 432006 drawers in natural finish
With 1 shelf. 432305 door in natural finish
Low Shelving Units - W 49 1/2“ x H 17 1/2“ x D15“, W 125 x H 44 x D 38 cm
2 center walls, 3 shelf inserts.
435005
2 center walls, 3 shelf inserts and 10 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 6 ¼“/10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 16/27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 435010 drawers in natural finish
2 center walls, with 3 shelves. 435305 door in natural finish
Fabric bins order separately, (p.149)
Please select a cabinet base on page 140.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
139
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
with Real Birch Veneer
- Cabinet System
Curved Cabinet with Acrylic or Perforated·Metal·Front
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
GS-tested Made in Germany
W 39 ¾“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 15“, W 100.8 x H 79 x D 38 cm; Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm. Outer radius 39 ¾, 100.8 cm.
Acrylic Inside Radius
Acrylic Outside Radius
Metal Inside Radius
Metal Outside Radius
Acrylic on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.
Acrylic on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.
Perforated metal on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.
Perforated metal on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.
439860
439865
439870
439875
Base options and accessories at additional charge.
How to order Mandatory Options
Options
Base Options
Perforated metal/ acrylic
Quadrant untis and curved units are only available with locking casters (SOTF) or casters mix (SORO).
Please select color. RAL 3000 RAL 1028 RAL 5017
2 casters/ 2 locking
4 locking casters
SORO
SOTF
140
RAL 9006
Red ROT
Yellow GELB
Blue BLAU
Orange ORAN
Light Green HEGR
Clear TRAN
Linoleum-surfaces
Green
Orange Sand
L132
L171
L071
Blue
Light Blue
Gray
L479
L422
L058
By default we deliver in natural birch wood.
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Quadrant Cabinets
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
with Acrylic or Perforated·Metal·Front
W 56 ¼“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 15“, W 142.4 x H 79 x D 38 cm; Inner radius 24 ¾“, 62.7 cm. Outer radius 39 ¾“, 100.8 cm.
Acrylic Inside Radius
Acrylic Outside Radius
Metal Inside Radius
Metal Outside Radius
Acrylic on the inner radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.
Acrylic on the outer radius. 1 center panel, 4 solid shelves.
Inner arc perforated metal. 1 center panel, 4 fixed shelves.
Outer arc perforated metal. 1 center panel, 4 fixed shelves.
439225
439125
439205
439105
Select Base Options and color of perforated metal/acrylic.
Quarter Circle Counter
total height 40“, 101 cm
Quarter Circle Counter with Attachment Perforated plate or Acrylic on the outside radius. With 4 insert shelves: Genuine birch and linoleum top. W 61 ½“ x H 35“ (with casters H 40“) x D 22 ½“, W 155.8 x 88.5 (with casters H 101 cm) x D 57 cm, inner arc 21“, 53,2 cm, outer arc 43 ½“, 110,3 cm. 439935 Acrylic·front 439905 Perforated metal
Quarter Circle Counter with Attachment
Select Base Options and color of perforated metal/acrylic.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Perforated plate or Acrylic on the inside radius. With 4 insert shelves: Genuine birch and linoleum top. W 43 ½“ x H 35“ (with casters H 40“) x D 22 ¾”, W 110 x H 88.5 (with casters H 101 cm) x D 57 cm, inner arc 21“, 53,2 cm, outer arc 43 ½“, 110,3 cm. 439945 Acrylic·front 439915 Perforated metal
141
- Cabinet system
Wall Units Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Identification Signs on page 423.
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer move-upp Wall Unit 1
More information on page 122/123
Includes material bins: 20 x 471605. W 85 ¾” x H 36 ½” x D 15”, W 217.5 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm.
GS-tested
439977
Made in Germany
Cabinet
Height 36 ¼“, 91.5 cm
Roller bin cabinet Material bins with perforated metal on page 149.
move-upp Wall Unit 11 Includes rolling bins. W 73” x H 36 ½”, D 15”, W 185 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm
439979 Please order separately material bins (471205 and 471305) with perforated metal insert (page 149).
142
2 roller bins. W 37“ x H 36“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 91.5 x D 38 cm. 433030 roller bins in natural finish
Rolling Cart Birch, natural. W 16 ¾“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 14“, W 42 x H 29,5 x D 35 cm. Colors available at an up charge. Natural is standard. 471550 natural
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
W 37“ x H 31“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 79 x D 38 cm Select a cabinet base on page 144.
Distance between the shelves 7 ½", 17.5 cm
W 15“, 38 cm
With half-height back panel and 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments.
Shelving Unit
2 shelves.
433050
433003
433005
With 3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments.
Only available with Sobi base.
Shelving Unit
Shelving Unit
3 adjustable shelves in 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm increments. Colorful Acrylic back wall.
3 shelves and 12 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 433012 drawers in natural finish
433019
Shelving Unit 1 center panel, 6 shelves.
433011
Property Unit Shelving Unit Shelving Unit 433004
4 shelves and 15 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 4 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 11 x D 33 cm. 433015 drawers in natural finish
Property Unit
Property Unit
5 shelves, with 15 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of drawers: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm 433515 drawers in natural finish
7 shelves, with 24 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of drawers: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 433505 drawers in natural finish
4 shelves.
2-Door Unit with 2 Shelves 2 shelves. Please note: Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 433105 doors in natural finish
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
5 shelves, with 12 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 433510 drawers in natural finish
Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit with 3 shelves. 433305 door in natural finish
Drawer Cabinet Drawer Cabinet
8 acrylic drawers. Drawer inner dimensions: W 17” x H 7”, D 13”, W 43.7 x H 18.1 x D 33 cm.
8 drawers.
433123
433124
Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tilting.
Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tilting.
www.haba.de
143
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Shelving Unit Quarter-Circle Cabinet
- Cabinet system Shown with SORO casters. For other bases see below.
Cabinet Units, W 49 ½“ x H 31“ x D 15“, W 125 x H 79 x D 38 cm Optional colored doors/drawers available at additional charge. Please select a cabinet base below.
Shelving Unit 1 center wall, 6 shelves, acrylic back, alternating openings. 4 x in the front and 4 x in the back.
436006 Order the material bins (p. 149).
Shelving Unit 1 center wall, 6 shelf inserts and 16 supply bins. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 436016 drawers in natural finish
Shelving Unit with 6 shelves.
436005
Shelving Unit 2 center walls, 9 shelf inserts. 436605 Order the material bins (p. 149).
Property Unit Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit 2 center walls, 9 shelves. 436305 door in natural finish
1 center panel, 10 shelves, 20 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 436510 drawers in natural finish
Property Unit 1 center panel, 14 shelves, 28 wooden box drawers. Inner dimensions of bins: W 10 ¾” x H 2 ¾”, D 13”, W 27 x H 6 x D 33 cm. 436505 drawers in natural finish
How to order Mandatory Options
Optional Accessories
Base Options
Color options - Doors/Drawers/Material bins
Handle version
The base is 2“, 5 cm high, the casters and legs are 5“, 12.5 cm high. You have 4 choices:
By default we deliver in natural.
If not otherwise specified we deliver metal handles GME1.
1 Base
4 Square legs
SOBI
SOFU
WEIS
GELB
ORAN
MAIS
White
Yellow
Orange
Maize
ROT
GRÜN
HEGR
BLAU
Red
Dark Green
Light Green
Blue
HBLA
P657
Light Blue
Clear Blue
Lock for Hinged doors 2 casters 2 locking
4 locking casters
SORO
SOTF
144
On request and for additional cost we will deliver the "Hinged Doors" with a lock. DSS1.
GME1 metal, powdercoated, silver gray
Handles from the grow.upp concept (see p. 94)
GRU1 Button handle Solid wood
for pivoting doors
for drawers
GST1 Bar handle Solid wood Note: the handles cannot be attached later.
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Cabinet Units, W 37“ x H 51“ x D 15“, 92,5 x H 130 x D 38 cm Chairs Schränke and Tables Regale
Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Please select a cabinet base (page 144).
Wall unit 3 W 73” x H 36”/56” x D 15”, W 185 x H 91.5/142.5 x D 38 cm
439963 Shelving Unit Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
with 4 adjustable shelves and 1 fixed shelf, half-height back panel.
434005
Shelf Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 4 adjustable shelves, continous back panel.
434010
Portfolio Cabinet for 30 Binders 2-Door Unit
Door Cabinet
Hinged Door Cabinet
2 doors, 3 shelf inserts, half-height back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434105 doors in natural finish
2 doors, 3 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434110 doors in natural finish
2 doors, 5 shelf inserts, continuous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434140 door in natural finish
2 fixed shelves, continuous back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434116 without doors 434115 doors in natural finish
Material Cabinet
Material Cabinet
8 drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, half-height back panel. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434133 drawers in natural finish
8 acrylic drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, half-height back panel. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434134 drawers in natural finish
Wave-Design Sliding-Door Shelving Unit
Student Cubby Cabinet
with 4 shelves and 1 fixed shelf, half-height back panel. 434305 door in natural finish
24 cubby bins, 1 fixed shelf and 8 adjustable shelves, half-height back panel. 434510 drawers in natural finish
Material Cabinet
Material Cabinet
8 drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, continous back panel. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434123 drawers in natural finish
8 acrylic drawers, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf, continous back panel. Available only with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 434124 drawers in natural finish
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Student Cubby Cabinet Wave Pattern Sliding Door Cabinet 1 fixed shelf, 4 shelf inserts, continuous back panel. 434315 door in natural finish
www.haba.de
24 wooden box drawers, 1 fixed shelf and 8 adjustable shelves, continous back panel. 434505 drawers in natural finish
145
- Cabinet system Cabinet Units, W 49 ¼“ x H 51“ x D 15“, W 125 x H 130 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Please select a cabinet base page 144.
move•upp-Cabinet Wall 12 Space requirements: W 98 ½” x H 56 ¼” x D 15”, W 250 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm. Please order material bins separately.
439986
>> Sliding doors are very practical, as there is no danger of accidents when they are opened or kept open.
Shelving Unit
Wave-Design Sliding-Door
with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves.
437005
shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 437305 door in natural finish
Wave-Design Sliding-Door
Shelving Unit
Wave-Design Sliding-Door
shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438805 door in natural finish
with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves.
438005
shelving unit with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438305 door in natural finish
Shelf Cabinet
Shelf Cabinet
Sliding-Door Shelving Unit
2 doors, 11 adjustable shelves, full-width back panel. Note: material bins do not fit behind the doors. Only available with base or legs to ensure safety against tipping. 438105 doors in natural finish
with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves, full-width back panel and 20 material boxes. Box measurements: W 6 ¼“/10 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 13“, W 16/27 x H 14 x D 33 cm. 438020 drawers in natural finish
with mirror, with 12 adjustable shelves and 3 fixed shelves. 438905 door frame in natural finish
146
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Tall Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 72“ x D 15“, W 92.5 x H 182.5 x D 38 cm Colored doors/drawers available at additional charge, see page 144. Base (SOBI) included.
Note >> The high cabinets on this page must be secured
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
to a wall.
Tall Shelf Cabinet
move.upp Wall Unit 5
1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.
Space requirements: W 109 ¼“ x H 72“ x D 15“, W 277.5 x H 182.5 x D 38 cm.
431005
439983
Tall Shelf Cabinet
Tall Cabinet
Tall Shelf Cabinet
Tall Cabinet with Drawers
Tall Cabinet with 4 Doors
1 center wall, 2 fixed shelves, 6 adjustable shelves.
2 doors, 8 drawers.
2 doors, 3 fixed shelves, 3 adjustable shelves.
8 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves.
2 fixed shelves, 4 adjustable shelves.
431113
431006
431121
431111
431108
Doors and drawers natural finish. Color options p. 144.
33,5 cm 13 ¼“ 43,7 cm 17 ¼“
Tall Cabinet with 5 Doors 5 cubby compartments, 5 open compartments. Locks included.
431150
Tall Cabinet with Double Door
Tall Cabinet with Double Door
2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.
2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.
431105
431110
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Tall Cabinet
Student Cubby Cabinet
4 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 5 adjustable shelves.
5 lockable compartments. W 15 ½” x H 72” x D 15”, W 39.4 H 182.5 x D 38 cm. 431151 left opening door 431152 right opening door
431107
147
- Cabinet system
Shelf System Single elements Shelf Frame H 56“ x D 15“, H 142.5 x D 38 cm.
440000 Adjustable Shelf W 36 ½“ x D 15“, W 92.7 x D 38 cm.
440020 Fixed Shelf W 36 ½“ x D 15“, W 92.7 x D 38 cm.
440010 Cross-Brace for W 36 ½”, 92.5 cm.
440030
Shelf combination 1 Includes 24 material bins (471605). W 112 ½” x H 56” x D 15”, W 289.9 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm
439980
Note >> To ensure the stability of the shelving units, you need three fixed shelves each - one of them for the top and one for the bottom. As well as one cross-brace.
solit:sit chairs start on page 16
Move-upp Shelf Combination 2 W 112 ½“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 15“, W 286 x H 142.5 x D 38 cm.
439981
148
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Customizable Material Bins
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
>> Design labels and insert them behind the acrylic front
Customizable Material Bins For Personalized Labels
The roomy bin has ample storage for paper, books, or materials in DIN A4 format. Custom-designed owner labels (092309, please order separately) can be inserted behind the acrylic front by simply unbolting the handle. Solid birch wood, acrylic. W 11 ½” x H 6” x D 15”, W 29 x H 15 x D 38 cm.
The labels made of sturdy paperboard (250 g/m2) have a hole in the center and are suitable for material bin (471115). They can be designed individually by the children for their personal bins. 10 ½” x 4 ½”, 26.4 x 11.2 cm. 092309 100 pieces
471115
Fabric Bins
Shelving Unit (433005) on page 143
Material Bins Material Bin with Acrylic Insert Solid wood – birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm.
471400 only in natural Wooden box drawers
Material Bin with Acrylic Insert
Solid wood – birch ply. W 11 ½“ x H 2 ¾“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 7 x D 35 cm.
Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x 5 ½“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm.
471605
471500 only in natural
Material Bin
Material Bin with Perforated Metal Insert
Solid wood – birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm.
Solid wood - birch ply. W 7“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 18 x H 15 x D 35 cm.
471005
471205
Material Bin
Material Bin with Perforated Metal Insert
Fabric Bin 2 sizes. Light as a feather, but sturdy, due to plastic inserts in the bottom and the sides. Fabric handles on two sides make it easy to pull the bins out of compartments and to transport them. If the bins are not needed, they can be folded flat. Material: Cordura®. H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 471585 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, red 471586 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, blue 471587 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, yellow 471588 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, green 471580 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, red 471581 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, blue 471582 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, yellow 471583 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, green
Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x D 15“, W 29 x D 35 cm. 471615 H 4 ¾“, 12 cm (not shown) 471105 H 6”, 15 cm
Solid wood - birch ply. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm.
471305 Please specify color of perforated metal (page 140).
How to order Optional Accessories Color options for colored material bins By default we deliver in natural birch wood. WEIS
GELB
MAIS
ORAN
ROT
White
Yellow
Maize
Orange
Red
P657
BLAU
HEGR
GRÜN
Clear Blue
Blue
Light Green
Dark Green
HBLA Light Blue
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Floor Saver Bottom surface for all material boxes protects the cupboards and reduces noise.
www.haba.de
Floor Saver TSTR.
149
- Cabinet system Tall Cabinets, W 36 ½" x H 72" x D 23 ½", W 92.5 x H 182.5 x D 60 cm Colored doors available at additional charge, see page 144. Base (SOBI) included.
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany
Wall unit 10 W 109 ½” x H 95 ½” x D 23 ¾”, W 277,5 x H 242.5 x D 60 cm.
439972
Tall Cabinet with Double Door
Tall Cabinet with Double Door
Tall Cabinet with Double Door
Drawing and Puzzle Cabinet
2 doors, 4 adjustable shelves.
2 doors, 1 center wall, 2 fixed shelves, 6 adjustable shelves.
2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 7 adjustable shelves.
2 doors, 7 roll-out shelves, 3 fixed shelves.
431162
431200
431160
431161 Doors and drawers natural finish. Color options p. 144.
Craft Material Cabinet
Rolling Cart Material Cabinet
Gymnastics Cabinet
2 doors, 3 roll-out shelves, 5 fixed shelves.
2 doors, 1 fixed shelf, 2 adjustable shelves, 2 rolling carts. Please order material bins separately (page 181).
2 doors, 3 roll-out shelves, 2 fixed shelves.
431210
431220
150
431180
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Top Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 92.5 x D 60 cm
Colored doors available at additional charge, see page 144.
Top Double Door Cabinet
Document Top Cabinet
2 doors, 1 adjustable shelf. H 23 ½”, 60 cm.
7 adjustable shelves. H 39”, 99 cm.
2 doors, 1 adjustable shelf. W 36 ½” x H 23 ¾” x D 15”, W 92.5 x H 60 x D 38 cm. This top cabinet is suitable only for use with bottom cabinets with a base.
431900
439507
432900
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Top Double Door Cabinet
Base Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 33“ x D 23 ½“, W 92.5 x H 84 x D 60 cm Only available with base (SOBI)
Document Cabinet
Double Door Cabinet
Document Cabinet
5 adjustable shelves.
2 adjustable shelves.
6 drawers.
439500
439520
439511
Hanging Cabinets, W 36 ½“ x H 17 ½“ x D 15“, W 92,5 cm, H 44 cm, D 38 cm Even more storage space! The two hanging cabinets can be attached to the wall at exactly the height which is practical for you. If desired the cabinets can also be attached lower so that the children can access belongings.
safe storage and more space for play move.upp-Tables
on page 36.
with sliding doors and handle shell
Wall Cabinets With one shelf insert. Wood panel with birch veneer. Birch wood. 432990 Open Cabinet 432991 With 2 sliding doors, natural finish
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
151
- Cabinet system
Cabinets and Rolling Walls
HANGING BOXES on page 395 .
Please note >> You need one set of end-caps per cabinet.
Cabinets with “rolling cabinet doors” offer storage space plus one or more functional elements; such as a corkboard or a hook and loop board.
Cabinets for Rolling walls
End-Cap for Sliding Rail 473699 2 pieces
Rolling walls
Rolling element with whiteboard Rolling Element with Mirror Birch real wood veneer. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.
Base is made of birch real wood veneer, with safety glass. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.
Base is made of birch real wood with magnetic whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.
473650
473670
473640
Shelf unit
Shelf unit
Rolling Element for Boxes
W 36 ¾“ x H 60“ x D 18 ½“, W 93 x H 152.3 x D 47 cm.
W 49 ¼“ x H 60“ x D 18 ½“, W 125 x H 152.3 x D 47 cm.
473695
473694
152
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer
Back
More information on page 122/123.
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Made in Germany
Front
Library Display Presenting Reading Materials Displaying books motivates children to browse and read. Shelves on the back hold more books, magazines, CD’s, or games. With 4 locking casters. Birch, powdercoated metal parts. W 36 ½” x H 38 ½” x D 19”, W 92.5 x H 98 x D 48 cm.
457040
MORE LIBRARY FURNITURE on page 344. Front
fun c
tional from both sides! Back
Theme Wagon Theme Wagon The theme wagon offers lots of space for materials, e.g. instruments, and can be used in many different areas. Front has deeper shelves, the back small bore holes for attaching storage containers or brackets. Different accessories are available for the four movable dividers. Birch wood. W 39 ½“ x H 43 ½“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 110 x D 48 cm.
456101
>> Useable as Art and Crafts, Music, Book, Therapy, Activity Carts Shelf Insert With acrylic edge. W 35 ¼“ x D 4“, W 89 x D 10 cm.
473323
Buttons Made of birch and metal.
473310
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
153
Rudolfo shelf units can be combined in any number of ways to fit any room. And if the demand for storage space increases, the shelf units can grow right along with your needs.
154
Genuine Wood Panel with Real Birch Veneer
Shelf Unit Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Rudolfo This shelving system features colored acrylic back panels and versatile options. The basic and add-on shelves can be combined depending on how much room is available or how much storage space is needed. Straight-line or curved shelf walls can be created. Colored acrylic back panels are especially attractive. By using different heights - in rooms with sloped ceilings - interesting effects can be created. If space requirements change, the shelving can be easily rearranged or expanded, and additional acrylic back panels or shelves can be installed. Thanks to a depth of 13 ¾“/35 cm and flexible arranging of the shelves, books and binders can also find a good home here.
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 9 Includes 5 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 86 ½“ x H 55 ¼“ x D14“, W 219.2 x H 140 x D 35 cm.
122189
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
155
Rudolfo shelf combinations are ideal room dividers. The colored acrylic back panels add great accents.
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 10
10 Year GUARANTEE
Includes 5 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm.
122190 Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Side panel: Genuine Birch veneer Thickness: ¾“, 17mm
16 ½ “, 41,8 cm
Quality and Functional Features:
Made in Germany
The acrylic pack panels are ¼“, 3 mm, thick and can be installed from the front or the back. Additional acrylic back panels available in various colors. To ensure the stability of the shelving system, one acrylic back panel per shelf unit is always included as standard.
Additional adjustable shelves available; height adjustable in increments of 1 ½“, 3.2 cm
Additional adjustable shelves available
Fixed shelves Genuine Birch veneer Thickness: ¾“, 17 mm
Base shelf unit, straight, H 70 ¾“, 180 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 3 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel
Add-on shelf unit, straight, H 55 ¼“, 140 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 2 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel
Add-on shelf unit, curved, 45°, H 37 ½“, 95 cm, includes bottom shelf with 2 base panels, 1 fixed shelf, and 1 adjustable shelf
Note: To ensure stability of shelving system, please follow our installation instructions.
156
Genuine Wood Panel
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 1
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 2
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 3
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 4
Includes 2 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 35“ x H 19 ¾“ x D 14“, W 88.7 x H 50 x D 35 cm.
Includes 3 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 35“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 88.7 x H 95 x D 35 cm.
Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 83 ½“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 212 x H 95 x D 35 cm.
Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 129 ¼“ x H 37 ½“ x D 14“, W 328 x H 95 x D 35 cm.
122180
122181
122183
122184
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 5
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 6
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 7
Rudolfo Shelf Combination 8
Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 55 ¼“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 140 x D 35 cm.
Includes 4 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm.
Includes 6 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 69 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 175.7 x H 180 x D 35 cm.
Includes 8 acrylic back panels. Colors as shown. W 103 ¼“ x H 71“ x D 14“, W 262.2 x H 180 x D 35 cm.
122185
122186
122187
122188
Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.
Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.
Shelf combination must be secured to a wall.
Rudolfo Individual Components:
Rudolfo Shelf, H 19 ¾“, H 50 cm
Rudolfo Shelf, H 37 ½“, H 95 cm
Rudolfo Shelf, H 55 ¼“, H 140 cm
Rudolfo Shelf, H 71“, H 180 cm
Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 1 fixed shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122150 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122160 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm
Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 1 fixed shelf, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122151 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122161 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ½“, 43.5 cm
Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 2 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122152 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122162 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm
Incl. bottom shelf with 2 plinth panels, 3 fixed shelves, 1 adjustable shelf and 1 acrylic back panel. Additional back panels (122175) available separately. Genuine birch. D 14“, 35 cm. 122153 Base shelf unit, W 18“, 45.2 cm 122163 Add-on shelf unit, W 17 ¼“, 43.5 cm
You can mix and match acrylic colors when ordering the individual components.
Rudolfo Add-on shelf units, curved, 45°
Acrylic Back Panel
Adjustable Shelf
Includes bottom shelf with 2 shelf panels. Genuine birch. Outer radius 40 ¼“, 102 cm, inner radius 27 ¾“, 70 cm, D 14“, D 35 cm. Note: Can only be installed together with base or add-on shelf unit. 122165 H 19 ¾“, H 50 cm, 1 solid shelf 122166 H 37 ½“, H 95 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 1 solid shelf 122167 H 55 ¼“, H 140 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 2 solid shelves 122168 H 71“, H 180 cm, 1 adjustable shelf, 3 solid shelves
In 5 colors. For free design of shelving starting at H 37 ½“, 95 cm. Acrylic, ¼“, 3 mm thick. 16 ½“ x 16 ½“, 41.5 x 41.5 cm.
Genuine birch, ¾“, 17 mm thick. 122176 Rectangular, W 16 ¾“ x D 12 ¾“, W 42 x D 32 cm 122177 Curved, outer radius 44 ¼“, 102 cm, inner radius 27 ¾“, 70 cm, D 14“, D 35 cm
122175 Indicate color.
All shelf units and shelving combinations on this page are delivered unassembled.
How to order Mandatory Options Color options Red ROT
Orange ORAN
for acrylic back panel Yellow GELB
Light Green HEGR
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Blue BLAU
Clear TRAN
www.haba.de
157
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
with Real Birch Veneer
Rudolfo-Combinations:
Robust, versatile, combinable, and suitable for use everywhere: in Daycares and kindergartens, in after school settings, in break rooms … this is Forminant, our cabinet and shelving program. Versatile individual elements in various heights, special-purpose cabinets and library furniture offer endless possibilities. Shelf units, material bins, and cabinet fronts are available in 10 colors. You can combine them individually or choose one of the many wall units, room dividers, and shelf combinations.
Shelf Combination 1 Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 100 ¼“/117 ¼“ x H 33“/73 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 254.2/297.6 x H 83.6/186.6 x D 42.5 cm.
509600 Fabric bins sold separately (page 179).
158
Cabinet and Shelving Made of Genuine Beech Veneer
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer
GS-tested Mehr dazu Meh dazu auff Seite Seite Seit e 853. 853. Made in Germany
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
159
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer Qua
Overview of Quality: A
K
B C
H D
E
L
J
F G
M
A
Back Panel ½“, 8 mm thick, strong, grooved around the body
F
Material thickness ¾“, 19 mm doors and drawers
B
Body made of ¾“, 19-mm thick 3-ply plywood with genuine beech veneer
G
C
3-mm solid wood edge bands protect the furniture.
Drawer side panel with strong metal sides; quiet soft-close system with self-retraction
D
Easy-access metal handles in 4 designs
H
The cabinet top is set & glued onto sides.
E
Solid wood base prevents swelling from mopping water.
J
Leveling screws to compensate for uneven floors (± 3/8“, 10 mm)
160
K
Metal hinge with 180° opening angle. Highly durable, wear-resistant, spacesaving hinge for more free interior space; height adjustment ± 1/8“, 2 mm
L
Metal shelf support locks into the milled grooves of the adjustable shelves and prevent the shelves from being pulled out.
M
Stops: with rubber ring for quiet closing of the doors.
Cabinets and Shelving
Genuine beech timber veneer = naturally good quality. Warm and comfortable! Obtaining and using veneer is highly efficient because approximately 300 m of furniture surface can be obtained from one log 2.4 meters long and ½ meter in diameter.
We use veneer from genuine timber for most of our furniture. Wood has an excellent ecological balance and a tree is one of the basic foundations of our ecological Förderung nachhaltiger system. It protects our Waldwirtschaft atmosphere, bonds www.pefc.de carbon dioxide and actively purifies the air. Our wood comes from sustainable forestry that maintains woodlands. At least one new tree has to be planted for each tree we use. Our wood is given the PEFC seal (Program for Recognizing Forest Certification Systems).
2
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Raw materials are processed with a low level of energy and its entire material is used: the chips and other residues are pressed into particleboard or used for generating energy. Wood has a high value even after it is no longer used because it is a supplier of energy in thermal utilization. Its combustion is designated CO2 neutral because only as much carbon dioxide is released as the tree took in ahead of time.
The advantages of veneer • genuine wood • natural appearance • warm surface • durable
• biologically degradable • renewable raw material • healthy room atmosphere
Beech Real Wood Veneer
Surface Sealing
We use Beech Real Wood Veneer for our Forminant-Program:
We use carefully selected water-based varnish for our Forminant-Program:
>> Ecological
>> Solvent-free, water-based stains
>> Durable
>> Corresponds to fire safety category German Standards B1, flame resistant
>> Wear-resistant
>> Hygienic and easy-care
>> Surfaces tested successfully according to German Standards DIN 68861 Part 1 B: Surfaces were tested against various substances such disinfectants and cleaning agents.
10 Wood Stain Colors
6 Acrylic Panel Colors
for fronts and material boxes
for cabinet backs
>> Unique appearance
WEIS
GELB
MAIS
ORAN
ROT
GELB
ORAN
ROT
White
Yellow
Maize
Orange
Red
Yellow
Orange
Red
HBLA
BLAU
HEGR
GRÜN
HEGR
BLAU
TRAN
Blue
Light Green
Green
Light Green
Blue
Clear
P657 Clear Blue
Light Blue
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
161
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Partition Combinations Daycare Toddler Closet Combination 1
Fabric bins in 2 widths on page 179.
10 Year GUARANTEE
Toddler Closet Combination 1 Space Requirements: W 80 ½“/121 ½“ x H 25 ½/42 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 204.4/308.4 x H 64.5/107.8 x D 42.5 cm.
Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
509700 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.
GS tested Made
in Germany
Shelf Combination 4 Includes 4 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 102 ¼“/102 ¼“ x H 25 ½/42 ½“ x D 16 ¾“, W 259.6/259.6 x H 64.5/107.8 x D 42.5 cm.
509603
Shelf Combination 4
Shelf Combination 3
Shelf Combination 2
Shelf Combination 3
Shelf Combination 2
Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 113“ x H 25 ½“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 286.8 x H 64.5/105.8 x T 49.5 cm.
Includes 2 material boxes and 1 cart. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 25 ½“/ 37“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 64.5/94 x D 49.5 cm
509602
509601
162
Cabinets and Shelving
Partition Combinations
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Partition 1
Partition 1 Includes 4 acrylic material boxes and 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 73 ¾“ x H 33“/41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 186.8 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.
509650
Partition 4
Partition 5
Partition 4
Partition 5
Includes 4 acrylic material boxes and 32 material boxes. Space requirements: W 94 ¼“/ 67 ¼“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 239.4/170.4 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm.
Incl. 12 acrylic material bins. Space requirements: W 90 ¾“x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 230 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm.
509653
509654
Partition 6
Partition 7
Partition 6
Partition 7
Incl. 20 privacy compartments. Space requirements: W 106 ¼“/ 67 ¼“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 269,4/170,4 x H 83,6 x D 39,4 cm.
Incl. 2 acrylic material bins and 4 material bins. Space requirements: W 101 ¾“/ 91 ¾“ x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 258 / 233 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm.
509655
509656 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
163
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Cabinet-Shelf Combinations
Shelf Combination 7
Shelf Combination 6 Shelf Combination 6
Shelf Combination 7
Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: B 56 ½“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x T 19 ½“, B 143.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x T 49.5 cm.
Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.
509605
509606
Shelf Combination 8
Shelf Combination 9
Shelf Combination 8
Shelf Combination 9
Includes 6 material boxex. Space requirements: W 42 ¾“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 108.4 x H 64.5/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.
Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 44 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/113.2 x D 49.5 cm.
509607
509608
Shelf Combination 10
Shelf Combination 11
Shelf Combination 10
Shelf Combination 11
Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 73 ¾“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 186.8 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.
Includes 4 material boxes and 3 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 70“ x H 33“/ 41 ¾“ x D 19 ½“, W 177.4 x H 83.6/105.8 x D 49.5 cm.
509609
509610
164
Shelf Combination 12
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Cabinets and Shelving
Shelf Combination 14
Shelf Combination 12 Includes 2 material boxes. Space requirements: W 92 ½“ x H 56 ½“/ 68 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 234.6 x H 143.2/172.8 x D 42.5 cm.
509611
Shelf Combination 14 Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm.
509613
Shelf Combination 25
Shelf Combination 13
Shelf Combination 25 Shelf Combination 13 Includes 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 43 ½“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 110.4 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm.
509612
Includes acrylic roller bins. Space requirements: W 106“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“ , W 269 x H 83,6/172,8 x D 49,5 cm.
509652 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.
Shelf Combination 15
Shelf Combination 21
Shelf Combination 15
Shelf Combination 21
Includes 12 material boxes and 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 56 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 238 x H 143.2 x D 39.4 cm.
Includes 4 material boxes and 1 rolling cart. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/165.4 x D 49.5 cm.
509614
509620
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
165
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Cabinet and Shelf Combinations
Shelf Combination 17
Shelf Combination 16 Shelf Combination 16
Shelf Combination 17
Space requirements: W 83“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 210,4 x H 83,6/172,8 x D 42,5 cm.
Includes 3 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 43 ¼“/ 56 ¾“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 109.5/144 x H 83.6/172.8 x D 49.5 cm.
509615
509616
Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179
Shelf Combination 18
Shelf Combination 20
Shelf Combination 18
Shelf Combination 20
Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 60“ x H 33“/ 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 151.8 x H 83.6/172.8 x D 49.5 cm.
Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 68 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 238 x H 172.8 x D 49.5 cm.
509617
509619
Shelf Combination 19
Shelf Combination 19
Includes 2 rolling carts. Space requirements: W 92 ¾“ x H 65 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 235.6 x H 165.4 x D 49.5 cm.
509618
166
Cabinets and Shelving
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
Label Holders
GS tested
For placing on the shelves. Magnetic strips (073014) are suitable as labels. Metal. 7“ x 9 ¼“, 16 x 24 cm.
Made
in Germany
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
120343
solit:sit-chairs on page 17.
>> Example of 4 tall shelf cabinets (Item No. 508901 on page 176).
Wall unit 3
Shelf Combination 23
Wall unit 3
Shelf Combination 23
Includes 12 privacy compartments. Space requirements: W 96“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 243,8 x H 83,6 x D 39,4 cm.
Includes 9 material boxes. Space requirements: W 121 ¼“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 308 x H 182 x D 39.4 cm.
509752
509622
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
167
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Shelves for Playing
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
GS-tested Meh dazu Mehr auf Seite Seite 853. 853 53.
Wall Decorations from page 366.
Made in Germany
>> available with or without mirrored back >> with high rounded top edge for first time walkers Cabinet
front
back with mirror
2 shelves. H 25 ½“ x D 15 ½“, H 64.5 x D 39.4 cm. 508050 W 25 ¾“, W 65 cm, without mirror 508160 W 39 ½“, W 100 cm, without mirror 508051 W 25 ¾“, W 65 cm, with mirror 508161 W 39 ½“, W 100 cm, with mirror
Periscope Cabinet >> Crawl through the cabinet for an exciting discovery
>> For exciting explorations
magnet elements on page 363.
Periscope Cabinet with magnet board If a child stretches a hand in front of the mirror, it appears as if by “magic” on the other side. The angled mirrors in the periscope cabinet make it possible to try out all kinds of combinations. Children can even crawl through the cabinet and look through the bubble on the top with its curved acrylic pane. The cabinet has shelves on both sides. With safety mirror and magnet board. W 78 ¾“ x H 32“ x D 23 ½“, W 200 x H 81 x D 60 cm.
525231
168
Cabinets and Shelving
Base Cupboards for Daycare W 25 ¾" x H 25 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 65 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm
Quarter Circle Cabinet
Shelf Cabinet
Shelf Cabinet
Double-Door Cabinet
Sliding Door Cabinet
Caster Shelf
1 shelf.
2 shelves.
1 shelf. W 15 ¾“, W 39.4 cm. Only suited for fixed installation between the cabinets. Not available with casters.
508001
508002
1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.
1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.
1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 1 rolling cart. 508006 natural rolling cart 508003 acrylic rolling cart
508004
508005 Cabinet only available with shown handles.
508000
W 39 ½" x H 25 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 100 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm
Shelf Cabinet
Double-Door Cabinet
Sliding Door Cabinet
Caster Shelf
2 shelves.
1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.
with 1 shelf. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. Doors in natural finish.
1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 2 rolling carts. 508107 natural rolling cart 508104 acrylic rolling cart
508100
508102
508103 Cabinet only available with shown handles.
Wide Materials Cabinet
Shelf Cabinet 2 shelves, back board with mirror.
With 6 acrylic drawers. Drawers in natural finish.
508101
508106
Shelf Cabinet, Alternating Openings Open compartments: 5x in the front, 4x in the back. Compartments in natural finish.
Partition 8 Includes acrylic material bins and roller bins. Space requirements: W 80 ½“/ 120“ x H 25 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 204,4/304,4 x H 64,5 x D 39,4 cm.
508105
509657 Please order fabric bins seperately on page 179.
How to order
for your
-Base Cupboards
Mandatory Options Handles Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (B306). Length: B306, B328, B300, B317: 4 ½“, 11.4 cm.
B306
B328
B300
B317
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Optional Accessories Colors for colored fronts, and material bins
Lock for hinged doors
Please select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. WEIS GELB MAIS ORAN white
yellow
maize
orange
ROT
HBLA
P657
BLAU
red
light blue
clear blue
blue
HEGR
GRÜN
light green dark green
www.haba.de
Casters Height for cabinets to 33", 83,6 cm. Each carter
holds 112 lbs, 200 kg. Casters can also be mounted later. On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1)
Casters are non locking.
4 casters LARO
169
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Please select handle options below.
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Base Cupboards in 3 Widths W 15 ¾“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 39.4 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm
Please select handle options, page 169.
Quarter-Circle
Semi-Cupboard
Half-Cabinet
Half-Cabinet
2 shelves. Not available with casters. Only suited for fixed installation between cabinets.
2 shelves.
1 door, 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508212 Door opens to left
1 door, 2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508213 Door opens to right
508211
508210
W 25 ¾“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm
Bookcase, open
Bookcase, open
1 shelf.
2 shelves.
Bookcase with acrylic back board
Bookcase with acrylic back board
508300
508301
1 shelf.
2 shelves.
Caster Shelf
Materials Cabinet
1 shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 1 rolling cart. 508315 acrylic rolling cart 508316 natural rolling cart
8 drawers.
508317 Drawers, natural 508314 Drawers, acrylic
Double-Door Cabinet
508320
508319
Please select acrylic color, page 140.
Please select acrylic color, page 140.
2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508313 W 31“, 78.8 cm 508405 W 39 ½“, 100 cm
Cabinet with 8 material boxes
Cabinet with 8 acrylic material boxes
Cubby Cabinet with 16 boxes
3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508310 Boxes natural
3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
7 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5,5 x D 33 cm. 508312 Boxes natural
508311 Acrylic boxes available only in natural.
W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“ , W 100 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm
Wide bookcase, open
Wide bookcase, open
Wide Bookcase, open
Wide bookcase, open
Wide Bookcase, open
1 shelf.
2 shelves.
3 shelves.
5 shelves.
1 center panel, 4 shelves.
508400
508401
508402
508403
508429
Double-Door Cabinet
Wide Material Cabinet
Wide Material Cabinet
Shelf Cabinet, with Alternating Openings
2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors.
With 8 drawers, natural.
With 8 acrylic drawers.
508424
508417
Open compartments: 5x in the front, 4x in the back. Compartments in natural finish.
508405
508418
Colored doors, drawers and material boxes available at additional charge, p. 169.
170
Cabinets and Shelving
Shelf Cabinet with Shelves 1 solid shelf, 2 drawers, 3 adjustable shelves. 508420 drawers natural
Please select handle options, page 169.
Wide bookcase, open
Door/Shelf Cabinet
9 adjustable shelves, 1 solid shelf, 2 middle walls.
Both the shelf and inside door there are 2 shelves each. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508407 Door right (not shown), W39 ½“, 100 cm 508406 Door left, W 39 ½“, 100 cm
508404
Shelf/Drawer Cabinet
Shelf/Drawer Cabinet
Door/ Drawer Cabinet
Door/ Drawer Cabinet
Door/ Drawer Cabinet
4 drawers, 2 shelves. 508425 Drawers natural, left 508426 Drawers natural, right
4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. 508411 Drawers natural, right 508410 Drawers natural, left
1 door, 4 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508428 Door on the right, drawers natural
1 door, 4 drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508427 Door on the left, drawers natural
1 door, 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508409 Door on the right, drawers natural
Door/ Drawer Cabinet
Base Cabinet, Open
Caster Shelf
1 door, 4 acrylic drawers, 2 adjustable shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the door. 508408 Door on the left, drawers natural
1 adjustable shelf, 1 fixed shelf.
1 adjustable shelf, 1 fixed shelf and 2 rolling carts. 508423 natural rolling carts 508419 acrylic rolling carts
Shelf Cabinet 3 shelves on the left-hand side
Bookcase with 4 material bins
5 adjustable shelves.
5 adjustable shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508422 Boxes natural
Cupboard with 12 Material Boxes
Cupboard with 16 Material Boxes
Cupboard with 12 Acrylic Material Boxes
Cupboard with 16 Acrylic Material Boxes
Property Cupboard with 24 Boxes
3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508412 Boxes natural
3 shelves. Box measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 508413 Boxes natural
3 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
3 shelves. Box measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
508414
508415
7 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm. 508416 Boxes natural
Acrylic boxes available only in natural.
Acrylic boxes available only in natural.
508430 Seating cube with seat hight 14“, 35 cm sold separately, see page 267.
Quarter-Circle Cabinet H 33“ x D 15 ½“ H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm
Quarter-Circle Cabinet
back panel at inner radius
4 shelf inserts. Inner back panel. outer radius 36“, 91.1 cm, inner radius 20 ½“, 51.7 cm.
508421
Partition 7 Includes 2 acrylic material bins and 4 wood material bins. Space requirements: W 101 ¾“/ 91 ¾“ x H 33“/ 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 258 / 233 x H 83,6/122 x D 39,4 cm.
509656 Material boxes sold separately, see page 149.
508450
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
171
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
39 ½“, 83.6 cm
W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Top Cabinets W 39 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x D 39.4 cm
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany
Please select handle and color options (page 169). H 23 ½“, H 59.6 cm
Top Cabinet, open
Top Cabinet, with Double Doors
1 shelf.
1 shelf. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508702 doors in natural finish
508701
MATCHING BASE CUPBOARD on page 170.
H 23 ½“, H 59.6 cm
H 38 ¾“, H 98.0 cm
H 38 ¾“, H 98.0 cm
H 15 ¼“, H 38.4 cm
Top Cabinet, open
Top Cabinet, open
Top Cabinet with Double Doors
1 shelf.
2 shelves.
508700
508703
2 doors, 2 shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508704 doors in natural finish
Wall Cupboards
Functional attachments
>> place on a table to organize supplies Creative Functional Top With 4 adjustable shelves, 1 stand for holding brushes and scissors. One shelf as a paper compartment. W 39 ½“ x H 11 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 29.5 x D 39.4 cm.
509570
Wall cupboards 1 insert shelf. W 39 ½“ x H 23 ½“” x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 59.6 x D 39.4 cm. 508720 open 508721 with 2 doors in natural finish
172
>> small library Book Top With 4 shelves for books or magazines. W 39 ½“ x H 9“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 23 x D 39,4 cm.
509571
Cabinets and Shelving
Property Cabinets
>> all boxes are larger than DIN A4.
W 51 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 131 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Please select options of material boxes (p. 178/179).
Property Cabinet with 20 Boxes Property Cabinet with 16 Compartments
Property Cabinet with 32 Compartments
12 shelves.
28 shelves.
4 fixed shelves, 16 inserted shelves, 20 boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.
508500
508501
508502 boxes in natural finish
28 shelves, 28 property boxes and 4 paper compartments. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.
Property Cabinet with 32 Boxes
Property Cabinet with 16 Boxes
28 shelves, 32 property boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.
12 shelves, 16 property boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
508503 boxes in natural finish
508504 boxes in natural finish
508505 boxes in natural finish
Property Cabinet with 28 Boxes
Please order large identification signs separately on page 422.
Practical Room Dividers W 55 ½“ x H 33“ x D 15 ¾“, W 140 x H 83.6 x D 39.4 cm Please select options of material boxes (p. 178/179).
Partition, open 6 narrow and 2 wide shelves.
508602
Partition with Shelves
6 narrow and 2 wide shelves, 8 material boxes. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
4 narrow and 3 wide shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ or 13“ x H 6“ or 8“ x D 13“, W 27.5 / 33 x H 15 or 19.8 x D 33 cm. 508600 without material boxes 508601 with 6 material boxes in natural finish
508603 boxes in natural finish
Please order storage bins separately on page 178.
Partition with 8 Material Boxes
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
173
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
10 Year GUARANTEE
Medium high cabinets
Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
W 25 ¾“ x H 48 ½“ x 15 ¾“, W 65 x, H 122 x D 39.4 cm
Made in Germany
Select handle and color options (page 169).
Bookcase, open 5 shelves.
508800 Wall unit 4 Incl. 4 acrylic material bins. Space requirements: W 51 ¼“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 130 x H 122 x D 39,4 cm.
Double-Door cupboard
Bookcase
3 shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508801 doors in natural finish
508819
4 shelves, 1 solid shelf. Back board below from wooden, acrylic above. Select acrylic color (p. 140).
509753
Two door cupboard with acrylic back board
Portfolio Cabinet, open
Portfolio Cabinet with 2 doors
Cabinet with 8 Material Boxes
Cabinet with 8 Acrylic Boxes
Cabinet with 16 Property Boxes
2 shelves.
3 shelves. Arylic above and wooden panel below. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508818 doors in natural finish
508813
2 shelves. Material bins do not fit behind the doors. 508814 doors in natural finish
5 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
5 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
9 shelves. Box measurements: W 11“ x H 2“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.
508810 boxes in
508811
508812 boxes in
natural finish
Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural.
Select acrylic color (p. 140).
Book Cabinet
perfect as Room Divider >> Front
see page 346 for MORE BOOK SHELVES >> Back
Book Cabinet 3 face-out shelves to present books, magazines and games. 3 open shelf compartments. Beech wood. W 39 ½“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 91 x D 48 cm. 525600 Without Casters 525601 With Casters (not shown)
174
Use from both sides.
natural finish
Cabinets and Shelving
Organization Cabinets
for Daycare and School
With 5 bookbag compartments and 10 small storage compartments for bicycle helmets or personal belongings, etc. W 64 ¾“ x H 36 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 165 x H 93.2 x D 39,4 cm.
48 ½“ 122 cm
Bookbag Cabinet
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
37“, 93,6 cm
Material boxes (509375) sold separately (page 178).
509530 Material boxes sold separately on page 178.
IDENTIITY SIGNS on page 422. Tom
Image shows 2 Cabinets Property Cabinet 14 shelves. W 25 ¾“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 122 x D 39.4 cm.
509520
Student Cubby Cabinet For 6 students: for each student 1 compartment for binders, 1 open shelf, and 1 cubby for personal belongings. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. W 39 ½“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 100 x H 122 x D 39.4 cm. 509510 without doors 509511 with doors in natural finish Select handle options (p. 169).
Folding Cupboard
3-piece with built–in compartments
39“, 99 cm
2-piece
32 ½“, 83 cm
Folding Cupboard
When ordering please note: wooden materials boxes fit in all folding cabinets. The materials boxes (509380) for arranging materials in your cabinet can be found on page 178. Folding Cupboard Folding cabinet, 3-piece, with built-in compartments
With 6 adjustable shelves, this cabinet offers plenty of storage space. The 4 lockable casters for easy opening and closing make it useful anywhere in the room. Closed W 33“ x H 32 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 84 x H 83 x D 80 cm. Open W 65“ x H 32 ½“ x D 15 ¾“, W 166 x H 83 x D 40 cm.
Everything is stored away when closed and well organized when it is open. Casters make it easy to open and close the cabinet. Dimensions closed: W 31 ½“ x H 39“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 99 x D 80 cm and open: W 63“ x H 39“ x D 15 ¾“, W 160 x H 99 x D 40 cm.
124700
509560
Wooden material boxes and plastic material boxes sold separately on page 178/179.
Plastic material boxes sold separately on page 179.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
175
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
High Cabinet
Please select handle options, page 169.
W 39 ½“, H 71 ¾“, D 15 ¾“,W 100, H 182, D 39,4 cm
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
GS tested Made
in Germany
MATCHING NAME TAGS on page 422. Wall unit 5 Incl. 24 privacy compartments. W 78 ¾“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 200 x H 182 x D 39,4 cm.
509754
Note >> The high cabinets on this page must always be secured to a wall (see assembly instructions).
High Cabinet
High Shelf Cabinet
High Cabinet with Drawers
High Cabinet with Acrylic Drawers
2 fixed shelves, 3 shelves.
1 center divider, 8 shelves.
2 shelves, 8 acrylic drawers.
508900
508901
2 shelves, 8 drawers. 508913 drawers in natural finish
Portfolio Cabinet
Portfolio Cabinet
Shelf/Double-Door Cabinet
High Cabinet with Double Doors
2 solid shelves, 2 adjustable shelves and 2 open cases. 508911 open 508912 with doors (not shown)
24 privacy compartments (not shown, 509385, p. 178; please order separately). 2 solid shelves, 8 shelves.
2 doors, 4 adjustable shelves, 1 fixed shelf. Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 508903 doors in natural finish
4 adjustable shelves (2 inside, 2 on the top). Material boxes do not fit behind doors. 508902 doors in natural finish
508910
508907
Width 15 ¾" 39,4 cm
High Cabinet with Double Doors
High Cabinet with Double Doors
High Cabinet with Double Doors
Property Cabinet with Locks
2 fixed shelves, 3 adjustable shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508904 doors in natural finish
8 adjustable shelves, middle wall. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508905 doors in natural finish
4 adjustable shelves. Material boxes do not fit behind the doors. 508906 doors in natural finish
5 lockable cabinet compartments. Doors in natural finish. 508908 doors on right-hand side (not shown) 508909 doors on left-hand side
176
Cabinets and Shelving
Shelf System
Note >> To ensure the stability of the shelving units, you need two fixed shelves each one for the top and one for the bottom as well as one cross-brace.
1
5 Adjustable and re-configurable
1 Solid beech wood 3
shelf frame in 4 heights and in 10 stain colors or natural
6 Shelf Combination 22
4
Components
Includes 1 rolling cart and 6 material boxes. Space requirements: W 93 ¾“ x H 33“/ 56 ½“/71 ½“ x D 16 ¼“, W 238 x H 83.6/143.2/182 x D 39.4 cm.
2 With 33", 83.6 cm tall shelf back wall in 3 widths
3 Rolling drawer in
2 heights and 3 widths
509621
4 Height-adjustable by 1", 2 cm
5 The drill holes make it possible to adjust the shelves by 1 ½", 3.2 cm increments.
6 Beech wood
shelf base in 3 widths
Fixed Shelves
Shelf Frame
Shelf Back Panel
Width: 15 ¾”, 39.4 cm. 509205 H 25 ½“, 64.5 cm (not shown) 509206 H 33”, 83.6 cm 509207 H 56 ½“, 143.2 cm 509208 H 71 ¾“, 182 cm
Height: 33“, 83.6 cm, thickness: ¾”, 1.6 cm. 509450 for W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509451 for W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509452 for W 39 ½“, 100 cm
With shelf connectors. H ¾“ x D 15 ¼”, H 2 x D 38.4 cm. A 509240 W15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509241 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm (not shown) B 509242 W 39 ½“, 100 cm C 509243 Quarter circle, W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm D 509244 Quadrant ring bottom 90°, 22”, 55.7 cm E 509247 eighth ring bottom, 45°
Shelf Insert
A B
C D E
F
G
With shelf connectors. H ¾” x D 15 ½”, H 2 x D 38.4 cm. F 509460 W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509461 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm G 509462 W 39 ½“, 100 cm
H
Cross-Brace
H
For stabilization of the shelves. H ¼” x D ¾”, H 0.5 x D 2 cm. 2 pieces. 509320 for W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509321 for W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509322 for W 39 ½“, 100 cm
Round Gable 509215 For W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm; W 16 ½“
Shelf Roof Piece 509225 For W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm;
x H 13 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 41.4 x H 33.6 x D 42.5 cm 509216 For W 25 ¾“, 65 cm; W 26 ½“ x H 18 ¾“ x D 16 ¾“, W 67 x H 47.4 x D 42.5 cm
17 ¾” x H 10 ½” x D 19 ½“, W 44.5 x H 26.2 x D 49.5 cm 509226 For W 25 ¾“, 65 cm; W 27 ¾“ x H 13 ¼“ x D 19 ½“, W 69.9 x H 33.6 x D 49.5 cm
Shelf Base
Rolling Cart, low
Rolling Cart, high
Rolling Cart, Acrylic, low
Rolling Cart Acrylic, high
With swivel casters. H 12 ¼” x D 12 ¾”, H 31 x D 32 cm. 509410 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509411 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509414 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm
With swivel casters. H 16” x D 12 ¾”, H 40.6 x D 32 cm. 509412 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509413 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509415 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm
With swivel casters. H 12 ¼“ x D 12 ¾“, H 31 x D 32 cm. 509420 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509421 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“, 65 cm 509424 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm
With swivel casters. H 16” x D 12 ¾“, H 40,6 x D 32 cm. 509422 W 12 ¾“, 32.4 cm for shelf W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509423 W 23“, 58 cm for shelf W 25 ¾“,65 cm 509425 W 18 ¼“, 45.8 cm for shelf W 39 ½“, 100 cm
H 2 ½” x D 15 ¼”, H 6.5 x D 38.4 cm. J 509310 W 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm 509311 W 25 ¾“, 65 cm K 509312 W 39 ½“, 100 cm
J
K
Please select handle options, page 169.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
177
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
2
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Material and Property Boxes For Cabinets and open Shelves W 15 ¾“, 25 ¾“ and 39 ½“. 39.4; 65 and 100 cm. Material boxes can be safely stacked!
The runners on the side mean that all material and property boxes on this page can be stacked, without there being any danger of slipping.
For width 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm
For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm
For width 39 ½“, 100 cm
For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm
Materials Box
Property Box
Materials Box
Materials Box
Stackable. W 13 ¾“ x H 8“ x D 13 ¾“, W 35 x H 20.8 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D 13“, W 33 x H 19.8 x D 33 cm.
Stackable. W 11 ½“ x H 2 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 6,5 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 2 ¼“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 5.5 x D 33 cm.
Stackable. W 8 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 22 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
Stackable. W 11 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
509380
509385
509370
509375
ROLLING CART on page 177.
For width 25 ¾“ or 39 ½“, 65/100 cm
For width 39 ½“, 100 cm
NAME PLATES on page 422.
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Materials Box with Acrylic Front
Materials Box with Acrylic Front
Stackable. Acrylic panes on 1 side. W 8 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 22 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
Stackable. Acrylic panes on 1 side. W 11 ½“ x H 6 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 29.5 x H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 11“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 27.5 x H 15 x D 33 cm.
509390
509395
Made in Germany
Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural. Acrylic boxes can only be delivered in natural.
How to order
for your
-Material and Property Boxes
Optional Accessories Colors for Material Boxes
Floor Saver
Select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge. WEIS
MAIS
ORAN
ROT
White
Yellow
Maize
Orange
Red
HBLA
P657
BLAU
HEGR
GRÜN
Clear blue
Blue
Light green
Green
Light blue
178
GELB
Bottom surface for all materials boxes protects the cupboards and reduces noise.
Floor Saver TSTR.
Cabinets and Shelving
... to design your own
Made of sturdy paperboard (250 g/m²) have a hole in the center and are suitable for material bin 509860. They can be designed individually by the children for their personal bins. 10 ½” x 4 ½”, 26.4 x 11.2 cm. 092309 100 pieces
This spacious box has enough space to easily contain paper or books. Stackable. Self-designed identity·cards (092309, please order separately) can be inserted into the acrylic front just by twisting off the grip. Solid beech, acrylic. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 15“, W 29 x H 15 x D 35 cm.
509360
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Material box Personalized Labels
Shelving Unit (508402) on page 170.
Fabric bins
Material boxes
Fabric Bin
Plastic box, height 3”, 7.5 cm
Plastic box, height 6”, 15 cm
Storage Box
In 2 sizes. Light as a feather, but sturdy, due to plastic inserts in the bottom and the sides. Fabric handles on two sides make it easy to pull the bins out of compartments and to transport them. If the bins are not needed, they can be folded flat. Cordura®. H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 471585 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, red 471586 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, blue 471587 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, yellow 471588 W 7 ¼“, 18 cm, green 471580 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, red 471581 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, blue 471582 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, yellow 471583 W 11 ½“, 29 cm, green
Outer-measurements: W 12 ¼“ x L 14 ¾“, W 31.2 x L 37.5 cm. Inner-measurements: W 10” x D 14 ¾”, W 28.5 x D 34.5 cm. 526300 transparent 526301 blue 526302 red (not shown)
Outer-measurements: W 12 ¼“ x L 14 ¾“, W 31.2 x L 37.5 cm. Inner-measurements: W 10” x D 14 ¾”, W 28.5 x D 34.5 cm. 526200 transparent 526201 blue (not shown) 526202 red
Braided sea-weed with solid wire frame. Outer-measurements: H 6 ½“ x D 14“, H 16 x D 35 cm. Inner-measurements: W 8“ or 10 ¾“ x H 6“ x D 13“, W 20 or 27 x H 15 x D 33 cm. 471571 W 8 ¾“, W 22 cm (not shown) 471570 W 11 ½“, W 29 cm
Sort and roll storage boxes Rolling sorting box With 6 compartments and 4 locking casters. Beech real wood veneer. W 32“ x H 9“ x D 21 ½“, W 81.2 x H 22.8 x D 54 cm.
125587
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
179
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Self–configurable Material Cabinet S 41“, 104.2 cm
18“,
45.7
cm
Order plastic material boxes separately, see page 181.
material boxes.
31“, 78.1 cm
Examples
Optional casters found on page 169.
Material Cabinet
Material Cabinet
Material Cabinet
Material Cabinet
With 4 sets of 8 rails. W 27 ½“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 70 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm.
With 4 sets of 8 rails and 2 shelves. W 41 ¼“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18 ¾“, W 104.2 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm.
With 6 sets of 8 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 78.1 x D 45.7 cm.
With 8 sets of 8 rails. W 54 ½“ x H 30 ¾“ x D 18“, W 138.3 x H 78,1 x T 45,7 cm.
509100
509102
509101
509103
Self–configurable Large Material Cabinet W 39 ½“ x H 71 ¾“ x D 23 ½“, W 100 cm x H 182 cm x T 60 cm Examples
Supply Cabinet Choose size, color and number of boxes depending on your needs.
With 4 sets of 14 rails, 3 fixed shelves and 5 shelves.
508958
180
Cabinets and Shelving 41 ¼“, 104,2 cm
m
5,7 c
18“, 4
30“, 75,7 cm
Self–configurable Rolling Cabinets Order plastic material boxes separately, see below.
Mobile Material Cabinet With 4 casters, 2 locking and 6 sets of 6 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 30“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 75.7 x D 45.7 cm.
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
509120
Choose size, color and number of boxes depending on your needs.
Rolling Bin
Rolling Cabinet for Material Bins
Rolling Cabinet for Material Bins
Rolling Cabinet
With 4 casters, 2 locking, 2 sets of 8 rails and 2 ½“, 6 cm deep shelf. W 14 ¼“ x H 34 ¾“ x D 19 ¼“, W 36 x H 88 x D 49 cm.
With 4 casters, 2 locking and 8 sets of 6 rails. W 54 ½“x H 30“ x D 18“, W 138.3 x H 75.7 x D 45.7 cm.
With 2 center dividers, 3 shelves, 4 casters, 2 locking and 4 sets of 13 rails. W 41 ¼“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 142.4 x D 45.7 cm.
With 2 center dividers, 9 shelves, 4 casters, 2 locking. W 41 ¼“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 18“, W 104.2 x H 142.4 x D 45.7 cm.
509122
509121
509123
509124
Sturdy Plastic Material boxes Material: Polypropylene, chemically resistant
in 4 heights and 6 colors
Ribs reduce the friction on the work surface
Optional Nothing Goes Missing
¼“, 2.4 mm wall thickness for durability
cutout in front allows inside view
The strong ½“, 12 mm side borders are strengthened with cross web – solid and resistant
Especially for keeping small items or dust-sensitive materials. For material bins with dimensions W 12 ½“, x D 17“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Material: Polypropylene, chemically resistant. 051281 Cover for material boxes
Plastic Material Box Height 3 ¼”, 7.5 cm
Plastic Material Box Height 6”, 15 cm
Plastic Material Box Height 9”, 22.5 cm
Plastic Material Box Height 12”, 30 cm
Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051180 red 051181 blue 051182 yellow 051183 transparent 051171 orange 051172 bright green
Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051184 red 051185 blue 051186 yellow 051187 transparent 051173 orange 051174 bright green
Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051158 red 051159 blue 051164 yellow 051165 transparent 051175 orange 051176 bright green
Outer measurement: W 12 ¼“ x D 16 ¾“, W 31.2 x D 42.7 cm. Inner measurement: W 11 ¼“ x D 15 ¾“, W 28.6 x D 39.7 cm. 051188 red 051189 blue 051190 yellow 051191 transparent 051177 orange 051178 bright green
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
181
Quality Furniture with Genuine Beech Veneer
Space Saving Cupboards W 39 ½“ x H 72“ x D 24“, W 100 x H 182 x D 60 cm Select handle options on page 183.
Example on how to equip the cabinets ... ... as tool cabinet .. as creativity cabinet
Identification Signs on page 422.
21
“,
53
.5
cm
“, 42 16 ½
cm
Property Box, stackable For cupboard depth 24“, 60 cm. W 16 ½” x H 4 ½” x D 21”, W 42 x H 11.2 x D 53.5 cm.
509365
Extra Shelves for cupboards 24“, 60 cm deep
Materials Cabinet
Material Cabinet
Shelf for Cabinets
4 shelves.
8 shelves.
Fits with all space saving cupboards W 39 ½“, 100 cm.
508950 doors in natural finish
508951 doors in natural finish
509472
Materials Cabinet
Cabinet for Maps and Puzzles
Material Cabinet with 2 rolling wagons
8 shelves and center divider. 508952 doors in natural finish
3 shelves and 8 rolling shelves. 508953 doors in natural finish
The rolling wagons can be outfitted with material boxes and rolled to the work space. The shelf has an added edge of 2 ½“, 6 cm making it extra deep. Cabinet with 3 shelves. 508954 doors in natural finish Material boxes sold separately. See page 181.
182
Cabinets and Shelving
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. A
B
C
D
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Made in Germany
Select handle options below.
A
Music Cabinet
B
Work Material Cabinet
1 shelf, 4 removable rolling shelves with safety stop. 3 shelves. 2 slot strips for hanging up as many as 14 mallets. Arrange shelves in any order or height. Internal box dimensions W 11“ x H 3 ¾“ x D 20 ½“, W 27.5 x H 9.5 x D 51.5 cm. 508956 doors in natural finish
5 full-width shelves and 3 roll-out shelves that can extend as much as 17 ¾“, 45 cm (with push-in glides and safety catch). Arrange shelves in any order and height. 508957 doors in natural finish
C
Gymnastic Cabinet
D
Media Cabinet
2 shelves, one with a strip for retaining balls, 2 removable rolling shelves with adjustable compartment partitions; 1 removable rolling shelf with hoop holder bolted on the bottom and strip with 12 hooks; 2 slit strips for hanging up as many as 14 exercise pins. Supports on the doors for a maximum of 12 exercise rods. All of the rolling shelves run on push-in glides with a safety catch. 508955 doors in natural finish
The cabinet is large enough to hold a complete media unit and can be moved easily on its four locking casters. 3 shelves and 1 drawer (lock included). W 27 ¾“ x H 56 ¼“ x D 24“, W 70 x H 143 x 62 cm. 509580 doors in natural finish Delivery without equipment.
How to order
-Space Saving- and High Cupboards
Mandatory Options
Optional Accessories
Handles
Colors for colored fronts, and material bins
Please select handle options. By default we deliver metal handle (B306). Length: B306, B328, B300, B317: 4 ½“, 11.4 cm.
Please select color options; Natural is the standard; Colors available at additional upcharge.
B306
B328
B300
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
B317
WEIS
GELB
MAIS
ORAN
white
yellow
maize
orange
ROT
HBLA
P657
BLAU
red
light blue
clear blue
blue
HEGR
GRÜN
light green
dark green
www.haba.de
Lock for hinged doors
On request and for additional cost we will deliver the hinged doors with a lock. (DSS1)
183
Quality furniture with beech real wood veneer
10 Year GUARANTEE Seat heights conforming to standards as per DIN EN 1729 Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161
GS tested Made
in Germany
Wall unit 2 Space requirements: W 118 ¼" x H 95 ¼" x D 23 ¾", W 300 x H 241.6 x D 60 cm. 509751
Built-in Cupboards W 39 ½“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 100 x H 59.6 x D 60 cm
Combination The top piece cupboard fits on paper storage units and the double-door cabinet.
Cabinet, open
Double-Door Cabinet
Top-mount Cabinet, open
3 shelves.
1 shelf.
509020
509021 doors in natural finish
Center divider, 8 shelves. W 39 ½” x H 38 ¾” x D 23 ¾”, W 100 x H 98 x D 60 cm.
Specify desired handles (p. 183).
509023
Base Cupboard W 39 ½“ x H 33“ x D 23 ¾“, W 100 x H 83.6 x D 60 cm
Paper Cabinet Base
Double-Door Cabinet
Paper Cabinet
6 open shelves.
2 shelves.
6 drawers.
509000 509472 additional shelf
509001 doors in natural finish
509002 D 23 ¾“, D 60 cm 509003 D 27 ¾“, D 70 cm
Specify desired handles (p. 183).
Specify desired handles (p. 183).
Paper Storage Insert Fits into the drawers of item no. 525150 and item no. 580401. With adjustable inserts.
525100 Colored doors and drawers available for upcharge, p. 183.
Wall Shelving in 3 widths Wall Shelf in 4 Widths Select the desired width or combine several shelves with each other. Beech wood veneer. H 10 ¼“ x D 8 ¾“, H 26 x D 22 cm. 120667 W 23 ¾“, 60 cm 120668 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 120669 W 47“, 120 cm
184
Creativity Room
Stable frame made of solid beech wood
Stable hinges
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
both sides are height adjustable
Space-saving folds up for storage
Bar locks the two sides in position Plastic cord prevents easel from opening up unintentionally
Tray with two extra deep holders for cups
Washable painting surface
Easy for teachers to adjust
Tray can be removed for cleaning
For Younger and Older Children
Space-saving Easel
Easel
The two working surfaces are independently adjustable. Children from 2 - 6 years of age can work together at the same time. The plastic trays have two extra-deep holders for water cups and room for art supplies, such as crayons, brushes, etc. The trays are removable for washing. When not in use the easel folds up for spacesaving storage. Beech wood, plastic-coated painting surface. W 27 ½“ x H 57“ x D 30“, W 70 x H 90 -138 x D 75.8 cm.
This easel allows little artists to paint on both sides and folds up easily for storage. Beech wood with washable painting surfaces made of white plastic. The plastic trays for painting utensils each have 2 cup holders and can be removed for cleaning. W 27 ¾” x H 41” x D 14”, W 70 x H 104 x D 35 cm, painting surface W 27 ¾” x H 24 ½”, W 70 x H 62 cm.
It grows with the child! 3 to 12 year old children can draw on this easel together. Both drawing boards can be adjusted to the right height, completely independent of each other. The plastic trays offer space for art utensils and are removable for cleaning. The easel can be folded to save space. Beech wood, washable white plastic painting surfaces. Size: W 25 ¾" x D 14", W 70 x D 35 cm, H adjustable from 43 ½" - 62", 110 - 157 cm (painting surface upper edge); drawing surface 27 ¾" x 24 ½", 70 x 62 cm (up to DIN A2).
127625
127781
127635
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
185
Mirror-Easel Draw the reflection
Mirror surface
Easel and mirror in one Easel is placed on the ground where children can sit on the mirror surface and paint to their heart's content. They can paint either on a piece of paper or directly on the mirror surface. When hung on the wall with the included hanging rack the easel is also a giant wall mirror. The children can see their reflection in the mirror and paint on it. Birch wood frame, safety mirror.
L 47 ¼" x W 31 ½" x H/D 3", L 120 x W 80 x H/D 7.4 cm. Delivery includes hanging rack for wall mounting. Cup holder not included. 127782 Floor easel
Combination-Easel For wall mounting or freestanding Giant drawing area 21" x 35 ½", 53 x 90 cm Holders for paint and water cups
Transformative artist Plywood birch hanging rack, easel made of waterproof lacquered real wood, holder made of plastic. W 23" x H 43 ½", W 58 x H 110 cm, drawing area 21" x 35 ½", 53 x 90 cm. 074233 Combination easel
074234 Hanging rack, L 45 ½" x W 1 ¾" x D 1", L 115 x W 4.0 x D 2.4 cm
186
My-Kim brush The brush handle is thick and easy to hold. This means that ridges and structure can be added to the picture. The round felt head makes it easy to paint. It can also be exchanged and washed. Size: approx. 8", 20 cm long.
074238
Paper roll holder
Space for more children
79“, 20
0 cm
Suitable for any age Giant Easel Many children can paint along this 78 ½” long easel. With 3 removable, washable plastic trays and one storage shelf. Birch wood; plastic-coated, washable painting surface. W 78 ½“ x H 48 ½“ x D 10 ¼“, W 200 x H 123 x D 26 cm, painting surface 78 ½” x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm.
127761 1
0 cm 39 / “, 10
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
2
CREATIVE WALL on page 393.
Multi-Easel Ages 2 to 12 Height adjustable Stable
A
C
Different Easels Configurations For children ages 2 - 12. Can be combined with connecting bolts. Each individual easel is heightadjustable. Each easel features a plastic tray with space for 2 cups. Beech wood frame with washable painting surfaces made out of plastic. Dimensions of each easel: W 21 ½ “ x D 13 ¾“, W 70 x D 35 cm; height-adjustable from 43 ½“ – 63”, 110 - 160 cm; painting surface 21 ½ “ x 24 ½“, 70 x 62 cm. A 127791 3-pieces B 127792 4-pieces C 127793 6-pieces
B
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
187
Wall Easel
Drawing Wall
Wall Easel
Drawing Wall
With washable drawing surface of white plastic and plastic tray for brushes and other utensils. The tray can be removed for cleaning. Frame made of birch wood. Includes mounting materials. W 27 ½“ x H 28“ x D 9“, W 70 x H 71 x D 22.5 cm; drawing surface W 27 ½“ x H 24 ½, 70 x 62 cm.
Insert paper roll, fasten paper underneath the rails and pins. And once the sheet is filled, just rip it off or roll the paper further down for a long mural. Beech wood, back panel made of hard fiber board. Plastic tray for painting utensils and 2 clamping rails Hardware included. W 27“ x H 47“, W 68 x H 119 cm.
127957
120002
Set of Clamps Plastic. Colors based on availability. 133056 40 pieces
Paper Roll Holder
Large Paper Roll Holder
Wall Holder for Paper Rolls ... with paper cutter. A metal rail ensures neat paper tearoff. Beech wood. For paper rolls use item no. 072078. W 26 ¾“ x H 5 ½“ x D 4 ¼”, W 68 x H 14 x D 11 cm.
Simply Grand
072079
Paper rolls of up to 41“, 104 cm in width can be placed in this paper holder. With paper cutter. Birch wood. W 45“ x H 11 ½“, W 114 x H 28.5 cm. Hardware included. 120008 Large Paper Roll Holder (paper roll item no. 072078 sold below)
Drawing Paper Rolls for Wall Holder
Large Paper Roll
Wood-free, white drawing paper, 87 yds, 80 g/sqm. Roll width: approx. 20“, 50 cm. 072078 55 yds, 50 m
The 36“, 91.4 cm wide roll is wide enough that children can lie down on the paper and have a life-sized outline of their body traced. Pulp-free, white, 87 yds, 80 g/sqm. Length: 54 yds, 50 m. 072929 55 yds, 50 m
188
Creativity Room
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Guardians of order
Craft wall shelf Glue, paint, brushes, pens – everything is clearly arranged and easily accessible. The shelf even has two compartments for sheets of paper, and a holder for paper rolls. Birch wood. W 59 ¼" x H 26" x D 8 ½", W 150 x H 66 x D 21.5 cm.
129517
"Crafting boy" paper trays For formats up to 19 ¾" x 27 ¾", 50 x 70 cm
Fold out
"Crafing boy" paper trays Everything is well arranged in the 4 compartments: odds and ends, snippets and sheets up to a size of 19 ¾" x 27 ¾", 50 x 70 cm. The "crafting boy" helps artists out by storing the contents in a compartment-like, color-sorted and easily accessible manner. Birch wood. W 33 ¼" x H 23" x D 6 ½", W 84 x H 58 x D 16 cm.
129519
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
189
Mobile Easel Center Space for storing and painting utensils includes 6 drying grids, removable from both sides Shelf 4 casters, 2 locking Age 2 and up For 2 children at the same time
Combination Easel and Drying Station Space for drawing paper, drying grids and white painting surface. The deep shelves each hold 2 cups securely and offer space for brushes and other items. The drying grids slide in or out from either side. The shelf unit next to the drying grids has an adjustable shelf insert. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood, plastic. W 21 ½“ x H 44 ½“ x D 32 ¼“, W 70 x H 113 x D 81.5 cm. Working height: 21 ¾“, 55cm. 2 years and up.
470722
4 casters, 2 locking Grids can be pulled out and are easy to clean 3 heights
C B
A
Mobile picture drying wagon Picture drying wagon in 3 heights Wagon has large and sturdy casters 2 of them lockable. Grids can be pulled out and are easy to clean. Tubular steel or steel wire, galvanized, rack made of MDF in beech decoration. W 37 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 94 x D 60 cm. Unassembled (with assembly instructions). A 152983 10 drying grids, H 33 ½“, 84.5 cm 152984 10 drying grids, H 33 ½“, 84.5 cm (white rack mate, not shown) B 152979 15 drying grids, H 40 ¾“, 103 cm C 152980 25 drying grids, H 60 ¼“, 153 cm
190
Dry Paintings
Moveable Drying Frame
Picture Drying Rack
For paper 11 ¾“ x 16 ½“,29.7 x 42 cm
Includes 15 shelves
Room for 25 shelves or Painting boards (Order separately)
Wall mounted For paper up to 11 ¾“ x 16 ½“, 29.7 x 42 cm When folded together only 3", 7 cm deep
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
D
E
Fold out picture dryer The 15 shelves are hung in to dry pictures. If the frame is not needed then it folds up nice and small on the wall. Without the grid the frame is only 3", 7 cm deep. Includes fastening materials and 15 shelves. Wood, metal. Size folded out: W 19 ¾" x H 44 ¼" x D 17 ¾", W 50 x H 112 x D 45 cm.
152975
Painting board for drying frames
Table drying frame
Metal drying frame F
Pictures that are still wet can be dried on the 20 grids (19 ¾“ x 15 ½“, 50 x 39 cm) without physical contact. Metal. 31 ¼“ x 15 ½“, 79 x 50 cm.
159641
D
Moveable drying frame without grids
This frame has room for 25 drying grids or painting boards. Pedestal made of solid beech, side walls made of genuine birch. W 19 ¼“ x H 33 ½“ x D 13 ¼“, W 48.5 x H 85 x D 33.5 cm.
151810
E
Drying grid for drying frames
F
Painting board for drying frames
For use with Drying frame 152379 and 151810. Powder-coated metal. Color: red. 19” x 13”, 48 x 33 cm. 152380 1 piece 152646 5 pieces
Fits both 152379 and 151810. With small sliding stoppers on the underside. MDF, with white coating on both sides. W 19“ x D 13“, W 48 x D 33 cm. 152653 1 piece 152654 5 pieces
Wooden drying frame Easily transported with the wide handle. Unit includes 10 grids. Side components made of birch wood; order additional grids for maximum capacity. Frame measures: Approximately W 20” x H 16 ½” x D 14 ¾”, W 51 x H 42 x D 37.5 cm.
152379
191
Craft Cart
Real Birch Wood
Craft Carts
331/2“, 84,7 cm
Arts & Craft Cart
43“,
110
cm
Back
MATERIAL BOXES on page 181
Craft Wagon There is plenty of space here for paper, paints and brushes. Underneath there is a compartment for DIN A2 format paper, at the back there are 3 compartments, at the front 5 vertical paper compartments (DIN A3 format) and space for material boxes (order separately, see page 181). On the top there are 8 material compartments with adjustable divisions. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood. W 43 ½" x H 33 ½" x D 23 ¾", W 110 x H 84.7 x D 60 cm.
470720
Studio Cart Back with 4 small compartments
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer
32 1/4“, 81,5 cm
More information on page 122/123.
Made in Germany
Studio Cart 23
1
/2 “
,6
0
cm
27
1
/ 2“,
m 70 c
Four open shelves from front to back hold different sizes of paper. For example, in formats up to DIN A3 format; 2 x 6 rails for sliding supply bins and 4 smaller compartments behind the supply bins (order separately on p. 181). Six height-adjustable top compartments with ample space for paints, brushes and water cups. Four casters, two locking, make the cart mobile or stationary. Birch wood. W 21 ½“ x H 32 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 70 x H 81.5 x D 60 cm.
470721
192
Creativity
Creativity Cart 2 sizes
A
B
C
Mobile Creativity Cart With 2 or 3 side compartments, 2 or 3 plastic material bins (approx. 18“ x 19“, 45.7 x 48.2 cm, H 3 ½“, 8.4 cm) and a rack on top - ideal for paint bottles. Birch wood. W 23“ x D 20 ¼“, W 58.6 x D 51.4 cm. A 470711 H 26 ½“, 67 cm B 470712 H 34”, 86 cm
C
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
26 3/4“ , 67 cm
34“, 86 cm
4 solid-stop caster
Flat Drawer for DIN A3 format
Outer measurement: W 18” x H 3 ¼ x D 19”, W 45.7 x H 8.4 x D 48.2 cm. Inner measurement: W 15 ¾” x H 3 ¼” x D 16 ½”, W 40 x H 8.4 x D 42 cm. 051196 red 051197 blue 051198 yellow 051169 green
Paper Cart
Theme Wagon 4 casters, 2 locking
7 staggered partitions
Back with drilled holes
43 ½“, 110 cm
4 casters, 2 locking
Front
s! Can be used on both side
Back
38
6c
m
“,
“, 7
15
30
cm
Theme Wagon The theme wagon offers space for materials, e.g. instruments, and can be used in many different areas. Front has deeper shelves, the back small bore holes for attaching storage containers or brackets. Different accessories are available for the four movable dividers. Birch wood. W 39 ½“ x H 43 ½“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 110 x D 48 cm.
456101
Paper Cart This paper cart allows easy-access to paper, cardboard or pictures. With 7 removable dividers and 4 casters, 2 lockable. Birch wood. W 30“ x H 26“ x D 15“, W 76 x H 65.5 x D 38 cm.
Shelf Insert With acrylic edge. W35 ¼“ x D 4“, W 89 x D 10 cm.
Buttons
525200
473323
473310
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Made of birch and metal.
193
Order seperately material bins (page 178).
Studio Cart
Artists wagon Store art utensils neatly and organized. 3 removable material boxes (W 11 ¾" x H 3" x D 14", W 29.5 x H 7 x D 35 cm) and one variable insert for brushes and scissors. If desired the two pigeon holes at the top can be divided into smaller compartments with 2 dividers each. 2 frontto-back shelves, 2 smaller shelves next to the material boxes (D 14", 35 cm) and 2 small compartments (D 8 ½", 21 cm) on the back of the boxes 2 locking casters. Beech wood veneer. W 32" x H 30" x D 23 ¾", W 81 x H 76 x D 60 cm. 125586 Artists wagon
32 ¾ “,
, 2“
81
cm
3 60
cm
MATERIAL BOXES on page 178.
3 material boxes
Easily and compactly folded; everything is stored in a small space
39“, 99 cm
Folding cabinet, 3-piece
Folding cabinet, 3-piece, with built-in compartments Closed everything is neatly stored away and tidied up – and can even be padlocked. Opened, everything is clearly displayed. Closed: W 32“ x D 32“ x H 39“, W 80 x D 80 x H 99 cm. Opened: W 63“ x D 16” x H 39“, W 160 x D 40 x H 99 cm. Folding cupboard with materials boxes fitted with 4 materials boxes (shown here), 820790 and 3 materials boxes, 820810. More details on materials boxes see page 178 and 181.
124700
When opened everything is accessible
194
Note Matching wooden materials boxes (509380) on page 178 and plastic boxes on page 181.
Storage
Multi Use Wagon A
+
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
B
2x
Quickly expanded with hanging boxes
=
A
Multi Use Wagon
Removable insert tray for paint brushes. Made of solid beechwood and beech veneer wood. Casters. W 29” x H 25” x D 15 ½”, W 74 x H 63.9 x D 39.4 cm.
820160
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
B
Hanging boxes for multi-rolling drawer
This practical box, which can be hung on either side, creates even more space for craft materials, painting utensils etc. Beech wood veneer. Size: W 8" x H 23 ¼" x D 14 ¼", W 20 x H 58.6 x D 36 cm. 820165 1 piece
www.haba.de
195
Not available in the U.S.A.
Little Researchers Big Experiments
Year Year
GUARANTEE
Product Advantages >> Easy to wipe down surfaces >> Shelves with lots of storage space: tools are easy to find and quick to tidy away >> 4 casters, 2 of which can be locked, make the play center flexible and stable >> The pivoted load arm with 2 hooks allows you to hang items where they‘re needed: • 1 hook is directly above the experiment basin: ideal for sand art, for example • 1 hook is set away from the workbench: suitable for floor experiments such as using the pulley
Integrated elements encourage them to experiment
Little Researchers Just the place for getting to the bottom of things - the mobile research lab fits through any door and can turn any room into a research room. Alongside its many practical features, the 4 levels of the lab offer plenty of space for storing away experiment materials. Easy to clean surfaces, stainless steel pipes, 4 casters, 2 locking. Ø 34 ¾”, 88 cm, workbench height 26 ½”, 67 cm, total height 55 ¼”, 140 cm.
120807 swiveling load arm
removable experiment basin
light box
corner mirror
Note: not suitable for children aged under 3 Note: use must be fully supervised at all times Long hose/ chain pose risk of strangulation.
additional storage space in lower section
store away to save space only 15 ¾“, 40 cm deep when folded up
Learning Wall Mounted Folding Table
Everything is ready to go on the Learning Wall Mounted Folding Table (59 ½", 151 cm deep when folded out)
196
Combined cupboard and table. The cupboard has 2 fixed shelves and 2 compartments with a lid. The table can be folded out or away as required. Includes items needed to secure the folding table to the wall. Beech real wood veneer. Table top length 47 ¼”, 120 cm x width 27 ¾”, 70 cm, cupboard width 29 ½”, 74,5 cm x height 49”, 124 cm. 184120 H 18 ¼“, 46 cm 184121 H 21“, 53 cm 184122 H 23 ¼“, 59 cm 184123 H 25 ¼“, 64 cm 184124 H 28“, 71 cm Select table surface (p. 24)
Research
Not available in the U.S.A.
The Research Tower Mobile research corner drawers
magnetic board and hook
plug sockets
mirror cabinet
Year Year
GUARANTEE
blubb
blubb
light boxes
adjustable ramp
lockable casters comes with lots of storage space and occupies a small space when assembled
170 cm, 67”
transparent central panel
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Nothing inspires children more than the chance to explore their environment and solve the mysteries of daily life. The reason? Their innate curiosity and virtually insatiable thirst for knowledge. What could be better than carrying out their own scientific and technical experiments? Children can even acquire knowledge during their experiments that will form the basis for careers later in life. Neurological studies have shown that these ages are often the time when the foundations for an interest in technology and math are formed. The Researcher Tower offers an opportunity for little researchers of today to become the scientists, technicians and engineers of tomorrow!
Product Advantages
A space saving deisgn, with lots of features to explore When completely opened up and folded out, the Research Tower offers lots of space to experiment. With the tables folded up, the unit can be stored into the corner to save space, taking up a lot less room than other children’s research labs with comparable levels of equipment. The lab also fits through doorways, so it can be moved from room to room at any time. Its numerous features inspire curiosity and awake the desire to discover the world. The Research Tower offers almost unlimited opportunities for exciting scientific projects. All of the work surfaces are 26 ½”, 67 cm high and designed for preschoolers. Other heights are available on request. The tower has a standard 230 V mains plug. W 47 ¼” x H 67” x D 27 ¾”, W 120 x H 170 x D 70 cm (108 ¾”, 276 cm when folded out), inclined plane: L 35 ½” x W 8 ¾”, L 90 x W 22 cm. 120804 Research Tower
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
>> easy to wipe down surfaces >> foldout tables on opposite sides >> acrylic panel partition: so you can keep an eye on the little researchers at all times and the children can see each other at work. >> integrated light boxes for experiments >> 2 vertical mirrored surfaces, one of which folds out, and 1 transportable mirror (safely stored away in the lower drawer) >> lots of drawers and shelves for storage: research tools are quick to find >> integrated inclined plane (can be set at 5 different inclinations) >> 2 magnetic boards for learning about this invisible force >> 2 hooks for hanging pulleys, tubing… >> 2 child-safe power sockets for connecting electric devices like electron microscopes >> 4 casters, 2 lockable
www.haba.de
197
Exploration Center
MATERIAL BOXES on page 181
Example Combinations Product Advantages >> Stand-up working height for preschool children >> Can be adjusted to the available space >> Lockable casters >> Experiment frames that are within reach >> Allows for experiments on light, optics, magnetism, water and sand Not available in USA.
>> Models can be connected using the experiment frames and have a water-resistant HPL surface Exploration Center A, with magnifying bridge and experimentation frame light box Not available in USA.
Exploration Center water with water/sand attachment
Exploration Centers A and B, with triangular work plate, shelf attachment and magnifying bridge
198
Exploration Center A, experimentation frame light box, magnifying bridge, Exploration Center B and shelf attachment Not available in USA.
Four levels with 1 ¾”, 4 cm height difference each (bowl transparent contrary to image shown)
Exploration Center A Takes up little space yet offers lots of space for all types of experiments. The center can be equipped with plastic trays or different frames. The needed frame is attached on top and the frames that are not needed are slipped into one of the 5 bays. The four casters make it easy to move the center quickly aside or to the next room. Solid beech, laminate beech. W 33 ¼“ x H 25 ½“ x D 34“, W 84.8 x H 65 x D 86 cm. Order trays and frames separately.
120943
Exploration Center Water Exploration Center B Can be used individually or connected via work plates to the two other Exploration Centers (120943 and 120945). Beech wood, top edge made of water-resistant HPL. Equipment: 6 button stops, 4 casters, on both sides 2 x 4 guide rails for material bins (order bins separately, p. 178), 1 shelf and one fixed shelf. W 35“ x H 25 ½” x D 35“, W 88.4 x H 65 x D 88.4 cm.
Transparent water basin with four levels (height difference in each case 1 ½”, 4 cm) is enough space for all kinds of water experiments. For emptying the basin, a bucket can be placed into the cut-out drain. The little intermediate shelf is a practical storage space for materials. With 6 button stops and 4 casters. Water-resistant HPL, basin made of rigid PVC. W 35“ x H 27“ x D 35“, W 88.4 x H 68.7 x D 88.4 cm.
120944
120945
Attachments
Water/Sand Shelf
With two magnifying glasses (Ø 2“ and 4“, 5 and 10 cm) and 5 colored prisms. Side parts made of polyethylene, bottom of acrylic glass. W 28 ½“ x H 10“ x D 7”, W 72 x H 25 x D 18 cm.
With bore holes for hoses and funnels as well as 2 rolling hooks for buckets and canisters. It fits on top of the Exploration Center water and all of the experimentation frames. Powder coated metal, polyethylene skids. W 29 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 46 x D 39 cm.
111437
111433
111436
Magnifying Bridge
Hoses and other devices can be hung up or laid down. Fits on top of the Exploration Center water and all of the experimentation frames. Powder coated metal, polyethylene skids. W 29 ¼“ x H 20“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 51 x D 39 cm.
Cork Frame
Mirror Frame
Metal frame is for experiments involving magnets. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x D80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm.
Cork panel is used for nails, pins, and to build circuits. Cork is also a great sound asorbing material. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm.
Fascinating experiments with mirrors and different materials will keep children busy for hours and promote imagination. Solid beech frame. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H approx. ¾“, 2 cm.
120935
120936
120937
Experiment Tray
Metal Frame
Plastic tray is for experiments involving water, sand, and similar materials. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x D 80 cm, H approx. 2”, 5 cm.
120930
Experimentation Frame Light Box
Work Plate Square
Work Plate Triangle
Here, children can get to the bottom of things and see. With fluorescent tubes as well as 3 m of cable with switch. Acrylic plate, plastic frame. 31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm, H 6 ¾“, 17 cm.
Attachment for the Exploration Centers A and B as well as for connecting the Exploration Centers. Sits on the button stops. HPL, white. W 31 ½“ x D 31 ½“, 80 x 80 cm.
For connecting the Exploration Centers at an angle, it sits on the button stops. Plate can be stored in the Exploration Center A. HPL, white. Side length 31 ½“, 80 cm.
120938
120947
120946
Not available in USA.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
199
Cabinets Shelving Creativity Rooms
Exploration Center
Button stops on the upper edge of the Exploration Centers make it possible to attach work plates or experimentation frames for different combinations.
Foam Platforms • Combinable • Promotes balance and dexterity • Can be reconfigured any time into a new activity landscape • Develops various basic abilities: crawling, balancing • Requires different types of motion
These platforms make the landscapes even more varied and interesting.
Feel tactile elements with hands and feet
Discover mirror images in the platform landscape
200
Platforms
Platforms 路 Trapeze
Wall decorations from page 367.
Wall mirror on page 385.
Tactile wall fixtures from page 371.
Platform landscape 2 Space requirements: 173 ¼” x 31 ½”, height 4”/9 ¼”, 440 x 80 cm, H 10/23 cm. 128352 6 pieces
Platform landscape 3
Platform landscape 4
Space requirements: 110 ¼” x 31 ½”, H 8”/13” , 280 x 80 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128353 5 pieces
Space requirements: 94 ½” x 63”, H 8”, 240 x 160 cm, H 20 cm. 128354 4 pieces
Platform landscape 5
Platform landscape 6
Space requirements: 189” x 94 ½”, H 8”/13”, 480 x 240 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128355 9 pieces
Space requirements: 94 ½” x 63”, H 8”/15 ¾”, 240 x 160 cm, H 20/40 cm. 128356 5 pieces
Platform landscape 7
Platform landscape 8
Space requirements: 157 ½” x 31 ½”, H 8”/13”, 400 x 80 cm, H 20/33 cm. 128357 5 pieces
Space requirements: 94 ½” x 94 ½”, H 4”/8”, 240 x 240 cm, H 10/20 cm. 128358 9 pieces
Platform landscape 9 Space requirements: 94 ½” x 94 ½”, H 8”/15 ¾”, 240 x 240 cm, H 20/40 cm. 128359 9 pieces
202
Foam platforms
Overview
Select synthetic leather color.
PREMIUM QUALITY
Square/Rectangle 128139 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10 x D 40 cm
Quality platforms for many generations of children.
128138 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 31 ½”,
128216 128217
Wedge 128132 W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 15 ¾”, 128134 128133 128224 128218
W 80 x H 10 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 4” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 20 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm
Simple wave 128245 W 15 ¾“ x H 8“ x D 31 ½“, W 40 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128246 W 31 ½“ x H 8“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm 128247 W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 31 ½“, W 40 x H 40 x D 80 cm 128248 W 31 ½“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 31 ½“, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm
W 31 ½” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x D 80 cm. 128227 H 8“, 20 cm 128228 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm
1
Hygienic surface
The surface is wonderfully tactile. The robust synthetic leather cover is hard-wearing, washable and flame retardant. Öko Tex 100, product class I (see page 226).
Rectangle with haptic circles
2
Each piece has circles made from green fabric, reflective foil, and fleecy fabric with crackling foil beneath. W 31 ½” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x D 80 cm. 128225 H 8“, 20 cm 128226 H 15 ¾“, 40 cm
Solid mat core – no sinking!
The mat core is made of high-quality RG 25/60 foam (= creating density – an important mark of quality. Your feet won‘t sink into our extra solid foam, meaning children won‘t trip over edges.
3 Slip-safe The rubberized underside with its high-grip honeycomb structure means the platforms won‘t separate.
Stairs 128145 W 31 ½” x H 4“/8“ x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10/20 x D 40 cm
128146 W 31 ½” x H 4“/8“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 10/20 x D 80 cm
128220 W 31 ½” x H 8“/15 ¾“ x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20/40 x D 80 cm
Ye Year ear
GUARANTEE Dip 128143 W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”,
3
W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm
Platform hill 128140 W 31 ½” x H 4“/9” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 10/23 x D 40 cm
128142 W 31 ½” x H 4“/9“ x D 31 ½”, Quarter-circle
W 80 x H 10/23 x D 80 cm
1
128141 W 31 ½“ x H 8“/13“ x D 15 ¾“
Leg length 31 ½”, 80 cm 128144 H 4”, 10 cm 128221 H 8“, 20 cm 128223 H 15 ½”, 40 cm
W 80 x H 20/33 x D 40 cm 128219 W 31 ½” x H 8“/13” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20/33 x D 80 cm
2
How to order Mandatory Options
Optional
Synthetic leather color Base body available with 1021
Buttercup yellow
GRÜN Green
1028
Melon yellow
HEGR
Light green
MAND
Mandarin
6017
May green
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
ERDB
Strawberry
AQBL
Watercolor blue
3000
Fire red
5012
Light blue
ECRU Ecru
5017
Traffic blue
7012 Taupe
CME upholstery that has been made entirely out of flame-retardant materials (subject to a 25 % additional charge).
TBLA
Turquoise
www.haba.de
Podeste Trapeze
128215
Rectangle with reflective foil
Platforms
128214
W 80 x H 10 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 20 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 8” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 20 x D 80 cm W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 15 ¾”, W 80 x H 40 x D 40 cm W 31 ½” x H 15 ¾” x D 31 ½”, W 80 x H 40 x D 80 cm
203
Platforms – solid beech wood • in 2 sizes and 3 heights • interchangeable • develop spatial cognition • train sense of balance • improve body control • the range of materials stimulates sense of touch • dimensions perfectly tailored to children’s requirements
204
Platforms W 15 ¾“, H 4 ½“ W 39.4 cm, H 11 cm
Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green and T555 sand and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 93 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 15 ¾”, W 236.5 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm. 846609 6 pieces
Carpeted with: Tretford T555 sand, T622 light green and T601 brown and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 77 ¾” x H 4 ½” x D 46 ¾”, W 197 x H 11 x D 118.5 cm. 846607 6 pieces
Platform combination 3, small
Platform combination 5, small
Carpeted with: Tretford T517 blue, T641 watercolor blue and T516 dark blue. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 158 x H 11 x D 79 cm. 846606 6 pieces
Platform combination 2, small Carpeted with: Tretford T641 watercolor blue and T555 sand. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 158 x H 11 x D 79 cm. 846610 5 pieces
With L071 sand and L123 green linoleum surface and mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: approx. W 62 ¼” x H 4 ½” x D 15 ¾”, W 158 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm. 846608 4 pieces
HABA quality 10 Year GUARANTEE ¼”, 5-mm safety edge
exceptionally secure dowel joints
practical carry handle
dimensionally stable thanks to interlocking sheets of solid beech wood >> does not warp
Solid Beech Wood Made
in Germany
3 platform surfaces Linoleum surface • hygienic and antibacterial particularly suitable for toddlers • wipe-clean and easy to disinfect • anti-static • soft and quiet • made from naturally renewable raw materials
Tretford carpet • hard-wearing particularly suitable for preschool and school • heat-regulating and dust-binding • anti-static • Natural fiber carpet, more information on p. 280
Fabromont carpet • extremely robust, durable and hard-wearing particularly suitable for preschool and school • suitable for allergy sufferers • UV-resistant and lightfast • anti-static • Kugelgarn carpet, more information on p. 281
All of the colors the materials are available in can be found on p. 211.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
205
Platforms
Platform combination 1, small Platform combination 4, small
Sensory panels on page 374 onwards.
NEW!
Platform Combination 13 Carpeted with: Tretford T555 sand, T622 light green, T601 brown and T641 watercolor blue and mirror platform made of safety glass. Real birch wood, Tretford surface. Space requirements: 77 ¾” x 124 ¼”, H 4 ½”/8 ¾”/14 ¼” , 197 x 315.5 cm, H 11/22/36 cm. 846485 7 pieces
Quadrant Unit
Square Platform NEW!
NEW!
Platform combination 4 quadrant units with L071 sand linoleum surface. Size of each platform: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 4 ½” and 8 ¾” , 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 11 and 22 cm.
Platform Combination 17
846488 4 pieces
846486 2 pieces
Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green and featuring a rolling drawer Space requirements: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 22 cm.
Corner Mirror NEW!
This product comes from the discovery rooms (on page 102).
Discovery Rooms!
Platform Combination 14 Mirror platform and 2 wall mirrors. Space requirements: 31 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 78.8 x 78.8 cm, H 22 cm.
846487 3 pieces
206
Platforms
Sensory panels on page 374 onwards.
Platform Combination 10 Carpeted with: Tretford T517, wave platform T516 and cave platform of heavy duty glass. Space requirements: 108” x 93 ¼”, 274.2 x 236.4 cm. 846498 9 pieces
Up and down, over ramps and steps – all of these help to improve balance. The manhole is especially thrilling for little explorers.
The varied movement course features troughs, ramps and mounds.
Reinvent spaces with this functional combination – shown here with a small bridge and grotto.
Platform Combination 3
Platform Combination 8
Carpeted with Fabromont F 165 red. Space requirements: 139“ x 62“, H 8 ¾“/14 ¼", 354.6 x 157.6 cm, H 22/36 cm 846491 7 pieces
Carpeted with Fabromont F 164 blue. Space requirements: 108“ x 62“, H 8 ¾“/25“, 275.8 x 157.6 cm, H 22/63.4 cm 846496 4 pieces
Platform Combination 6 Carpeted with Tretford T 555 sand, cave and mirror platform with safety glass. Space requirements: 93“ x 93“, H 8 ¾”/17 ½”, 236.4 x 236.4 cm, H 22/44.2 cm. 846494 8 pieces
Manhole cover and tunnel platforms featuring an "underground" crawlspace and safety glass to walk on.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
207
Platform Combination 11 With Tretford T622 light green carpet surface and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 62 ¼“ x 46 ½“, H 8 ¾“, 157.6 x 118 cm, H 22 cm. 846499 3 pieces
The mirrored steps create fascinating mirror images when using and building on them.
Platform Combination 15
Platform Combination 16
Carpeted with: Tretford T566 dark green and T622 light green, step mirror platform made of safety glass and featuring a rolling drawer. Space requirements: 77 ¾” x 62 ¼”, H 8 ¾”, 197 x 158 cm, H 22 cm. 846489 5 pieces
Carpeted with: Tretford T622 light green, T555 sand and T601 brown and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 124 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”/14 ¼” , 315 x 79 cm, H 22/36 cm. 846490 5 pieces
Platform Combination 17
Platform Combination 18
Carpeted with: Tretford T641 watercolor blue, T555 sand, T601 brown and 2 rolling drawers. Space requirements: 124 ¼” x 62 ¼”, H 17 ½”, 315 x 158 cm, H 44.2 cm. 846439 8 pieces
Carpeted with: Tretford T517 light blue, T641 watercolor blue and mirror platform and step mirror platform made of safety glass. Space requirements: 140 ¼” x 31 ¼”, H 8 ¾”/25” , 356 x 79 cm, H 22/63.4 cm. 846466 5 pieces
208
Platforms
Building Platforms
10 Year GUARANTEE
Everything in one handy place: a large, flat, raised surface. These make for an ideal building site – children love simply playing on the floor. The platforms form a relatively safe base for construction and creative endeavors can be left standing a bit longer. Children can continue their buildings piece by piece or just play with them over and over again.
¼”, 5-mm safety edge Solid Beech Wood Made
Use alone or combine with other platforms
in Germany
A
Platforms
B
C
Ramps on page 210.
A
Step Corner Platform
B
Corner Platform, Large
Corner Platform, small 2 materials boxes (item no. 509375, p. 178, please order separately) fit underneath the platform. Solid beech wood. W 34“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 34“, W 86 x H 22 x D 86 cm. 846255 Carpet surface 847255 Linoleum surface
2 rolling drawers (item no. 846272, please order separately) fit underneath the platform. Solid beech wood. W 74 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 74 ¼“, W 188 x H 22 x D 188 cm. 846305 Carpet surface 847305 Linoleum surface
Select carpet or linoleum color (p. 211).
Select carpet or linoleum color (p. 211).
C
Rolling Drawer
For the corner platform (item no. 846305 and 847305). Beech real wood veneer. W 28 ¼“ x H 6 ¾“ x D 30 ¼“, W 71.3 x H 16.6 x D 76.5 cm, box inner size: W 19 ½“ x H 5“ x D 28 ¾“, W 49.1 x H 12.5 x D 72.5 cm.
846272
Great Value Beech Platforms Quality >> Dimensionally stable thanks to solid, laminated beech wood, 1“, 20 mm thick >> Exceptionally secure dowel joints >> Lots of arrangements and combinations possible
Rolling Drawer W 46 ½“/31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 13 ½“, W 117.5/78.8 x H 30 x D 34 cm. Leg length 15 ¾“, 39.4 cm.
Square Platform
W 31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 30 x D 39.4 cm.
W 31 ¼“ x H 12“ x D 31 ¼“, W 78.8 x H 30 x D 78.8 cm.
Matches the play bench (item no. 847600) and the square platform (item no. 847620). Beech real wood veneer. W 28 ¾“ x H approx. 8“ x D 13 ½“, W 73 x H approx. 20 x D 34 cm.
847600
847610
847620
847625
Trapezoid Bench Play Bench
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
209
Versatile Solid Beech Wood Platforms with Carpet or Linoleum covering Small platforms W 15 ¾", H 4 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 39.4 x H 11 x D 39.4 cm • Extra-small platforms for smaller children • Can be moved by the children • Please separately order platform brackets to connect together • With floor glides
NEW! 10 Year GUARANTEE
Select carpet or linoleum options on page 211.
Ramp Carpet 846565
Square Platform Carpet 846570
Quadrant Unit Platform Carpet 846575
Linoleum 847565
Linoleum 847570
Linoleum 847575
Trough Platform Carpet 846585
Hill Platform Carpet 846590
Mirror Platform 846580
with Carpet or Linoleum covering Solid Beech Wood Made
in Germany
Select carpet or linoleum options on page 211.
Platforms
Low Rectangular Platform
Low Square Platform
Low Square Platform
W 15 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 39.4 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846450 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846100 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846451 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846130 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm.
High Square Platform W 31“ x H 18“ x D 31“, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.
Triangular Platform W 31 ¼” x L 42 ¾”, W 78.8 x L 108 cm.
Carpet 846365 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm
Carpet
Carpet
846150 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm
846454 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846420 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
Linoleum 847450 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847105 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
Linoleum 847451 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847130 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
Linoleum 847365 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm
Linoleum
847150 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm
Linoleum 847454 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847420 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
Low Rectangular Platform Ramp
Low Square Platform Ramp W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846453 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846120 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
High Square Platform Ramp W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. Carpet 846457 H 4 ½” and 8 ¾”,
Wave Platform
Quadrant Unit Platform
W 46“ x D 31 ¼”, W 116.6 x D 78.8 cm.
Size: 31 ¼“ x 31 ¼“, 78.8 x 78.8 cm. Carpet 846475 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846216 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm
W 15 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 39.4 x D 78.8 cm.
Carpet 846452 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846110 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
11 and 22 cm
Carpet 846480 H 17 ½ “, 44 cm
846140 H 8 ¾” and 17 ½”, 22 and 44.2 cm
Linoleum 847452 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847110 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
210
Linoleum 847453 H 4 ½”, 11 cm 847120 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
Linoleum 847457 H 4 ½” and 8 ¾”, 11 and 22 cm 847140 H 8 ¾” and 17 ½”, 22 and 44,2 cm
Linoleum
847475 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 847216 H 8 ¾“, 22 cm
Platforms
The Original!
in 3 Heights
Trough Platform
Hill Platform
Bridge Platform, Low
Tunnel-Platform
Manhole Platform
W 31 ¼” x H 8 ¾” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 78.8 cm.
W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm.
Carpet 846455 H 4 ½” and 10“ ,
Combine with the manhole platform to create a real “subterranean crawling-system”. W 31 ¼” x H 17 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.
W 31 ¼” x H 17 ½” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.
Carpet 846170
Can be combined with the low square platforms and the ramp platforms. W 46 ¾” x H 25“ x D 31 ¼”, W 118.2 x H 63.4 x D 78.8 cm.
Carpet 846190 Linoleum 847190
Carpet 846280 Linoleum 847275
11 and 25 cm
846160 H 8 ¾” and 14 ½”, 22 and 36 cm
Carpet 846180 Linoleum 847180
Platforms
can be used on their own or with other platforms
Cave Platform with Safety-Glass
Square Mirror Platform
Mirror Step Platform
Step
With safety glass-plate, can be walked on. W 31“ x H 8“ x D 31“, W 78.8 x H 44.2 x D 78.8 cm.
Mirror made of safety-glass, can be walked on. W 31 ¼” x D 31 ¼”, W 78.8 x D 78.8 cm. 846456 H 4 ½“, 11 cm 846220 H 8 ¾”, 22 cm
Excellent for three-dimensional building. Can be integrated with other platforms or used individually. Steps with safety mirror can be walked on. W 31 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 39.4 cm, step height 4 ½“ and 4 ¼“, 11.2 and 10.8 cm, step depth 7 ¾“, 19.7 cm.
W 31 ¼“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 78.8 x H 22 x D 39.4 cm; step height 4 ½“ and 4 ¼“, 11.2 and 10.8 cm, step depth 7 ¾“, 19.7 cm.
846225
846465
Rolling Cart for 846365 and 847365 W 30” x H 5 ¾” x D 28 ¾”, W 76.1 x H 14.1 x D 73.2 cm.
Carpet 846445 Linoleum 847445
Rolling Cart for Platform 846150
Platform Slide
Platform clamps
W 28 ¾” x H 14“ x D 30“, W 73 x H 35 x D 76 cm (with casters).
Can be combined with platform elements of height 17 ½“, 44.2 cm (except cave platform, 846225). W 15 ½“, 39.4 cm x integrated length 31“, 78.8 cm.
For fixing the platform, e.g. for a running course. 820861 2 pieces
846210
846235
846270
How to order
Teppich-Farbe angeben!
Linoleum-Farbe angeben!
Mandatory Options 1. Select yout platform. 2. Select the desired surface
Tretford-Carpet – Product quality and advatages on page 280
type
3. Enter the desired carpet or linoleum color T555
T568
T585
Fabromont-Carpet –
T570
Product quality and advantages on page 281
T641
T517
orange
F355
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
F111
F165
F164
F019
T516
Linoleum –
L171
www.haba.de
Platforms
Select carpet or linoleum options below.
T622
T566
T601
Product quality and advantages on page 205
sand
green
L071
L132
light blue
L422
blue
L479
gray
L058
211
Play Trapeze – for kindergarten and school
10 Year GUARANTEE
The Original!
¼”, 5-mm safety edge Be Solid Beech Wood Integrat Integrated handles M Made
in G Germany
Quality >> Step is 1“, 2,5 cm thick, laminated wood >> 12 dowels per side >> Very stable >> Can be combined with play bench
Select carpet options on page 211.
A
stackable
Play-Trapeze Bench
With carpet surface. H 12”, 30 cm W 48“ or 30“ x D 16 ½“, W 122 or 76 x D 42 cm.
846730 A B
Sample combinations
212
B
Play-Trapeze Bench
Play-Trapeze-Rolling-Cart
H 16 ½”, 42 cm W 52” or 32 ½” x D 18”, W 132 or 82 x D 46 cm.
Beech wood veneer. 4 large floorsaving casters. W 45“ or 30“ x H 8“ x D 10“, W 114.6 or 75.6 x H 20 x D 35.8 cm.
846740
846510
Combined with the play bench
Trapeze
Play Bench
Can be combined with the play trapeze
Rectangle bench
C
With carpeted surface. The play bench can be supplemented with the medium roller cart (Item 820140) or 2 small roller carts (Item 820130).
Platforms
Height 12“ , 30 cm for Daycare W 32” x D 18”, W 80.3 x D 45.5 cm.
846930 Height 16 ½“ , 42 cm for School W 35 ½“ x D 20 ½“, W 90 x D 52 cm.
846920 Select carpet options on page 211.
Rolling Cart, small
Two fit under the play bench. Item no. 846910/846920. W 14“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 36 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820130 natural
C
D
Platforms
D
Rolling Cart, medium Fits under the play bench. Item no. 846910/846920. W 29“ x H 9“ x D 15 ½“, W 74 x H 23 x D 39.4 cm. 820140 natural
Stepped-Trapeze Stepped platform With carpet covering. Beech wood. H 15 ¾“ x D 24“, H 39.4 x D 60.4 cm, step height 8“, 19.7 cm, step depth 12“, 30.2 cm. Note: corners require one left and one right element. E 846710 90° corner left, W 56“, 142 cm F 846720 90° corner right, W 56“, 142 cm G 846725 Straight element, W 44“, 111.5 cm Select carpet options on page 211.
NEW!
• Easy to combine • Solid Beech with carpet covering • Easily transported with the integrated handles • Many possible uses, such as stage, seating island or corner bench
F E
G
The versatile play Benches as break zone
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
... or seating island
www.haba.de
213
Birch platforms "Arc" Platform
Select linoleum surface below.
mit Teppich- oder Linoleumbelag A
E
C
These platforms have got it right: Against the wall, in the corner, or free-standing, they are seating and play areas. When combined with rolling drawers, they offer plenty of storage space for toys and building materials.
A "Arc" Corner Platform Left
E "Arc" Platform End Piece
C "Arc" Platform Left
free-standing
B "Arc" Corner Platform Right
D "Arc" Platform Right
"Arc" Platform + 2 x End Piece
“Arc“ Platform “Arc“ Corner Platform Back completely closed. Has space for 2 rolling drawers (470330). Birch wood with linoleum surface. W 63“ x H 12“ x D 19“, W 160 x H 30 x D 48.2 cm. A 470320 Left arc B 470325 Right arc
Back completely closed. Has space for 3 rolling drawers (470330). Birch wood with linoleum surface. 94 ½“ x 47 ¼“, 239.5 x 120 cm, H 12“, 30 cm, seat depth 25 ¾“, 65 cm. C 470310 Left arc D 470315 Right arc
How to order
E
“Arc“ Platform End Piece
Can only be set up with item 470310 and 470315. Birch wood with linoleum surface. W 13“ x H 12“ x D 25 ¾“, W 32.5 x H 30 x D 65 cm.
470319
Mandatory Options
Linoleum – Product quality and advantages on page 205. Rolling Drawer Fits under the platform and is the ideal storage space for seating cushions, building blocks etc. Birch wood. W 15 ½“ x H 10“ x D 17 ¾“, W 39 x H 25 x D 45 cm.
470330
214
sand
orange
green
light blue
blue
gray
L071
L171
L132
L422
L479
L058
Birch Platforms
Step Platform
Platforms
Podeste Trapeze
Select linoleum surface (p. 214).
Platform step
470012 W 23 ¾“ x H 13“ x D 23 ¾“,
In three heights: 4 ½“, 8 ¾“ and 13“, 11, 22 and 33 cm. The platforms can be nested together, set up as stairs or used individually for seating, playing and building. Birch wood with linoleum covering. Choose linoleum on page 214. 470010 W 23 ¾“ x H 4 ½“ x D 19“, W 60 x H 11 x D 48 cm 470011 W 23 ¾“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 21 ½“, W 60 x H 22 x D 54 cm
W 60 x H 33 x D 60 cm
Save the Set 470015 Platform step set, 3-piece (1 each H 4 ½“, 11 cm, H 8 ¾“, 22 cm, H 23 ¾“, 33 cm)
Play Platform
Play platform landscape
PLAY HOUSES from page 307.
Pushed together Play platform landscape
Platform Play Area With Wheeled Container This 13 ½“ high play area with light green linoleum is great for slightly older children. Two drawers create additional storage room. Birch. Age: 3 years and over. Platform height: 13 ½“, 34 cm. Total height: 13 ½“, 34 cm. Space requirements: 74“ x 74“, 188 x 188 cm.
With pull-out roller platform. It fits precisely into the large platform, to save space. When pulled out it can be used as a small step. Weight of the children activated hold mechanism which means that the platform cannot roll away. Wavy edges represent the landscape, areas shaded in blue are lakes or ponds. Birch. W 30 ¾“ (pulled out: 46 ¾“) x H 12“ x D 30 ¾“, W 78 (pulled out: 118.5) x H 30.4 x D 78 cm.
259013
470150
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
215
Graduated Platforms
Lounging Area
for Kindergarten and School • In 2 Heights and 6 linoleum colors • Combine two different heights to create a multi-leveled place to play, build, sit, or climb • Rolling boxes slide under the platforms and can be used to store toys • Firmly bolted
Platform combination: 2x Low combinations and Fold-up Mat (see page 248)
Stage
Meeting Place
Platform combination: 2x low and 2x high square platforms, 2x large and 2x low rectangle platforms, Material bins and rolling bins and panels
Platform combination of four low quadrant landings
Construction Site
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Made
in Germany
Platform Combinations consisting of 2 low square platforms, 2 high square Platforms, 2 large rectangular Platforms and one low rectangular Platform + rolling bins and supply bins + panels
216
Elevated Platforms
Please specify linoleum surface below Low Rectangle Platform
W 30“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 75 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470508 Linoleum
W 59“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470518 Linoleum
Right Quarter-Circle Platform, low
Left Quarter-Circle Platform, low
High Square Platform
High Rectangle Platform
W 59“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470548 Linoleum
W 59“ x H 11 ¾” x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 29.5 x D 75 cm. 470538 Linoleum
W 29 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 29 ½“, W 75 x H 59 x D 75 cm.
W 59“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 29 ½“, W 150 x H 59 x D 75 cm.
470608
470618
Shelf sold separately, please call for pricing.
Shelf sold separately, please call for pricing.
Panel
Material Box,
Material Box with Casters
H 9 ½“, H 23.5 cm. 470692 narrow, W 26 ½“, 67.5 cm (not shown) 470693 large, W 56 ¼“, 142.5 cm
Birch wood. W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D 28“, W 32.5 x H 21 x D 71.5 cm.
Birch wood. W 25 ½“ x H 8 ¼“ x D 28“, W 65 x H 21 x D 71 cm.
470691
470690
Platform Connector 2 connectors with screws.
470695
Quality Genuine birch wood
Linoleum-Covered Top
Steel Frame
• 1“, 24 mm thick
• Robust
• Robust and easy-care
• Hygienic and easy to clean
• Powder-coated RAL 9006 aluminum
• Quiet
• With linoleum surface
light blue L 422
• Sturdy and durable
How to order Mandatory Options
Optional Accessories
Linoleum
Intermediate Shelf
orange
sand
green
light blue
blue
gray
L171
L071
L132
L422
L479
L058
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Enter NATU for shelf (please note extra charge)
www.haba.de
217
Platforms
Platforms
Low Square Platform
Giant Platform
The giant platform as a stage. Giant Platform
Can also be used as seating or playing surface
Each side has handle holes for easy transport. In one corner of the platform there is a hole for inserting a rod (e.g. to hold curtains). The weight of the platform ensures that it stays in place. Additional securing is not required. Top only available in blue linoleum, underside with plastic floor glides, side parts made of real birch wood. 51 ¼“ x 51 ¼“, 17 ¾“, 130 x 130 cm; 45 cm height. (easy to assemble). Please order rods separately. (699921).
699920
93 ½“, 237 cm
Rod for Giant Platform The metal rod can be inserted into a hole in the giant platform. At the top end the rod has a wooden ring with 4 holes for attaching ropes or similar objects. L approx. 93 ½“, 237 cm, Ø 1 1/3“, 3.5 cm. 699921 1 piece
Play and Storage Platform Platform Behind the flap covers with magnetic latches and airholes, guide bars are hidden to pull out and store padded elements. Birch wood. W 59 ¼“ x D 25 ½“, W 150 x D 64.2cm. A 470060 for 1 cushioned mat, H 7 ¼“ H 18.5 cm B 470061 for 2 cushioned mats, H 13 ½“, H 34.1 cm Select linoleum surface.
B A
... as a sleeping platform on page 279
218
Mandatory Options Linoleum Surfaces orange
L171
sand
green light blue
blue
L071 L132 L422 L479
Padded Elements 路 Sofas
Padded Elements Platforms Sofas
Stopper K眉che
Blue & Brown
Pure Color
Bright, fresh blue has a calming and relaxing effect. It represents security and harmony, reduces agitation and fatigue, and is ideal for quiet rooms. We recommend gentle brown as a harmonious supplement to support the effects of blue tones. The earthy color is warm, restrained and gives a feeling of security and comfort. Birch and beech woods match both colors.
Fabrics DuropalÂŽ Watercolor blue
Gilde uni Watercolor blue
Gilde Watercolor blue Brown spots
Linoleum Light blue
Surfaces
Gilde uni Brown
White
Gilde Brown dots Watercolor blue
Watercolor blue
Stain colors Synthetic leather Birch
Watercolor blue Watercolor blue Beech
Wood types
220
Carpet
Colors â&#x20AC;&#x201C; every person perceives them differently. Some prefer them bold and bright, others prefer soft, restrained tones. But no matter what our preferences or favorite colors are, colors influence our mood. This also means that moods can be created with certain colors. A fact that should be taken into consideration when planning interior decoration. The color design of rooms should be well thought out and coordinated with their function. The color harmony of all elements in the room is important: walls, ceiling, window frames, doors, floor, furniture, blinds, carpets, pillows etc. A color tone is never perceived on its own but rather in combination with the surrounding colors. This means that one color can complement another one, increase its effect or soften it. Children tend to like strong colors.
Padded Elements Sofas
Color Harmony
Green & Gray In this combination gray is the neutral, calming color. On its own it can be a little dreary. But with a second color – in our color scheme this is green – the gray is livened up and looks elegant. At the same time gray underlines the cheerful, natural and calming effect of the fresh spring green tones. Furniture or flooring made of birch or beech wood is also the perfect complement to these two colors.
Harmony However, to protect them from sensory overload, it makes sense to design the color scheme of rooms to be more restrained. Colorful accents can be set with small areas: e.g. with just one wall, a carpet or brightly colored cushions. Both color concepts are harmonious with well-coordinated colors. Both combinations give the rooms a bright, friendly look.
Fabrics Linoleum Gray
Gilde uni Light green
Gilde Light green Gray dots
Linoleum Green
Duropal® Green Gilde uni Gray
Surfaces Gilde Gray Light green dots
White
Stain colors Light green
Birch
Synthetic leather
Green Beech
Carpet
Wood types
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
221
Woven Fabrics >> Fabric Group 2
Benefits >> material 100 % polyester, Trevira CS >> woven motifs >> weight: approx. 344 g/m2 >> flame retardant â&#x20AC;&#x201C; in conformity with DIN 4102 B1 and CAL 117 >> non-fading and sturdy >> non-pilling >> abrasion resistance: 20.000 abrasion runs >> 10-year guarantee
flame resistant quality
>> Exclusive HABA-Designs
Fabric Gilde
P
86
GSGR
Gilde sheep bright green
GVBL
Gilde bird blue
Washing Symbols 86
Machine wash at temperature
86
suggested by manufacturer Easy to clean - delicate wash No chlorine bleach Tumble dry Tumble dry recommended Do not tumble dry
GKBL
Gilde gravel blue
Do not chemical dry clean
GVTR
Gilde bird turquoise
P
Chemical dry clean Do not iron Cool iron only PES Polyester PAN Polyacryl CO Cotton CS flame resistant
GKTR
Gilde gravel turquoise
222
GPBL
Gilde dots dark blue
Fabrics
GROT
Gilde uni red
GGRÜ
Gilde uni green
GAQB
Gilde uni aqua blue
GGRA
Gilde uni grey
GIGR
Gilde yellow, red dots
GIRG
Gilde red, yellow dots
GIGB
Gilde green, blue dots
GIBR
Gilde aqua blue, brown dots
GGRP
Gilde grey, bright green dots
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
GORA
Gilde uni orange
GHEG
Gilde uni bright green
GTÜR
Gilde uni turquoise
GBLA
Gilde uni blue
GBRA
Gilde uni brown
www.haba.de
GIOT
Gilde orange, turquoise dots
GHGP
Padded Elements Sofas
GGEL
Gilde uni yellow
Gilde bright green, grey dots
GITO
Gilde turquoise, orange dots
GIBG
Gilde blue, green dots
GIAQ
Gilde brown, aqua blue dots
223
Woven Fabrics >> Exclusive HABA-Design
Fabric Dronero
Benefits
>> Fabric Group 1
UBLA uni blue
UGRÜ uni green
>> 31 % polyester, 69 % polyacrylic >> Weight: approximately 229 g/m² >> Non-fading, tearproof and sturdy >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 24.000 abration runs >> 10-year guarantee
UROT uni red 30°C
86°F
P
Fabric Gonia >> Fabric Group 1
FÜDB
Feet dark blue
Benefits >> 55 % polyester, 45 % polyacrylic >> Weight: approximately 255 g/m² >> Non-fading, tearproof and sturdy >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 26.000 abration runs >> 10-year guarantee
FÜDG
Feet dark green
30°C
FÜRO Feet red
224
FÜGE
Feet yellow
86°F
P
Fabrics
Fabric CanvasBione
Benefits
>> Fabric Group 2 flame resistant quality
Stain Resistant
>> does not soak in
>> simply wipe off
Padded Elements Sofas
>> 100% polyester >> Weight: approximately 471 g/m² >> Stain resistant >> Breathable >> Flame retardant - in conformity with DIN 4102 B1und B2 PN EN 1021-1 (cigarette test) >> Sturdy >> Non-fading >> Non-pilling >> Abrasion resistance: 96.000 abrasion runs >> 10-year guarantee
>> clean again 30°C
86°F
CB07 yellow
CB06 orange
CB05 red
CB04 bright green
CB02 light blue
CB08 brown beige
CB03 dark green
CB01 dark blue
CB09 grey brown
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
225
Öko Tex
>> Our standard: class-1 quality
>> class I Textiles and textile toys for infants and toddlers
Our synthetic leather is certified according to Öko-Tex standard 100 and product class 1.
>> class II
The pollutant tests according to the Öko-Tex standard 100 are geared towards the purpose of textiles: the more intensive skin contact, the greater the requirements. We distinguish 4 product classes.
In this class, for example, only 16 mg of formaldehyde is permitted per kilogram, while for product class 2, 75 mg/kg is acceptable. For chromium class 2 allows twice the levels of class 1, and for phencyclidine the levels are ten times higher.
There are substantial differences in terms of pollution with the Öko-Tex seal. The strictest requirements apply to infants and toddlers, thus meeting product class 1 standards.
You should only use class I products with synthetic leather with toddlers. Textiles should be flame retardant. Our synthetic leather meets both requirements.
Textiles with direct large surface skin contact
>> class III Textiles with or without only small-surface skin contact
>> class IV Decoration materials
You can find more information at www.oeko-test.com.
Woven Fabrics >> Compare - it‘s worth the quality Printed fabrics The motifs are printed onto a basic single-color fabric with printed fabrics. This means that the printing inks are on the fabric surface. This method can never be as permanent and resistant as with a sewed-in motif.
Printed fabrics run
Printed fabrics bleach
Printed fabrics wear quickly
Woven textile fabrics are abrasion-resistant, wich means that they do not run
Woven textile fabrics are resistant to fading
Woven textile fabrics are stable and durable and therefore long lasting
Woven textile fabrics Woven textile fabrics are made of dyed yarns. Which means that the motifs are woven in. Therefore, the color resiliency is substantially greater with yarn-dyed fabrics than with printed fabrics. This is the reason why HABA only uses woven textile fabrics.
226
Fabrics
Synthetic Leather
AQBL Aqua blue
5012 Light blue
5017 Traffic blue
TBLA Turquoise
Benefits Padded Elements Sofas
>> 100% polyester, fabric with PVC coating >> Approximately 615 g/m2
HEGR Bright Green
GRÜN Green
6017 May Green
>> Free of phthalates and certified by ÖKO test Standard 100, product class 1 >> Hygienic wipe off with water and synthetic leather cleaner >> Can easily be disinfected >> Comfortable – pleasant, soft, especially good for infants and toddlers
WEIS White
ECRU Ecru-beige
7012 Grey Brown
>> Flame retardant – in conformity with EN 1021-1 >> Robust – stands up to vigorous use >> Abrasion resistance: 50,000 abrasion runs >> Fade·resistant
1021 Canola Yellow
1028 Melon Yellow
MAND Mandarine
>> Color tones match the HABA wood stains >> 10-year guarantee
86
P
ERDB strawberry red
3000 Firehouse Red Care instructions Please use mild cleanser for synthetic leather resiliency.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
227
Foams >> Seating comfort for any need Many of our cushions and upholstered furniture are made out of foam. Beneficial characteristics are soft, sturdy, air-permeable, flexible and long lasting. In information on the material you will find abbreviations such as RG 26/40 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; what does that mean?
Example: Space weight (RG) in kilogram per cubic meter
RG 26/40
The higher the number, the heavier the element Compression hardness The higher the number, the more solid the foam.
For Daycares / Kindergartens Standard Quality RG 26/40: >> Easy to carry >> Good seating comfort Premium Quality RG 25/60: >> Easy to carry >> Dimensionally stable >> Durable
For School /After-school Various foam qualities with a higher level of space weight and compression hardness (such as RG 40/45) >> Heavy and robust elements with a solid core are long lasting and durable.
We use the highest quality foam for our products. Making them optimally suited for the high demands of daycare, preschool and school.
How to order Mandatory Options
Optional Accessories
Color Combinations
CME
You decide which cover your padding will have. Choose from different covers, most of which are flame-retardant. An overview and the features of all covers on Page 222 - 227.
228
Specify the name CME. For an additional charge, padding is available in highly flame-retardant materials (CME).
Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations
Cozy Corners
aus einem Stück gefertigt
Other color combinations available at your request for an additional 10% up charge. Synthetic colors are on pages 227.
Reading Nook RG 26/40 foam (= space weight – an important quality feature), with two-colored synthetic leather covering (with zipper, removable) whole bottom with anti-slide profile. Height at entry and for the entire seating area 3 ¼”, 8 cm; total height 14”, 35 cm.
A B C D E
A B C D E
55 ¼“ x 55 ¼“, 140 x 140 cm 098965 red/blue 098968 ecru/mandarine 098966 may green/green 098967 light blue/aqua blue 098969 strawberry red/ecru
71“ x 71“, 180 x 180 cm red/blue ecru/mandarine may green/green light blue/aqua blue strawberry red/ecru
023325 098944 023326 023327 098945
A
Benefits B
• For infants: entry close to the ground for toddlers • Stationary: underside with antislip profile
C
• Hygienic: one-piece construction easy to keep clean easy to wipe off and can be disinfected
D
• Comfortable: pleasantly soft synthetic leather cover that is flame retardant and free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 certified product class 1). More synthetic leather benefits on page 227).
E
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
229
Cuddly Retreats Flower Blossom A C
23 ½“, 59 cm
3“,7 cm
B
A Peaceful Spot for Resting An ideal place for looking at picture books, resting or playing. Synthetic leather covering, not removable, foam core (RG 30/45). Diameter at top 54”, 137 cm, at bottom 35 ¾”, 90 cm, height 23 ½”, 59 cm. A 023335 red/orange/melon B 023336 light green/melon/yellow C 098653 melon/yellow/mandarine
A
Flower Island
D
Flower Island
Cozy getaway. It can also be rounded out with the soft floor mat (023340) or the Blossom seating sack (137466). Foam RG 24/40, May green synthetic leather cover, underside with anti slip coating. Inside 35 ½“, 90 cm, outside 55 ¼“, 140 cm, wall height 12“, 30 cm.
D
023338 Select synthetic leather on page 227
E
E
Floor Mat
For use on its own or inserted into the “Flower Island.“ Foam RG 24/40, synthetic leather covering with anti slip bottom. Diameter 35 ½”, 89 cm, height 2 ¾”, 6 cm.
023340 Select synthetic leather on page 227
F
F
Beanbag Seat Blossom
Styrofoam balls (54 liters), foam insert (H 2 ¾”, H 6 cm), covering of outdoor fabric (100% polyester), removable and washable. Beanbag diameter 35 ¾”, 90 cm, outer diameter 51 ½”, 130 cm.
137466
“Wave“ Sofa
“Wave“ Sofa H
The wave shape means legs can be comfortably stretched out. Foam core RG 25/40, cover is removable and washable, underside with non-slip profile.
G
in 2 Sizes
G
2-seater
H
3-seater
Size: W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 36“, W 80 x H 59 x D 91 cm, backrest height approx. 15 ½“, 39 cm, seat height approx. 8“, 20 cm, seat depth approx. 20 ½“, 52 cm 094075 Fabric group 1 or 2 094076 Synthetic leather
Size: W 47 ¾“ x H 23 ¼“ x D 38“, W 121 x H 59 x D 96 cm, backrest height approx. 15 ½“, 39 cm, seat height approx. 8“, 20 cm, seat depth approx. 20 ½“, 52 cm 094077 Fabric group 1 or 2 094078 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
230
Padded Elements Sofas
Sample cover: edging Gilde uni light green, seat Gilde light green with gray J dots (GZGR), fabric group 2
Combinations in 2 Colors:
Benefits
Fabric group 2
• Strong: foam core (see product for the RG statement = space weight – an important quality feature) • Sitting area cover: Synthetic leather or fabric cover (quality descriptions from p. 222.)
Cozy Corners J
• Wide range of colors: other combinations available for an additional charge
Cubby Hole – cozy and spacious
Young and old can stretch out to their heart‘s content: to rest, cuddle, read books or tell stories... The entry on the sides is extra-low for the little ones. For the older ones there is a high backrest. Covers made with zip, removable and washable; RG 25/40 foam (= density – an important quality feature. Base plate (1 ¾“, 4 cm thick) completely with non-slip profile. 67 ¾“ x 67 ¾“, 172 x 172 cm, back height 23 ¼“, 59 cm, height at entry 3 ¼“, 8 cm. 023328 Fabric group 1 or 2 023334 Synthetic leather
GZGR
GZBL
light green/light green with gray dots
aqua/aqua with brown dots
Synthetic leather
• Safe: available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional charge.
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
• Comfortable: Soft and flame retardant synthetic leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certified). Perfect for infants and toddlers.
• Durable: removeable covers washable at 30 °C/ 86 F.
KZGR
KZBL
may green/green
light blue/aqua
www.haba.de
231
Crawling Mats Wall Decorations on page 366
Special sizes on request.
Example combinations of wave mats
Ideal For The Little Ones Little ones can practice tumbling.
The mountain peak trains their sense of balance.
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
Mat core consists of high-quality composite foam RG 120. Synthetic leather cover has a slip-resistant bottom with a textured finish that prevents the mats from slipping. Height: 1”, 26 mm. Please, indicate the color in your order. If color is not indicated, we will only deliver in RAL 5012 Light Blue. 023374 19 ¾” x 19 ¾”, 50 x 50 cm
023376 39 ½” x 19 ¾”, 100 x 50 cm 023379 39 ½” x 39 ½”, 100 x 100 cm
PREMIUM-QUALITY
023381 78 ¾” x 39 ½”, 200 x 100 cm 023383 39 ½” x 39 ½”, 100 x 100 cm 023386 Wave, 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x
• Durable: high strength, very strong composite foam core from compressed foam flakes RG 120 • Absolutely certain: very good damping characteristics, no injuries • Slip resistant: mats all over with stable braking, all-round sealed anti-slip base, which is fixedly connected to the foam core. • Comfortable: pleasantly soft and flame retardant artificial leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certified) • Hygienic: easy to wipe off and disinfect
232
100 cm, H 2,6/23 cm
Storage Box Soft toys, blankets or toys can be in this box. Foam core RG 28/70, removable artificial leather cover, underside with non-slip profile. W 19 ¾“ x H 4“ x
D 19 ¾“, W 50 x H 25 x D 50 cm. 022914
for Toddlers
Crawling Mats
Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations
It doesn't matter if they are arranged along a wall or in the middle of the room – the 12 ¼", 31 cm high edge protects and creates a sense of security.
PREMIUM QUALITY
These crawling mats create ideal islands of calm. They create an undisturbed play area or resting corner which can be as large and colorful as you like. Edging is so sturdy that it can stand alone and does not have to border on a wall.
• Robust and long lasting: Sturdy foam core with the ideal compression hardness of RG 25/60 (= space weight – an important quality feature). • Safe: Can be ordered with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge.
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
Example combinations
Square with armrest
Square with armrest at right angles
Trapezoidal shape
35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
35 ½” x 35 ½”, 90 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
023355
023356
023358
023359
Rectangle with a short armrest
Rectangle with an armrest on the right-hand side
Rectangle with an armrest on the left-hand side
71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm. Armrest height: 12 ¼”, 31 cm. Armrest depth: 5 ¾” – 7 ¾”, 14 – 19.2 cm. Mat thickness: 2 ½”, 6 cm.
023360
023361
023367
023369
Square without armrest
Rectangle without armrest
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
233
Snoezelen
â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Journey of the Senses
The Snoezelen Options
Highest level of comfort for individual requirements
234
The good value system for Snoezelen beginners
Relaxation & Sensory Experience in a White Room Snoezelen is a method of finding rest and relaxation, and is gaining significance and acceptance. It is well known that children are exposed to a multitude of distractions in their everyday life. As part of their development, they learn how to deal with all of these environmental influences. A Snoezelen room, with selected furnishing elements, can create new opportunities and strategies for children, teachers and parents. The social environment is very important for healthy growth. It should be varied, and offer opportunities for individual development. Children experience new things every day and use their senses to explore the environment. They hear, taste, see, smell and touch. Padded Elements Sofas
Situations should be created in which they can take "time out" for themselves. A Snoezelen room is a sanctuary. In it the stimuli are filtered, so that everyday impressions can be processed in a peaceful and relaxed atmosphere. This type of retreat can also be useful for teachers and parents, as well as the children themselves. It allows problems or fears to be addressed and discussed more productively in a well designed environment. A Snoezelen room doesn't just offer rest and relaxation. It is a multi-functional room, and also offers the opportunity to have new experiences. A prerequisite is that the equipment is well designed, and oriented toward the needs of the children. The use of elements such as light, water, items of furniture and wall decoration can achieve a specific desired mood. At the Humboldt University in Berlin we have done many projects with preschool and primary school children, which promote awareness and focus attention and concentration. Snoezelen is ideal for children who need developmental support. In Snoezelen rooms we find the time to devote ourselves to the child, listen to them and give them our trust. We would like to see many more children be able have these experiences with a Snoezelen room at their school.
Prof. Dr. Krista Mertens Humboldt University Berlin Institute for Rehabilitation Sciences
235
level Highest rt for fo m o c of needs l a individu
The deLana System – Customized Quality!
£ Tailor-made Solutions Special requirements need special solutions: we individually coordinate and tailor-make deLana for your space and requirements.
£ Special Niches We help you make the most of your space: with custom-fit and specially manufactured cushions, your niche can become a cozy retreat which invites dreaming and relaxing. Custom made items are not a problem because the robust upholstered furniture is made on location in Germany.
236
Customized production always available on request.
level Highest rt for fo of com needs l a u id indiv
Wall Mats & Wall Mirrors £ Various combination options £ Firmly bolted to the wall £ Various widths £ Adjustment to spatial
conditions £ Curved frieze £ Installation behind the
wall mat £ Light and delicate shapes £ Corner wall mirror made
of safety glass
for Water Beds
Select synthetic leather color on page 243.
Padded Elements Sofas
Wall Mats
Water Bed Headboard Mat System, width 63", 160 cm The headboard mat is firmly bolted to the wall at a distance of approx. 1 ¼", 30 mm. Indirect lighting can be installed here. Bed width: 63", 160 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm 158023 headboard mat with mirror 158022 headboard mat without mirror (not pictured)
Upholstered Headboard Mat for 39 ½", 100 cm wide water beds Carrier material: ¾", 15 mm thick plywood. W 39 ½" x H 38 ¼" x D 3", W 100 x H 97 x D 7 cm. Delivered disassembled. 158307 with mirror frieze 158306 with wood frieze, natural finish
Wall Mats & Wall Mirrors Wall Mat, upholstered
Component
Wall Mirror
Width 25 ¾", 65 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158028 with mirror frieze 158029 with frieze, white finish 158653 with wood frieze, natural finish
Width 5 ¾", 14.6 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Is needed for platform ends left and right. 158034 mirror 158086 birch, white finish 158087 birch, natural finish
Full mirror. Width 25 ¾", 65 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158089 with beech edge, white finish 158091 with beech edge, natural finish
Wall Mat, upholstered
Wall Cover (not pictured)
Wall Mirror
Width 23", 58 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Can also be used in a corner. 158081 with mirror frieze 158082 with frieze, white finish 158083 with wood frieze, natural finish
Size: 78 ¾" x 1 ¾", 200 x 4 cm. Must be individually tailored to the wall. 158052 3-layer panel, decor, white 158282 birch, natural finish
Full mirror. Width 23", 58 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158092 with beech edge, white finish 158093 with beech edge, natural finish
Wall Mat, upholstered
Corner wall mirror made of safety glass
Wall Mirror
Width 21 ½", 54 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. Is needed for the wave platform. 158030 with mirror frieze 158031 with frieze, white finish 158655 with wood frieze, natural finish
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Full mirror. Width 48 ½", 123 cm, height 38 ¼"/49", 97/124 cm. 158014 with beech edge, white finish 158088 with beech edge, natural finish
www.haba.de
Full mirror. Width 21 ½", 54 cm, height 38 ¼", 97 cm. 158094 with beech edge, white finish 158095 with beech edge, natural finish
237
level Highest rt for fo m o c of needs l a individu
Seat and Lounge Platforms & Floor Mats with seat height of 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm, ground cushions, height 6", 15 cm, with nonslip base Select synthetic leather color on page 239.
B
A
A
Lounge Platform
B
B
C
Medium Platform
D
C
Large Platform
D
Small Platform
W 77" x D 51 ¼", W 195 x D 130 cm. 158801 seat height 17", 43 cm 158802 seat height 21", 53 cm 099672 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158804 seat height 17", 43 cm 158805 seat height 21", 53 cm 099673 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158807 seat height 17", 43 cm 158808 seat height 21", 53 cm 099674 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
Platform End left
Platform End right
Quadrant Unit Platform
Crescent Platform
W 57 ¼" (62") x D 40 ¾", W 145 (157) x D 103 cm. 158813 seat height 17", 43 cm 158814 seat height 21", 53 cm 099676 ground cushion left (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
W 57 ¼" (62") x D 40 ¾", W 145 (157) x D 103 cm. 158816 seat height 17", 43 cm 158817 seat height 21", 53 cm 099677 ground cushion right (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158819 seat height 17", 43 cm 158820 seat height 21", 53 cm 099678 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158831 seat height 17", 43 cm 158832 seat height 21", 53 cm 099679 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
Quadrant Unit Platform
Corner Platform
Wave Platform
Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158822 seat height 17", 43 cm 158823 seat height 21", 53 cm 099682 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158834 seat height 17", 43 cm 158835 seat height 21", 53 cm 099683 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
W 72 ½" x D 40 ¾", W 184 x D 103 cm. 158837 seat height 17", 43 cm 158838 seat height 21", 53 cm 099684 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
238
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158810 seat height 17", 43 cm 158811 seat height 21", 53 cm 099675 ground cushion (not pictured), RG 40/45, height 6", 15 cm
The Haba Water Bed HEADBOARD MAT on page 237.
Can be combined with the cushion ranges +
£ Lifting device accessible
Water Bed The water bed is available in two standard sizes (78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm and 86 ¾" x 63", 220 x 160 cm), and the heights 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm. It has a 11 ¼", 28 cm tall, non-stabilized (BS 0) free flow water core. The 240 W Carbon safety heating is adjustable from 79 - 95 °F, 26 - 35 °C. The water core lies in a wide and solid foam tub, which is built with a seating edge (cold foam RG 35/60) and covered with a safety film. The white artificial leather cover can be removed with a zip. The bed can be supplemented with appropriate wall mats. It can be accessed from all sides with a lifting device. 158080 water bed, W 39 ½" x L 78 ¾", W 100 x L 200 cm, seating edge width 3", 7.5 cm (not pictured) seating edge width 3", 7.5 cm (not pictured) 158012 water bed, W 63" x L 86 ¾", W 160 x L 220 cm, seating edge width 4", 10 cm (not pictured) seating edge width 4", 10 cm (not pictured)
Order options for your
WEIS White
1021 Buttercup yellow
1028 Melon yellow
Water Bed seat height SH43 SH53
2004 Pure orange
AQBL Watercolor blue
GRÜN Green
Needed (required information)
seat height 17", 43 cm (with metal legs) seat height 21", 53 cm (with metal legs)
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
£ Wide foam seating edge
Padded Elements Sofas
platforms, wall mats and water beds
Needed (required information)
Color selection
11 ¼", 28 cm thick
38 ¼“, 97 cm (42 ¼“, 107 cm)
Specify artificial leather color (see below). Specify seat height. Not available in USA.
£ Free flow water core,
Not available in USA.
Number of water columns Optional (optional information) W115 = 1 water column Ø 6", 15 cm W215 = 2 water columns Ø 6", 15 cm W120 = 1 water column Ø 6", 15 cm W220 = 2 water columns Ø 6", 15 cm
Base body
Not available in USA.
Optional (optional information)
Write CME for the completely flame-retardant material version. Surcharge 25%.
www.haba.de
239
Wall Mats & Corner Wall Mirror
A
E
B
C
D Lounge landscape with water bed and wall mats
B
Corner wall mirror and
W 25 ¾" x D 1 ¾", W 65 x D 4 cm. 158771 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158772 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158773 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158774 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm
water column platfor
Wall Mat no. 1
A
Wall Mat no. 2
C
W 25 ¾" x D 1 ¾", W 65 x D 4 cm. 158767 side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158768 side length 42 ¼", 107 cm 158769 side length 46 ¼", 117 cm 158770 side length 56 ¾", 144 cm
Corner Wall Mat no. 3, 2-piece 25 ¾" x 25 ¾", 65 x 65 cm, D 1 ¾", 4 cm. side length 38 ¼", 97 cm side length 42 ¼", 107 cm side length 46 ¼", 117 cm side length 56 ¾", 144 cm
158775 158776 158777 158778
D
Corner Mirror, 2-piece
Birch plywood with safety mirror (¼", 3 mm thick). W 24 ¼" x H 39 ¼", W 61 x H 97 cm.
158279
E
Water Bed Headboard Mat System with width of 63", 160 cm
The headboard mat is attached with Velcro® to fiberboard, which is bolted onto the wall. It couldn't be simpler. Only deliverable without mirror. Bed width: 63", 160 cm 158302 wall mat with Velcro attachment, side length 38 ¼", 97 cm 158303 wall mat with Velcro attachment, side length 42 ¼", 107 cm
Select synthetic leather color on page 243.
H 2 ½", 6 cm
Floor mat
240
H 13“, 33 cm
H 17“, 43 cm
Platform heights
38 ¼“, 97 cm
42 ½“, 107 cm
46“, 117 cm
59“, 150 cm
56 ½“, 144 cm
Wall mat
H 21“, 53 cm
!
IMPORTANT NOTE: Wall mats are available in various side lengths, to match the various seat heights of the platforms and floor mats (see figure opposite). If you have only one seat height then you can freely select the height of the wall mats: for example, you can combine a 13", 33 cm platform with wall mats that have a side length of 38 ¼", 42 ¼", 46 ¼" or 59", 97 cm, 107 cm or 150 cm.
Seat and lounge platforms Seat heights of 13", 17", and 21", 33, 43 and 53 cm
Platform no. 4b
Platform no. 5
Platform no. 5a
W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158709 H 13", 33 cm 158710 H 17", 43 cm 158711 H 21", 53 cm
W 72 ½" x D 33 ½", W 184 x D 85 cm. 158712 H 13", 33 cm 158713 H 17", 43 cm 158714 H 21", 53 cm
W 72 ½" x D 33 ½", W 184 x D 85 cm. 158760 H 13", 33 cm 158761 H 17", 43 cm 158762 H 21", 53 cm
Platform no. 11
Platform no. 12
Platform no. 13
W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158727 H 13", 33 cm 158728 H 17", 43 cm 158729 H 21", 53 cm
W 77" x D 38 ½", W 195 x D 97.5 cm. 158730 H 13", 33 cm 158731 H 17", 43 cm 158732 H 21", 53 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 49 ¼", W 130 x D 125 cm. 158733 H 13", 33 cm 158734 H 17", 43 cm 158735 H 21", 53 cm
Platform no. 6
Platform no. 7
Platform no. 8
W 25 ¾" x D 29 ¼", W 65 x D 74 cm. 158715 H 13", 33 cm 158716 H 17", 43 cm 158717 H 21", 53 cm
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158718 H 13", 33 cm 158719 H 17", 43 cm 158720 H 21", 53 cm
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158721 H 13", 33 cm 158722 H 17", 43 cm 158723 H 21", 53 cm
Platform no. 14
Corner Platform
Quadrant Unit Platform
Ø 51 ¼", 130 cm. 158736 H 13", 33 cm 158737 H 17", 43 cm 158738 H 21", 53 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158739 H 13", 33 cm 158740 H 17", 43 cm 158741 H 21", 53 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158742 H 13", 33 cm 158743 H 17", 43 cm 158744 H 21", 53 cm
Quadrant Unit Platform
Square Platform, large
Platform no. 9
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158745 H 13", 33 cm 158746 H 17", 43 cm 158747 H 21", 53 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 51 ¼", W 130 x D 130 cm. 158748 H 13", 33 cm 158749 H 17", 43 cm 158759 H 21", 53 cm
W 29 ¼" x D 29 ¼", W 74 x D 74 cm. 158724 H 13", 33 cm 158725 H 17", 43 cm 158726 H 21", 53 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Padded Elements Sofas
Select synthetic leather color on page 243.
241
Floor Mats
Height 2 ½", 6 cm
Select synthetic leather color on page 243.
Floor Mat no. 3
Floor Mat no. 1
Floor Mat no. 2
D 25 ¾" x H 2 ½", D 65 x H 6 cm. 158781 W 25 ¾", 65 cm 158763 W 51 ¼", 130 cm
W 29 ¼" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 74 x H 6 x D 65 cm.
W 25 ¾" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x H 6 x D 65 cm.
158779
158780
Floor Mat no. 4
Floor Mat no. 5
W 29 ¼" x H 2 ½" x D 29 ¼", W 74 x H 6 x D 74 cm.
W 25 ¾" x H 2 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x H 6 x D 65 cm.
158765
158766
Seat and lounge platforms with seat height of 13", 17", and 21", 33, 43 and 53 cm
Platform no. 1
Platform no. 2
Platform no. 4a
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158698 H 13", 33 cm 158699 H 17", 43 cm 158702 H 21", 53 cm
W 25 ¾" x D 25 ¾", W 65 x D 65 cm. 158703 H 13", 33 cm 158704 H 17", 43 cm 158705 H 21", 53 cm
W 51 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 130 x D 65 cm. 158706 H 13", 33 cm 158707 H 17", 43 cm 158708 H 21", 53 cm
242
Padded Elements Sofas
Armchair and Sofa
with seat height of 17" and 21", 43 and 53 cm
Select synthetic leather color below.
Armchair
Sofa
W 37" x D 32 ½", W 93.5 x D 82 cm. 158208 seat height 17", 43 cm, total height 34", 86 cm 158209 seat height 21", 53 cm, total height 38", 96 cm
W 63" x D 32 ½", W 160 x D 82 cm. 158211 seat height 17", 43 cm, total height 34", 86 cm 158212 seat height 21", 53 cm, total height 38", 96 cm
How to order Mandatory options
Synthetic leather color WEIS
1021
1028
White
Buttercup yellow
Melonyellow
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
2004 Pure orange
AQBL Watercolorblue
GRÜN Green
www.haba.de
243
Floor Cushions
ADVANTAGES • stable and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute) • stationary: underside with anti-slip profile • hygienic: easy to wipe off and can be disinfected
• comfortable: pleasantly soft synthetic leather cover that is flame retardant and free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 certified product class 1). More synthetic leather benefits on page 227). • safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with an up charge of 25%
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
Ground Cushion, square
Ground Cushion, rectangular
Ground Cushion, square
Ground Cushion, rectangular
W 25 ½“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 65 x H 15 x D 65 cm.
W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 130 x H 15 x D 65 cm.
W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x H 15 x D 130 cm.
W 77“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 195 x H 15 x D 130 cm.
023390
023391
023392
023393
Ground Cushion, corner
Ground Cushion, wave
Ground Cushion, End Element Left
Ground Cushion, End Element Right
W 51 ¼“ x H 6“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x H 15 x D 130 cm.
W 72 ½“ x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 184 x H 15 x D 103 cm.
W 57 ¼“ (62“) x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 145 (157) x H 15 x D 103 cm.
W 57 ¼“ (62“) x H 6“ x D 40 ¾“, W 145 (157) x H 15 x D 103 cm.
023394
023395
023396
023397
Ground Cushion, three-quarter circle
Ground Cushion, crescent
Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm x H 6“, 15 cm.
Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm x H 6“, 15 cm.
W 25 ½“ x H 6“ x D 25 ½“, W 65 x H 15 x D 65 cm.
023398
023399
023400
244
Ground Cushion, quarter-circle
Floor Cushions
Padded Elements Sofas
Covers with Quality >> Durable woven textile fabrics >> Flame retardant >> Removable and washable More information on page 226. Combination: Small corner (71” x 35”, 180 x 90 cm) and small backrest cushions Sample cover: Blue gilde birds (GVBL), fabric group 2
Large
Small
Chambered inlet.
Non-chambered
The filling of Trevira hollow fibers, foam flakes, and rods do not shift. Removable fabric. H 10”, 25 cm Removable fabric. All are filled with foam flakes and have zippered covers so they can be removed and washed at 86°F/30°C.
Hard-wearing, rugged, high-quality fabric blends that are ideal for playful activities. All are filled with foam flakes and have zippered covers so they can be removed and washed at 86°F/30°C.
H 10”, 25 cm
H 10”, 25 cm
023414 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm
023432 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm
023415 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm
023433 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm
023416 71“ x 35 ½“, 180 x 90 cm
023437 71” x 35 ½”, 180 x 90 cm
023417 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm
023438 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm
023418 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm
023444 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm
Ø 10”, 25 cm
Ø 10”, 25 cm
023419 1-piece, L 35 ½“, 90 cm 023420 1-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023421 1-piece, L 71”, 180 cm
023445 1-piece, L 35 ½”, 90 cm 023504 1-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 023506 1-piece, L 71”, 180 cm
023422 023423 023424 023425
023508 023509 023510 023544
Quarter Circle
Back pads
2-piece, L 35 ½“, L 90 cm 2-piece L 71“/35 ½“, 180/90 cm 2-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 2-piece, L 71”, 180 cm
2-piece, L 35 ½”, 90 cm 2-piece, L 71“/35 ½“, 180/90 cm 2-piece, L 59”, 150 cm 2-piece, L 71”, 180 cm
Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
245
Lounging mats in 6 sizes Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2. Sample cover: Gilde gravel blue (GKBL), fabric group 2
Quarter circle lounging mat With back cushions. Solid RG 25/40 foam core (RG = space weight – an important quality feature); underside with anti-slide bottom, covers with zippers, removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F .
Side length: 59”, 150 cm. Height 4“, 10 cm 023935 Fabric group 1 or 2 023936 Synthetic leather
Side length: 59“, 150 cm Height 8“, 20 cm 023969 Fabric group 1 or 2 023970 Synthetic leather
Square lounging mat With back cushions. RG 24/40 foam core (RG = space weight – an important quality feature); underside with anti-slide bottom, covers, removable. Side length: 53 ¼”, 135 cm.
53 ¼” x 53 ¼”, 135 x 135 cm. Height 4“, 10 cm 022254 Fabric group 1 or 2 022251 Synthetic leather
246
53 ¼” x 53 ¼”, 135 x 135 cm. Height 8“, 20 cm 022253 Fabric group 1 or 2 022240 Synthetic leather
Side length: 71“, 180 cm Height 4“, 10 cm 024148 Fabric group 1 or 2 024150 Synthetic leather
Side length: 71“, 180 cm Height 8“, 20 cm 024160 Fabric group 1 or 2 024168 Synthetic leather
Lounging Mats-cushions
Cozy cushions • Cushion elements are interchangeable in a range of combinations. • Coverings have a zipper, are removable and washable at 86 F/30°C. • Filled with foam flakes. • With hidden hook-and-loop band
B
Padded Elements Sofas
A
C
Gilde light green with gray dots (GHGP), Gilde uni gray (GGRA), fabric group 2
Select fabric options on page 223.
A
One-Cushion Element
23 ¾” x 14 ¼”, 60 x 36 cm, cushion thickness approx. 6”, 15 cm. Without hook-and-loop-band. 099588 fabric group 2
Balance training
B
Two-Cushion Element
47 ¼” x 23 ¾”, 120 x 60 cm, cushion thickness approx. 8”, 20 cm. 099586 fabric group 2
C
Four-Cushion Element
48“ x 48“, 120 x 120 cm; cushion thickness approx. 8“, 20 cm. 099585 fabric group 2
Lounge pillow in 2 sizes
as lying pillow Synthetic leather, 5017 Traffic Blue
positioning cushion Lounge Cushions These lounge cushions are well suited for balancing exercises. The Styrofoam beads in the filling adapt completely to the body. W 78 ¾“ x H 12“ x D 52“, W 200 x H 30 x D 130 cm. 024170 Fabric group 1 or 2 024172 Synthetic leather
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Feet dark green (FUDG), fabric group 1
www.haba.de
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
247
Fold-Up Mats
Sample cover: Gilde blue dark dots (GBPL), fabric group 2
Illustration: Triangle Fold-Up Mat (59“ x 59“,150 x 150 cm) combined with two platforms (on page 216). Triangle mat folded out
Sample cover: Gilde Blue with green dots (GIBG), fabric group 2
For Kindergarten
For School
Triangle Fold-Up Mat, small
Triangle Fold-Up Mat, large
Triangle Fold-Up Mat, large
With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 6”, 15 cm or when folded up 12”, 30 cm. Footprint: 59” x 59”, 150 x 150 cm. 023545 Fabric group 1 or 2 023841 Synthetic leather
With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 6”, 15 cm or when folded up 12”, 30 cm. Footprint: 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm. 023840 Fabric group 1 or 2 023910 Synthetic leather
With back pads. Firm foam core RG 25/40; removable covering with zipper; fabric coverings are washable at 86°F/30°C. Height 7 ¾”, 20 cm or when folded up 15 ¾”, 40 cm. Footprint 71” x 71”, 180 x 180 cm. 023871 Fabric group 1 or 2 023890 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
Quarter-Circle-Fold-Up Mat Foam core RG 24/40. With back pads. Dimensions when folded up: Side length 55 ¼”, 140 cm, height 4”, 10 cm. Dimensions when folded to a halfcircle: Ø 110 ¼”, 280 cm, height 2”, 5 cm. 022573 Fabric group 1 or 2 022517 Synthetic leather
248
Folding Mats
Sample cover: Gilde green with blue dots (GIGB), fabric group 2
folded Quarter–Circle Mat
With back pads. Solid RG 25/40 foam core; fabric covers with zipper, removable and washable at 86°F, 30°C. Height 6“ and 12“, 15 and 30 cm. Leg length: 59“, 150 cm. 023912 Fabric group 1 or 2 023911 Synthetic leather
Padded Elements Sofas
Quarter-Circle Folding Mat
Leg length: 71“, 180 cm. 023913 Fabric group 1 or 2 023921 Synthetic leather
Benefits • many fabrics/colors to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covers can be found on pages 222 - 227.
• strong: quality RG 25/40 foam (=space weight) • safe: sofas available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge.
• easy-care: covers removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F
Select fabric options on page 222 - 225. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
A Chair
Couch
B Lounger
Quickly Changed Unfold them into a comfortable place to lounge. Folded, they offer a cozy seating area. Both the Folding Sofa and the Folding Chair are versatile and space-saving. Made from 6 ¾“, 17 cm thick upholstered foam with an 8“, 20 cm high backrest. The covers have a sewn-in hidden zipper making them easy to remove.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
B
A
Folding Chair
Size as chair: W 24“ x H 13 ½“ x D 24“, W 60 x H 34 x D 60 cm; backrest: 8“ x 8“, 20 x 20 cm. 023927 Fabric group 1 or 2
www.haba.de
Folding Couch
Couch (unfolded): W 59“ x H 6 ¾“, D 47 ¼“, W 150 x H 17 x D 120 cm. Couch: W 59“ x H 13 ½“ x D 24“, W 150 x H 34 x D 60 cm; backrest: 8“ x 8“, 20 x 20 cm. 023928 Fabric group 1 or 2
249
Seating Elements
Toddler and Kindergarten
Sample cover: Gilde light green, with gray dots (GHGP), fabric group 2
1-Seater
2-Seater
3-Seater
Seat Height 9 ½“, 24 cm
Seat Height 12“, 30 cm
Early Learners Armchair
Afterschool Armchair
W 23“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 58 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 11 ¼“, 28 cm. 024180 Fabric group 1 or 2 024244 Synthtetic Leather
W 28“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 71 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, seat width 14“, 35 cm. 024245 Fabric group 1 or 2 024246 Synthetic Leather
• Strong: quality RG 25/40 foam (=space weight)
Early Learners Sofa, 2-Seater
Afterschool Sofa, 2-Seater
W 34“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 86 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 22 ¼“, 56 cm. 024267 Fabric group 1 or 2 024425 Synthetic Leather
W 41“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 104 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, width seat 27“, 68 cm. 024427 Fabric group 1 or 2 024428 Synthetic Leather
• Easy-care: covers removable and washable at 30°C / 86 F
Early Learners Sofa, 3-Seater
Afterschool Sofa, 3-Seater
W 44 ¼“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 18 ¼“, W 112 x H 46 x D 46 cm. Seat depth 13 ½“, 34 cm, width seat 32 ½“, 82 cm. 024430 Fabric group 1 or 2 024431 Synthetic Leather
W 53 ¾“ x H 21 ¾“ x D 21 ¾“, W 136 x H 55 x D 55 cm. Seat depth 15“, 38 cm, width seat 39 ½“, 100 cm. 024442 Fabric group 1 or 2 024443 Synthetic Leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2
250
Benefits
• Stationary and firmly: Underside with anti-slide profile
• Many fabrics/colors to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covers can be found on pages 222 - 227. • Safe: sofas available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% up charge.
Seating Elements
DERGARTEN
for PRESCHOOL & KIN
Sidd
Select Synthetic Leather – single- or bi-color
Wall Decorations on page 366.
HGHB seat/backrest light green/ sides light blue
GRMG seat/backrest green sides may green
ABHB seat/backrest watercolor blue sides light blue
Further color combinations available on request for an additional charge.
Padded Elements Sofas
SINGLE COLOR SYNTHETIC LEATHER on page 227.
Premium Quality for Seating Elements Sidd • Kind to the skin: pleasantly soft, phthalate-free synthetic leather, espe cially suited for infants and toddlers (Öko-Tex product class I certified)
• Robust with sturdy proportions: high-quality foamed plastic core with ideal compression hardness (RG H25/60). • Stability: cover that doesn‘t slip, because it is firmly fused to the bottom
• Hygienic: easy to wipe-off disinfect
• Stable and slip-proof: heavy elements with rubberized, nonskid bottom that is firmly connected to the foamed plastic core (glue-laminated)
• Safe: cushions supplied made completely of flame retardant materials (CME) at your request for an additional 25% price.
2-Seater
3-Seater
Corner
13 ½“, 34 cm
24 ¼“, 62 cm
10 ½“, 26 cm 20“, 50.4 cm
17“, 42.7 cm
1-Seater
20 ½“, 51.7 cm
7“, 18 cm
14 ¾“, 37.4 cm
MORE ELEMENTS on page 266/267.
23 ½“, 59.4 cm
Seat Height 7“, 18 cm
Seat Height 10 ¼“, 26 cm
Seat Height 13 ½“, 34 cm
Toddler Armchair, 1-Seater
Kindergarten Armchair, 1-Seater
Preschool Armchair, 1-Seater
W 12”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 30 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm.
W 14”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 20” W 35 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm.
W 19 ¾”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 50 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm.
024444 Toddler Sofa, 2-Seater
024450 Kindergarten Sofa, 2-Seater
024668 Preschool Sofa, 2-Seater
W 24”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 60 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm.
W 27 ½”, x H 20 ¼”, x D20”, W 70 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm.
W 39 ¼”, xH 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 100 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm.
024445
024665
024669
Toddler Sofa, 3-Seater
Kindergarten Sofa, 3-Seater
Preschool Sofa, 3-Seater
W 35 ½”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 17”, W 90 x H 37.4 x D 42.7 cm.
W 39 ¼”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 20”, W 100 x H 51.7 x D 50.4 cm.
W 49 ¼”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 23”, W 125 x H 62 x D 59.4 cm.
024447
024666
024670
Toddler Sofa, Corner
Kindergarten Sofa, Corner
Preschool Sofa, Corner
W 19”, x H 14 ¾”, x D 19”, W 48.6 x H 37.4 x D 48.6 cm.
W 25 ¼”, x H 20 ¼”, x D 25 ¼”, W 64.1 x H 51.7 x D 64.1 cm.
W 30 ½”, x H 24 ¼”, x D 30 ½”, W 77 x H 62 x D 77 cm.
024448
024667
024671
Select synthetic leather on page 227
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
251
Sofas
Benefits • Sturdy: foam RG24140 and wood frame • Easy-care: removable cover made of outdoor material (100% polyester) • Hygienic: covers washable at 86 F / 30°C
Cloud
drift away into the world of books
Cloudy Sofa The seating area is deep enough for children to lie down while parents sit comfortably to read them stories. With 2 cloud cushions and 2 pockets on the back side. Sturdy base construction; foam, removable cover of cotton/polyester, washable. W 55 ¼“ x H 32 3/2“ x D 35 ½“; W 140 x H 83 x D 90 cm. Seat height: 10“, 25 cm.
112955
Rainbow
Blossom
Blossom Sofa Rainbow Sofa Seating surface bright blue, armrest red, orange, yellow, green and bright blue. W 55 ¼” x H 30 ¾“ x D 35 ½“, W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seating height 10”, 25 cm.
Seating surface orange/green, armrest yellow. W 55 ¼” x H 30 ¾“ x D 35 ½“, W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seating height 10 ”, 25 cm. Order butterfly cushions below.
112954
112952
Butterfly cushion Cover 35% cotton / 65% polyester, filling made of polyester cotton. Completely washable at 86 F / 30º C. W 16 ¼” x H 4 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 41 x H 12 x D 34 cm.
091768
252
Boat
Padded Elements Sofas
Explorer Sofa
This sofa comes from the room concept (from p. 111).
Boat Sofa If you climb aboard here you don't have to worry about the waves. Seat light gray/ dark gray, backrest light blue/gray. W 55 ¼" x H 30 ¾" x D 35 ½", W 140 x H 78 x D 90 cm, seat height 10", 25 cm.
Discovery Rooms!
022922
Mountain
Explorer Sofa Back and side parts brown/beige. Rear has 5 mm MDF panel as reinforcement. Robust foam core (RG 35/55). Cover is removable and washable. Underside is completely covered with non-slip fabric. W 78 ¾“ x H 23 ½“ x D 31 ½“, W 200 x H 59.5 x D 80 cm. Seat width 45 ½“, 115 cm, height 9 ¼“, 22 cm, depth 16 ¾“/21 ¾“, 42/55 cm. 158385 Fabric group 1 or 2 158390 Synthetic leather Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for Fabric group 2.
Mountain Sofa It's never been this cozy to "climb" on a mountain. Seat light green/blue, backrest gray/white. W 49" x H 28 ½" x D 31 ½", W 124 x H 72 x D 80 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm.
024590
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Fabric
Synthetic Leather
Two-tone
Two-tone
&% %URZQ *UHHQ
./ *UH\ *UHHQ
&% %URZQ %OXH
./ *UH\ %OXH
&% %URZQ <HOORZ
./ *UH\ <HOORZ
www.haba.de
253
Example-Cover: Gilde Uni green (GGRÜ), fabric group 2
s a f o S O L L E B E R Sofa “Rebello“, Angular corner
Sofa “Rebello“, Quarter-Circle
19 ¾“, 50 cm, Length of sides 30“, 76 cm, seat depth t 31 ½“, 80 cm. seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, overall heigh 158419 Fabric group 1 or 2 158420 Synthetic leather
19 ¾”, 50 cm, element with 2 seat backs. Seat depth t 31 ½”, 80 cm. heigh ll overa cm, 42 ½”, 16 t heigh seat 2 or 1 158421 Fabric group 158422 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227.
Sofa “Rebello“, Round Corner
¾”, 50 cm, element with seat back. Seat depth 19 t 31 ½”, 80 cm. seat height 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall heigh 2 or 1 group Fabric 23 1584 158424 Synthetic leather
Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
Strong quality • strong: powder-coated steel tube frame; flat iron included for secure connection of individual furniture elements • stable in shape and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 35/45 in the seat area and RG 24/40 for the backs (RG = density – an important quality attribute)
254
• Many fabric to choose from: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • safe: on request for a 25% upcharge, padding is available in highly flame-retardant materials (CME).
• versatile: many configurations possible • easy-care: covers removable and washable at 86 F / 30°C.
Sofas
Padded Elements Sofas
Example-Cover: Gilde red (GROT), fabric group 2
ngement, or as bench along the
As sitting nook, circular seating arra
Sofa “Rebello“, Armchair
wall.
Sofa “Rebello“, 3-Seater
Sofa “Rebello“, 2-Seater
height 16 ½“, W 25 ½“ x D 30“, W 65 x D 76 cm, seat cm. 80 ½“, 31 t heigh ll 42 cm, overa 158417 Fabric group 1 or 2 158418 Synthetic leather
height 16 ½“, W 51 ¼” x D 30“, W 130 x D 76 cm, seat 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158415 Fabric group 1 or 2 158416 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227.
height 16 W 76 ¾“ x D 30“, W 195 x D 76 cm, seat 42 cm, overall height 31 ½“, 80 cm. 158413 Fabric group 1 or 2 158414 Synthetic leather
½“,
Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
How to order Mandatory Options Cover description
www.haba.de
Choose from different fabrics, most of which are highly flame-retardant. An overview and the features of all covers page 222 - 227.
255
Chill Out
1 x Sofa, square, 1 x Sofa, concav, 2 x Corner Sample cover: CanvasBione light green (CB04) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2
Easy to reconfigure
Advantages Sofa “Chill Out”, Square With 4 feet. W 43“ x H 29“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 75 x D 110 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158500 Fabric group 1 or 2 158600 Synthetic leather
Sofa “Chill Out”, Corner With 5 feet. W 43“ x H 29“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 75 x D 110 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158505 Fabric group 1 or 2 158605 Synthetic leather
• Versatile: stand-alone or in combination • Stable and robust: high-quality, longlasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute) • Sturdy: Steel tube feet • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227)
Sofa “Chill Out”, Concave With 5 feet. W 55“ x H 29 “ x D 42“, W 140 x H 75 x D 115 cm. Seat height: 43 cm, 17“. 158520 Fabric group 1 or 2 158620 Synthetic leather
Stool “Chill Out” With 4 feet. W 43 ½“ x H 17“ x D 43“, W 110 x H 43 x D 110 cm. 158515 Fabric group 1 or 2 158615 Synthetic leather
• Safe: Padding is available in flameretardant materials (CME) with an up charge
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge fabric group 2.
256
Sofas
Relax
Modern shapes with plenty of options!
All Relax sofas work on their own, or they can be joined to create seating or relaxation landscapes. Their sizes are coordinated, and their high-quality covers make them ideal for relaxing.
Padded Elements Sofas
SINGLE ELEMENTS on the next pages.
Sample cover: CanvasBione light green (CB04) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
257
Relax-Sofas Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or as sitting and reclining landscapes for leisure areas • Stable in shape and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute.) • Sturdy: steel tube feet (Ø 2 ½“, 6 cm, H 9“, 12.4 cm) with height-adjustable levelers • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227)
• Backrest attached with hidden bolts: the backrest is inserted into the body and bolted on the bottom. This means no visable hardware.
• Easy care: covers removable and washable at 30 °C / 86 F • Safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) for an up charge.
Relax Sofa, Square, small
Relax Sofa, Square, large
W 25 ¾“ x D 25 ¾“, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm. 158062 Fabric group 1 or 2 158117 Synthetic leather
W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158061 Fabric group 1 or 2 158132 Synthetic leather
Relax Sofa, Square, with 1 Seat Back
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, small
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, large
W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158064 Fabric group 1 or 2 158135 Synthetic leather
W 102 ½“ x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158063 Fabric group 1 or 2 158139 Synthetic leather
Relax Sofa, Square, with 1 Seat Back
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 1 Seat Back
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 2 Seat Backs
W 25 ¾” x D 25 ¾”, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158122 Fabric group 1 or 2 158118 Synthetic leather
W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“, 111 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158120 Fabric group 1 or 2 158133 Synthetic leather
W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“ , 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158124 Fabric group 1 or 2 158136 Synthetic leather
W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158128 Fabric group 1 or 2 158142 Synthetic leather
Relax Sofa, Square, with 2 Seat Backs
Relax Sofa, Square, with 2 Seat Backs
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Right Back
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Right Back
W 25 ¾” x D 25 ¾”, W 65 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158123 Fabric group 1 or 2 158119 Synthetic leather
W 51 ¼“ x D 51 ¼“, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158121 Fabric group 1 or 2 158134 Synthetic leather
W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“, 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158126 Fabric group 1 or 2 158138 Synthetic leather
W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158130 Fabric group 1 or 2 158144 Synthetic leather
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with 4 Seat Backs
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat Left Back
Relax Sofa, Rectangular, with Corner Seat left Back
W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158131 Fabric group 1 or 2 158145 Synthetic leather
W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 18 ¼“ , 46 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158125 Fabric group 1 or 2 158137 Synthetic leather
W 102 ½” x D 51 ¼“, W 260 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, seat depth 43 ¾“ , 111 cm, total height 30”, 76 cm. 158129 Fabric group 1 or 2 158143 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge fabric group 2.
258
Sofas
Padded Elements Sofas
Gilde uni clear blue (GAQB) and Gilde brown with blue dots (GIAQ), fabric group 2
Sample cover: CanvasBione dark blue (CB01), fabric group 2
Sample cover: CanvasBione orange (CB06) and XTREME red (CB05), fabric group 2
Sample cover: CanvasBione light blue (CB02) and Gilde dark blue (CB01), fabric group 2
Relax Sofa, Round
Relax Sofa, Round
Relax Sofa, Semicircle
Relax Sofa, Quarter-Circle
Ø 25 ¼“, Ø 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm. 158314 Fabric group 1 or 2 158315 Synthetic leather
Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158078 Fabric group 1 or 2 158154 Synthetic leather
Ø 51 ¼“, 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158060 Fabric group 1 or 2 158153 Synthetic leather
radius 38 ½“, 97,5 cm, side length 25 ¾”, 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158312 Fabric group 1 or 2 158313 Synthetic leather
25
, ¾“
Relax Sofa, Half-Round
Relax Sofa, Corner Element
W 51 ¼“ x D 25 ¾”, W 130 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158316 Fabric group 1 or 2 158317 Synthetic leather
51 ¼“ x 51 ¼“, 130 x 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm. 158072 Fabric group 1 or 2 158149 Synthetic leather
cm
Relax-Sofa
Removeable backrests
m
5c
,6
“ 5¾
65
2
Daybed
Relax Sofa, Corner Element with 2 Backs W 51 ¼” x D 51 ¼”, W 130 x D 130 cm, seat height 16 ¾”, 42 cm, total height 30“, 76 cm. 158127 Fabric group 1 or 2 158272 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge fabric group 2.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
The two padded backrests are mounted on steel holders and can be removed if desired. This results in a comfortable daybed. W 77“ x D 26“, W 195 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ¾“, 42 cm, total height 28 ½“, 72 cm. 104403 Fabric group 1 or 2 104405 Synthetic leather
www.haba.de
259
Boomerang
Fabric shown: CanvasBione light blue (CB02) and CanvasBione gray brown (CB09), fabric group 2
Make your own combinations
Advantages • Versatile: stand-alone or in combination • Stable and robust: high-quality, long-lasting foam RG 40/45 (RG = density – an important quality attribute.) • Sturdy: all supporting elements of the wooden frame are made of solid beech wood • Optically “floating” backrest: connected to body by chromed-plated metal fittings • Easy care: covers removable and washable at 30 °C / 86 F • Modern: silver-painted wooden feet with plastic gliders • Many colors and fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric covering (quality descriptions and designs on page 222 - 227) • Safe: Padding is available in flame-retardant materials (CME) with an up charge of 25%.
Sofa “Boomerang”
Ottoman “Boomerang”
W 79“ x D 46“, W 200 x D 116 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm. 158550 Fabric group 1 or 2 158560 Synthetic leather
W 36 ½“ x D 29“, W 93 x D 74 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm. 158555 Fabric group 1 or 2 158565 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
260
SofasSofas
High-back
Padded Elements Padded Elements Sofas Sofas Room Decorations
It's great when there's someone to lean on during breaks or between lessons. Up to two students can relax on this modern and super-comfortable sofa.
Select your two-tone cover Synthetic leather
KL01 Taupe/green/ Turquoise piping
KL06 Taupe/strawberry red/ ecru-beige piping
Advantages • Dimensionally stable and robust: high quality, durable foam RG 35/55 (seat) and RG 28/40 (backrest) = density – an important quality attribute. • Extremely stable: robust wooden frame with 4 metal feet, underside completely closed with stretch fabric. • Modern: high back in fresh colors • Covers can be freely selected: either single color or 3 two-tone variants with color-contrasting piping. Synthetic leather or fabric cover. • Safe: for a 25% upcharge it can also be delivered completely covered in low flammability fabrics (CME)
KL04 Taupe/turquoise blue/ green piping
Fabric (group 2 Canvas Bione)
CB50 Brown-beige/light green/ light blue piping
CB53 Brown-beige/red/ light green piping
CB51 Color-contrast piping
Brown-beige/light blue/ brown-black piping
High-backed two-seater Further color combinations available on request for an additional charge.
SINGLE COLOR COVER FABRICS can be found in the "Fabrics" pages 222-227.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
The 4 robust metal feet of this high-backed seat means it is extremely stable. Can be positioned on the wall or be free standing. W 47 ¼" x H 39 ½" x D 30 ¾", W 120 x H 100 x D 78 cm, seat height 16 ¾", 42 cm, seat depth 21", 53 cm. 158400 Fabric group 1 or 2 158410 Synthetic leather Select fabric options two-tone (see left) or single color (page 222 - 227).
www.haba.de
261
Sofas without armrests
A B
C
D Sample covering: Gilde uni gray (GGRA) and uni light green (GHEG), Fabric group 2
Seating height
15“ 38 cm Seating height
18“, 46 cm
A
Corner Couch
B
Rectangle with Seat Back
C
Rectangle without Seat Back
W 54“ x D 54”, W 137 x D 137 cm. Complete height: 28 ¾“, 73 cm. 094250 Fabric group 1 or 2 094252 Synthetic leather
W 47 ¼“ x D 30 ½“, W 120 x D 77 cm. Complete height: 28 ¾“, 73 cm. 094255 Fabric group 1 or 2 094257 Synthetic leather
W 47 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 094260 Fabric group 1 or 2 094262 Synthetic leather
W 54“ x D 54”, W 137 x D 137 cm. Complete height: 32“, 81 cm. 094270 Fabric group 1 or 2 094272 Synthetic leather
W 47 ¼“ x D 30 ½“, W 120 x D 77 cm. Complete height: 32“, 81 cm. 094275 Fabric group 1 or 2 094277 Synthetic leather
W 47 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 094280 Fabric group 1 or 2 094282 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
Seating height
15“ 38 cm
D
Cube
W 23 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x D 60 cm. 094265 Fabric group 1 or 2 094267 Synthetic leather
THE BENEFITS you get from sofas with & without armrests • Sturdy: robust RG 30/42 foam core (= space weight – an important quality feature) • Optimum seating comfort: geared towards school and after school
Seating height
18“, 46 cm
W 23 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 60 x D 60 cm. 094285 Fabric group 1 or 2 094287 Synthetic leather
• Easy-care: covers with zippers –> removable with washable fabrics • Many colors/fabric types: synthetic leather or fabric cover (you can find a quality description and designs on page 222 - 227). The covers can be replaced at any time. • Safe: these sofas can be ordered with flame retardant materials (CME) at your request for an additional 25% up charge.
262
Sofas
With armrests Seating height 15“, 38 cm E
After-school Cube
F
After-school Armchair
G
After-school Sofa, 2-Seater
H
After-school Sofa, 3-Seater
W 16“ x H 15“ x D 16“, W 40 x H 38 cm x D 40 cm. 094170 Fabric group 1 or 2 094175 Synthetic leather
W 31 ½“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 80 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 16“ x D 16“, W 40 x D 40 cm. 094160 Fabric group 1 or 2 094165 Synthetic leather
W 55“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 140 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 39“ x D 16“, W 100 x D 40 cm. 094140 Fabric group 1 or 2 094145 Synthetic leather
H
Padded Elements Sofas
3-Seater
W 71“ x H 23 ½“ x D 23 ½“, W 180 x H 60 x D 60 cm; seating area: W 55“ x D 16“, W 140 x D 40 cm. 094150 Fabric group 1 or 2 094155 Synthetic leather
Sample covering: Gilde uni blu (GBLA), Fabric group 2
E
F
G
H
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
Seating height 18“, 45 cm
Sofas in XL
After-school Cube XL W 18“ x H 18“ x D 18“, W 45 x H 45 x D 45 cm. 094164 Fabric group 1 or 2 094169 Synthetic leather
Sample covering: CanvasBione red (CB05), Fabric group 2
After-school Armchair XL W 37 ½“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 95 x H 75 x D 73 cm. Seating area: W 18“ x D 18“, W 48 x D 48 cm. 094161 Fabric group 1 or 2 094166 Synthetic leather
After-school Sofa, 2-Seater XL W 59“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 150 x H 75 x D 73 cm. Seating area: W 39“ x D 18“, W 100 x D 48 cm. 094162 Fabric group 1 or 2 094167 Synthetic leather
After-school Sofa, 3-Seater XL W 80 ¾“ x H 29 ½“ x D 28 ¾“, W 205 x H 75 x D 73 cm. seating area: W 61“ x D 18“, W 155 x D 48 cm. 094163 Fabric group 1 or 2 094168 Synthetic leather
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
3-Seater
www.haba.de
263
Removable seat and backrest cushions
Sofa with backrest and seat cushions The special thing about this sofa: the backrest and seat cushions can be taken off. Their covers can be removed and washed. The base is covered with synthetic leather in 7012 taupe (not removable), which is easy-care, and can be wiped clean or disinfected. There are non-slip strips on the seating surface so that the cushions don‘t slip. Stable wooden frame, 4 metal feet, seating surface full foam RG 35/50, backrest
cushion RG 20/20. W 59 ¼“ x H 35 ½“ x D 32 ½“, W 150 x H 90 x D 82 cm, seat height 18 ¼“, 46 cm, seat depth 19 ¾“, 50 cm, seat width 47 ¼“, 120 cm, backrest height approx. 17 ½“, 44 cm. 158570 Fabric group 1 or 2 158575 Synthetic leather
Relaxing Atmosphere Pillows Filling: polyester fleece beads. Cover with zipper; washable at 86° F / 30° C. 098865 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm 098866 19 ¾“ x 19 ¾“, 50 x 50 cm 098867 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm
Cushions in 3 Sizes
Armchair “FAN“ with round base
Coat Stand
Waiting Room Column Table
With integrated umbrella stand, removable drip-catcher, 5 stylish hooks for hanging with light-colored wooden knobs and heavy marble base. Powder-coated silver metal, wood. Ø 15“, H 74“; Ø 38 cm, H 188 cm.
Table top made of strong 10 mm frosted glass, powdercoated steel frame. H 17 ¾“ 45 cm, top Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm, foot plate Ø 19“, 48 cm. 466650 white aluminum 466651 chrom
096330
Round base with return spindle, turning. Black with white contrast seams. Chromed base. W 26 ½“ x H 34“ x D 23 ¾“, W 67 x H 86 x D 60 cm. Seat height: 17 ¾“, 45 cm. Weight: 59 ¾ lb, 27 kg.
096103 096101 with runner frame, chromed, incl. glides (not shown) weight: 31 lb, 14 kg.
096102 with spider legs, chromed, incl. glides
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
264
(not shown) weight: 31 lb, 14 kg
Upholstered Furniture ”Chill”
Upholstered Furniture “Chill“
Armchair
2-seater
W 26“, 66 cm, seat width 20 ½“, 52 cm. 091853 Fabric group 1 or 2 091863 Synthetic leather
W 53 ¼“, 135 cm, seat width 46 ¼“, 117 cm. 091854 Fabric group 1 or 2 091864 Synthetic leather
Padded Elements Sofas
Stylish and comfortable: everyone loves sitting in these. Wood frame combined with chipboard, sides covered with Diolen cotton; seat and back with padding springs and foam- backrest with foam and straps; wood feet. D 34“, 86 cm, overall height 27 ½“, 70 cm, seat height 15 ¾“, 40 cm, seat depth 21 ¼“, 54 cm.
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
Relax-Daybed Removeable Backrests
Convenient. If require d, the sofa turns into a bed .
Daybed The two padded backrests are mounted on steel holders and can be removed if desired for a comfortable daybed. W 77“ x D 26“, W 195 x D 65 cm, seat height 16 ½“, 42 cm, total height 28 ¼“, 72 cm. 104403 Fabric group 1 or 2 104405 Synthetic leather
MORE RELAX-SOFAELEMENTS page 258-259.
Select fabric options on page 222 - 227. Additonal charge for fabric group 2.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
265
Stools in 6 Forms & 4 Sizes Premium Q Quality lit li • Robust and durable: stable foam core with ideal firmness RG 25/60 (= density – an important quality feature.) • Stability: cover that doesn‘t slip, because it is firmly fused to the bottom • Stable and slip-proof: heavy elements with rubberized, non-skid bottom that is firmly connected to the foamed plastic core (gluelaminated)
A
• Comfortable: pleasantly soft and flame retardant artificial leather free of phthalates (Öko-Tex 100 product class 1 certified). • Hygienic: easy to wipe-off disinfect • Safe: pads available with flame retardant materials (CME) for an additional 25% upcharge.
For sitting, playing or reading these flexible elements can be used in many areas. Each of the 6 shapes is available in four heights to suit all ages.
A Seating Element
moon
Seat height 7
¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm
140070 Ø 10“, 25 cm
140071 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm
140072 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm
140075 Ø 10“, 25 cm
140076 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm
140077 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm
140080 Ø 12“, 30 cm
140081 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm
140082 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm
140085 Ø 14“, 35 cm
140086 Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm
140087 Ø 41 ¼“, 105 cm
140050 Ø 10“, 25 cm
140051 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm
140052 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm
140055 Ø 10“, 25 cm
140056 Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm
140057 Ø 29 ¾“, 75 cm
140060 Ø 12“, 30 cm
140061 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm
140062 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm
140065 Ø 14“, 35 cm
140066 Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm
140067 Ø 41 ¼“, 105 cm
B Seating Element
Round
Seat height 7
¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
266
Seat Elements
C
Select synthetic leather single- or bi-color
CABINET (508430) on page 171.
seat/backrest light green/ sides light blue
GRMG seat/backrest green sides May green
A
ABHB seat/backrest watercolor blue sides light blue
B
Under the compartments this cabinet even has space for 3 cubes with max. 14“, 35 cm seat height.
Quadrant
SYNTHETIC LEATHER on page 227.
Rectangular Block
Trapezoid
140090 W 10“ x D 10“, 25 x 25 cm
140100 W 19 ¾“ x D 10“, 50 x 25 cm
140105 W 29 ¾“ x D 8“, 75 x 20 cm
140091 W 10“ x D 10“, 25 x 25 cm
140101 W 19 ¾“ x D 10“, 50 x 25 cm
140106 W 29 ¾“ x D 8“, 75 x 20 cm
140092 W 12“ x D 12“, 30 x 30 cm
140102 W 23 ¾“ x D 12“, 60 x 30 cm
140107 W 35 ½“ x D 10“ , 90 x 25 cm
140093 W 14“ x D 14“, 35 x 35 cm
140103 W 27 ¾“ x D 14“, 70 x 35 cm
140108 W 41 ¼“x D 15“, 105 x 38 cm
C Seat Element
Square
Seat height 7
¼“, 18 cm Seat height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Seat height 14“, 35 cm Seat height 17“, 43 cm Seat Element
Hexagon Seat height 14“,
35 cm
140110 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm
Seat height
17“, 43 cm
140111 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm
140112 Ø 23 ¾“, 60 cm 140113 Ø 35 ½“, 90 cm
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
Examples of Combinations Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
267
Padded Elements Sofas
HGHB
A
C
B
Gilde uni green (GGRÜ) and blue with green dots (GIBG), fabric group 2
A
Small Block
B
W 19 ¾” x H 4 ¾” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 12 x D 50 cm. 111064 Fabric group 1 or 2 098776 Synthetic leather
Medium Block
W 19 ¾” x H 9 ½” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 24 x D 50 cm. 111063 Fabric group 1 or 2 098775 Synthetic leather
C
Large Block
W 19 ¾” x H 14 ¼” x D 19 ¾”, W 50 x H 36 x D 50 cm. 111062 Fabric group 1 or 2 098774 Synthetic leather
Select fabric options on page 222-227. Additional charge for fabric group 2.
Sit- & Play Snake
Sit and Play Snake Sit down to experience fun adventures. Crawl on or sit to read. Foamed plastic RG 24/40 with synthetic leather cover (with zipper). Color: May green, light green, pure orange. W 110 ¼” x D 12”, W 280 x D 30 cm, height of head 35 ½”, 90 cm, tip of the tail 20” high, 51 cm.
024672
268
Seating Sacks
Fridolin likes curling snugly along the floor giving children a ride on his back. Cover of soft plush and velours. Underside of polyester. W 31 ½“ x H 24“ x D 23 ½“, W 80 x H 61 x D 60 cm.
108605
Winnie the Worm Cover made of velour, underside made of durable polyester. Filling: 3 inlets with Styrofoam flakes. Cover removable and washable at 86° F / 30° C. W 59 ¼“ x H 10 ¼“, W 150 x H 26; head width approx. 15“, 40 cm. Volume: body 45 l, head 20 l, nose 4 l.
090825
Underside made of hard-wearing canvas
”Sheep” Beanbag Big enough for two. Cotton plush made of organically grown cotton, underside made of hard-wearing fabric (100% polyester), bell with band made of plush (both made of polyacrylic; removable for washing). Can be washed at 86 °F, 30 °C; separate lining filled with Styrofoam balls. W 31 ½“ x H 19 ¾“x D 17 ¾“, W 80 x H 50 x D 45 cm.
Fur: cotton plush
090965
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
269
Padded Elements Sofas
Dragon Seat Fridolin
With carry handle
Ø 27 ¾“, 70 cm A
B
In 4 color combinations C
D
43 ½“ x 27 ¾“, 110 x 70 cm. Ball Bean Bag Bean Bag With Handle Can be moved easily and is suitable for use outside. Separate insert filled with polystyrene balls, removable cover (with zip) made of robust fabric (100% polyester), with PVC lining to make it water-resistant. Easy to wipe clean and flame resistant. 43 ½" x 27 ¾", 110 x 70 cm. Volume: 8 cu. feet, 220 l. Color: multi (light green, teal, anthracite, orange).
022923
For inside and outside. In 4 colors. Separate insert filled with polystyrene balls, removable cover (zip on the base) made of robust fabric (100% polyester), with PVC lining inside to make it water-resistant. Easy to wipe clean and flame resistant. Ø approx. 27 ¾", 70 cm. Volume: 10 cu. feet, 280 l. A 022925 orange/anthracite B 022917 red/anthracite C 022929 light green/anthracite D 022927 teal/anthracite
These bean bags come from the room concept
Discovery Rooms! See page 110.
270
Bean Bags
Padded Elements Sofas
Bean Bags
Two Sizes and four Colors
Sit Down and Relax Covering of Cordura (canvas), with zipper for easy removal. Washable at 86°F/ 30°C; filled with Styrofoam beads. Beads for refilling sold separately.
Lounging bag, 7 cu. feet, 200 liter
Huge Lounging bag, 13 cu. feet, 370 liter
W 31 ¾“ x H 47 ½“, W 80 x H 120 cm, 13 lbs, 6 kg
W 39 ¾“ x 59“, W 100 x H 150 cm, 21 lbs 9,5 kg
090842 090859 090840 024838
090858 090841 090855 024839
red orange blue light green
BENEFITS COVERS: • Durable: removable covers made from strong, durable fabric (100% polyester, flat woven fabric), washable at 30 ºC / 86 F
red orange blue light green
Replenishment Pack The polystyrene pellets bring beanbags back into shape. 682357 1.1 lbs, 0.5 kg (34 l) 682358 1.61 lbs, 0.75 kg (51 l)
Outdoor
From
• Strong: tear-resistant, doesn’t show stains, non fading and abrasion-resistant • Easy-care: crease-resistant, will not shrink, fast drying FILLING: Polystyrene • Soft, smooth and flexible Foam flakes
Cushions 70 ¼" x 53", 178 x 134 cm, Volume: approx. 11 ¾ cu. feet, 330 l, weight: approx. 14 lb, 6.3 kg 091204 orange 091205 turquoise
• Flexible and keeps its shape
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
NOTE: We recommend that outdoor bean bags be stored inside during bad weather and in winter.
www.haba.de
271
Cozy seating area for big and small Perfect for the morning circle. The cover of the ladybug has a zip, is removable and washable at 30 °C, 86 °F. Velour, robust 100% polyester fabric; separate lining filled with styrofoam balls. A 090836 ladybug bean bag, size (Ø 13“, 33 cm, H 8 ½“, 21 cm, ¾ cu. foot, 16 liter) B 090835 ladybug bean bag, size (Ø 26 ¾“, 60 cm, H 13“, 33 cm, 2 ½ cu. feet, 67 liter)
In 2 Sizes B
A
Seating ladybug
Floor cushion “Sun” This is a decorative seat for any room to give children a place to rest after a hard day of play. Tough polyester. The outside cover has colorful cotton points with a zipper to remove for washing. The lower side is blue and the top side is yellow. Inner sack (Ø approx. 39 ½”, 100 cm) filled with styrene balls.
Beanbag Seat “Blossom“
099267
137466
272
Styrofoam balls (54 liters), foam insert (H 2 ¾”, H 6 cm), covering of outdoor fabric (100% polyester), removable and washable. Beanbag diameter 35 ¾”, 90 cm, outer diameter 51 ½”, 130 cm.
Floor Cushions
Seats and Loungers F
with grommets
HOOK BARS on page 421.
34 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 98 x 60 cm
C
Padded Elements Sofas
D
E
Ø 13 ¾“, 35 cm
C
Seat Cushions
D
Seat Carousel
Practical seat cushions with sturdy metal grommets. Just hang them on a bar with hooks or thread them onto the seat cushion carousel. The fronts and backs each have a different color: orange and red, bright and dark yellow, bright and dark blue, bright and dark green. The set of 4 contains one each of the color combinations. Cotton/Polyester with ¾”, 2 cm foam insert. Ø 13 ¾”, 35 cm. 099525 4 pieces
E
Lounge cushions
F
Lounge Carousel
Lounge cushions light as a feather with sturdy metal grommets. The front and rear side of cushions have different colors: orange and red, bright and dark yellow, bright and dark blue, bright and dark green. The set contains one of each color combination. Cotton/Polyester with 1“, 2 cm of foam lining. W 38 ¾“ x D 23 ¾“, W 98 x D 60 cm. 099534 4 pieces
The carousel holds 28 cushions (please order separately). 3 swivel casters make it mobile. Birch wood, metal tube. Ø 16 ½”, 42 cm, overall height 26 ½”, 67 cm.
The carousel has space for 28 cushions (please order separately). 4 swiveling casters make it mobile. Birch wood and metal pipe. W 42 ¼” x D 26 ½“, W 107 x D 67 cm, total height: 27 ¾“, 70 cm.
099524
099533
Save on the Set
Save on the Set
Complete set
Complete set
28 seat cushions (099525) for an entire group plus the carousel (099524).
28 lounge cushions (099534) plus the practical carousel (099533).
099526 Seat Carousel, complete set
099537 Lounge Carousel, complete set
G
Seating Cushion, Round
This seating cushion cover is washable. Non-flammable, foam stuffing. Ø 12“, 30 cm, 2“, 5 cm thick. 090846 Blue 090847 Green 090848 Red
H
G
Seating Cushion, Hexagon
Cover is washable. Non-flammable, filled with Styrofoam balls. Ø 13“, 33 cm, approx. 3“, 8.5 cm thick. Seat area in red, blue or green - depending on stock.
H
090849
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
273
Not available in the U.S.A.
Crib Bed
Wood
With Real Beech Veneer
Crib with edge guard
also with casters
The lateral edge guard prevents little ones from falling. Beech wood. W 50 ¾“ x D 26“, W 128.5 x D 66 cm, height without casters 10 ¾“, 27 cm, with casters 14“, 35 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180985 Without casters 180986 With casters
10 Beds stackable
Optional
Crib mattress in 2 qualities
Firm foam core with cover of Sanfor-Drell, solid beige. Cover is removable and washable up to 140 °F / 60 °C. Do not tumble dry. 180403 W 47 ¼“ x H 3 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 8 x D 60 cm. Firm foam core, coconut fiber layer on both sides, 1 layer of cotton wool, calico cover. 100% cotton wool cover, removable with zip and washable at 200 °F / 95 °C. Do not tumble dry. 180401 Size: W 47 ¼" x H 4 ½" x D 23 ¾", W 120 x H 11 x D 60 cm
Fitted sheets for stackable cribs 104164 white 104165 honey yellow 104166 polar blue
274
47½
“, 1
20 c
m
Not available in the U.S.A.
Crib Bed
With and without detachable side bars Crib without detachable side bars
The economical alternative (not shown)
Solid beech wood, side panels in genuine beech veneer. Slatted frame can be adjusted to 4 heights. Without detachable or removable side bars. W 49“ x H 33“ x D 26“; W 124 x H 83.6 x D 66 cm. Sleeping area: W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180970 Without casters (not shown) 180961 With casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm)
With detachable side bars and slatted frame that can be adjusted to 3 heights. The reinforced side panels are bolted at 3 points to the end panel. Solid beech wood, painted. W 49 ¾“ x H 31 ½“ x D 25 ¾“, W 126 x H 80 x D 65 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180958 crib 180959 set of casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm; note: only possible combined with a caster set!)
Crib with detachable side bars (not shown)
Optional Crib mattress Firm foam core with cover of Sanfor-Drell, solid beige. Cover is removable and washable up to 60 °C / 140 F. Do not tumble dry. W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 180403 H 3 ¼“, 8 cm 180401 H 4 ½“, 11 cm
Fitted sheets for stackable cribs 104164 white 104165 honey yellow 104166 polar blue
Padded Elements Sofas
Ideal for little ones who are a bit older and want to crawl into bed on their own. Because this crib has 3 individual bars that are easy to remove. Slatted frame can be adjusted to 4 different heights. Solid beech wood, side panels in genuine beech veneer. W 49“ x H 33“ x D 26 ¼“, W 124 x H 83.6 x D 66.5 cm; sleeping area W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. Mattress must be ordered separately. 180972 Without casters 180962 With casters 181007 rolling drawer (W 22 ½“ x H 5 ¾“ x D 25 ¼“, W 57 x H 14 x D 64 cm)
Crib with 2 roller boxes
Folding bed This crib lets you be flexible The GS-approved folding bed is perfect when new children come in. And when the little ones grow bigger, unneeded cribs can simply be folded up and stored away to conserve space. Thanks to the simple fold and lock mechanism, the bed is quickly built up or stored away again. Material: solid beech wood. With 4 locking casters. Underside with ventilation holes. W 49 ¼“ x H 31 ¼“ x D 26“, W 125 x H 79 x D 66 cm, in folded state D 8“ , 20 cm.
180955
Optional Crib mattress W 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x D 60 cm. 180404 H 3 ¼“, 8 cm 180405 H 4 ½“, 11 cm
GS tested
flexible and space-saving
only 8“, 20 cm tall
in the first step, fold out the sides
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
lock in just the first grate
www.haba.de
now secure the second grate, and the little nest is ready
275
Not available in the U.S.A.
With Separate Rolling Bed Loft crib Open or close the safety sliding door with just one hand. The safety sliding door automatically moves down slowly after being touched and stops at a safety height of 12“, 30 cm. With 4 locking casters. Solid beech wood and genuine beech veneer. W 49 ¾“ x H 55 ½“ x D 27 ¾“, W 126.3 x H 140.4 x D 70 cm. Height of mattress from floor: 30 ¼“, 76.5 cm. Please order casters separately.
180992 Rolling bed Can be pushed underneath loft bed 180992. W 46 ½“ x H 17 ½“ (with casters) x D 25 ½“, W 118 x H 44 (with casters) x D 64 cm.
180996
Optional Mattress for rolling bed Foam core RG 24/40, polyester cover, removable and washable at 140 °F, 60 °C. Size: W 45" x H 3 ¼" x D 23", W 114 x H 8 x D 58 cm.
180988
opens with just one hand
Even when the safety sliding door is lowered, the railing has the required safety height 12“, 30 cm
Space-saving solution for a small child at the top and a larger one at the bottom: the rolling bed transforms the loft bed into a bunk bed
The handle locks in twice to prevent accidental opening.
With Sliding Grille Loft Bed with Sliding Grille
Even without the grille there is a safety edge so that the child cannot fall out of bed.
With two side locking mechanisms which can only be opened by an adult. A safety lock means the grille cannot be completely pushed down. This means that the child cannot fall out of bed, even when the grille is lowered. With 4 casters, two of which are lockable. Solid beech wood, plastic rail on the top edge of the grille. W 49 ¼" x H 54 ½" x D 25 ¾", W 125 x H 138 x D 65 cm, sleeping area: 47 ¼" x 23 ¾", 120 x 60 cm. Please order mattress separately (p. 277 ).
181052
276
Not available in the U.S.A.
Crib Bed
With security doors A
Bunk-bed crib with 4 wing doors
Space-saving solution for 2 children. Safe door mechanism: the doors lock closed and cannot be opened from the inside. The bunk-bed crib has an extra high edge guard. The mattresses should not be thicker than 4 ½“, 11 cm. Please note the marking on the inside of the bed. Solid beech wood on the face side, genuine beech veneer, acrylic panels. GS-approved. W 50“ x H 69“ x D 27 ¾“, W 127 x H 174 x D 70 cm. 2 sleeping areas, each 23 ¾“ x 47 ¼“, 60 x 120 cm. Please order mattress separately (below).
180998
B
Bunk-bed crib with 2 wing doors
Space-saving solution for 2 children: toddlers can sleep in the upper bed and below, older children. Safe door mechanism: the doors lock closed and cannot be opened from the inside. The bunk-bed crib has an extra high edge guard. The mattresses should not be thicker than 4 ½“, 11 cm. Please note the marking on the inside of the bed. Solid beech wood on the face side, genuine beech veneer, acrylic panels. GS-approved. W 50“ x H 69“ x D 27 ¾“, W 127 x H 174 x D 70 cm. 2 sleeping areas, each 23 ¾“ x 47 ¼“, 60 x 120 cm. Please order mattress separately (below).
Padded Elements Sofas
180990
B
A
10 Year GUARANTEE GS-tested Made in Germany Also available without doors.
With Sliding Grille Bunk Bed with Sliding Grille
With one or two sliding grilles
The grille is secured in such a way that it can only be unlocked and opened, or closed and locked, by an adult. It runs in specially milled grooves. To open it is pushed up and then put into the guides. This means that it does not cause any problems when children crawl into bed or get up, or when the little ones are placed in to bed or taken out. W 49“ x H 75“ x D 28 ¾“, W 124 x H 190 x D 73 cm. Solid beech wood, side panels in beech look. 106265 1 sliding Grille (open below) 180944 2 sliding Grilles
Optional
When pushed up the grille moves in specially milled grooves.
Daycare Mattress 180404 W 47 ¼“ x H 3 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 8 x D 60 cm.
180405 W 47 ¼“ x H 4 ½“ x D 23 ¾“, W 120 x H 11 x D 60 cm.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
277
Platform with Pull-out Bed
Combin
ation of
five platf
orms
Caster with suspension and stop function (easy to roll without load; won't roll when loaded as the brake is activated).
Pull-out bed can be placed anywhere in the room A
B
Platform with pull-out bed
lots of space to play
The rolling bed can be quickly and easily taken out for the afternoon nap, and then stored again afterward. Covers and pillows fit in with it too. Platform makes space for playing, reading or resting. Model 181035 comes with an additional mattress, which also makes the platform into a sleeping space. Birch wood, linoleum surface. Delivery incl. fixed slatted frame. W 58 ¼", 147.8 (pulled out 114 ¾", 291 cm) x D 28 ½", 71.8 cm. A 181026 with pull-out bed, H 10 ¼", 26 cm B 181035 with pull-out bed for two mattress, H 13 ½", 34.1 cm Select linoleum surface below.
More about BIRCH WOOD on page 122/123
Optional Mattress High quality, polyester foam (RG 24/40). The cover is made of muslin (100% cotton, Öko-Tex standard 100), with zip, and is removable and washable at 140 °F, 60 ˚C, but cannot be tumble dried. W 54 ½“ x H 2 ½“ x D 22 ½“, W 138 x H 6 x D 57 cm.
How to order
181029
Mandatory Options Linoleum Surfaces Sand
Orange Green
Light Blue
Blue
L071 L171 L132 L422 L479
278
Platform clamps For fixing the platform, e.g. for a running course. 820861 2 pieces
Sleep Options
Sleep- and Play Platform
A
PLATFORM AS A PLAY PLATFORM on page 218. Platform
Select linoleum options, page 278.
PLATFORM for 2 Cushioned Mats
Padded Elements Sofas
Behind the flap covers with magnetic latches and air holes, guide bars are hidden. Birch wood. W 59 ¼“ x D 25 ½“, W 150 x D 64.2cm. A 470060 for 1 cushioned mat, H 7 ¼“ H 18.5 cm B 470065 for 2 cushioned mats, H 13 ½“, H 34.1 cm
extra storage space
B
ca. 63“, 160 cm
Fold-down Bed
space-saving & decorative storage – quickly and easily folded down
Can only be operated by an adult.
58 ¾
“, 14
9 cm
Fold-down Bed With double-secured closure. Can only be operated by an adult. With ventilation slots. Note: covers and pillows should be stored in a separate cupboard. Beech wood veneer. W 25 ¾“ x H approx. 4“, W 65 x H approx. 10 cm, D folded up 6 ¼“, 15.3 cm, folded down 58 ¾“, 149 cm.
181015
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
279
Natural Fiber Carpets
Advantages • Natural fiber carpet (80 % goat hair, 20 % virgin wool) with jute backing
• Long-wearing • Fray-resistant • Perfectly lies flat without curling in the corners
• Anti-static • Fulfills requirements of German DIN 41-2-1fire class 1
• With appropriate room humidity (see care instructions) suitable for installation over floor heating system
RUCTIONS:
RE INST IMPORTANT CA
• Goat hair and virgin wool store moisture and discharge it when the air in the room is dry, which contributes to a balanced climate in the room. A balanced and ideal room climate ranges from approx. 50 - 70 % relative humidity and a room temperature of 68°F/20°C.
customer decides length
T570
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“ 2x2m
78 ¾“ x 118“ 2x3m
78 ¾“ 2 m
Measurements and Shapes Ø 78 ¾“ Ø2m
Ø 118“ Ø3m
78 ¾“2 m
T585
Tretford carpet 848301 78 ¾“, 2 m wide, per cm 848322 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 848323 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m 848356 Quadrant unit, side length 78 ¾“, 2 m
T568
T641
T517
T516
T622
T566
T555
T601
848355 Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m 848357 Ø 118“, 3 m
Select carpet color.
280
• When rooms are heated, Tretford recommends additional air humidification with humidity containers, humidifiers or plenty of plants. If the relative humidity is still not adequate then Tretford recommends spraying a little water with a spray can. This method is also suitable if there is underfloor heating. This way the Tretford carpet will develop the properties which are important for its durability. • Goat hair and virgin wool react sensitively to exposure to light. In rooms that are constantly exposed to UV radiation, ensure adequate shading. • Vacuum the carpet often to remove loose dirt. Please maintain sufficient humidity in your rooms. If the humidity is not adequate, goat hair and virgin wool will become brittle and can be damaged during vacuuming.
Carpets
Fabromont
Easy-Care Quality
Measurements and Shapes
Advantages • Kugelgarn® (“fiber ball”) carpet (60 % Polyamide, 40 % Polypropylene) • Extremely resistant and hardwearing: classification per DIN EN 1307 • Fray-resistant
customer decides length
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“ 2x2m
78 ¾“ x 118“ 2x3m
Fabromont carpet 848101 78 ¾“, 2 m wide, per cm 848122 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 848123 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m
F111
F164
F019
F165
F355
Padded Elements Sofas
Select carpet color.
• Perfectly flat, lies without curling in the corners • Anti-static • Fulfills requirements of DIN 41-2-1 fire class 1 • Suitable for installation over floor heating system • Provides no breeding ground for allergens, therefore suitable for individuals with allergies • hygienic even after many years of use and without antibacterial finish • Impact sound reducing per VM DIN 52210-1 • UV-resistant and non-fading
How to order Mandatory Options Carpets Please order the desired length.
Order by product number, color code name and length.
ial care.
Requires no spec
Area Rug Play Carpets Solid colors. Anti-slip underside. Delivered rolled up. Nylon. 10‘ x 13‘, 300 x 400 cm. 091019 Blue 091026 Red 100536 Green
In 3 Colors
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
281
Carpets
099843 099844 099940 099941 099990
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m
Jeans
099846 099847 099934 099935 099991
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m
Silver Grey
109155 109154 109153 109152 109156
282
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118 ¼“ , 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118 ¼“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m
Measurements and Shapes 78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2x2m
78 ¾“ x 118“, 2x3m
Ø 118“, Ø3m
Ø 78 ¾ “, Ø2m
2.50 m
Kiwi
98 ½“
Material Properties & Benefits • Material: 100% polyamide, back with fabric
• Fire resistant
• High-quality loop pile
• Especially suited for subfloor heating
• Fully stitched edge
• Lightfast
• Antistatic
• Wheelchair compatible
• Durable
• Uses: building corners, group or play rooms
• Easy to clean
Red
099845 099842 099936 099937 099992
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m
Camel
099848 099849 099942 099943 099993
78 ¾“ x 78 ¾“, 2 x 2 m 78 ¾“ x 118“, 2 x 3 m Ø 78 ¾“, 2 m Ø 118“, 3 m Quarter-circle, Ø 98 ½“, 2.50 m
Dramatic Play Elements
Dramatic Play Elements
Room Concept
1
The Play Room A well thought out room design makes it possible for children to play alone, in pairs or in small groups. In the concept pictured you can see an arrangement option with various areas: In the front area there is space for floor games and storage. The back area is primarily intended for role play: The platform is perfect for playing with building blocks. A small children's apartment encourages family games. Children experience their environment through play. They tackle specific problems and developmental tasks. They test relationships and practice procedures. All of this is important for personal development.
Play apartment Linda Versatile furniture â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for endless play options (from page 286).
GEMINO+ platforms on page 314
1 Play backdrops from page 129 Small cave on page 302
284
Play Furniture Spielküchen
Safety Kitchen for Preschool Even little cooks can hold on
Grab handles for pulling up and holding on
Rollenspiel Regelspiel
Birch
Chairs and Tables
Large, dials that turn
Height 16“, 40 cm
Dramatic Play Elements
Rounded corners ½“, 5-mm
Safety Kitchen Unit Here the littlest ones get a first kitchen experience. Milledin stovetop burners and a nonremovable sink are available for play. Movable faucet and stovetop control knobs make the unit seem real. Rounded edges protect little cooks from harm. And the grab handles on the left and right offer support when they want to pull themselves up. Birch. W 23 ¾“ x H 15 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 60 x H 39 x D 34 cm. Overall height: 18 ¼“, 46 cm.
Oven door is stationary
128541
UPHOLSTERED SAFETY FURNITURE on page 34/35.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
OTHER SAFETY FURNITURE on page 136/137.
www.haba.de
285
Linda Play Furniture
Linda
easily transformed
Versatile Furniture 10 Year GUARANTEE Âźâ&#x20AC;&#x153;, 5 mm safety edge No small parts Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
for endless play options
Children like to role play, and often switch roles quickly. Just a moment ago they were a parent, but now they'd prefer to play shop. The stove transforms into a counter in just one easy step. The door opens into a garage. The sink is a perfect bridge to crawl under, the shelf becomes a stool and so on. To make sure children have plenty of space for their imagination to run wild, the stable and safely stackable furniture is subtly designed, and created in such a way that it can be easily combined. Robust hinges and solvent-free varnish mean the furniture is "child-safe".
Made in Germany
The System
286
Easily combine cabinets The attachments are secured with two edge strips on the underside.
? Linda Play Furniture
Versatile Z
oo m
Cabinet + Cushion = Stool Cabinet + Table Top = Table
Cabinet + Top Piece = Artist's Studio
Cabinet + Panel = Racetrack
With Linda you are able to quickly transform the play corner, ie. into a small artist's studio.
Creativity is welcome. A top panel can be quickly transformed into a racetrack.
Single Elements Square Table Top Top Piece
Panel Top Piece
Stove/Sink Top Piece
Low Cabinet, Open
For all cabinets. Cannot be pushed off or pushed over thanks to 4 feet and 2 turning bolts on the underside. Birch wood. W 21 ½" x H 3 ¼" x D 21 ½", W 54 x H 8 x D 54 cm.
Can be used as a table or seat. For all cabinets. Can also be suspended between two cabinets. Cannot be pushed off thanks to two edge strips underneath. Birch wood. W 31 ½" x H 1 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 80 x H 3.5 x D 40 cm.
With acrylic glass pane, 2 turning knobs, tap and 2 building blocks to play directly on the floor. For all cabinets. If suspended it can only be mounted between two cabinets. Cannot be pushed off thanks to two edge strips underneath. Birch wood. W 31 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 80 x D 40 cm, total height 6 ½", 16.5 cm.
Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm.
129132
Dramatic Play Elements
129133
129120
129131
Low Cabinet with Fixed Shelf
Low Cabinet with Door
Tall Cabinet With Fixed Shelf
Tall Cabinet with Double Door
Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm.
Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 11 ½" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 29 x D 40 cm.
Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 22 ¼" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 56 x D 40 cm.
129121
129122
129125
1 fixed shelf. Birch wood. W 15 ¾" x H 22 ¼" x D 15 ¾", W 40 x H 56 x D 40 cm.
129126
Seating Cushion Can be used on the floor or as a stool cushion. Foam with phthalate-free synthetic leather covering. Color: light green. 14 ¾" x 14 ¾", 37 x 37 cm, 1 ¾", 4 cm thick.
129146
`Hooked Panel with Pockets Can be hung on the side of all "Linda" children's apartment cabinets. The removable panel has two stitched mesh pockets and a rollover edge with Velcro. Robust 100% polyester fabric, mesh, metal strip with yellow powder-coating. Strip W 15 ½" x H 2", W 39 x H 5 cm; pockets W 15" x H 9 ¼", W 38 x H 23 cm. 129140 blue 129141 green
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
fabric boxes on page 179.
www.haba.de
287
Birch Play Apartment Lara Lara
10 Year GUARANTEE
All individual elements on page 290.
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Cabinets with aluminum grip bars Quality metal hinge 180째 Made in Germany
LARA, is modern, friendly and, of course, stable. With the versatile elements from LARA, you can create a little kitchen, living room or seating area where children feel happy and comfortable, with all the appliances they know from home.
288
Makeup Table
Play Apartment ”Lara“
lino Kitchen Counter A lot of kitchen in a small space. Sliding door with acrylic glass Genuine birchwood veneer
A
Burner made of Plexiglas with silkscreen printing
Genuine edge band Trim that looks like aluminum
Knobs for rotating
Aluminum grip bar
Acrylic glass Pull-out dishwasher
Plastic sliding base
Baking oven you can pull out
Compact kitchen A
Lino Kitchen Counter
B
Compact Kitchen
Constructed of birch veneer, acrylic, laminated countertop, sink made of plastic, metal knobs and dials. W 42“ x H 41“ x D 14 ½“, W 107 x H 103.5 x D 37 cm; Counter Top Section: D 9“, 22.5 cm. 128501 Kitchen Center 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet
Cabinet with sink made of plastic, dishwasher, pull out oven, 4 burners made of printed acrylic, 3 drawers, wooden dials that turn, water tap of powder-coated metal. Birch real wood veneer, W 42“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 107 x H 56 x D 37 cm. 128503 Kitchen Center 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
B
www.haba.de
289
Dramatic Play Elements
Long-life HPL coating
Lara
10 Year GUARANTEE
Single Elements
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Cabinets with aluminum grip bars Quality metal hinge 180° Made in Germany Oven can be pulled out
Stove with Oven Oven as pull-out with window made of acrylic and baking sheets that pull out. Four burners of printed acrylic, wooden dials that turn. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.
128512
Pullout dishwasher
Sink with Dishwasher
Kitchen Center
With a dish rack that slides out, wooden dials that turn. Sink made of plastic, water faucet of powder-coated metal. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.
Cabinet with sink made of plastic, 2 burners made of printed acrylic, wooden dials that turn, faucet of powdercoated metal. W 27“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 56 x D 37 cm.
128514 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet
128502 023144 Replacement sink 128101 Replacement faucet
Sounds when turning of the drum
Drawers Set of three drawers, colored (yellow, orange, red). W 5 ½“ x H 5 ½“ x L 12“, W 14 x H 14 x L 31 cm.
128518
Freezer compartment in fridge
Tall Cabinet Washing Machine Round door with acrylic pane, outer pane with a handle that turns, wooden laundry pieces between both panes that creates a typical washing sound when handle is turned. Housing includes a detergent drawer and 2 wooden dials that really turn. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.
128513
Clothes Closet
Hinged door with bottle holder, freezer, shelves. Door hinged on left. W 18 ½“ x H 22 ¼“ x D 14 ½“, W 46.5 x H 56 x D 37 cm.
With refrigerator and microwave. Refrigerator: hinged door with bottle holder and 2 small drawers, freezer, 2 shelves. Door hinged on right. Microwave: hinged door with acrylic pane, wooden dials that really turn. W 24 ½“ x H 40 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 62 x H 103.5 x D 34 cm. Storage shelves can be equipped with drawers 128518.
128515
128516
128510
Refrigerator
With hinged door, shelves and 4 metal hooks. W 24 ½“ x H 40 ¾“ x D 13 ½“, W 62 x H 103.5 x D 34 cm. Storage shelves can be equipped with drawers 128518.
with hinged mirrors on the sides
Vanity Table Diaper Changing Pad 6 small cubbyholes, can be equipped with drawer 128518, and two large cubbyholes. W 26 ¾“ x H 22“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 56 x D 37 cm.
With 3 acrylic mirrors, two of which are side folding mirrors, and ball hooks. Four cubbyholes, can be equipped with drawer 128518. W 26 ¾“ x H 36 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 68 x H 93 x D 37 cm, table height 20 ½“, 52 cm.
Seat height: 5”, 8 ½”, 10 ½” or 12 ½”, 12, 21, 26, or 31 cm. The grip holes facilitate handling. W 12 ½” x H 12 ½” x D 10 ½”, W 31 x H 31 x D 26 cm.
128527
128524
128635
For sideboard on this page (128527). With plastic pad, cover made of Cordura, washable. Cordura made of 100% polyester. W 26 ¾“ x H 17 ¾“ x D 6 ¼“, W 68 x H 16 x D 45 cm.
Sideboard
128531
290
Turn-around Stool
Play Apartment ”Lara“
Coffee Table Tabletop coated with Duropal in birch-look. Legs made of solid beech. Ø 26“, 66 cm. 128523 H 9 ¾“, 25 cm
Square Table Stackable Stool “Favorit”
Stacking Chair “Favorit”
Solid beech wood; seat made of genuine beech wood. 809630 Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm
Solid beech wood; seat and backrest made of genuine beech wood. 809330 Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm
Tabletop with Duropal surface in birchlook, legs solid beech. W 25 ½“ x H 20 ½“ x D 21 ¾“, W 65 x H 52 x D 55 cm.
Round Table
128520
Tabletop coated with Duropal in birch-look. Legs made of solid beech. Ø 26“, 66 cm. 128530 H 20 ½ “, 52 cm (not shown)
Padded Elements Rollenspiel Regelspiel
Select fabric options.
Upholstered Chair
Upholstered Lounger
Upholstered Chair
Cover removable for washing. W 18“ x D 18“, W 45 x D 45 cm, seat height: 10“, 25 cm.
Cover removable for washing. W 18“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 19 ¼“, W 45 x H 46 x D 49 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm.
Cover removable for washing. W 31 ½“ x D 18“, W 80 x D 45 cm, seat height: 10“, 25 cm.
Cover removable for washing. W 31 ½“ x H 18 ¼“ x D 19 ¼“, W 80 x H 46 x D 49 cm, seat height 10“, 25 cm.
128526
128522
128525
128521
Rocking Armchair W 23“ x H 24 ½“ x D 28 ¼“, W 58 x H 62 x D 72 cm, seat height 12“, 30 cm.
128151
Dramatic Play Elements
Upholstered Stool
Available in all fabrics. You can find these after p. 222.
Kitchen Center ECKO
Combinable with all furniture pieces on this page.
Bake, cook, do laundry and dishes: Ecko has everything you need. And after the housework is done, the sinkand stove can be simply rolled under the counter. Then the kitchen is transformed into a food stand or post office.
Stove with
Baking Cart
k Sin
Save space when closed Kitchen Center Ecko Constructed of birch wood veneer, countertop is laminated, acrylic sinks made of plastic. W 40“ x H 22“ x D 24“, W 101.5 x H 56 x D 60.5 cm. Rolling component: W 22 ½“ or 24 ½“ x H 20 ½“ x D 13 ½“, W 57 or 62 x H 52 x D 34 cm. Counter top section: W 38 ½“ x H 13“ x D 19 ¾“, W 98 x H 33.5 x D 50 cm.
128500
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
291
Play Apartment Jule Beech Real Wood Veneer Jule
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
Individual items on page 294
Made in Germany
Children´s Apartment Jule • Tables and chairs made of solid beechwood. • Surfaces and shelves made of solid wood beech edge. • Table and chair legs fitted with plastic floor glides. • Wooden handles. • Insert shelves can be adjusted in grid up to 1 ¼“, 3.2 cm. • Spring metal hinges. • Padding filled with 1 ½“, 4 cm thick foam. • Comfortable backrest cushion. • Cover made of 100% cotton, removable and washable at 86°F/30°C Jule Complete Set Consists of sofa with cushions, table and 2 chairs with cushions. Descriptions of individual items on page 295.
128045
292
Play Apartment ”Jule“
Jule kitchenette Safety edge ¾“, 11 mm
Genuine beech wood veneer Attached on hotplates
Genuine wood edge band
Knobs
Quality hinge with a 94˚ opening
Oven door opens on the side
Adjustable shelf
A
Acrylic Stove Front
Plastic glides
Solid wood pedestal
Compact Kitchen A
Jule Kitchenette
B
Compact Kitchen
Consists of burners and oven, sink and crockery-shelf. With plastic sink insert and tap (attached to back wall). W 43“ x H 39“ x D 14“, W 108.5 x H 98 x D 35.5 cm. 128040 Jule Kitchenette 023142 Replacement sink 128110 Replacement faucet
B
Consisting of burners and oven, plastic sink insert and tap. W 43“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 108.5 x H 56 cm x D 35.5 cm. 128150 Compact Kitchen 023142 Replacement sink 128102 Replacement faucet
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
293
Dramatic Play Elements
Rollenspiel Regelspiel
Removable sink
Jule Crockery Shelf Can be attached to wall or combined with sideboard 128082. W 25“ x H 16“ x D 8“, W 64 x H 40 x D 20 cm.
128078
Single Elements
Diaper Changer Top-Piece Pad made of foam, cover removable and washable. For sideboard 128082. W 26“ x H 6 ½“ x D 17“, W 66 x H 16 x D 43.5 cm.
Sideboard
Sideboard with Crockery Shelf
1 insert shelf. W 26“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.
1 insert shelf in cupboard. Crockery 128078 included. W 26“ x H 39“ x D 14“ , W 66 x H 96 x D 35.5 cm.
128027
128082
128083
glued-on hotplates
guaranteed to be “drip-free” with a freezer compartment Sink Unit
Stove Dials that turn, oven door with acrylic glass and wooden handle trim. One wooden pull-out insert shelf as “baking tray”. Side opening door with spring metal hinge. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.
128068
With 2 doors, top plastic, sink insert, removable wooden tap and dishcloth rail on inside of door. W 26“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.
128073 128089 Replacement sink 128102 Replacement faucet
Chest of Drawers Two large drawers for plastic utensil and plates; One flat drawer with plastic cutlery insert. Inner drawer measurements approx. 14 ½“ x 10 ½“, 37 x 27 cm each. With wooden handles. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.
128076
Adjustable side mirrors
with ice-box
Hairdressing Table Fridge
Wardrobe
With an “ice-box”. Door opens to left. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.
One clothing rail, one insert shelf. W 26“ x H 39“ x D 14“, W 66 x H 98 x D 35.5 cm.
Mirror made of safety glass. Mirror element is secured to table base. W 26“ x H 41“ x D 17“, W 66 x H 104 x D 43.5 cm.
128074
128070
128079
294
Play Apartment ”Jule“ detergent drawer
10 Year GUARANTEE knobs
Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 161.
Made in Germany
makes sounds like a real washing machine
rotating drum Washing Machine Drum window made of acrylic, Ø approx. 12“, 30 cm. Outer pane with handle for turning. Between the 2 acrylic panes are colorful pearls which, when turned, imitate the characteristic rotation noises of a washing machine. Trim with small detergent drawer and 2 operating knobs. W 18“ x H 22“ x D 14“, W 46 x H 56 x D 35.5 cm.
128075
Dramatic Play Elements
All JULE Elements are available in Gilde red with yellow dots. All covers removeable for washing.
Stackable Stool “Favorit”
Chair, stackable
Material: Solid beech wood. Seat height 12 ¼“, 31 cm. Ø 12 ¾“, 32 cm.
With plastic floor glides. Chair W 13“, 33.5 cm, H 22“, 55 cm, sitting height 12“, 30 cm, sitting depth 12 ½“, 31.5 cm.
Seat Cushions for 128060
809630
128060
128026
W 12“ x H 1 ¾“ x D 10 ½“, W 30 x H 4 x D 27 cm.
Padded Armchair Coffee Table
Round Table
W 21“ x H 14“ x D 22“, W 55 x H 36 x D 55 cm.
Ø 26“, 65 cm, height 20 ½“, 52 cm.
W 19“ x H 18 ½“ x D 17“, W 48.5 x H 47 x D 43 cm. Seat height incl. padding 9 1/2“, 24 cm. Foam cushion, 1 ½“, 4 cm thick.
128067
128066
128021
Padded Lounger
Doll Bed
Ironing board
Comfy settee includes 2 back rest pads. W 50 ½“ x H 14 ½“ x D 26“, W 128 x H 36.5 x D 65.5 cm. Sitting height 9 ½“, 24 cm. Foam cushion, 3 ¼“, 8 cm thick.
Crib for dolls, teddy bears and other plush animals. Solid beech. W 24 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 17 ¾”, W 62 x H 34 x D 45 cm. Includes doll bedding.
With a stable foot and sliding bases. A safety clamp prevents it from collapsing. Solid beech. W 30” x H 22 ¾“ x D 8”, W 75.5 x H 57 x D 20 cm.
128018
044990
045730
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
295
Children‘s Apartment
Children's apartment made of solid beech wood
A
A
Washing Machine
With pull-out detergent compartment, turning knob and door with magnetic closure. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm.
128430
B
Stove
With 2 hotplates, 3 turning knobs, a removable baking tray and a solid floor. The door, with acrylic glass pane and magnetic closure, can be opened to the side. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm.
128420
C
Kitchen Sink
With removable metal sink, milled indents for drying area and 2 compartments behind the right-hinged door with magnetic closure. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½"/28 ¾" (incl. tap) x D 12", W 36 x H 54/73 x D 30 cm.
128410
D
B
C
D
Fridge
Two compartments, 1 freezer compartment (door with magnet and finger hole), and small shelf inside the door. Door (with magnet) hinged on the right. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 21 ½" x D 12", W 36 x H 54 x D 30 cm.
128450
E
High Cabinet with Microwave
With turning plate. The secret is the hand crank in the compartment under the microwave. The microwave also has an acrylic glass door and turning knobs. The cabinet offers plenty of storage space, with 2 shelves behind the left-hinged door and 2 compartments. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 14 ¼" x H 33 ¼" x D 12", W 36 x H 84 x D 30 cm.
128440
F
Hand crank turns the plate E
F
Kitchen Block
With removable metal sink and milled indents for drying area, with 2 compartments, 1 removable shelf, and a door with magnetic closure. 2 hotplates on the right and 2 turning knobs, under which there are 2 compartments. Solid beech wood, oiled. W 21 ½" x 21 ½" x D 12", W 54 x H 54 x D 30 cm.
128455
296
Dramatic Play Elements
Rollenspiel Regelspiel
Role Play Elements Rollenspiel-Elemente
Role Play Wall 2 perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 1 mirror, 1 tall shelf, 4 natural shelf bins, 1 wardrobe, 1 shelf for cooking spoons, 1 sink, 1 cooktop, 1 workstation, and 1 hanging material bin. With these elements, a kitchen area and a vanity, a dress-up station, or even a beauty salon can be set up. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144 cm.
458963
These bean bags come from m the room concept
Discovery Rooms! See page 110.
PLAY SHELF on page 112.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
297
It‘s time to
go shopping
Kiosk A worktop with printed on grill and hotplates, a stove for opening, a shelf with 2 racks, deep fat fryer for a French fries basket, a printed on table and a refrigerator with 2 shelves on the rear side (one installed at an angle and with a base track). Birch plywood ½” or ¾”, 8 or 10 mm thick, untreated; worktops clear lacquered: cloth roof made of 100% polyester H 50 ¾” x 30” x 39 ¾”, H 128 x W 76 x D 100 cm.
643397
298
StoreStore
Classic Store Sturdy sales stand Store consists of three pieces: the shelf and counter are connected with an easy-assembly rack. The shelf has four drawers and many permanent divisions while the counter has one rack at an angle and one straight. Ideal for fruit and vegetable stands. Solid timber, treated with wax. Complete store: W 31” x D 36”, W 78 x D 91 cm. Shelf height: 43 ½”, 110 cm. Height of counter: 24 ¾”, 62 cm. The baskets and cash register are not included.
091256
Solid wood, treated
Two Functions in One
2 sides – 2 options
Dramatic Play Elements
Play Store/Puppet Theater One quick step is all it takes to convert the play store into a theater. Simply take the shelf behind the sales counter down, and the stage for puppets is ready. Both the store and the theater stand up securely due to the connecting braces on the side panels. Sales counter with slide-open acrylic-glass panels. Includes curtain. Untreated pine with plywood fill. W 45 ½” x H 49 ¼” x D 12 ½”, W 116 x H 125 x D 32 cm.
655533
moving Plexiglas panes
Grill Out!
Grill Let's see which children stand at the grill: the girls or the boys? With heightadjustable grill grate and hanging rod for grill accessories. Real birch wood, powder-coated metal. W 21" x H 21 ¾" x D 13 ¾", W 53 x H 55 x D 34.4 cm.
120515
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
299
Role Play Cabinet Back panel with hook & loop Wardrobe or Treasure Trove for Role Play The mobile cabinet on four casters is always ready for theater and role play games, but can also serve as a normal wardrobe. The detachable back panel with net pockets is practical for small items. With a safety mirror, a clothes rod, and 4 shelves. Beech veneer; back panel of outdoor fabric (100% polyester) and netting. W 39 ½“ x H 54 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 100 x H 138.5 x D 50 cm.
128016 Material bins (4 x article number 509380) order separately on page 178.
Plenty of space for toys
B
A
Space for many items
A
Birch Wardrobe
A garment rail, a shoe rack and five shelves holds everything needed to play dress up. Various elements can be suspended on to the narrow sides for even more storage space. With a safety mirror, 1 solid and 3 insert shelves, acrylic upstand on the upper edge and grid rack as well as 4 casters, 2 of which can be locked. Beech veneer. W 39 ¾” x H 55” x D 22 ¾”, W 100 x H 139 x D 57 cm. Interior compartment W 14 ¾” x H 8” x D 23”, W 37 x H 20 x D 58 cm.
B
Rolling box with windows
C
Sturdy box with thick acrylic panels. 2 of the casters are locking. Birch wood; 5 mm thick acrylic panels. W 19 ¾“ x H 19 ¼“ x D 19 ¾“, W 50 x H 49 x D 50 cm, with casters.
457069
C
Dress-Up Box
128017
Costumes, hats, masks, and crown: every thing is handy, and organized. Wooden bar and 4 hooks on the sides. Fabric boxes detachable and washable at 86°F, 30° C (blended cotton fabric). with 4 casters. W 31 ½“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 16 ¼“, W 80 x H 120 x D 41 cm.
Material bins order separately on page 178.
128135
Fabric is removable and washable
300
Play house with many possibilities
Puppet Theatre
House of Dreams/Playhouse Children want to have their own little place to get away from it all, to relax and to dream. Take these two play stands with 2 roof arches, add cloth curtains, and you have got a terrific “dream house”. In a couple of easy steps, the house can be turned into a puppet theater, a fruit and vegetable stand, or by taking away the curtain, a beautiful bookcase. Remove the top board and add the store elements, and you have a little country store. Two play stands made of alder (surface oiled). Space requirements: W 67“ x D 31 ½“ , H 51 ¼“ . W 170 x D 80 cm, H 130 cm
Play Curtains To build and extend the playhouse. Made of cotton; washable at up to 140°F/60°C. 98 ½” x 59”, 250 x 150 cm. 038448 red 038449 blue
038439
Store Addition Country Store Can stand alone as a store counter or be integrated into the Playhouse. The country store transforms into a post office, bank or bakery by adding the printed signs included. Alder wood treated with linseed oil. With two pre-printed and one black sign. W 29” X H 27 ½” X D 10”, W 74 x H 70 x D 25 cm.
038463
24 ½“,
62 cm
Lid brake protects little fingers Haba Toy Chest Beautiful, stable chest. The small space between the chest, and the lid stops children's fingers from getting pinched. The two lid brakes (see inset) also mean that the chest closes slowly, meaning additional safety. Solid pine wood, natural finish. Outer size: 24 ½" x 17 ¾" x 13", 62 x 45 x 33 cm.
025925
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
301
Dramatic Play Elements
Basis for play house
Caves full of adventure • Fabric fronts are made of cotton • Roof elements are made of outdoor material (100 % polyester) with Velcro • Frame is made of sturdy genuine birch with tubular steel
Small cave W 47 1/2“ x H 49 3/4“ x D 47 1/2“, W 120 x H 126 x D 120 cm 112890 170300 170301 126940
Adventure Cave, small Fabric front for 112890 Roof element for 112890 Mat for 112890, W 42 ¾“ x H 1“ x D 45 ½“, W 108 x H 2,5 x D 115 cm
Select synthetic leather on page 227. 78
, ¾“
m
0c
20
Large cave W 78 3/4“ x H 65 1/2“ x D 78 3/4“, W 200 x H 166 x D 200 cm 112893 112894 112895 126941
Adventure Cave, large Fabric front for 112893 Roof element for 112893 Mat for 112893, W 74 ¼“ x H 1“ x D 77 ¼“, W 188 x H 2,5 x D 196 cm
Select synthetic leather on page 227.
78
¾“
302
, 20
0 cm
Play caves
Cozy cave
A cozy place
Dramatic Play Elements
Curtain has a Velcro band. Two portholes on the roof lets light in. Cave is installed on the wall with wood ledges. Genuine birch and translucent with acrylic panes. W 39 ¾” x H 23 ½” x D 27 ¾”, W 100 x H 59 x D 70 cm. 110910 Cave 098299 Mat for 110910, blue
Cave for the senses Basic frame
for school, kindergarten and after school
Senses Cave The senses cave gives children a place to let themselves think. A sky roof made of cotton and maybe another little chain of lights makes a universe out of the senses cave and children can lie back and study the night sky. Real beech wood. Cotton roof washable at 86°F/30°C. After washing, stretch to shape and, hang to dry. W 5‘ 2“ x H 5‘ 3“ x D 5‘ 2“, W 157.6 x H 160 x D 157.6 cm. Height of side walls: 18“, 44.2 cm. 846300 Base 842715 Cloth roof, grey-brown 109052 Mat brown-beige
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
303
Not available in the U.S.A.
T N e S E h e S r o s r f a l l i P
r E T a C
Middle element no longer available.
This attractive playmate draws all eyes towards it. At each individual segment there are details designed with sensory experience. The wide variety of elements awakes the children’s curiosity so that they will never be bored. All parts from the head to the tail are bolted together for the safety of the little crawlers. Start with our saver set and add
on to make your caterpillar grow. Genuine birch wood, various materials, crackly foil, etc. H 33 ½“ x D 33 ½“, H 85 x D 85 cm.
Complete Set with 3 Segments Three part Caterpillar Set Each segment is designed in different colors and equipped with various materials and accessories. Genuine birch wood and Plexiglas. It consists of the top (457180), the red back (457182) and the end piece (457185). Space requirement: W 99 ½“ x H 33 ½“ x D 33 ½“, W 253 x H 85 x D 85 cm.
458000
Plexiglas face with feelers
Wooden discs
Sensory mat with a variety of materials and fillings
String of pearls
Squeaky mat 457180 Head piece W 31 ½”, 80 cm
457181 Green arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm
Butterfly with bells 457182 Red arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm
Loophole Strip curtain
Mirrored floor
wavy curtain
457184 Turquoise arc, W 46 ½”, 118 cm
304
Velcro elements with various fillings 457185 Orange tail, W 21 ¾”, 55 cm
End ring for the caterpillar for the senses Can be bolted onto the segments as a facing if used without head or tail. Genuine birch. 457189 1 piece
SensesSinne
Sinnesförderung Kognition · Krippe Entspannung
Snail for the Senses
Snail for the Senses There is so much to discover on this snail: a mat with crackly and tactile segments and various patterns, movable eyes and tongue, a squishy mirror, various brushes, a tactile mat, and a frog’s eye. Will provide interest and fun for little ones. Birch, foam with mirror foil, mat made of foam and cover made of 100% polyester with Velcro strips; can be washed by hand at 86 F / 30° C. W 47 ¼” x H 28 ¼” x D 23 ¾”, W 120 x H 72 x D 60 cm.
Dramatic Play Elements
457195
Squishy mirror
Various brushes
Push elements
Tactile mat
Barrel organ
Strips of material with tactile elements
with 28 slide elements
Wires and Beads
threading
House “Who Lives Where?”
Threading, sliding, sorting colors and shapes: every child will find something here to promote fine motor skills and eye-hand coordination. With Mount Motolino several children can play at the same time. All elements are permanently attached, no loose parts to clean up or get lost. Real birch wood. Ø 27 ½”, 70 cm, H 29 ½”, 75 cm. Ages 3 and up. Yarn shown not included.
Two children’s rooms, living room, bedroom, bathroom, kitchen, cellar, and attic are all waiting for just the right furniture. A total of 28 sliding elements with furniture printed on them are available. The background color shows which elements belong to the same room. And just like decorating in a real house, the path leads upstairs and downstairs and along the hallways to the left or right. This game trains motor function and hand-eye coordination. Birch. Sliding elements 1 ¾” x 1 ¾”, 4 x 4 cm, house W 23 ¾” x H 36 ½”, W 59.5 x H 92 cm. Delivery incl. 4 wall stand-off mounts.
120775
120516
Mount Motolino
Attention! Not suitable for children under three. Small parts.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
305
Multi Learning Cube
Nothing gets lost. Fun without the cleaning up. Various activities for multiple children.
23 ¾ “, 60 cm
magnifying glass
magnetic chipping tubes
Multi Learning Cube Sliding elements, such as little cars, airplanes, flowers, etc., a surface with fasteners for practicing a steering wheel with gearshift lever for little race drivers, and many exciting elements, such as spring spheres, magnifier, magic wall, disc tower, feel-it pouches, threaded rod, squeaky toy, etc. Keeps the fingers busy, and addresses all the senses. Birch wood. 23 ¾” x 23 ¾” x 23 ¾”, 60 x 60 x 60 cm.
120828 steering wheel
306
Gemino Activity Systems
Gemino Activity Systems
6
4
3
5
1
2
1
SAFETY 1
Minimizes risk of injury with extra-rounded edges: 1“, 20 mm rounding on the corner posts and ¼“, 5 mm on all other edges.
2
Safety steps: with closed stairs, non-slip profile and a step depth of 11 ¼“, 28 cm.
3
Handrails - can be grasped at two heights
4
Extra high railings: a platform height of 39 ½“, 100 cm or more requires a sill height of at least 39 ½“, 100 cm.
5
6
Sill frame: robust, double profile – visibility thanks to viewing slit. Correct distance to the ceiling: avoid getting heads caught.
Safety for children, teachers and responsible bodies >> Certified in accordance with DIN EN 1176/1177 >> Adheres to the requirements of German standard of the Municipal Federations for Accident Insurance and Prevention (GUV) >> No additional costs for approval or for any required corrective measures.
safety doors:
More information on page 329.
308
Padded inclines
QUALITY
10 Year GUARANTEE
Select materials produced in Germany guarantee the highest quality for long life for Gemino+. We use solid birch and birch veneer of extraordinary quality for Gemino+. Certified materials meet the highest standards and guarantee a long life.
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
• Coated with water varnish -> easy-care and hygienic surface
Posts: 2 ½”, 5.4 cm thick, multiple bonding, finger-jointed –>excellent quality, non warping
Bars: Square and specially rounded – attractive appearance, innovative shape, extremely sturdy and safe
Heavy-Duty Beams: with double T profile for extreme load-bearing capacity and stability. HABA uses wood from sustainable forestry for all furniture made in Bad Rodach, Germany.
Perforated Metal Sheets: made from 2.5 mm thick, powder-coated metal-light, stable and transparent
Platform Bases: 1“ thick poplar veneer board – excellent weightbearing properties with 2,5 mm thick linoleum covering. Low-noise, anti-bacterial and antistatic.
Steps: solid beech wood with non-slip edge – sturdy and slip-proof
Gemino Activity Systems
• Self-supporting system -> does not require wall fastening
Panels: Made from solid birch veneer. Dovetailed.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
309
VARIETY Gemino+ is a complete modular room design range. The single elements can be connected together in a variety of ways. This means that it is possible to add individual modules, or even whole areas, at a later point in time.
Roof Elements
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
The Module Idea – more than 400 individual Elements
Railings
Crossings
Platforms
Base Frames
Ascents
The 3 OPTIONS 1. Ready-made Units
310
10 Year GUARANTEE
with the Gemino+ module system
2. Individual Units Do you need something a little different?
1. Request Sketch out your ideas with the individual elements you would like and give us a brief overview of your space.
3. Your individual Quote You will receive the following from
2. Planning
us (free of charge and non-binding):
Trained CAD planners check your sketch
• 3D planning
and your
• Product description
requirements...
• Overview of costs.
One of many solutions! Size and feature description for each ready-made unit
• For practicability • With regard to all applicable European Spielhäuser 2. Ebene
safety standards
Gemino Activity Systems
3. Individual Custom Solutions Do you want something more than the modular system offers, or do you have a unique idea?
We are happy to customize the available Gemino+ modules to suit your individual needs. Whether you need a play area that spans various levels, or have unusual requirements for particularly intensive usage - we are the perfect point of contact. We collaborate with you to create a customized Gemino+ solution and implement your design ideas with unique Haba quality.
Gemino+ as an Elbe river steamboat in the Altmarkt Galerie in Dresden
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
This is also Gemino+: a rocket with launch pad, bridge and all the extras. A visual attention-grabber, and a fantastic adventure playground for children at the Norwegian Vatnekrossen preschool.
www.haba.de
311
For toddlers
Exciting: anybody who dares to venture through the tunnel can call themselves a fearless explorer.
312
Even older children can comfortably stand up in the den.
Giant Crawling Castle The path to the top leads over different levels. On the sensory panels (sensory panels sold separately page 374) there are squeaky ducks and rain sounds to experience. The acrylic glass balcony gives a wonderful view where children can relax and observe. Having recharged their batteries, children continue on down the castle to quickly pick up a souvenir in the shop. Behind the shop there is also a cozy den to investigate and play. If there is still time, the tunnel under the giant castle can be tempting. 259000 Giant Crawling Castle 254000 Mat set top 4-part Select synthetic leather color for the mat (p. 227). Order additionally sensory panels (p. 336).
Technical data Positioning: Age:
In a corner From 1 ½ years
Platform heights: 13 ½“, 26 ¾“, 33 ½“, 40 ¼“, 47“, 53 ½“, 34, 68, 85, 102, 119, 136 cm Railing heights:
32 ½“ and 94 ¼“, 82.5 and 112.1 cm
Total height:
104 ½“, 265 cm 167“ x 125 ½“, 425 x 319 cm.
Gemino Activity Systems
Space requirements:
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
313
For toddlers
2
1
10 1 0Y Year ear 10 Year G UARANTEE GUARANTEE GUARANTEE
Technical data
Birch Real Wood Veneer
Play Area
Positioning:
Along a wall
Age group:
From 1 ½ years
Play Area
Platform height: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 17, 34 cm
A big play area for little kids: with cushioned wave ascent, an integrated sensory bath with removable lid and a large mirror. Sensory panels can also be attached – see note on page 336.
Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
259086 Order sensory panels separately on page 336.
Children can learn best through touch and experience A tactile bath can be built into the platforms and filled with different materials. When the tactile bath isn’t in use, it can be covered up and then the entire surface can be played on. The lid is heavy enough that children cannot move it themselves, but light enough that adults can open it quickly.
314
32 ½", 82.5 cm 54", 137 cm 98 ¼" x 95 ¾", 249 x 243 cm
More information on page 122/123. AllMore edges are ¼“, mm??? information on5page rounded on all sides.
1
2
Eldorado
Positioning:
Free-standing
Rolling drawer Padded wave climb
Age group:
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
259005
Gemino Activity Systems
Technical data
13 ½", 34 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
46", 116.5 cm
Space requirements:
116 ¼" x 95 ¾", 295 x 243 cm
Additionally order sensory panels. See note on page 336.
Sensory Corner Sensory Corner sensory elements in the floor (2 x cork, 2 x Tretford carpet covering) giant mirror
259058
2
1 Experience for tiny tots: from rough carpet to smooth cork.
1
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 54", 137 cm 72 ¼" x 68 ¼", 183 x 173 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
315
For toddlers 4
2
3
1
3 10 Year 10 Year GUARANTEE GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. All edges are ¼“, 5 mm More information on page ??? rounded on all sides.
Porthole Crawl I Platform Porthole Crawl Platform Wide platform climb for crawling children Sensory platform (Tretford carpet covering) Giant mirror Porthole in the platform floor
Technical data
259087 254002 Mat-set, 2-part
Positioning:
Select synthetic leather color (p.227). Order sensory panels separately on page 336.
Platform height: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼",
Age:
Along the wall From 1 ½ years
27", 33 ½", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85 cm Sill height: Total height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm 66", 167.5 cm
Space requirements: 98 ¼" x 98 ¼", 249 x 249 cm
Up and down
Up + Down Ramp Up + Down Mini
Up + Down Platform Staircase
Fits into the corner. Just one level to reach the platform. Little ones will conquer the wavy staircase with synthetic leather coating.
A corner version: with foam wavy stairs and platforms. The porthole in the base lets light into the den.
This version is ideal if you need a unit that you can put in a corner. It has been secured all the way around and guarantees entertaining “Up + down“ fun over a ramp with Tretford sensory carpet and a small staircase. The top frame is perfect for accessorising with sensory panels.
259021
259009
259006
Technical data Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Railing height: Total height: Space requirements:
In a corner From 1 ½ years
In a corner
Age group:
From 1 year
Platform height:
46", 116.5 cm 71 ¾" x 44 ¼",
6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 17, 34, 51 cm
13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm
182 x 112 cm
316
Positioning:
Railing height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Railing height:
In a corner From 1 ½ years 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
52 ¾", 133.5 cm
Total height:
50 ½", 128 cm
Space requirements:
100 ½" x 74 ¼",
Space requirements:
81 ¼" x 68 ¼",
255 x 188 cm
206 x 173 cm
2
Technical data Positioning:
In a corner
Up + Down Double Wave
Age group:
From 1 year
Large padded wave climb Ramp (Tretford carpet covering)
Platform height:
6 ¾", 13 ½",
Gemino Activity Systems
Up + Down Double Wave
1
17, 34 cm
259019 Order sensory panels separately on page 336.
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
72 ¼", 183 cm
Space requirements:
96 ½" x 71 ¾", 245 x 182 cm
4
Castle with Landing Portholes brighten up the cave.
Castle With Platform Wide platform climb for crawling children Giant mirror Large padded wave climb Porthole in the platform floor 1 Wide platform climb for crawling children 2 Giant mirror 3 Porthole in the platform floor 4 Padded wave climb.
259079 Order sensory panels separately on page 336.
2 Technical data Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
4
3
6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 17, 34, 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½" and 44 ¼", 82.5 and 112.1 cm
Total height:
70 ¾", 179.4 cm
Space requirements:
122 ¼" x 95 ¾",
1
310 x 243 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
317
For toddlers 10 10 Year 10 YYear ear GUARA ANTE EE GUARANTEE GUARANTEE
Buki Castle Padded wave climb Explorer's cave Children's apartment Shop Toddler balcony
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123
259001 More Mor ore e iinformation nformation on p page age ???
Order sensory panels separately on page 336.
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
3
2
1
Technical data Positioning:
In a corner
Age:
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
13 ½", 27", 33 ½", 40 ¼", 47", 53 ¾",
34, 68, 85, 102, 119, 136 cm Sill height:
32 ½" and 44 ¼", 82.5 and 112.1 cm
Total height: Space requirements:
101 ¾", 258 cm 239 ½" x 101 ¾", 608 x 258 cm
Ceiling height higher than 110 ¼", 281 cm. See note on page 331.
318
Gemino Activity Systems
5
4
MATCHING CHAIRS on page 15 AND TABLES from page 36.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
319
oed!dlers K Forirptp
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:
Technical data Free-standing
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Up + Down Linear
Total height:
56 ½", 143 cm
Linear: climb up and slide back down again. This unit also works well freestanding in a room.
Space requirements:
320
Age:
20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
259020
Positioning:
From 1 ½ years
91"x 6", 231 x 66 cm
Platform height:
In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Up + Down Safety Barrier
Total height:
60 ¾", 154 cm
Corner solution with a den. A classic staircase with handrail. Children can come back down the slide before resting in the den.
Space requirements:
259022
91"x51",
231 x 129 cm
Experience Play Castle
Technical data Positioning:
Experience Play Castle
Along the wall
Age:
Next to the steps and the slide there is a tunnel under the castle to discover. At the top, children can keep busy with the sensory panels (sold separately) or enjoy the view from the top floor. The unit stands next to a wall, but it is possible to look through all of the other three sides: two small windows, a porthole and a side made of railings.
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
60 ¾", 154 cm
Space requirements:
259007
74 ¼" x 67", 188 x 170 cm
10 Y Year ear 10 Year GUA ARANTEE GUARANTEE GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Technical data Play Castle with Lookout
Positioning:
Anyone who wants to get up to the castle can use the steps or the wave climb. A fantastic view awaits from the balcony or through the portholes. You can also see what‘s going on underneath in the crawl cave. The entry is from the castle courtyard and is guaranteed to be worth an expedition. And right next to it is the motor skills snail and other playmates.
Age:
Along the wall From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
60 ¾", 154 cm
Space requirements:
139" x 50", 353 x 127 cm
259085
Technical data Positioning: Age:
Technical data Along the wall
Positioning:
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
Age:
20 ¼", 51 cm
Platform height:
Experience Play Castle Variant
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Sill height:
Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails. Linoleum slide incl. guardrail barrier (children must sit down before sliding)
Total height:
60 ¾", 154 cm
Total height:
259008
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Space requirements:
Up + Down Quarter Balcony
75“ x 66 ½“, 291 x 129 cm
A unit that can fit into the corner.
In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 52 ½", 133.5 cm
Space requirements: 94" x 74", 255 x 188 cm
259016
www.haba.de
321
Gemino Activity Systems
AllMo edges ¼“, mm More Mor M o or re in iinformation nfor nfo ffo orm rare m ma ation ttio iio o n on on5pa page age ?? ??? ?? rounded on all sides.
for toddlers wall The mirror on the back the er und den makes the . unit appear much bigger
Snail House This house is a wonderful hideaway. There are three entrances for going to the ground and observing - one is next to the stairs, the second is behind the balcony and the third is behind the slide. The top gives a completely new perspective; there are senses boards (sold separately) to discover and the slide to tackle.
10 Year GUARANTEE
Technical data Positioning: Age:
Along the wall
Birch Real Wood Veneer
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
More information on page 122/123.
20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
259027
Total height:
60 ¾", 154 cm
Order sensory panels separately separately (p. 336).
Space requirements:
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
98 ¼" x 67", 249 x 170 cm
Custom Playhouses See page 311.
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:
Along the wall From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
78 ¾", 200 cm
Space requirements:
124 ½" x 75", 316 x 190 cm
People´s House This house will be enjoyed by many. There is a staircase with extra deep steps on the opposite side to the rolling incline with artificial leather. A den under the railed balcony invites children in. There are senses boards (sold separately) to discover. 259038 Dwarves’ House Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).
322
Technical data In a corner
Age:
From 1 ½ years
Platform height:
20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height: Space requirements:
67 ½", 171 cm 100 ½" x 100 ½", 255 x 255 cm
Three portholes encourage children’s eyes to and give the unit a harmonious appearance. Explorers crawl over the synthetic leather wave and onto the deck, accompanied by their image in the mirror. A glance over the ship’s railings and then back down on the other side, over the gentle, carpeted waves. The cabin under the system can be turned into the perfect quiet.
259023
Gemino Activity Systems
Sailor‘s Corner
Positioning:
Little ones are accompanied by their reflection as they crawl up.
Order sensory panels separately (p.336).
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:
In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
57 ¼", 145 cm
Space requirements:
100 ½" x 50", 255 x 127 cm
Play Hotel Our play hotel is one of the most popular resorts ever! Children can go up the little steps and then back down a soft foam wave. The lower level of the unit houses a mini cozy den. The stairs and foam incline provide two ways to the hotel.
259018
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
323
for toddlers
Technical data
Mole Hole Positioning: The ingenious tunnel system leaves no room for boredom. Children quickly reach the exciting tunnel by going up a staircase and come back down a slide on the other side. At the bottom, two small tunnels lead into the large toy nest.
259050 Order sensory panels separately (p.336)
Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
Along the wall From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 51 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 78 ¾", 200 cm 102 ½" x 67 ½", 260 x 171 cm
Mouse Hole Small crawling children can make their way quickly up the wave climb or the ramp so that they can crawl through the tunnel or hide in it. From time to time they can look through the portholes or pass the time with the sensory panels.
259090 Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height:
Along the wall From 1 year 13 ½", 34 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
54", 137 cm
Space requirements:
78" x 98 ¼", 198 x 249 cm
324
rden for toddler/kinderga
Mini showcase for Gemino+ residents
Climbing up and down is safe
“Home Sweet Home” features a platform step that even the youngest children can safely climb. At the top, a large area invites them to build or relax away from the group. The soft mats (please order separately) make the 33 ½“ high den under the play house the perfect place to retreat. 259036 Home Sweet Home 254001 Bottom mat set, 3-part
Technical data Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 2 years
Platform height:
33 ½", 85 cm
Sill height:
32 ½", 82.5 cm
Total height:
77", 195 cm
Space requirements:
98 ¼" x 50",
Gemino Activity Systems
Home Sweet Home
249 x 127 cm
Order sensory panels separately (p. 336). Select synthetic leather color (p. 227).
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height:
Multi-Generational House In a corner From 1 ½ years 20 ¼", 33 ½", 51, 85 cm
Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
32 ½", 82.5 cm 72 ½", 184 cm 145 ¾" x 74 ¼", 370 x 188 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
The multi-generational house is a play house for the whole group: 3 year olds can use the large den for playing, building or resting. The staircase at the back leads to the building and play area on the second floor. Crawling-age children will feel comfortable in the small den and can get to their play area (behind a transparent acrylic balcony) via the extra deep staircase in front. The dens, colorful acrylic panes immerse every view in or out in a special light. 259046 Multiple-Generational House 254002 Bottom mat set, 2-part
Light pours in, creating an inviting atmosphere.
Order sensory panels separately (p. 336) Select artificial leather color (p. 227).
www.haba.de
325
n Toddler/Kindergarte
1
2
Technical data
Fisherman´s Paradise
Positioning:
Retreat cave Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails 259052 Fisherman’s Paradise
Along the wall From 1 ½ years
Age: Platform height:
33 ½“, 85 cm
Sill height:
32 ½“, 82.5 cm
Total height:
72 ½“, 184 cm
Space requirements:
162 ¼“ x 74 ¼“, 412 x 188 cm
Bridge Castle
Kindergarten
Climbing access (Order safety mats separately). Role play area with acrylic glass door Shop Arched bridge
259011 254011 Fall protection mat, W 23 ¾“ x D 67“, W 60 x D 170 cm Select color option on the next page.
4
Technical data Positioning:
1
2
3
Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height:
Along the wall From 3 years 53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 108“, 274 cm
Space requirements: 219“ x 82“, 556 x 208 cm Required ceiling height higher than 107 ¼“, 272 cm. See note on page 331.
326
2
3
1
Wonderful sliding fun!
Technical data
Gemofant Climbing access (order safety mats separately) Pass protection (children need to sit down to slide) Linoleum slide
Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 3 years
Platform height:
259026 254010 Fall protection mats, W 24“ x D 67“, W 60 x D 170 cm
33 ½“, 85 cm
Sill height:
32 ½“, 82.5 cm
Total height:
Select color options for mat below.
65“, 165 cm 123 ¼“ x 68 ½“, 313 x 174 cm
Gemino Activity Systems
Space requirements:
2
1 3 Technical data Positioning: Age group:
Gemofant With Stairs
In a corner From 3 years
Platform height:
For all ages: stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Pass protection (children need to sit down to slide) Linoleum slide
33 ½“, 85 cm
Sill height:
32 ½“, 82.5 cm
Total height:
259003
65“, 165 cm
Space requirements:
123 ¼“ x 98“, 313 x 249 cm
Safety Fall protection mats We only use HIC certified mats in proven and extremely durable quality. D 2 ½“, 6 cm
Choice of colors
GELB
ORAN
ROT
GRÜN
BLAU
ANTH
Yellow
Orange
Red
Green
Blue
Coal
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
327
Kindergarten
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
1
2
3
Technical data Positioning:
In a corner
Shop
Age group:
From 3 years
Various perforated panels (order hanging elements separately, p. 395) Shop Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and twonon-slip handrails Sensory panels sold separately on page 374. 259030 Store
Sill height:
Platform height:
53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm
Total height:
101 ¾“, 258 cm
Space requirements:
76“ x 82“, 193 x 208 cm
Required ceiling height is higher than 110 ¾“, 281 cm. See note on page 331.
Rooftop Unit Various perforated panels (please order hanging elements separately, p. 395) Role play area with acrylic door Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and twonon-slip
handrails 259032
There is space for storage / play behind the sloping roof.
Technical data
1
2
3
Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 3 years
Platform height: Sill height: Total height:
53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 98 ¼“, 249 cm
Space requirements: 99 ¾“ x 84 ¼“, 253 x 214 cm Required ceiling height: less than 101 ¾“, 258 cm or higher than 107 ½“, 273 cm. See note on page 331.
328
3
2
1
Roof Garden House
Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 3 years
Platform height:
Large role play area on the ground-floor Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and twonon-slip handrails Large role play area on the first floor (order applications separately, p. 366)
Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
259028
Gemino Activity Systems
Technical data
53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 97 ¾“, 248 cm 99 ¾“ x 74 ¼“, 253 x 188 cm
Required ceiling height: less than 101 ¼“, 257 cm or higher than 107 ¼“, 272 cm. See note on page 331.
Safety Door Safety doors serve to separate play areas in mixedage play groups. This is because only children taller than a certain height can open the door, meaning that little ones aren‘t able to enter areas for older children. The doors fit any staircase, and can also be made to measure. Please contact us.
House roof garden, staircase left The same structure as the house roof garden, item 259028. (technical data see above)
259074
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
329
Kindergarten
2
4
1
3
Technical data
Adventure Gallery
Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 3 years
Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Shop Separated role play area Integrated material trolleys (order material boxes separately, p. 181.) Sensory panels sold separately on page 374.
Platform height:
259056
53 ¾“, 136 cm
Sill height:
44 ¼“, 112.1 cm
Total height:
97 ¾“, 248 cm
Space requirements:
94 ¼“ x 123 ¾“, 239 x 314 cm
Required ceiling height: less 101 ¼“, 257 cm or higher 107 ¼“, 272 cm! See note on page 331.
3 1
Munich Model 2nd level – Munich Model Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Material trolleys (order material boxes separately, page 181) Large mirror Space requirements with material trolleys pulled out: 124" x 75 ¾", 314.8 x 192 cm.
259080
330
2
Make the most of your storage space You can also use your Gemino+ for storing materials or toys. A storage space trolley or wheeled container can be integrated into almost any play house. The storage space trolley provides space for crafts or an individual compartment for each child to use. It can only be pulled out to the stopper so it cannot tip. Low wheeled containers of different sizes are ideal for storing building blocks or as dressing up boxes or for other toys. They can be completely removed for flexible use in the group room.
Technical data Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 3 years
Platform height: Sill height:
53 ¾“, 136 cm 44 ¼“, 112.1 cm
Total height:
97 ¾“, 248 cm
Space requirements:
94 ¼“ x 75 ¾“, 239 x 192 cm
The built-in stopper prevents the space trolley from being completely pulled out.
10 Year GUARANTEE
Wall Mounted Marble Track on page 382
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
All edges are ¼“, 5 mm rounded on all sides.
4
1
2
3
Mini Mount Olympus
Positioning:
In a corner
Age group:
From 3 years
Large role play area Various perforated panels (order hanging elements separately, p. 395) Stairs with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails.
Platform height:
259053
Total height:
Order sensory panels p. 336.
Space requirements:
Gemino Activity Systems
Technical data
53 ¾“, 136 cm
Sill height:
44 ¼“, 112.1 cm 108“, 274 cm 123 ¾“ x 75“, 314 x 190 cm
Required ceiling height is higher than 108 ½“, 275 cm. See note below.
smaller than 3 ½“, 8.9 cm or larger than 9 ¼“, 23 cm
A check of the measurements on location is always necessary, even when the design of the play equipment or play structure conforms with standards, and has been checked and certified by the manufacturer. The distance from the ceiling is particularly important. Clearance from top panel to ceiling must be either smaller than 3 ½“, 8.9 cm, or larger than 9 ¼“, 23 cm. If this is not possible then Haba can deliver individually customized protection that reaches up to the ceiling.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
331
ers by m a e r d le tt li r fo s e c a Sleeping sp
gh, other childmidday nap is enou a me so r which Fo s. bit create quiet areas t sleeping ha y it's important to have very dif feren s, n wh rie s re se at' ild no Th ch mi al p. na Ge du ivi on ep Ind the special sle d/or an afterno ed an lop ing ve rn ed de mo s yb a ha da ed ba ed integrat ren also ne to rest. Ha e play houses have to when they want ity and for rest. Th ly turned into cozy tiv children can retreat ick ac r qu fo d e an ac y sp sil a ea as be th n bo ca childs ed he us nic be d which can y, which means the e corners an storage, so that th ed) are always hand ilt lud qu inc d t an s (no es ilts ttr qu ma d . The mattresses an they need it. rest and sleep areas n of taking some time out whenever tio op ren also have the
Select synthetic leather (p. 227).
Gemino B – 6 - 8 children Built-in daybed mattress and quilt cabinet for 6 children Cubby hole cave with niche (mat set 254002, please order separately.) Second level with space for 4 daybed mattresses Fabric roof to darken the space ... from play to rest ...
259092 254002 Mat set, 2-piece
Technical data Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
In the corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 122 x 51 ¼", 312 x 130 cm
The children can do it all on their own
Gemino D – up to 14 children Cubby hole cave (space for 2 x mat sets 254002, please order separately.) Quilt cabinets for 12 children Daybed mattress cabinets for 12 children Second level with space for 10 daybed mattresses
259094 254002 Mat set, 2-piece
4 Technical data
1
332
2
3
Positioning: In the corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 26 ¾“, 33 ½", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 93", 236 cm Space requirements: 146 ¼" x 122 ¼", 371 x 310 cm
4
1
Gemino Activity Systems
Spielhäuser 2. Ebene
3
2
Gemino C – 4 - 6 children
Cubby hole cave (mat set 254003, please order separately.) Quilt cabinets for 6 children
259093 254003 Mat set, 3-piece
Technical data Positioning: Age group: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
Along the wall From 3 years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 74 ¼" x 75", 188 x 190 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
1
2
www.haba.de
333
Rest Geminos!
Select synthetic leather (p. 227).
2
1
Rest Gemino A
Technical data
– space for 4 children Positioning: Age: Sill height: Platform height: Total height: Space requirements:
Cubby hole cave (mat set, item no. 254002, please order separately.) Second level with space for 2 daybed mattresses
259091 254002
Mat set, 2-piece
Along the wall From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 79 ¾", 202 cm 75 ¼" x 51 ¼", 191 x 130 cm
Rest Gemino E – space for 10 - 14 children Cabinets for 12 daybed mattresses Platform steps Quilt cabinets for 12 children Entrance to cubby hole (space for 2 x mat sets, item no. 254002, please order separately.) Exit from cubby hole cave Space for 12 daybed mattresses
259095 254002 Mat set, 2-piece
6
5
Technical data
1
334 334
2
3
4
Positioning: In a corner Age: From 1 ½ years Platform heights: 6 ¾", 13 ½", 20 ¼", 27", 33 ½", 40 ¼", 17, 34, 51, 68, 85, 102 cm Sill height: 32 ½", 82.5 cm Total height: 88 ¾", 253 cm Space requirements: 147" x 122 ½", 373 x 311 cm
?
3
1
2
Resting platform – space for 8 children
Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
259088 254007 Daybed mattress set, 4-piece, Color blue
254008 Mat set, 3-piece
In a corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 44 ¼", 112 cm 90 ¾", 230.5 cm 122 ¼" x 74 ¼", 310 x 188 cm
Spielhäuser 2. Ebene Spielhäuser 2. Ebene
Technical data
Space for mat set 254008, please order separately. Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Space for daybed mattress set 254007, please order separately.
The comfortable resting places on the top level are in high demand.
Gemino Activity Systems
Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).
1
Quiet zone
2
3
Technical data
– space for 5 children Steps with non-slip rubber profile and two non-slip handrails Quilt cabinet for 12 children Cabinet for 12 daybed mattresses
259064 Order sensory panels separately (p. 336).
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Positioning: Age: Platform height: Sill height: Total height: Space requirements:
In a corner From 1 ½ years 33 ½", 85 cm 32 ½", 82.5 cm 66 ¼", 168 cm 98 ½" x 74 ¼", 250 x 188 cm
www.haba.de
335 335
Sensory panels
Sensory Panels for Sensory Panels can be used with all
Closures 7 different closure options.
120370
Brushes, Balls and Mirrors 120369
playhouses. W 16" x H 17 Âź", W 40,6 x H 43,2 cm
Special Effects Turning Discs With 8 turning discs.
120390
Acrylic Gears
Gear Wheels
When the large gear turns, the little ones follow along: tooth by tooth.
With one fixed and two movable gear wheels.
120389
120394
Color Changer
Mirror window
Lights inside panel change colors. Three AAA batteries are included.
Curtain opens with a mirror behind it.
Turntable 1 120146
Turntable 3 120148
Magnetic Track + 2 Wands With two steel marbles.
120399
120392
120366
Rainmaker Turn to make the sound of rain.
120373
Toothed wheel with rubber balls
Turning Spiral with Balls
Chimes
Blank Panel
with Wooden Mallet.
for Self-Design.
The little balls hop all over when the wheel turns.
Fast turning brings the balls into orbit. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit.
120150
104605
120393
120396
FRAMES FOR WALL MOUNTING on page 376.
336
Lofts
Gemino Activity Systems
Assembly required A
10 Year GUARANTEE Ship Set sail on a voyage of discovery. The crew are just taking their places and the captain of the ship is already at the wheel. The sailors are climbing through the porthole to the top deck. Handles and treads give a secure grip on the slope. Children can also “ride the waves” of the wavy staircase. Birch wood with colored etching. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½“, 52cm. Rail height: 24 ½“, 62 cm Total height: 84 ½”, 215 cm. Space requirements: 87 ½“ x 34 ¼“, 222 x 87 cm.
GS tested
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
120511
“No fear, I’ve got it all under control.” “Hello, any room for a little one on board?”
“I can ride these waves no problem”
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
337
Come, little mouse, the cheese tastes really good.
Castle For conquering this castle, the knights and noble damsels just have to be able to crawl. There are many things waiting to be discovered on both sides of the castle: The castle gate to crawl through or to hide, milled motor skills spirals with sliding elements as well as funny animal appliqués. Stairs with handrail on both sides. Birch wood, partially with colored stain, tower roof made of fabric. Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½”, 52 cm. Total height: 65 ¾”, 167 cm. Space requirements: 90 ½” x 28 ¾”, 230 x 73 cm.
120509
For Brave Explorers “But hurry, or there’ll be no room left under the arch.”
Castle with Bridge Children can’t wait to climb up the steps or up the soft, padded waved “staircase”. Both sets of stairs lead to the bridge. The spaces under the bridge and the archway are always popular. The construction, similar to a slatted frame, sheds light underneath the bridge. Birch wood, some color etching, tower roofs made from fabric. Stairs with handrail on both sides.
338
Age: 1 ½ years and over. Platform height: 20 ½“, 52cm. Rail height: 28 ½“, 72 cm. Total height: 65 ¾“, 167 cm. Space requirements: 191“ x 28 ¾“, 485 x 73 cm.
120510 099859 Matching Mat, color: Blue, W 68 ½“ x H 1 ½“ x D 35“, W 173 x H 4 x D 89 cm
BALANCINGBOARDS Playing with Balance
The balancing path is a variable system consisting of blocks and boards, which can be used for different age groups. The boards are simply hung into the rungs of the balancing blocks. Construction is so easy that children can even do it themselves, allowing them to design the balancing course individually and to vary the level of difficulty. Helps the child: >> Provides targeted support of vestibular kinesthetic awareness >> Improves balancing skills >> Trains the ability to self-correct balance
>> The HABA balancing path is certified as "particularly development promoting".
39 ¾“, 100 cm
18“, 45 cm
Balancing Block at 2 Heights
Balancing Block, small Consists of 2 connected “walls” of rungs and a cover that can be hung into the balancing boards. This creates a long balancing path where there is nothing to hold onto. The block also acts as a “half-way” platform. Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 41 ¼“ x H 17 ¾“, W 105 x H 45 cm, cover 24“ x 24“, 61 x 61 cm.
112000
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Balancing Block Consists of 2 “walls” of rungs connected in a cross shape. The platform can be used to stand on and creates additional stability. Includes platform (10“ x 10“, 25 x 25 cm). Birch wood, ¾“, 18 mm thick. W 51 ¼“ x H 39 ½“, W 130 x H 100 cm.
111813
www.haba.de
339
Gemino Activity Systems
Supports the teachers >> Instructional range of easily implemented tasks, from easy (boards on the ground), to difficult (slowly gain height) all the way to incorporation of additional tasks >> Children can be integrated into the construction or independently take it over >> Can be combined with available equipment in the movement room or gym >> difficulty can be easily adjusted to suit the children's abilities
Storage
Wall Bracket for Balancing Boards For 5 balancing boards. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. W 35 ½“ x D 12“, 90 x D 30 cm. 111838 2 pieces
Wall Bracket for Balancing Blocks For 3 balancing blocks. Coated steel tube with rubber balls, non-slip coating on points of support. 15 ¾“ x 15 ¾“, 40 x 40 cm. 111833 2 pieces
Balancing boards saving sets Set Basis
Set SensoryMotor Skills
Set Challenge
Balance Set Basis Includes 1 each: - Balance board (111800), length 7’, 2.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Balance snake, horizontal (111828), length 7’, 2.16 m
111836
340
Balance Set Challenge Balance Set Sensory Motor Skills Includes 1 each: - Board Fakir (111805), length 7’, 2.16 m - Bead snake (111807), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Monkey ladder (111803), length 7’, 2.16 m.
Includes 1 each: - Board river rocks (111831), length 7’, 2.16 m - Board with rockers (111820), length 7’, 2.16 m - Jungle bridge (111824), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m - Balancing curve, horizontal (111829), length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m.
111850
111851
Balance
Balance Boards Touch & Feel with Feet
Rubber balls (Ø 1 ½", 50 mm) make it: >> slip-resistant >> won't damage floor >> safe for hanging >> With metal support (1 ¾" x 1 ¾", 40 x 40 mm) >> Balance boards of genuine birch wood (8", 20 cm wide, 1", 21 mm thick) >> Balance bars of steel pipe, Ø 1 ½", 35 mm, wall thickness ¼" , 4 mm, powder-coated >> Two different lengths (7‘, 2.16 m or 10‘ 6“, 3.16m) >> Weight capacity up to 243 lbs./110 kg (for 7', 2.16 m length) or 155 lbs./70 kg (for 10' 6", 3.16 m length) – in school classes for ages up to 12 years >> Trampoline board with weight capacity up to 176 lbs/80 kg
Tilt
Balance Boards in 7', 2.16 m length
Gemino Activity Systems
A
eet ith f
ew Sens B
A
River Rocks
4 round stepping surfaces (Ø 7 ¾”, 20 cm), supported on rubber elements, sideways or diagonal tilting. 111831 Length 7’, 2.16 m
B
Monkey Ladder
With side rails, rectangular or crescent-shaped, and half-spheres made of wood. All parts rounded and painted in bright colors. 111803 Length 7’, 2.16 m
C
eel ine f
A pr
C
it
ow w
Narr
ce
urfa
ort s
pp h su
ickly
up porc
Bead Snake Tube made of nylon fabric, filled with beads.
111807 Length 7’, 2.16 m
D
Fakir
E
Balance Board
F
Rockers
D
ace surf oth Smo
With round brushes made of plastic and wooden dowels. 111805 Length 7’, 2.16 m E
With smooth surface. 111800 Length 7’, 2.16 m
1 diagonal and 1 sideways tilting board, supported on rubber elements. 111820 Length 7’, 2.16 m
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
g tiltin out h t i kw Roc
F
www.haba.de
341
Trampoline board as light as a feather
Flexible and holds up to 176 lbs. or 80 kg
Trampoline Board A flexible and light as a ski, the board cushions every step as it does not have a metal beam and has been laminated with plastic fibers. The plastic fibers make the board both flexible and stable. Length: 7’, 2.16 m.
112005
Extra-long Balancing Fun in 2 lengths A
A
Board with Jungle Bridge
2 curved steel tubes with wooden braces, toe spheres on diagonal braces for better stability. 111822 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111824 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m
B
Slanted Up and Down: Som ethin g fo r all
the Sens es
B
Left and Righ t Wir e Balancing Act
Balance Snake Horizontal Steel tube, Ø approx. 2”, 5 cm.
111828 Length 7’, 2.16 m 111829 Length 10’ 6“, 3.16 m
Balancing elements used separately or as supplement to the balancing path D
ith ed w the ba bin
ce bridge lan
Can be com
C
Wobbly tall balancing
Trains motor skills
Balance beam The balance beam is narrower than a gymnastic balance beam and yields when balanced on. Helps to improve fitness, coordination and motor skills. The narrow side can be placed down to increase the level of difficulty. Soft, closed-cell special foam. Will not absorb dirt or moisture, long lasting and hygienic. Color: Blue. 64“, 162 cm long, base 9 ½“, 24 cm and top 2 ¼“, 6 cm wide.
054213
Simple exercises, like half squats or standing on one leg, become a real challenge on the balancing see-saw plate. The balancing see-saw board is also wobbly, as the rubber elements mean the board leans to the right or left. Two children can balance on the long surface at the same time or to find their balance. Tip: A fun balancing course can be put together with multiple balancing see-saw plates, or a combination of balancing see-saw boards and plates. Birch, rubber. C 120482 Balancing see-saw plate, color: natural and green, size: Ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm, tread surface Ø 8“, 20 cm, height 3 ¾“, 9 cm D 120486 Balancing see-saw board, color: natural and red, size: L 35 ½“ x W 14“, L 90 x W 35 cm, tread surface L 27 ¾“ x W 6“, L 70 x W 15 cm, height 3 ¾“, 9 cm
Library
Library
Book Castle Castle Gate
Castle Tower
Castle Wall
Birch wood. W 38“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 15 ½“, W 96.5 x H 59.4 x D 39.5 cm.
Birch wood. W 28“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 28“, W 70.3 x H 90.4 x D 70.3 cm, seat height 14 ¾“, 36.7 cm.
124020
124000
Birch wood. W 38“ x H 23 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“, W 96.5 x H 59.4 x D 39.5 cm, seat height 14 ¾“, 36.7 cm. Rolling bins not included. Please order separately.
124010 471550 Rolling bin (W 16 ¾“ x H 11 ¾“ x D 14“, W 42 x H 29.5 x D 35 cm), 1 piece
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Mat for Castle Tower
Mat for Castle Wall
RG 25/40 foam with removable cover made of phthalate-free synthetic leather with non-slip on the bottom. W 25“ x H 1 ½“ x D 25“, W 63 x H 3 x D 63 cm. 124030 Light green 124035 Light blue
RG 25/40 foam with removable cover made of phthalatefree synthetic leather with non-slip on the bottom. W 37“ x H 1 ½“ x D 14 ½“, W 93.5 x H 3 x D 36 cm. 124040 Light green 124045 Light blue
GS-tested Mehr dazu auf Seite 853. Made in Germany
Additional carts are perfect for storing all kinds of treasures.
344
With its towers, walls and gates, the castle invites play.
Bookshelf and Bench
Available in 3 Heights Bookshelf or bench? The Library Bench is both. Compartments behind and under the seat hold lots of books. And the inviting seat is perfect for reading and studying. The Library Bench is an attractive addition to a library or as a separate reading corner in small rooms. Upholstery removable for washing, with hook and loop strip fasteners. Birch-veneer wood panels. Application Worm - sold seperately. 120998 Application Worm
Toddler Library Bench sitting height 10 ¼“, 26 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 20 ½“ x D 20 ½“, W 100 x H 52 x D 52 cm
122270 Fabric group 1 or 2 Kindergarten Library Bench sitting height 13 ¼“, 34 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 24 ¾“ x D 22 ½“, W 100 x H 63 x D 57 cm
122272 Fabric group 1 or 2 School Library Bench sitting height 16 ½“, 42 cm, W 39 ¼“ x H 28 ¾“ x D 25 ½“, W 100 x H 73 x D 65 cm
122274 Fabric group 1 or 2 Select fabric options on page 222-226.
Library
Bookworm
Willy the Bookworm Individual boxes are connected with ropes and have 4 casters each. Birch wood. Box 16“ x 16“ , 40 x 40 cm, middle box 13 ¼“, 34 cm high, total length: 73“, 185 cm.
120999
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
345
Versatile Theme Cart
Decorations
A
B
Dragon is not included. Please order separately.
Decorations Birch veneer.
A 120998 Worm
W 13“ x H 9“ x D 1“, W 33 x H 23 x D 2.4 cm
B 120318 Dragon W 12 ½” x H 32 ½” x D 1“, W 32 x H 82 x D 2.7 cm
Decorations are perfect to style doors, cabinets or walls.
Book/Theme Cart Two levels with 4 compartments each for a total of 8 compartments, books can be sorted by subject. Extra large pockets (3 ½” x 2 ½”, 9 x 6 cm) hold printed or handmade signs to help find the titles. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Beech wood veneer. W 46 ½” x H 33” x D 15 ¾”, B 118 x H 83.5 x D 40 cm; inside of compartment 13 ½” x 10 ¾”, 34 x 27 cm.
120961
MORE DECORATIONS on page 366.
Acrylic strips
Turning-Library
Book Tower
Turning-Library
Book Tower
A real library for little rooms. 16 shelves for storage. Metal lock bar prevents unauthorized access. With 4 locking casters. Beech wood veneer. Measurements closed: W 19 ¾“ x H 55 ½“ x D 26 ¼“, W 50 x H 141 x D 67 cm; Measurements open: W 60“ x H 55 ½“ x D 33“, W 152 x H 141 x D 84 cm.
Eight large size cubbies and 4 bins on top provide plenty of space for lots of books. Individual titles can be displayed behind the acrylic slats. 4 casters, 2 locking, turn the Book Tower into a mobile library. Beech wood veneer. Acrylic. W 23 ¾” x H 39 ¾” x D 23 ¾”, W 60 x H 101 x D 60 cm.
124801
120968
346
Library
Book-Shelf
Front Back
Presenting Reading Materials Displaying books motivates children to browse and read. Shelves on the back hold more books, magazines, CD’s, or games. With 4 locking casters. Birch wood, powder-coated metal parts. W 36 ½” x H 38 ½” x D 19”, W 92.5 x H 98 x D 48 cm.
457040
10 Year GUARANTEE
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT BIRCH WOOD on page 122/123.
Library
Lots of storage Made in Germany
Front
Back
Book Cabinet Three face-out shelves for presenting books, magazines and games. 3 open shelf compartments for storing and 3 shelves. Beech wood veneer. W 39 ½“ x H 35 ¾“ x D 19“, W 100 x H 91 x D 48 cm. 525600 Without Casters 525601 With Casters (not shown)
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
347
:DOO PRXQWHG ERRN VKHOI
C
B
A
Wall-mounted Book Shelf Slanted shelves with acrylic fronts display books, brochures or magazines at a glance. Birch plywood; Acrylic, tubular powder-coated steel. W 36 ½“ x D 4 ¼“, W 92.7 x D 10.5 cm A 120964 1 compartment, H 12“, 30.5 cm B 120965 2 compartments, H 22 ¾“, 57.5 cm C 120975 4 compartments, H 43“, 111.5 cm 458886 5 compartments, W 37 ¾“ x H 57“ x D 4 ¼“, W 96 x H 144.3 x D 10.5 cm (not shown)
Book shelf with 3 tiers Ideal for presenting new items or even large picture books. Steel wire, powder coated (RAL 9006). W 39 ¾” x H 28” x D 3 ¾”, W 100 cm x H 71 x D 8.5 cm.
096345
%RRN &KHVW
Available in
BIRCH WOOD Fixed or mobile. There are always enough picture books here. And the cheerful decoration makes it particularly attractive to little bookworms. W 23 ¾“ x 19 ¾“, W 60 x D 50 cm.
348
Small book chest 120992 Beech wood veneer, with glides (not shown), H 13“, 33 cm 120989 Beech wood veneer, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable; H 15 ¾“, 40 cm 120951 Birch wood, with glides, H 13“, 33 cm (not shown) 120952 Birch wood, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable (not shown); H 15 ¾“, 40 cm
Large book chest 120962 Beech wood veneer, with glides (not shown), H 28“, 70.5 cm 120960 Beech wood veneer, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable; H 30 ¾“, 78 cm 120953 Birch wood, with glides (not shown), H 28“, 70.5 cm 120954 Birch wood, with 4 casters, 2 of which are lockable (not shown); H 30 ¾“, 78 cm
Library
3DOP ,VODQG
An attractive attention-grabber for waiting areas, foyers or, naturally, the library. Children can sit, browse or play on the palm island. There is plenty of storage space for books, building blocks or small toys underneath the seating and play area, which is covered in sand-colored linoleum. Please order sea grass storage boxes separately (471571, p. 179). Birch, linoleum surface L071 sand, palm tree made of foam and cotton/polyester, acrylic strip. W 40“ x H approx. 39 ½“ x D 27“, W 101 x H approx. 100 x D 68 cm, seat height 14 ¼“, 36 cm.
124050
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE MATERIAL BIRCH-REAL-WOOD on page 122/123.
Library
%RRN 7UHH Space for large and small books on the strong branches, ready to be picked by little readers. Birch. W 41 ¾“ x H 47 ¼“, W 106 x H 120 cm, shelf depth: max. 9 ¾“, 24.5 cm.
120995
%RRN 0HDGRZ Colorful sliding flowers and a cute bunny invite children to play. Birch. W 30 ¼” x H 17 ¼” x D 6 ½”, W 76.6 x H 43.5 x D 16.5 cm.
120997
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
349
Info Area
Info forum in the foyer >> Pin board with whiteboard surface >> Info element with writing surface >> Lockable suggestion box >> Space for first aid items Communicative eye-catcher Magazines and books for browsing can be presented in the acrylic compartments. Wishes, suggestions or constructive criticism can be written down and deposited in the lockable suggestion box. The cabinet to the left can be used to store a first aid box. The large pin board has space to display appointments, photos or posters. Birch wood veneer, acrylic, pin board with whiteboard surface. Info element W 23 ¾“ x H 63“ x D 8“, W 60 x H 160 x D 20 cm or with table 19“, 48 cm; table height 41 ¾“, 105.6 cm; pin board 31 ½“ x 63“, 80 x 160 cm. A 120829 Info element B 120769 Pin board for info element
A B
Info Center
Every side can be used
Whiteboard Mirrors Info Center Ideal for the foyer for information available to parents, visitors etc. With 3 side walls (1 x mirror, 1 x magnetic whiteboard and 1 x with 3 acrylic divisions), 3 continuous bases and 5 casters, 2 lockable. Birch. Ø 31 ½“, 80 cm, H 72“, 182.4 cm
120725
350
WORKPLACE FOR FOYER/HALLWAY on page 29.
Partion Walls Wall Elements Mirrors Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Partition Walls for Toddler The 27 ¼“, 69 cm high partition walls give new structure to rooms, creating quiet and cozy corners that in turn create a feeling of safety and security. There are many things to discover in the play corners Exciting and colorful motor skills and play elements arouse curiosity in little ones. They crawl through, look at, touch and grasp using all of their senses.
TODDLERS-PARTITION WALLS starting on page 354
and Kindergarten Using the 53 ½“, 136 cm high partition walls, you can create additional space, as well as playing and learning areas. The flexible partition walls can be adapted at any time.
KINDERGARTEN-PARTITION WALLS starting on page 360
Quality Partition Wall Connecting Poles - Frames made from ¾“, 18 mm solid birch
- Stable
- Cross poles made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver grey (RAL 9006)
- Scratch-resistant
- Stable and scratch-resistant
- Made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver grey (RAL 9006)
ty Bolt Safe
Safety bolts prevent children from removing the connecting poles.
352
Partition Walls WALL APPLICATIONS on page 366.
Partition wall combination 7 Space requirements: 99 ¾“ x 111“, 253 x 282 cm.
870989
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood More information on page 122/123.
Made in Germany
Visual and tactile experience
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Pull up, stand, learn to walk
D
iscovery Room for Children
Well thought-out rooms, with consistent and clear structures, are important. This makes it easier for little ones to orientate themselves, and contributes to their sense of well-being and security. Daycare-age children are often completely absorbed in whatever they‘re doing. If possible, multiple children should be able to play on their own at the same time. The transitions between playing alone, in pairs or in groups should be as fluid as possible. Create areas for playing, building, reading, drawing and eating. There should also be opportunities for movement and retreat.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
The ideal way to divide rooms is partition cabinets with plenty of storage space for play materials. The variety of different elements make the partitions exciting for all ages. Pull up bars on the partition cabinets and partitions help the littlest ones to pull themselves up andtake their first steps. Ideal for the retreat and resting area are various cushions and pillows, soft carpets, canopies and fairy-tale veils.
www.haba.de
353
Toddler Partition Walls
Sensory experiences
The entrance into this area is an adventure in itself: a crawling tunnel leads directly to the play area. A look through the colored porthole or the frog's eyes is just as interesting from inside as from outside. The sounds and tactile partitions encourage exploration and testing of all the senses.
Partition Wall Combination 8 Space requirements: 91 ½" x 106 ½", 232 x 270 cm.
870988
Only adults can pull up the hinges and open the door
promotes motor skills Children can investigate the underwater world inside and out or get the pushing horse to gallop. Inside, there is a safe play area for the littlest ones.
Partition Wall Combination 3 Space requirements: 117“ x 83 ¼“, 296.8 x 211 cm.
870982
MORE ABOUT THE grow.upp PARTITIONS on page 98
354
Partition Walls
Magnetic fabric elements on page 363. CREATE YOUR OWN PARTITION WALL starting on page 356.
Wall Decorations start on page 366. Like a little green landscape, whiteboard with magnetic figures, sunshine yellow perforated metal fence for looking through and peeping over. The large porthole lets lots of light into the “little garden”, the entry to which is through an arched doorway with a bolt. Motor skills and play elements for grasping and sliding offer different stimuli for play and arouse little ones’ curiosity. The matching mat sets are the perfect addition.
Partition Wall Combination 4 Space requirements: 11‘ x 5‘ 10“, 336 x 178 cm.
870990 099867 Matching mat set, color: Light green For information about the floor mats see page 232.
motor skills
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
A color wheel, various geometric shapes and colorful gears – a temptation for curious fingers. What happens when you turn the color wheel? Which block fits in which hole? Do all the gear wheels move when I turn the large wheel?
Partitions Wall Combination 2 Space requirements: 94 ½“, 240 cm.
870981
Mirrors and poles on page 384. A safe play area right in the middle of the room. Transparent panels such as the porthole and the yellow and red perforated metal give tiny tots a good view of the world outside. The crawling pipe serves as an entrance and exit and let’s curious children keep an eye on happenings outside. The matching mat sets are the perfect addition.
Partition Wall Combination 5 Space requirements: 8‘ 2“ x 3‘, 248 x 88 cm.
870992 099869 Matching mat set, color: Fire red For information about the floor mats see page 232. Order mirrors and mounts separately, see page 384.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
355
Toddler Partition Walls
(Height 27 ¼",69 cm)
Frame of solid birch, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated)
Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm
Partition Wall Combination 6 Space requirements: 86“ x 26 ½“, 218 x 67 cm.
870993
Motor Skills A
Motor Skills B
Motor Skills C
Abacus
Cars
With 2 cars to slide a gas station, 3 little bees, and 4 different animals with button knob for sliding, ball sliding game, and 10 little brushes.
Mirror, airplane, and caterpillar for the sliding, swinging, and rolling element.
With 10 pieces of clothing for sliding, ball labyrinth with magnetic bar, wooden spiral for turning, small cymbals and clicking discs.
3 metal bars each with 10 sliding elements: sea creatures, houses and trees, flowers, and butterflies.
Motor function element with 3 wooden cars.
870154
870153
870088
870071
870155
back
front
Gears
Hide-Out
Can be played on both sides: the front side with 4 small gears and 1 large gear with a crank. The back side with 5 shifting elements and a printed motif.
Crawl-through, motor skills elements for sliding, secret compartment with door and window (on the back).
870162
870157
356
Hidden safe …
… with door
Partition Walls
Touching boards With a wide variety of elements: little brushes, cocoa mat, carpet, mirror (safety glass), Plush sack with a ducky and balls, perforated plate as well as 3 material pennants with crackling foil, ducky and rattles.
870160
Sensory experience
Shapes
Chromatic circles
10 shape cut-outs for inserting various geometric shapes. With a carpeted shelf as a noisedampening. 10 geometrical solids included
Can be played on both sides: turnable color disc with 3 color segments each (red, yellow and blue) on the front and back side. Turning the discs creates new colors.
870159
Crawling Tunnel
Loophole
Turntables
Frog’s Eye
Circular Porthole
With a rod grip so children can pull themselves up and bendableflowers made of nylon. Tube (Ø 21 ½“, 55 cm, L 24 ½“, 62 cm) made of polyester material, surface washable; foam stuffing.
Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm. A colored wooden ring with filling made of foam and a hardwearing material made of 100% coated polyester.
Can be played on both sides: 4 gears with a crank – covered on both sides with an acrylic pane.
Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm, blue, with a curved acrylic pane.
Ø 19 ¾”, 50 cm, blue, with acrylic.
870036
870026
870164
870158
870092
n
Only adults can pull up the hinges and open the door
Auditory Perc
ep
tio
Arched door with metal threshold With rainmaker turning wheel, music box, squeaker, drum and ratchet (movable wooden rod which is firmly fixed to the partition).
Door with bar lock, opens one way. Height 36 ¾”, 93 cm. For use only in fixed construction (no eyelets) between partition walls.
870165
870906
Sounds
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Safety door Only use when firmly installed (no eyelets) between the partitions. 36 ¾“, 93 cm high.
870905
www.haba.de
357
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
870163
Motor Skills
Toddler Partition Walls
(Height 27 ½“, 69 cm)
Frame of solid birch wood, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated)
Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm
Panel
Slots/Circles
Underwater
Birch wood.
Birch wood with mouldings.
870082
870083
Can be played on both sides. The material cover attached with Velcro (100% polyester hand washable) with an application made of open-meshed fabric. There are 7 moveable wood fish.
Order appliqués separately (from p. 366).
870161
Width 31 ¾“, 80 cm or 46 ¾“, 118,5 cm
Quarter Circle Perforated Metal-Colors
back
34 ¾“, 88.2 cm
cm 49 “, 12 4.7
34 ¾“, 88.2 cm
red
yellow
front
Acrylic ¼”, 6 mm strong acrylic. 870086 W 31 ¾“, 80 cm 870186 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
Mirror/Magnet
Quadrant Unit, perforated
whiteboard. 870084 W 31 ¾“, 80 cm 870184 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
Powder-coated perforated metal. W 49”, 124.7 cm. 870241 Red 870242 Yellow 870246 Blue
1/8”, 3 mm acrylic mirror and magnetic
blue
Width 46 ¾“, 118,5 cm
back front
Fence
4 Circular Portholes
Hobby Horse
Birch timber.
Circular porthole Ø 8 ½“, 22 cm with colored acrylic.
870198
870190
With 2 fixed applications (fence and stall) on the front side and moveable elements on both sides: 6 flowers and 1 horse.
870197
Marble Run Partition
back
A short stop – and with the turn of a knob it's time to keep going.
A bell rings and the balls start rolling down. The storage compartment means they don't get lost. Trains hand-eye coordination. Order partition wall connections on page 362.
358
front
Ball Track With turning handles, bell, ball storage compartment and 3 balls.
870072
Partition Walls
Cozy Cave Give the little ones a cozy retreat with this little cave. The children can take a breather whenever they like.
Sample design of the partition wall cozy cave:
Corner design between 2 partition walls.
Cozy Cave Silver-gray perforated metal panel, powder-coated. Roof with 5 outdoor fabric panels of 100 % Polyester with a wooden ball. Mat of PU foam core with phthalate-free synthetic leather cover. The cave can be built straight with partition walls or in a corner (see picture). In the first case, please order 2 eyelets (870915). Dimensions: entry width: 23 ½“, 59.5 cm. Height of partition wall 69 cm, 27 ¼“. Height with domed roof 46 ½“, 118 cm. 870912 Low partition wall, Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm 870913 Roof 023426 Mat, Ø 33“, 84 cm, height 4 ¾“, 12 cm 870915 Set of eyelets for straight design
Straight design between 2 partition walls. Please order 2 additional Item No. 870915.
Back with mirror
Low Shelves with 5 Back Walls Partition Wall Cabinet, narrow W 25“ x H 30 ½“ x D 16 ¼”, W 63.4 x H 77 x D 41 cm. Birch Mirror Acrylic (clear) Acrylic (yellow) Acrylic (orange)
870900 870910 870921 870923 870927
B
A
B
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
A
Front
Partition Wall Cabinet, wide W 36 ½“ x H 30 ½“ x D 16 ¼“, W 92.5 x H 77 x D 41 cm.
870901 Birch 870911 Mirror birch
mirror
acrylic clear
acrylic yellow
acrylic orange
Partition Wall Balance Element in 2 widths Adjustable element means this combination can be easily adjusted to the room width.
Balance Element Height 27 ½“, 69 cm. 870908 Adjustable from 15 ¾“ - 26 ½“, 40 - 67 cm 870909 Adjustable from 23 ¾“ - 34 ½“, 60 - 87 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Adjustable - can be adapted to every room width.
www.haba.de
359
Kindergarten Partition Walls
(H 53 ¾", H 136 cm)
Frame of solid birch, cross-bars of steel tube (powder-coated)
Partition Panel Assembly Shop Space needed: 112” x 112”, 248 x 248 cm. Hang on boxes and decorations sold separately on page 395.
870984
Partition walls structure rooms, distinguish and connect at the same time. Cleverly combined, they can be used for role play as a cloakroom for the costumes, a shop, a theater, or as a sound insulation.
360
Partition Walls Width 31 ½“, 80 cm
Play Store Theater/Bags Window
Fabric box (W 28 “ x H 15 ¾“, W 72 x H 40 x D 37.5 cm). Washable at 86°F/30°C, made of cotton/polyester.
Curtain (divided in 2 parts) made of cotton/polyester, removable, washable at 86˚F/30˚C, bags made of nylon, removable with hook and loop.
With door lock, to open one way. Window made of solid beech wood (17 ¾“ x 21 ¾“, 45 x 55 cm). Real beech wood.
With acrylic pane (16 ½“ x 19“, 42 x 48 cm) and lock closure, to open one way.
With inclined shelf, shelves, rod with hook and awning of cotton/polyester. D 4“, 24 cm. Note: Can only be assembled in combination with other partition walls.
870394
870395
870393
870389
870914
Clothes Chest
Door
Width 31 ½“ or 46 ¾“, 80 or 118.5 cm
Pegboard Acoustics Blue sound reducing element on both sides. 820060 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 820061 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
For hang on countertop (870889) and angle elements. More hang-on elements found on page 395. 870397 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870497 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
Plain Panel 870382 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870482 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
both sides can be written on and are also magnetic
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
MAGNETIC-ELEMENTS on page 363.
the whiteboard surface can be written on and is also magnetic
Mirror/Magnet Blackboard/Whiteboard Green blackboard and a whiteboard, both magnetic. 870930 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870935 W 74 ¼“, 118.5 cm
With mirror made of acrylic, ¼”, 3 mm strong, and whiteboard, magnetic. 870384 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 870484 W 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
Width 46 ¾“, 118.5 cm
Hang-on elements on page 395.
Kiosk
Shadow play
Pegboard with (W 22 ½“ x H 28“, W 57.5 x 71 cm), 2-part curtain made of cotton/polyester, removable and washable 86°F/30°C.
Large shadow screen in the center and smaller screens in the colors yellow, red, orange, blue, green. Acrylic screens.
3 Portholes
870469
870920
870490
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Porthole Ø 8 ½“, 22 cm with acrylic glass.
361
Solid Connections The partition walls are easy to join together. They attach directly onto each other using bolts. The connecting discs between the partition walls can also be at 45° or 90° angles, creating stable partition wall combinations for clearly defined play areas.
A
B Connection Discs A Direct
45°- Angle
B 90°- Angle
Movable Connections
Quality
The partition walls can be joined together so that they are still movable, using a pole with eyelets and can also be positioned in three directions. A wall attachment bar also allows the partitions to be attached to a wall. This creates flexible partition wall combinations for play areas. Zigzag shelves or learning stations can also be built with these connecting rods (D) and eyelets (C).
Wall/Dividing Wall + Wall connection strip + 1 set of eyelets + connecting rod
Two Dividing Walls + 2 sets of eyelets + connecting rod
For connecting the partition walls at a fixed angle of 45° or 90°. Set of 2. A 870891 45°-Angle B 870882 90°-Angle
Partition Wall Connecting Poles · Stable and scratch-resistant · Made from steel tubing, powder coated in silver gray (RAL 9006)
3–Way Connector for the Dividing Wall + 3 sets of eyelets + connecting rods
C
C
Connecting Eyelets
Partition Walls are delivered without connecting eyelets. W 3 ½” x D 3 ¾”, W 8.7 x D 9.4 cm, ¾”, 1.8 cm thick. 870881 Set of 2
D
Connection Rod
The safety bolts prevent children from being able to remove the connecting poles.
For connecting partition walls at a flexible angle. Steel tube, powder-coated. Top ball made of beech. Height: 25 ¾“, 65 cm.
870884
E
Wall Connection Strip To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 27”, 68.5 cm.
870880 D
E
Wall Connection Strip (not shown) To attach the partition walls to the wall. Height: 53 ¾”, 136 cm.
870870
362
All of the fabric and net walls have hook and loop fastenings so that they can be removed for cleaning.
Partition Walls
Metal Feet
Stationary Feet, metal Also suitable for use with a partition wall combination. W 27 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 1 ¼“, W 70 x H 22 x D 3 cm. 870896 1 piece
Roll Feet, metal With 2 locking casters. W 27 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 2“, W 70 x H 22 x D 5 cm. 870897 2 pieces
Stationary Foot, birch, small
Stationary Foot, birch, large
Roll Feet, birch
Only for low partition walls. W 13“ x H 7 ½“ x D ¾“, W 33 x H 19 x D 2 cm. 870892 1 piece
Also suitable for use with a partition wall combination. W 27 ½“ x H 7 ½“ x D ¾“, W 70 x H 19 x D 2 cm. 870886 1 piece
With 2 locking casters. W 27 ½“ x H 7 ¾“ x D 2“, W 70 x H 20 x D 5 cm. 870887 2 pieces
F
G
14“, 35 cm
Magnetic Elements Magnetic Cloth Elements To play with and decorate partition walls with perforated metal or other magnetic surfaces. Cotton/polyester, metal plate, magnetic.
F 102048 moon and stars, 6 pieces
11 ½“, 29 cm
H
J
G 104705 landscape, 8 pieces H 104708 animals, 6 pieces J 104709 vehicles, 7 pieces
11“, 28 cm
363
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Birch Feet
WALL DECORATIONS on page 366
A house for many play ideas Children love role-play. Not only do they enjoy slipping into different roles but they also adore creating a suitable environment for that purpose. It doesn´t matter if it is a toyshop, an ice cream store or a little home they will eagerly improvise with whatever material they can find. That’s when cheerful play settings come in handy. Once assembled, the walls are stable, always ready for role-play and at a turn of the hand can be redecorated to fit the new play situation. They can be combined in any imaginable way: to represent a little house or a small village.
Toys and bins not included.
364
Play Environments
de
House with window and bushes 1 house with window ledge, curtain rod with curtain, and 2 bushes. Real birch wood. 47 ¼“ x H 47 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x H 120.4 x D 50 cm, depth of window ledge 9 ¾“, 24 cm.
1 house with window complete with window ledge, curtain rod with curtain, 1 bush and 1 tree. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x D 27 ¾“, W 120 x D 70 cm, height of house 47 ½“, 120.4 cm and tree 59“, 149.4 cm, depth of window ledge 9 ¾“, 24 cm.
128330
128335
og
et
he
oo tw
r.
Inse r
n
House with window and tree
pa
ne
l int
o p ed estal
bo an d
lt
t
BIRCH REAL WOOD More information on page 122/123.
House with door and tree House with door and bushes 1 house with door and window complete with curtain rod with curtain and 2 bushes. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x H 47 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x H 120.4 x D 50 cm.
1 house with door and window complete with curtain rod and curtain, 1 bush and 1 tree. Birch wood. W 47 ¼“ x D 19 ¾“, W 120 x D 50 cm, height of house 47 ½“, 120.4 cm and tree 59“, 149.4 cm.
128320
128325
Fence with bushes 1 fence and 2 bushes. Birch wood. W 36 ¼“ x H 23” x D 15 ¾“, W 92 x H 58 x D 40 cm.
128310
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Welcome to the neighborhood!
Here is where good neighbors live. Just place a fence between the houses and create a little village.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
365
F
A
B
P
layful alls
W
E
D
C
BIRCH WOOD
Attention to detail
366
Moon with Mirror
â&#x20AC;&#x17E; Frogs are swimmingâ&#x20AC;&#x153; in the pond
Interactive elements
Tree with sliding bugs
Wall Elements Mounting hardware included with wall elements.
G
Colorful wooden appliqués are a decorative eye-catcher, especially in hallways or foyers. They also offer children an opportunity for educational play. Can be installed on walls, cabinets or doors.
H
J
K
A
Mirror Star
B
Mirror Moon
L
Acrylic mirror. Ø 12“, 30 cm. 120181 1 piece
Acrylic mirror. H 14 ½“, 37 cm.
120180
Blooming Meadow
With 6 wooden flowers that slide. W 30“ x H 11“, W 76 x H 28.5 cm.
120159
D
Tree
Who is hiding in the grass? It‘s the rabbit and the hedgehog. With 5 sliding elements. W 34“ x H 71“, W 86 x H 180 cm.
120335
G
Large Butterfly W 11 ¾” x H 9”, W 29.5 x H 23 cm.
121014
H
Sunflower W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm.
M
121010
J
Ladybug W 7“ x H 7 ¾“, W 18 x H 19.5 cm.
121012
E
32“, 81 cm
C
N
Frog Pond
With 5 wooden frogs that slide. W 38 ½“ x H 28 ¾“, W 98 x H 73 cm.
120158
K
Snail W 8 ¾” x H 6 ¼”, W 22.3 x H 15.5 cm.
121011 O
Fruit Tree
With 11 wooden parts that slide. W 27“ x H 40“, W 69.5 x H 102 cm.
L
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
F
Hedgehog
Coconut fiber mat. W 12 ¼“ x H 7 ¼“, W 31 x H 18.5 cm.
121013
P
120183 Bird An eye-catcher in the foyer, the cloakroom, or also in the group playroom. ¾“, 1.5 cm thick. M 121019 orange, 7 ¾“ x 6“, 19.7 x 15.6 cm N 121016 yellow, 9 ½“ x 5“, 23.7 x 12.3 cm O 121015 light blue, 7 ¾“ x 6 ½“,19.5 x 16.4 cm
P
Q
Sunflower with Movable Little Bee W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm.
121048 Sun motif The sun brings a little bit of summer into any room, even if it‘s storming or snowing outside. A brilliant decoration for wall or furniture. Includes adhesive strip for fastening. Ø 11“, 28 cm.
There sounds a melody when moving the blossom. W 16 ½“ x H 19 ½“, W 41.7 x H 49.5 cm
125305
121083
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Q
Snowdrop
www.haba.de
367
A
Playfuallsl w
B
C
E
D
Mounting hardware included with wall elements.
A B
Birds W 9“ x H 7 ½“, W 22.5 x H 19 cm.
120185 orange 120186 blue 120187 red
B
B
Cloud
With five mirrored droplets. Acrylic mirror. Size (without droplets): W 21“ x H 13 ½“, W 54 x H 34.5 cm.
120182
C
Dragon W 12 ½“ x H 32 ¼“, W 32 x H 82 cm.
120318
D
Fruit Tree
By turning the wheel, little farmers can harvest apples, plums or cherries. W 29 ¼“ x H 43 ¾“, W 74 x H 111 cm.
120319
E A Mirror Drop
368
Windmill With two spinning discs. W 13“ x H 32 ½“, W 33.5 x H 83 cm.
120184
Wall Elements H
F
BIRCH WOOD
G
J
M
L
K
fleecy
N
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
O
F
Little Butterfly W 4 ¾“ x H 6 ¾“, W 12 x H 17 cm.
121005
Flower K 121000 red, W 9 ½“ x H 29 ¼“, W 24 x H 74 cm
L 121001 yellow, W 9 ½“ x H 29 ¼“, W 24 x H 74 cm
M 121002 orange,
G
P
W 10 ¼“ x H 30“, W 26 x H 76 cm
Bumblebee W 6“ x H 7“, W 15 x H 18 cm.
121006 1 piece
N
Sheep
With bell and fluffy wool to touch. W 16 ½” x H 12 ½”, W 42 x H 32 cm.
121004
H
Balloon W 18 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 47 x H 70 cm.
121007
O
Meadow W 39 ½“ x H 11“, W 100 x H 28 cm.
121009
J
Helicopter
P
Mole
With spinning rotor blade. W 25 ½“ x H 15 ¾“, W 65 x H 40 cm.
The mole slides up and down. W 11 ½“ x H 8 ¼“, W 29 x max. H 21 cm.
121008
121003
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Look here, a Mole!
www.haba.de
369
Play Walls
BIRCH WOOD D
A G
C E
F
B
G
A
B
When the sun comes up the moon goes down.
It can't purr, but the head will move back and forth
The world is colorful – at least when seen through the rainbow drops
Mounting hardware included with wall elements.
A
Sun/Moon
The sun and moon are movable: when the sun comes up the mood goes down, and vice versa. Size: W 21 ¾" x H 18 ¼", W 55 x H 46 cm.
D
Little Butterfly W 4 ¾“ x H 6 ¾“, W 12 x H 17 cm.
121005
121093
B
Cat
It can even move its head. Size: 19 ½“ x 20", W 49 x H 51 cm.
Fruit Tree
By turning the wheel, little farmers can harvest apples, plums or cherries. W 29 ¼“ x H 43 ¾“, W 74 x H 111 cm.
120319
370
Rainbow
Raindrops made of solid beech wood with various colored facet lenses and steel cords. Size (without droplets): W 26" x H 18 ½", W 66 x H 47 cm.
121092
E
Sunflower W 12” x H 32”, W 30 x H 81 cm.
121010
121094
C
G
F
Mice
Two cheeky movable mice are hiding in the cheese. Size: W 12 ¾" x H 14 ¾", W 32 x H 37 cm.
121097
Into the cheese, out of the cheese. The mice like being pushed up and down
Wall Elements
Touch Landscape K H L
M
J O
N
P
R
Q
S
train both the motor skills and sense of balance. Children can use these elements to pull themselves up and hold themselves there. Standing up by themselves is an important step in making progress towards learning to walk. The poles are a unique modular system that you can combine any way you want and expand in any direction.
T U
H
Stand-up Helper
Children can hold on to the grip slots and pull themselves up. Birch wood, safety mirror. Height: 39 ¾", 100.9 cm. Fosters gross motor skills and visual perception. 120268 25 ¾", 65 cm long
J
Wooden Pole, red
Beech. Fosters tactile and haptic skills. 120225 12“, 30 cm long
K
Wavy Tube with Bells
Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 1028 melon yellow, 12 bells, powder-coated. Fosters tactile, haptic, visual, auditory and hand coordination skills. 120138 Width 51”, 130 cm
M
Building Block Arch
N
Touch/Feel rail
Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 5017 traffic blue, geometric shapes made of beech wood, painted. Fosters tactile, haptic, visual and hand coordination skills. 120130 26”, 65 cm long
With various materials and structures: sand paper, smooth and grooved plastic, metallic thread and soft material. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120267 51 ¼“, 130 cm long
O
Swinging rail with a ball
Real birch wood, stained lemon-green, blue plastic ball. Fosters hand and finger coordination. 120266 57 ½“, 146 cm long
P
Wooden Pole Beech, natural. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual
skills.
L
Shapes and Figures Pole
Stainless steel pole, shapes and figures made of solid beech, painted. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills. 120136 26”, 65 cm long
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
120106 26”, 65 cm long
Q
Ribbed Tube Plastic. Fosters tactile, haptic and visual skills.
120128 26”, 65 cm long
www.haba.de
R
Net Bead Pole
S
Spindle rail
Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 1028 melon yellow, robust fabric (100% polyester), 4 different solid beech wood balls, painted. Fosters hand-eye coordination and finger coordination skills. 120137 51”, 130 cm long
Beech. Fosters tactile and haptic skills.
120265 51 ¼“, 130 cm long
T
Wall Marble Run
U
Connecting Joints.
Birch wood, stained lemon-green and maize yellow 3 plastic balls. Fosters ambidexterity, as well as hand and finger coordination skills. 120227 59”, 150 cm long
Metal pole, powder-coated in RAL 3000 fire red, solid beech wood outer-Ø 6“, 15 cm, depth 2 ¾”, 7 cm.
Connecting Joints – end piece 120103 1 piece Connecting Joints – T-piece 120104 1 piece Connecting Joints – 135° 120105 1 piece
371
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
The tactile wall fixture by Haba encourages exploration by the littlest ones. Colorful poles with different materials and surfaces encourage children to feel and touch. Children gather a wide range of experiences: is the rod smooth or grooved? Does this figure feel soft or hard? Children learn with all of their senses. The touching and feeling poles promote hearing and seeing. They playfully
Mounting hardware included.
…
sp
sliding game
afety mirr in s or
Learning Wall, Quarter Circle left
Learning Wall, Quarter Circle right
Spinning mirror, sliding games with 2 cars and gas station, 3 bees, ball game, small cymbals and safety mirror. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 70 cm.
Wooden rattle, games with shapes that slide, with fourpiece caterpillar, plane, corner and safety mirror. W 25 ½“ x H 25 ½“, W 65 x H 65 cm.
120215
120218
m le
m ag
n e t l a by rin t
h
s to feel e nt
…a
nd
e
…
Learning Wall, Dip A
Learning wall, Curve A
4 plain coil chains, 2 spinning wheels, control lever, brush, 2 paint brushes, coconut matting, threads and washers game. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.
Magnet labyrinth, turning spiral, sliding games with 4 wooden animals and 8 wooden elements, “Ping Pong” clutching toy, prisms in 4 colors and clicking discs. W 25 ½“ x H 27 ½“, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.
120217
120216
… magnetic
ba
lls
…
u and b ckle
… magnetic
d
tp us ipes
372
Learning Wall, Dip B
Learning Wall, Curve B
Various types of closure: button, shoe lace, clasp, drawstring, zipper, hook and loop, snap, buckle, and cord closure. W 25½” x H 27 ½”, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.
2 rope pulls, 3 magnetic balls, glitter hourglass, magnetic dust pipes and 5 turning wheels. W 25 ½” x H 27 ½”, W 65 x H 69.5 cm.
120221
120219
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Wall Elements
Walls for learning • Promote perception and precision motor skills • Offer optical, acoustic and haptic elements • Immediately available as a play corner • Varied and interesting for a long time • For a wide variety of ages Panels can be combined in a corner.
• No loose parts so nothing gets lost • Nothing to clean up • Ideal for keeping children busy in entryways and waiting areas
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Made in Germany
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
373
Sensory Wall See, Feel, Hear, Experiment … The sensory wall has a variety of elements with many different sensory experiences. Exploration engages the senses - sight, touch, hearing - as well as letting them explore warmth/coolness and and a sense of physicality. After exploring and understanding the children start to describe their experiences. When children express their experiences in words, they develop language skills. Guide rails with double grooves also allow the combination of rows of panels. The elements can be put together in one line so several children can play and make discoveries at the same time. The order and arrangement of the panels can be changed regularly. This ensures that the sensory wall and sensory path remain interesting and educational.
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
Made in Germany
Base panel made of birch wood. Size: 16" x 17", 40.6 x 43.2 cm. Installation with guide rails …
… or simply bolt directly to the wall.
43,2 cm
Base panel made of birch wood
40,6
The labyrinth, the rubber ball stairs and the colorful squares keep fingers and minds busy. Surely nobody can pass by without trying out a panel or two.
GUIDE RAILS on page 377.
374
cm
The spring balls, turning mirror, and magnet spring balls are guaranteed to attract curiosity.
Wall Elements
The patterns change by turning the circles. The little animals seem to creep or ďŹ&#x201A;y away when the boards are pushed.
Diamond effect: red and blue dots are pushed into and on top of one another.
Two spirals that turn endlessly into one another â&#x20AC;&#x201C; almost hypnotic.
Because plenty of space has been left between the elements you can completely concentrate on the individual visual effects.
Optical board Fantastic optical effect and funny finger games, two patterned turntables and two pushing elements.
This worm makes a big arch to creep on the ground.
The wings going up and down brings the bird to life.
120377
Duck Squeak Toys
Glibber
Pouches
Closures
Each little duck has a different highpitched squeak.
The blue fluid moves around when the pressure on the soft cushion changes.
Every pouch is a little different, e.g. crackle, rattle or squeak.
7 fastenings on one panel.
120368
120374
120375
Weaving frame
Brushes, Balls and Mirrors
Brushes
Magnet spring balls
The strips are sewed on firmly on both sides while the vertical ones can be woven from top to bottom to create interesting patterns. 100 % polyester.
With various visual and tactile elements to explore: small brushes, balls, mirrors and prisms.
The various brushes invite children to feel and touch.
Feel and understand the strength of magnets.
104608
120204
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
120370
120369
120398
Rainmaker
Gear Wheel with Rubber Balls
Turning Spiral with Balls
Glitter Rods
When the blue disc is turned you can hear a trickling noise.
When the wheel turns, the little balls hop back and forth. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit.
Fast turning brings the balls into orbit. Plexiglass holds the balls in the unit.
Turn disk to watch glitter flow.
120373
120371
120396
120393
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
375
Sensory Wall Birch Wood. 16“ x 17“, 40.6 x 43.2 cm.
Blank Panel
Special Effects Turning Discs
Gear Wheels
Acrylic Gears
for Self-Design.
With 8 turning discs.
104605
120390
With one fixed and two movable gear wheels.
When the large gear turns, the little ones follow along: tooth by tooth. Plexiglass front.
120389
120394
Turntable 1 120146
Turntable 3 120148
Magnetic Track + 2 Wands
Color Circles
With two steel balls.
Red, blue then yellow again – the various size circles change color when the disc moves.
120392
120367
Color Changer Lights inside panel change colors. Three AAA batteries are included.
Swiveling Mirror 120200
Mirror Window
Mirror Network
Curtain opens with a mirror behind it.
16 acrylic mirrors depict the image of whoever looks at them. If the unit is shaken, the image shakes too.
120399
120366
120395
Mirror Concave 120198
Mirror Convex 120199
Chimes with Wooden Mallet.
120150
376
Wall Elements Sinneswände
Rubber Ball Stairs The two rubber balls bounce down behind the acrylic glass pane. Only nimble fingers can get them out through the side tunnel and back up to the top.
023138
Labyrinth You have to think hard to get the 8 colored knobs into one of the 16 combinations shown on the two turning dice.
023139
Colorful Squares You need to think hard before you move if you want to get the 8 squares in the same arrangement as shown on one of the 4 sides of the turning dice.
The turning dice show 16 combination possibilities to replicate.
023145
On the track of geometric forms Sensory board with disappearing box What seems to be lost at first glance appears again. Geometric forms that children put into the 6 different openings are there again or gone for a while. The cork coating on the slope and the disappearing box on the bottom quiets the noise in the box. Birch and cork. D 4“, 10 cm. Can be pushed into the guide strips or separately bolted onto the wall.
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
120363
Change the switch and all of the forms are there again: in the left-hand or right-hand compartment
Assembly: Panel + Strips = Sensory Wall Metal stop Guide Rail Upper and lower end piece. Solid beech wood, end piece made of metal. 120189 Length 16 ¼“, 41 cm, 2 pieces 120190 Length 32“, 81.5 cm, 2 pieces 120191 Length 48“, 122 cm, 2 pieces
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
... or simply bolt directly to the wall.
www.haba.de
377
MORE SENSORY ELEMENTS FROM GROW.UPP CAN BE FOUND on page 114.
Sensory Elements Their shapes and color scheme mean they are perfectly coordinated with the rest of the room, and are very appealing. Moving, visual, acoustic and tactile elements stimulate the desire to experiment, and encourage perception and fine motor skills. Birch wood.
Discovery Rooms!
16 ¾" x 16 ¼", 42 x 41 cm
Color, small
Optical Discs, small
Rainmaker, small
For learning about different colors. This is particularly impressive when combined with the “Light corner cupboard” (item no. 440650), as the colors on this wall panel change depending on the color of the light inside.
When the green disc is turned the small one also starts moving. In the process the small panel creates an exciting visual effect as it “hops” up and down. With 2 turning discs.
When the disc is turned the rainmaker starts to trickle, the leaves move in a circle and the mirror element encourages discovery of the surroundings.
121108
121101
Cherry Stones, small
Gear Wheels, small
Ball Labyrinth, small
Encourages children to move the cherry stones from one chamber to the other by turning the panel. Here the laws of gravity and centrifugal force can be seen, with the help of a slight acoustic effect. Promotion of fine motor skills. Natural cherry stones.
Here one thing follows the other: a 5 piece gear wheel mechanism to discover. 5 gear wheels, two of them with a crank.
Anyone who gets the hang of it can skilfully manoeuvre the rubber ball through the labyrinth. Turning panel with Plexiglas.
121103
121105
121106
378
121102
Wall Elements
Wall Magnet Game “Farm“
Magnetic Wall Game "Farm" The farm is surrounded by meadows and fields. In the middle is a small pond. Naturally there are also animals and typical machinery, such as tractors and combine harvesters. Children can make all sorts of discoveries on the wall panel and change the image. To do this they use the magnetic pen, which is attached to the push bar with a wire cord, to move the animals or the tractor underneath the panel – but they shouldn‘t move them randomly. They should move the animals to their normal habitat - the sheep to the meadow, the duck to the pond etc. Solid beech wood with print; steel pipe push bar, powder-coated in RAL 9006 silver-gray, acrylic panel. With four fastening eyelets. W 47 ¼“ x H 12 ¾“ x D 4“, W 119.8 x H 32.3 x D 10 cm.
Improves eye-hand coordination
120949 Nothing gets lost thanks to the acrylic glass pane and the magnetic pen with extremely strong wire cable.
Turntables for Fun & Motion When you spin here you always win
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
The Animal Turntable shows 12 different animals. When it stops all the children, or only the child who spun, can imitate the animal with movements and/or sounds. The Movement Turntable shows 12 different physical exercises. It can be easily used for the morning circle or for movement breaks during the day. Hardware included for wall mounting. Birch wood, round bars and solid beech wood balls. Ø 13 ¾", 34.8 cm, D 3", 7.2 cm, board W 3 ¼" x H 19 ¾", W 8 cm x H 49.6 cm. 120364 Animal Turntable 120365 Movement Turntable
Turntable “motion“
Turntable “animals“
All the children try to imitate the animal shown.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
The turntable “shows how to do it” and all of the children imitate it.
www.haba.de
Briefly stretching their legs: turn the wheel once and then imitate the exercise shown.
379
Learning Walls It is always astonishing to see what perseverance children have when they are interested in something. The design of these wooden wall elements makes them appealing. There is always something to push, to turn ... and to observe. Hand-eye coordination and fine motor skills are practiced in play.
Looks Different Every Time Creating Different Combinations Recognizing and Sorting Sizes Six disks fit into the cutouts. Ø 18 ½”, 48 cm. 092764 Disk puzzle, large
12 wooden bars, turned about an axis, create a variety of designs. Ø 18 ½”, 48 cm. 092762 Wooden bar game
Forms wonderful color and shape variations. The six rainbow-colored triangles can be moved in 2 directions. Diameter 9 ½“, 24 cm. Ages 1 and up. 092759 Wall fold out game
rotating steering wheel
Wall Dominoes Chain Reaction: When the child bumps the first block, the others fall down one after another. The blocks stand back up when the ball is pulled. 092700 6 blocks, W 14¼“ x D 2¾“ W 36 x D 7 cm (not shown) 092750 12 blocks, W 30“ x D 2¾“, W 76 x D 7 cm
Good for the Hands Mounted on the wall, the 6 rainbow-colored rollers are not just fun to turn with the palms when walking by their smooth shape can help relieve cramping in the hands. Beech. 8 ¾“ x 9 ½“, 22 x 24 cm. 092773 Wall element Rollers
Steering wheel discovery board Birch. W 12¼“ x 9¼“, W 31 x H 23 cm.
122127
Glass Marbles make sounds Make a quick fuel stop… and then keep on driving.
A Very Special Sound Experience This musical game can be mounted as a turntable on the wall. When it is turned, the many small marbles inside move and hit the different-length wooden pegs. This creates wonderful tones. Sturdy plywood with metal bearings. Hardware included. Approx. 17 ¾“ x 17 ¾“, 45 x 45 cm; approx. 10”, 25 cm in depth. 038003 Wall musical game Not available in the USA.
380
Wall Motor Skills Boards While the children are flying airplanes through the air or driving the car to the gas station, they are developing fine motor skills. Birch plywood, sliding components made of beech. W 30 ½“ x H 21“, W 77.5 x H 54 cm. 120152 Cars Activity
Wall Elements
Wall push rods
A Gets Everybody Moving While little engine drivers push the train and its wagons through the tunnel towards the station, they have to walk back and forth themselves. The pole is easy to attach to any wall. Birch wood, solid beech wood, stainless steel tubing. L 78 ¾”, 200 cm, Ø ¾”, 2 cm; station 6 ¼” x 4 ¾” x 1 ½”, 15.5 x 12 x 4 cm. The pole is delivered with 2 wall brackets, 1 engine, 1 tunnel, 1 station and 2 wagons.
A 120955 Push-along train (6 parts) B 120956 Horse pushing rod (5 parts)
Hop, hop, hop – the horsy runs in a gallop
Push-along train
tunnel
A
train
station
79“, 200 cm
B
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Horse pushing rod
B
horse
obstacle
coupling fence
stall
39 ½“, 100 cm
Which Bee is the Fastest? The colors on the disc move your bees forward, flower by flower. With luck spinning the disc, your own bee crosses the finish line first. A colorful contest for 2-4 players. With two eyelets for hanging. Birch wood, bees made of solid beech wood. W 39 ½” x H 19”, W 100 x H 28.5 cm. 120142 Competitive game Bee Race
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
381
?ITT 5W]V\ML 5IZJTM <ZIKS Along the Wall ...
s perfect, make tice se the balls c a “Pr becau every hole“ fit in n‘t do
Diagonally from top to bottom, in steps, or on a zigzag course – this tube-shaped ball track allows plenty of design freedom. Depending on the available space and age of the children, one or more tubes can be mounted on the wall. Besides the wooden balls (120264), other balls can also be used. Follow the path of the balls and find out which ones travel the fastest. The pre-drilled holes are different sizes and distributed over the entire length of the tube. The catch bin is ideal for catching the balls. Birch, rugged plastic. Hardware included. Ball track Ø 4”, 10 cm, W 47 ¼”, 120 cm; catch bin: W 6 ¾“ x H 3 ¾“ x D 5 ¼“, W 17 x H 9.5 x D 13 cm. 120262 Wall ball track, 1 piece 120263 Catch bin, 1 piece
16 Pieces
6 Pieces
6 Wooden Balls red, orange, maize, blue, light blue, light green
120264 Mixed Ball Set Contains: 6 fabric balls Ø 1 ½“, 3.8 cm; 6 ping-pong balls Ø 1 ½”, 4 cm; 4 jumping balls with golf ball structure Ø 1 ¾“, 4.2 cm
055400 Why won‘t my ball fit in here?
This one goes fast...
The red ball may be faster than the blue one...
Note! Not suitable for children aged under 3 small parts.
?ITT *ITT 4IJaZQV\P A
B
Wall Ball Labyrinth A ball bearing ensures that the round ball labyrinth is easy to steer. The child decides on a goal and tries to maneuver the ball through skillful turning of the wheel. Promotes eye hand coordination. Birch plywood with acrylic glass pane and 3 steel balls. Hardware included. A 847295 Mini Labyrinth, Ø 15 ¾“, 40 cm. B 847287 Wall ball labyrinth, large, Ø 39 ½“, 100 cm.
thinking ahead
382
Wall Elements
4MIZVQVO ?ITT[ NWZ ;KPWWT
The wall panels appeal to children thanks to their fun design. The children's brains are also challenged, because tactical consideration is just as important as fine motor skills. The panels don't just need to be for breaks. They can also enrich lessons, ie. for learning arithmetic. Birch wood. 23 ¾“ x 23 ¾“, 60 x 60 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm. Hardware included.
tactical sliding puzzle
learn arithmetic fundamentals while playing
Four Labyrinths Wall Panel
Numbers/Arithmetic Wall Panel
Only someone who manages to tactically place their stones, and keep an overview, will manage to land all four. The goal is to get four same-colored stones in the horizontal, vertical or diagonal. The person to get all four first wins. The special thing about this game: the stones are not only different colors but also different shapes. This means blind children can also play.
Here everything revolves around four arithmetic fundamentals and the numbers up to 100. Tasks are set on the turning discs. The result is represented with the movable numbers to the right; even decimals or rational numbers are possible.
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
120432
120431
logical thinking is required here.
fosters fine motor skills and hand-eye coordination
Row of Numbers Wall Panel
Motor Skills Flipper Wall Panel
Keeps head and fingers fit. The popular sliding puzzle is now available in large. Sometimes you need to do a lot of shifting to get the numbers 1-15 in the right order.
Anyone who wants to keep the disc "on track" must have fast reactions and nimble fingers to align the triangles. This is a real challenge for hand-eye coordination and fine motor skills. Birch wood, acrylic glass disc.
120433
024067
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
383
Mirror images
and more
Self-Perception
Mirrors help children develop a concept of themselves and others. They consciously start looking at mirrors about age 1. The unique Haba mirrors are extremely appealing for children. Their lovingly designed frames tell happy stories, or invite children to play and explore, with little details such as a magnetic strip. Their bright colors and shapes inspire younger children to look at themselves in the mirror and discover their reflection. This mirror design is just right for children. It adorns any wall so that as a decoration these shatterproof mirrors create a comfortable atmosphere.
Mirror with a magnetic surface Landscape Mirror with Magnetic Strips The little ones can redesign this mirror over and over again using magnetic elements. Magnetic strip at top and bottom: W 6 ¼“, 16 cm. Safety mirror with whiteboard. W 47 ¼“ x H 33“, W 120 x H 83.5 cm.
120074 Order magnetic fabric elements separately (p. 363).
Running/learning mirrors Shortly before children learn to walk, they try to pull themselves up everywhere and stand up. An additional motivation for movement are things that children want to reach, or the fascinating observation of the mirror image also promotes development of perceptive skills.
Rectangle Mirror Saftey Mirror (5 mm thick) with beech real wood frame, back in real wood. Includes hardware. W 63” x H 31 ½” x D1“, W 160 x H 80 x D 2.5 cm.
121790 frame in natural finish Select frame color options (p. 178)
Handrail Ideal for pulling up and finding one‘s feet. For use with children just learning to walk or in a handicapped area. Mounts on wall. Solid ash and beech. Length: 167 cm.
121708
384
Mirror Attachment Playful and sensory Decorate the mirror and give children exciting sensory experiences. The soft, rustling fabric leaves, the two colored facets and the two mirror raindrops can be observed, touched and moved. The facets and mirror drops are firmly connected to the bar via robust metal cords. The leaves can be hung anywhere. Mirror Attachment Solid ash and beech wood, robust 100% polyester fabric, crackling film, facets and acrylic glass mirror. W 52“ x H 12 ¾“ x D 8“, W 132 x H 32 x D 20 cm. Hardware included.
121706 697763 Wall mirror
Mirrors
Mirror Houses OH
35
, that´s me!
½“
, 9 0
cm
...with 3 Mirrors
external mirror faces
Inside, the children can is their reflection all around. On the outside a whiteboard where they can draw or design pictures with magnetic pieces. Multiple layers of bonded plywood, safety glass (6 mm, ¼”), magnetic HPL coating. Mirror/whiteboard areas: W 16” x H 31 ¾”, W 40.2 x H 80.7 cm. Total dimensions: W 35 ½” x H 31 ¼” x D 17 ¾”, W 90 x H 79 x D 45 cm.
...with 5 Mirrors This house consists of two double-sided roof mirrors and a one sided floor mirror. Functions like a gigantic kaleidoscope. There are fantastic effects if you fill the house with light. Mirror, safety glass ¼“, 6 mm on real beech wood. The size of the mirror surfaces: H 43 ¼“ x W 21 ¾“, H 110 x W 55 cm. Total dimensions: W 47“ x H 40 ½“ x D 23“, W 119 x H 103 x D 59 cm.
126006
47“, 11
9 cm
126001 Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Porthole Mirrors for wall design Porthole Mirrors One, two, or three of these portholes liven up a wall. Birch wood, safety mirror. Small, Ø 10 ¼“, 26 cm 120013 natural (not shown) 120027 red 120033 yellow 120036 blue 120039 light green
Ø 10 ¼“, 26 cm
Medium, Ø 15“, 38 cm 120014 natural (not shown) 120034 red 120037 yellow 120028 blue 120048 light green Large, Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm 120017 natural (not shown) 120038 red 120029 yellow 120035 blue 120049 light green
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Ø 19 ¾“, 50 cm
www.haba.de
Ø 15“, 38 cm
385
Themed Mirrors
Fun detail: moving legs
Chicken Round Mirror Penguin Round Mirror This penguin doesn't need ice or cold, just a nice place on the wall. Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 23 ¾" x H 28 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 60 x H 72 x D 3 cm. Includes hardware.
When you pull on the legs the chicken lifts first one leg then the other. Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 24 ½" x H 27 ¼" (without feet) x D 1 ¼", W 62 x H 69 (without feet) x D 3 cm. Includes hardware.
024119
024107
Retusche Wandfarbe 29.08.13 MD
Quadrant unit folding mat on p. 232.
New views ... are created of the children themselves and their environment with this corner mirror. The colorful frame, with flowers and critters, is an attractive eye-catcher. Frame and accessories made of birch wood with
386
safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 51 ¼" x H 51 ¼" x D 1 ¼", W 130 x H 130 x D 3 cm. Includes hardware. 121768 Corner wall mirror left 121769 Corner wall mirror right
Mirrors
Pixie Mirror “That pixie looks just like me!” Little people can make big discoveries with this mirror. Frame made of genuine birch wood, safety mirror. W 34 ½“ x H 45 ¼“, W 87 x H 115 cm. Includes hardware.
Frames made of genuine birch, safety mirror. W 27 ¼“ x H 35 ¼“, W 69 x H 140 cm. Includes hardware.
A fairy tale is what awaits children when they look at this king. Hang up or place on a cabinet or bolt to a wall. Frames made of genuine birch, safety mirror. W 23 ¾“ x H 64“, W 60 x H 162 cm. Includes hardware.
120071
120067
Fabiola Mirror
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
120078
King Mirror
Corner Wall Mirror Makes any corner into a small "hall of mirrors". Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). Includes hardware. 121728 left, W 61 ¼" x H 54" x D 2", W 155 x H 137 x D 5 cm 121729 right, W 60 ¾" x H 54" x D 2", W 154 x H 134 x D 5 cm
Quadrant Unit Play Mat for Corner Wall Mirror 59 ¼" x 59 ¼", height 1 ¼", 150 x 150 cm, height 2.6 cm. Composite foam RG 120.
024033
Enough reflection, now it's time to play!
"Oh, the baby rabbit has a really soft little belly."
Select color option (p. 227)
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
387
Themed Mirrors for Toddlers
"Dog" Mirror
"Polar Bear" Mirror
Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 40 ¼" x H 51 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 102 x H 130.7 x D 3 cm. Hardware included.
Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39" x H 49 ½" x D 1 ½", W 98.8 x H 125.5 x D 3.2 cm. Hardware included.
121721
121720
"Sun/Ocean" Mirrors
"Tree" Mirror
Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 34 ½" x H 73 ¾" x D 1 ½", W 87.6 x H 187 x D 3.2 cm. Hardware included.
Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39“ x H 76 ¾“ x D 1 ¼“, W 99 x H 195 x D 3 cm. Hardware included.
121745
121746
388
"Cat" Mirror Birch wood with safety mirror (¼", 5 mm thick). W 39" x H 48 ½" x D 1 ¼", W 99 x H 123 x D 3 cm. Includes mounting hardware.
121722
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
389
Die grauen Bereiche werden weggestanzt. Vor PDF-Freigabe löschen!
PartitionTrennwände Walls Wall Elements Wandgestaltung Mirrors Präsentation
Mirrors Spiegel
Themed Mirrors Funhouse Frame 1+2
Fun House Frame 1
A
D
Fun House Frame 2
B
The colorful towers give mirror games a bright, cheery framework. Birch plywood, painted. Use with 697751, 697752 and 697760. W 39 ½“ x H 61 ¼“ x D 4“, W 110 x H 155.5 x D 10 cm. A 697757 Fun House Frame 1 convex B 697758 Fun House Frame 2 concave
C
C
D
plain convex
concave
convex
Matching Wall Mirror
concave
Combine with mirror frames (697757 and 697758). The concave or convex mirror displays a vertically or horizontally distorted image. Hardware included. Safety mirror (6 mm) with beech frame. W 23 ¾“ x H 50 ½“ x D 3“, W 60.4 x H 127.8 x D 7.5 cm. 697760 plain (not shown) C 697751 concave D 697752 convex
Fun House Frame 3
10 Year GUARANTEE
E
Made
F
in Germany
E
Funhouse Frame 3
It doesn’t matter whether the little ones are looking at their mirror image standing up or sitting – it’s exciting either way. Birch wood, lacquered. Fits the funhouse mirror 697763 sold below. W 68 ¼“ x H 54“ x D 3 ½“, W 173 x H 137.4 x D 8.7 cm.
697764
F
Wall Mirror
For the Orient frame 3. The mirror can also be mounted without the frame. Safety mirror with solid beech wood frame. Wooden back wall, hardware included. Size: W 50 ½" x H 41 ½" x D 3", W 127.8 x H 105 x D 7.5 cm. Can be mounted horizontally or vertically. 697763 plain
390
Mirrors/ Mobile Wall
The Mobile Wall The Wall Elements The wall elements are inserted between the wall strips and can be easily reconfigured.
Whiteboard
Chalkboard
Whiteboard
Mirror
The Hanging Elements attach to mobile walls using the holes in the sliding element.
Rolling Elements Two rolling elements slide back and forth on a second guide rail.
Wall Fixtures The system consist of upper and and lower wall strip with a integrated guide rail for the rolling elements. Both of these strips are mounted onto the wall.
More usage options for rolling elements combined with cabinets on page 152.
End-Cap
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
60”, 152.3 cm
55 ¼”, 140.3 cm
The End-Caps are mounted on both ends of the wall strips to keep the rolling elements in the guide rail.
Boarder
Slide Rail Set Includes mounting hardware. Length 39 ½”, 100 cm.
473600 End-Cap for Sliding Rail 473699 2 pieces
Mirror Sliding Element Safety glass on real birch wood. W 37“ x H 54“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm.
473620
Rolling Element Mirror
Rolling Element with a Whiteboard
Birch real wood veneer. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.
The carrier plate is made of birch real wood veneer, with safety glass. W 37“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.
The carrier plate is made of birch real wood with magnetic whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 57“, W 93 x H 144.5 cm.
473650
473670
473640
Whiteboard Sliding Element Chalk Sliding Element Magnetic chalkboard on birch. W 37“ x H 54“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm.
The carrier plate is magnetic and made of birch with whiteboard coating. W 36 ¾“ x H 54 ¼“, W 93 x H 137.5 cm.
473645
473644
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Rolling Element for Boxes
www.haba.de
391
s l e n a P d e t a Perfor elements and hanging exible
versatile and fl
Clever Buttons The buttons are fastened on the back of the attachments. Their wide lip and the weight of the boxes hold them securely in the pre-drilled holes. To remove the attachments, simply lift them up slightly and pull the buttons out of the holes. Only adults should reposition the large attachments.
Perforated panels
The attachments
· Quickly change rooms
· Easy to attach and remove
· Optimize use of space even in small rooms
· Height adjustable
· Genuine birch, ¾“, 20 mm thick
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr Meh Me eh ehr e hr d hr da daz dazu azu a az au auf uf Se S Seite ite 853.
Made in Germany
36 ½“, 19,2 cm
Preschool Play Wall 1 perforated panel (hardware included) with the following attachments: mirror, sink, and two shelves. W 68” x H 37 ¾”, W 172.8 x H 96 cm.
458961
392
Perforated Panels
Play and Hobby Wall Two wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 2 shelves, 1 mirror, 5 natural colored shelf bins, 1 folding table, 1 cloakroom shelf, and 2 stacking stools (height 13 ¾”, 35 cm). The wall can be configured with attachments. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm.
Audio Wall
458964
458960
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
Hang the shelves, plug in the pegs: your audio wall is ready. The pegboard wall (hardware included) comes complete with 3 hang-on shelves for a CD player and CDs, along with 6 pegs for hanging headphones. W 37 ½“ x H 57“, W 96 x H 144.3 cm.
Creativity Wall A wonderful substitute for a real artist’s studio. Two perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 2 easels, 3 shelves, and 2 material bins. The height of all the elements is variable based on the age of the aspiring artists. Shelves and bins can be arranged so that everything is right at hand. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm.
458962
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
393
ROLLING ELEMENT on page 391.
PARTITION WALLS "PEGBOARD" on page 361.
Role Play Wall Two perforated wall panels (hardware included) with the following attachments: 1 mirror, 1 tall shelf, 4 natural shelf bins, 1 wardrobe, 1 shelf for cooking spoons, 1 sink, 1 cooktop, 1 workstation, and 1 hanging material bin. With these elements, a kitchen area and a vanity, a dress-up station, or even a beauty salon can be set up. W 75 ½“ x H 57“, W 192 x H 144.3 cm.
MORE ROLL PLAY FURNITURE from page 284.
458963
Wall-Mounted Pegboard Elements School Wall Panels in 3 Different Sizes Birch, ¾”, 20 mm thick. (hardware included) 458892 Toddler W 68“ x H 38“, W 172.8 x H 96 cm 458890 Kindergarten W 38“ x H 57“, W 96 x H 144.3 cm 458891 School W 38“ x H 69 ½“, W 96 x H 176.3 cm
Kindergarten
36 ½", 19,2 cm
36 ½", 19,2 cm
Toddler 36 ½“, 19,2 cm
Mount only in horizontal format.
394
Mount only in vertical format.
Mount only in horizontal format.
Perforated Panels
Hang-On Elements
BIRCH WOOD
Hang-On Material Boxes
Wire Baskets
Small Box
Wire basket with removable cover of nylon and net fabric. 473923 Green, 9 ½” x 12”, 24 x 30 cm 473926 Blue, 8 ¼” x 12”, 21 x 30 cm
Powder-coated metal. W 11 ½” x H 6” x D 12 ½”, W 29 x H 15 x D 32 cm.
For wall hanging shelf 473761 and 473762. Birch. W 4 ½“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 6“, W 11.3 x H 10.5 x D 15.4 cm.
473768
473755
Wall-Hanging Box with Perforated Front Powder-coated metal parts. W 11 ½“ x H 6“ x D 12 ½“, W 29 x H 15 x D 32 cm.
473905 Select the color of the perforated front on page 140.
Wide Wall-Hanging Box
Book Shelf
Counter
Wide Wall-Hanging Shelf
Acrylic front and powder-coated metal. H 6“ x D 12 ½“, H 15 x D 32 cm. 473800 W 11 ½“, 29 cm 473767 W 19“, 48 cm
Birch. W 22 ½”, H 9 ½” x D 10”, W 57 x H 23.5 x D 25 cm.
W 30“ x H 8“ x D 12“, W 76.5 x H 20 x D 30 cm.
W 22 ½” x H 8 ½” x D 7”, W 57 x H 18,8 x D 18 cm.
473765
473762
High Wall-Hanging Shelf
Counter
Sink
Stove
W 11” x H 17 ½” x D 7”, W 28 x H 44 x D 18 cm.
W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm.
W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm.
W 22 ½” x H 13 ½” x D 11”, W 57 x H 34 x D 28 cm.
473761
473760
473759
473758
Hanging Rack for Wooden Spoons
Wardrobe
Hanging Mirror
Hook Strip
W 11“ x H 4 ¼“ x D 4 ¼“, W 28 x H 11 x D 11 cm.
With 5 rods and 6 hooks and powder-coated metal. W 22 ½” x H 7” x D 10 ¼”, W 57 x H 18 x D 26 cm.
Birch wood painted blue, safety mirror (¼“, 4 mm thick). Size: Ø 15“, 38 cm.
With 6 hooks. Metal parts powder-coated. W 19“ x H 4“ x D 3 ½“, W 48 x H 10 x D 9 cm.
473763
473770
473764
473773
10 Year GUARANTEE Beech Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123. Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Made in Germany
Folding Table Attachment
High Wall-Hanging Box
Easel
W 37“ x D 26 ½“, W 94 x D 67.2 cm.
Acrylic front and powder-coated metal. W 10” x H 18 ¼” x D 8”, W 25 x H 46.5 x D 20 cm.
W 27 ½” x H 27 ½” x D 9”, W 70 x H 70 x D 22.5 cm.
473777
473756
473754
MORE EASELS from page 185.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
395
Partition Walls Wall Elements Mirrors
458810
Magazine Holder
B
Well-informed – clearly presented Magazines, brochures or flyers can be presented in a well-organized and attractive manner. The stand frame is made of steel pipe in white aluminum and matches any furniture in the library, office, staff room or waiting area. The free-standing magazine stand has many uses, and can also be moved out of the way easily and quickly. With the wall-mounted version (various sizes available) there is no risk of tipping over. The clear acrylic glass trays mean the magazine cover is clearly visible.
C
A
B
Free-standing C
A
Magazine Holder, Free-standing
4 trays with edge. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass (3/16", 4 mm thick). W 30 ½" x H 63" x D 13", W 77 x H 160 x D 33 cm.
175800
Wall-mounted B
Magazine Holder, Wall-mounted
5 trays. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass (3/16", 4 mm thick). W 12 ¼" x H 33 ¼" x D 6 ½", W 31 x H 84 x D 16.5 cm.
175801
C
Magazine Holder, Wall-mounted
5 trays. Steel pipe in RAL 9006 white aluminum, acrylic glass (3/16", 4 mm thick). W 35 ¼" x H 73 ¼" x D 12 ¾", W 89.3 x H 186 x D 32 cm.
175802
396
Wardrobe 路 Foyer
Wardrobe for Toddler, Kindergarten & School
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
¼“, 5 mm safety edge
– a Wardrobe System Light and ”dressed“ in inviting natural birch, it greets little and big ones alike. A cozy atmosphere settles all around. Everything is harmoniously coordinated so that everything can be easily organized. Three heights from the toddler to the school child. There are many elements such as the wall wardrobe, dressing aids or cabinets. They are coordinated with other furniture in terms of their dimensions and visual apperance. YUNA links systematic furniture with a fresh charm.
398
Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Made in Germany GS-tested
Wardrobe
Quality Solid birch wood Naturally Strong
Small For gym bag
Light and friendly birch wood stands for solid and durable furniture that create a warm atmosphere.
Large For hat and scarf
Medium For Bookbag and jacket
Three-way Hook There is space for everything on the 3 different hooks. The large hook for hats and scarves is particularly clever. Even daycare children can easily hang their things themselves.
Metal frames Metal frames ensure the stability of the wardrobe bench.
Surfaces Extra solid, durable and colorful We use a 1.2 mm extra-strong Duropal® covering where it's needed most. For the seating areas you can also chose from 6 linoleum colors.
Standard: Duropal®coating K243
without additional charge
orange
yellow
blue
green
KORA
KGEL
U068
G719
• 1.2 mm melamine resin coating
The firmly bolted benches with bars and storage space shows what the Haba cloakroom system is made of. When building cloakroom benches with bars please consider the spacing to the wall. Refer to page 409 if ordering system with rails.
• High friction, scratch and impact resistant • Resistant to wear and tear
Wardrobe Foyer
birch
Drawing of a wardrobe configuration.
• Resistant coating
Linoleum coating (additional charge) Orange
Sand
Blue
Light blue
Green
Gray
L171
L071
L479
L422
L132
L058
• Made of natural, renewable raw materials • Fade resistant and flame retardant • Flexible, sound-dampening cork content • Antistatic, by nature resistant to wear and tear • Resistant against all cleaning products and disinfectants • Eco-friendly and bio-degradable • Hygienic - antibacterial
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
399
pts
Wardrobe Conce
Double Racks with boxes or doors for additional storing space The double racks – with or without doors – tidy up everything children may carry in. Odds and ends are stored away in the colored property boxes that fit in the big compartments and are provided with identification labels. Caps and jackets hang up perfectly on the triple hooks. The double racks without hooks can be fitted above existing racks making them only accessible to parents or educators.
Short hat Rack with designer panels and benches Wardrobe benches are combined with low hat racks and lateral and upper finishing panels. Finishing panels make corners and edges disappear at both ends.
Tall hat Rack with hanging pockets and benches Fabric panels are equipped with transparent, meshed and slip-in pockets. Combined with the tall hat shelves they make an unbeatable team.
400
Wardrobe
Oversized in depth and height
Well designed and space saving Odds and ends can be stored in these extra high hat shelves. The wardrobe benches with their clearance from the wall offer extra storing space behind the seating area for items.
One space – used in two ways
Wardrobe Foyer
With their depth of 13“, 33 cm the hanging racks won‘t protrude excessively into the room. This allows children more seating comfort on the benches below.
FOLDING WALL TABLES from page 24/25.
Room example
1
Room example
2
The explorers’ lab is closed, the table discretely folded and the benches are back in their usual place.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
401
Hat Rack
Front & side components are made of solid birch. Back made of genuine birch veneer
Shelving of powder-coated perforated metal prevents moisture from accumulating and allows air to circulate.
Select hook color (p. 403).
Short hat Rack
High hat rack
Height: 5 ½”, 12.8 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm
Height: 10 ¼“, 25.6 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm
Number
Width
Compartments
Number
Width
Compartments
839100
12“, 30 cm
1
839133
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
839101
15 ¾“, 40 cm
1
839134
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
839102
15 ¾“, 40 cm
2
839135
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839103
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
839136
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839104
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
839137
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
839105
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839138
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839106
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839139
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
839107
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
839108
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839109
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
Number
Edge
839112
There are major differences in children’s sizes in one class. When you use flexibly mounted hat racks and hooks, you can adapt the wardrobe to the group immediately or in the future.
Compartments
Number
Edge
Interior edge
3
839142
Interior edge
3
839113
Interior edge
5
839143
Interior edge
5
839111
Exterior Edge
1
839141
Exterior Edge
1
(not shown)
Height differences
(not shown)
Compartments
Accessories B
A
Triple Peg
A
Compartment dividers
B
Parent letter holder
Can be added later. Solid birch wood. W 1” x D 7 ½”, W 1.8 x D 18.2 cm. 839180 Short, H 2 ¼”, 5.7 cm 839181 Tall, H 4 ¾”, 12 cm
Triple Peg Swivel Hook Rotatable, with three different hook sizes. Nylon hook. W 3 ¾“ x H 3 ¼“, W 9 x H 8 cm. 845199 1 piece
402
Solid birch wood and acrylic.
839190 1 piece
B
Hat Racks
Double Rack
A
Wall Units
Access only for adults
Benches start on page 406.
Select hook color and door hinge below.
B A Double rack open with hooks
Double rack open with hooks Height: 17”, 42. 5 cm - Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Number
Width
839200
Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm
Compartments
Number
Width
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
839350
Double rack with doors and no hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm
Compartments
Number
Width
Compartments
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
839330
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
839201
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
839351
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
839331
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
839202
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839352
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839332
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839203
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839353
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839333
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839204
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
839354
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
839334
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
839205
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839355
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839335
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839206
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
839356
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
839336
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
for double racks
Exterior Interior Edge open with hooks Height: 17”, 42. 5 cm - Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm
Double rack with doors and hooks Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm
Edge
Compartments
839207
Exterior edge
1
839208
Interior edge
3
Optional Box for Hat Rack These sturdy cardboard storage bins keep all types of materials and supplies quickly and easily accessible. With grip slot. W 6“ x H 6 ½“ x D 6 ½“, W 15.5 x H 16.2 x D 16.2 cm. 092321 Blue, 6 pieces 092322 Red, 6 pieces 092323 Green, 6 pieces
How to order
Number
Width
Compartments
839320
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
839321
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
839322
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839323
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839324
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
839325
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839326
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
Wardrobe Foyer
Number
Mandatory Options
Color
Door hinge
Select hook color. Red is the standard (RAL 3000).
The doors of the double racks can be hinged at the right or left. RAL 9010 pure white
RAL 1018 yellow
RAL 3000 ruby red
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
RAL 5012 light blue
RAL 6018 RAL 9005 yellow green black
RAL 9006 silver
www.haba.de
TVRE TVLI
Doors with right hinges Doors with left hinges
403
Hat Racks and Double Racks with hanging pockets Safety Edge Radius ¼", 5 mm The rods on the hat rack can be quickly removed without any tools. The cloth back wall can be removed for cleaning. Pockets with front windows and fish net or stitched bags.
Select hook color page 403. Order hanging pockets separately below.
Low hat rack with 2 rods for hanging pockets Height: 5 ¼“, 12.8 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm Number
Width
Compartments
839122
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839123
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839125
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
High hat rack with 2 rods for hanging pockets
Double rack open with 2 rods for fabric wall panels
Double rack open with 2 rods for fabric wall panels
Height: 10 ¼“, 25.6 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm
Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 8 ¾“, 22.1 cm
Height: 17“, 42.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33 cm
Number
Width
Compartments
Number
Width
839152
Compartments
Number
Width
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839160
35 ½“, 90 cm
839153
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839161
839155
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839162
Compartments
3
839165
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839166
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839167
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
Hanging Pockets
Hanging pocket blue
Hanging pocket green
Height: 22 ¼“, 56 cm; 100% polyester
Height: 22 ¼“, 56 cm; 100% polyester
Number
Width
839502
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839512
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
839503
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839513
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
839505
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
839515
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
404
Compartments
Number
Width
Compartments
Hanging Pocket for 39 ¼", 99.5 cm racks With 5 clear pockets, net and storage pockets with hook and loop fastenings. Cordura® (35 % cotton wool and 65 % polyester). W 37” x H 29 ½”, W 94 x H 75 cm. 120154 Red 120155 Yellow 120156 Blue
Wardrobe Racks
Hanging racks Smart storage options With a depth of 13“, 33 cm the hanging racks won‘t protrude into the room. This allows children more seating comfort on the benches below. A plastic storage box, made for the rack, holds gloves, caps, etc. Select hook color page 403.
Hanging rack, without hook Height: 20 ¾“, 52.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33.0 cm Number
Width
Compartments
839411
35 ½“, 90 cm
6
839413
47 ¼“, 120 cm
8
10 Year GUARANTEE
Hanging rack, with hook Height: 20 ¾“, 52.5 cm – Depth: 13“, 33.0 cm Compartments
Hooks
35 ½“, 90 cm
6
3
839402
35 ½“, 90 cm
6
6
839403
47 ¼“, 120 cm
8
4
839404
47 ¼“, 120 cm
8
8
Number
Width
839401
Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Optional
Made in Germany
Plastic Box, transparent
GS-tested
W 10 ¼” x H 6” x D 12 ¼”, W 26 x H 15 x D 31.2 cm.
Educator's wardrobe
Wardrobe Foyer
839852
A
The extra deep shoe rack combined with the lockable lockers and tall Alena cupboards ensure everything is safely stored away.
A
Hanging lockers
Includes lockable compartments for valuables and a triple hook. Birch wood. H 16 ¾“ x D 13“, H 42.5 x D 33 cm. 839391 W 31 ½“, 80 cm, 2 doors (not shown) 839394 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm, 3 doors Select hook color and door hinge on page 403.
B
B
Shoe rack with wall mount, extra deep
Includes 6 rods. Birch plywood, rods of powdercoated steel tubes (RAL 9006). H 6“ x D 13“, H 15 x D 33 cm. 839850 W 31 ½“, 80 cm (not shown) 839851 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
extra deep
www.haba.de
405
Interior Corner
Wardrobe bench and wall-mount shoe rack
Safety Edge Radius ¼", 5 mm Select seat finish (page 407).
Wardrobe bench TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Number
Width
840001
31 ½“, 80 cm
840002
35 ½“, 90 cm
840003
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840004
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840006
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm
In a jiffy the bench is moved away and all corners are within reach.
Quality
Number
Width
840011
31 ½“, 80 cm
840012
35 ½“, 90 cm
840013
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840014
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840016
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Shoe rack with wall-mount for freestanding benches
>> Birch seat
Rack with 4 rods. Powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum) – tolerant against humidity. Height 6“, 15 cm – Depth 9 ¼“, 23,3 cm
>> Duropal® seat coating
Number
Width
Number
Width
840021
31 ½“, 80 cm
839841
29 ¾“, 75 cm (for bench width 31 ½“, 80 cm)
840022
35 ½“, 90 cm
839842
33 ½“, 85 cm (for bench width 35 ½“, 90 cm)
840023
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
839843
37 ¼“, 94.5 cm (for bench width 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm)
840024
47 ¼“, 120 cm
839844
45 ½“, 115 cm (for bench width 47 ¼“, 120 cm)
840026
Interior edge
(water-proof, easy to clean)
>> Metal frame, powder-coated RAL 9006 aluminum The cloakroom benches (page 406 and 407) are not attached to our rear panels (page 410), but rather directly to the wall.
Interior edge
Wardrobe bench with rack
SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm, D 13“, 33 cm
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Equipment
Wardrobe bench with integrated shoe rack
Partition rail for shoe rack Powder-coated steel tube. 839840 1 unit
Birch wood, powder-coated steel rack
TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm
SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm, D 13“, 33 cm
Number
Width
Number
Width
Number
Width
840031
31 ½“, 80 cm
840041
31 ½“, 80 cm
840051
31 ½“, 80 cm
840032
35 ½“, 90 cm
840042
35 ½“, 90 cm
840052
35 ½“, 90 cm
840033
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840043
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840053
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840034
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840044
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840054
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840036
Interior edge
840046
Interior edge
840056
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
406
KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Wardrobe Benches
Wardrobe bench with compartments
...without shelf
Wardrobe bench with compartments- optional with powder-coated steel compartment Select seat finish below.
Wardrobe bench with compartments TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm, D 13“, 33 cm Compartments
Number
Width
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
840110
31 ½“, 80 cm
2
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
840111
31 ½“, 80 cm
4
840102
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
840112
35 ½“, 90 cm
3
840103
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
840113
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
5
840104
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
840114
47 ¼“, 120 cm
3
840105
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
840115
47 ¼“, 120 cm
4
840106
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
840116
47 ¼“, 120 cm
6
840108
Interior edge
3
840118
Interior edge
3
Number
Width
840100 840101
How to order Seat Finish
If seat finish color is not specified natural Birch K243 wood will be delivered.
Linoleum
K243
without additional charge
Powder-coated steel shelves
Compartments
Mandatory Options
Duropal® Birch
KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm, D 13“, 33 cm
Wardrobe Foyer
...optional with powdercoated steel shelf (additional charge)
(additional charge)
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Green
Orange
Sand
Blue
Light blue
Green
Gray
KORA
KGEL
U068
G719
L171
L071
L479
L422
L132
L058
All wardrobe benches with compartments are supplied without shelves. Select MEBW if you want a bench with powder-coated steel shelf. Please note additional charge.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
407
Wardrobe bench with steel grating If required the cloakroom benches can be bolted together. Select seat finish (page 407).
... without wall clearance D 13“, 33 cm
Interior edge
TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm Width
Number
Width
Number
Width
840130
31 ½“, 80 cm
840140
31 ½“, 80 cm
840150
31 ½“, 80 cm
840131
35 ½“, 90 cm
840141
35 ½“, 90 cm
840151
35 ½“, 90 cm
840132
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840142
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840152
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840133
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840143
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840153
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840135
Exterior edge
840145
Exterior edge
840155
Exterior edge
840136
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
For cloakroom benches mounted with a wall clearance, wet clothing can hang behind the seating area and drip dry there. In contrast to all other benches, the firmly bolted cloakroom benches with bars and hat storage can be made into complete units.
TODDLERS H 10 ¼“, 26 cm
Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm
840146
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wandbedarf: 62 x 62 cm
KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm
840156
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm Wandbedarf: 62 x 62 cm
SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm
Width
Number
Width
Number
840160
31 ½“, 80 cm
840170
31 ½“, 80 cm
840180
31 ½“, 80 cm
840161
35 ½“, 90 cm
840171
35 ½“, 90 cm
840181
35 ½“, 90 cm
840162
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840172
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840182
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
840163
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840173
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840183
47 ¼“, 120 cm
840165
Exterior edge
840175
Exterior edge
840185
Exterior edge
Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm
840176
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Rolling Wardrobe
Width
Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm
840186
Interior edge
Wall requirements: 24 ½ x 24 ½“, 62 x 62 cm
Optional
Rolling wardrobe Includes 4 casters, 2 lockable. Birch wood, shoe rack of powder coated steel tube (aluminum RAL 9006). D 27 ¼“, 69 cm.
Small hat shelf W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 402)
TODDLERS – Sitting Height 10 ¼“, 26 cm Height 47 ¼“, 120 cm 840201 W 49“, 124 cm
408
Wall requirements: 4 ½“ x 4 ½“, 11 x 11 cm
Number
840166
KINDERGARTEN – Sitting Height 14“, 35 cm Height 48“, 122 cm 840203 W 49“, 124 cm
SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 17“, 43 cm
Number
requirements: 44 ½“ ½“ xx 44 ½“, ½“, 11 11 xx 11 11 cm cm Wall requirements: Wall
... with wall clearance D 17 ¾“, 45 cm
KINDERGARTEN H 14“, 35 cm
In contrast to all other benches, the firmly bolted cloakroom benches with bars and hat storage can be made into complete units.
Tall hat shelf W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 402)
Delivered without shelves/hook rail.
Hook rail W 47 ¼“, 120 cm (page 421)
Wardrobe
Rails for wardrobes - integrated units from Birch Wood Veneer An ideal solution in situations where there are no suitable walls available to mount the racks.
hat shelves (starting page 402)
... free-standing on the wall
=
+
rails
While planning, please take a look at the SCHEMATIC VIEW on page 399. benches (starting page 408)
Vertical rails to be assembled with short hat racks (page 402)
Vertical rails to be assembled with high hat racks (page 402)
Vertical rails to be assembled with double racks in D 8 ¾", 22.1 cm (page 403)
Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“, W 7 x D 3 cm.
Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“ , W 7 x D 3 cm.
Birch wood. Must attach to bench (page 408). W 3“ x D 1 ¼“ , W 7 x D 3 cm.
TODDLERS H 43“, 109.2 cm 839620 1 pair
TODDLERS H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839624 1 pair
TODDLERS H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839625 1 pair
KINDERGARTEN H 47“, 119.4 cm 839621 1 pair
KINDERGARTEN H 51“, 129 cm 839626 1 pair
KINDERGARTEN H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm 839627 1 pair
SCHOOL/AFTER SCHOOL CENTER H 60 ¼“, 153 cm 839622 1 pair
SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 64 ¼“, 162.6 cm 839628 1 pair
SCHOOL/AFTER-SCHOOL CENTER H 72 ¾“, 184.2 cm 839629 1 pair
Back rest
839630 839631 839632 839633 839635
Back rest for assembling with rails To be fixed between vertical rails. Birch wood. Depth: 1“, 2 cm, Height 4“, 10 cm
W 31 ½“, 80 cm W 35 ½“, 90 cm W 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm W 47 ¼“, 120 cm Interior edge
... free-standing in the room Hat Racks (from page 402)
Can be used on both sides.
rail B Additional for installation ...
with low hat racks (p. 402)
with low hat racks (p. 402)
For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8.8 cm. TODDLERS – H 43“, 109.2 cm
For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm.
839690
TODDLERS – H 43“, 109.2 cm 839654
KINDERGARTEN –
KINDERGARTEN –
H 47 ¼“, 119.4 cm
H 47“, 119.4 cm
839657
with high hat racks (p. 402)
with high hat racks (p. 402)
For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8.8 cm. TODDLERS – H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm
For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm.
KINDERGARTEN –
TODDLERS – H 46 ¾“, 118.8 cm 839655
839694
KINDERGARTEN – H 51“, 129 cm 839658
with double racks (p. 403)
with double racks (p. 403)
For fixed benches (p. 408). W 20 ½“ / 29 ¼“ x D 3 ½“, W 52/74 x D 8,8 cm.
For fixed benches (p. 408). W 5 ¾“ x D 1“, W 14 x D 2.1 cm. TODDLERS – H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm
H 51“, 129 cm
TODDLERS – H 55 ½“, 140.4 cm 839692 KINDERGARTEN –
839656
H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm
KINDERGARTEN – H 59 ½“, 150.6 cm
839695
839659
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
B
C
839693
839691
A
Wardrobe Foyer
piece with rail A End for installation ...
can be used on both sides Benches on page 408.
C
Back Wall
Melamine resin surface. Height 23 ¾“, 60 cm. Depth: ¾“, 1.9 cm 839790 W 31 ½“, 80 cm 839791 W 35 ½“, 90 cm 839792 W 39 ¼“, 99.5 cm 839793 W 47 ¼“, 120 cm For safety reasons only one bar is permitted for construction of free-standing combinations.
www.haba.de
409
Easy to Clean Back Panels – for wall mounting Back panel + wide adaptor strip >> for assembling with double racks (page 403)
adaptor strip
3 31 ½“, 31.2 cm
Back panel + narrow adaptor strip >> for assembling with tall hat racks (page 402)
A Toddlers: H 26 ½“, 67.2 cm B Kindergarten: H 27“, 68.4 cm
A Toddlers: H 27 ¾“, 70.4 cm B Kindergarten: 28 ¼“, H 71.6 cm
adaptor strip
2
A Toddlers: H 28 ½“, 71.9 cm B Kindergarten: H 29“, 73.1 cm
Back panel without top piece: >> for assembling with small hat racks (page 402)
4“, 9.6 cm
1
Total Heights:
Total Heights:
A Toddlers: 47“, 109.2 cm
A
C
Toddlers: 119“, 118.8 cm
A
B
B
C
Kindergarten: 51“, 129 cm
B
Kindergarten: 47“, 119.4 cm
The back panels keep wet clothing away from walls. Combine the panels with hat shelves and double racks.
Total Heights: D Toddlers: 55 ½“, 140.4 cm D Kindergarten: 59 ½“, 150.6 cm
Tip: For combinations of tall hat shelves or double racks you will need adaptor strips so that the height of the back panel isn’t reduced by the height of the racks.
Back panel Duropal® surface.
A TODDLERS
Select Duropal® coating (page 401).
H 43“, 109.2 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm
Seat height
10 ¼“, 26 cm
Number
Width
839700
31 ½“, 80 cm
839701
35 ½“, 90 cm
839702
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
839703
47 ¼“, 120 cm
839705
outside Corner
839706
inside Corner
Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm
B KINDERGARTEN
H 47“, 119.4 cm, D 1 ¼“, 3 cm
Seat height
14“, 35 cm
Back panel with “wide” adaptor strip for assembling with double racks, depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm (page 402)
Duropal® surface.
Duropal® surface.
C H 3 ¾“, 9.6 cm
D H 12 ½“, 31.2 cm
Number
Width
Number
Width
Number
Width
839760
31 ½“, 80 cm
839770
31 ½“, 80 cm
839710
31 ½“, 80 cm
839761
35 ½“, 90 cm
839771
35 ½“, 90 cm
839711
35 ½“, 90 cm
839762
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
839772
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
839712
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
839763
47 ¼“, 120 cm
839773
47 ¼“, 120 cm
839713
47 ¼“, 120 cm
839764
outside Corner
839774
outside Corner
839715
outside Corner
839716
inside Corner
Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm
410
Back panel with “narrow” adaptor strip for assembling with tall hat shelves (page 402)
Wall requirements: 3 ¼“ x 3 ¼“, 8 x 8 cm
839765
inside Corner
Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm
Wall requirements: 3 ¼“ x 3 ¼“, 8 x 8 cm
839775
inside Corner
Wall requirements: 25 ¾“ x 25 ¾“, 65 x 65 cm
Wardrobe
Order fabric pockets separately.
Dresser Cabinet, 1 door
Dresser Cabinet, wide, 2 doors
Height without base: W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 13“, W 39.7 x H 39.7 x D 33 cm. With base: H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm.
Height without base: W 30 ½“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 13“, W 77.4 x H 39.7 x D 33 cm. With base: H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm.
840230
840231
Select door hinge below.
Dresser Cabinet, tall, 2 doors
Dresser cabinet, 4 doors
Height without base: W 15 ¾“ x H 30 ½“ x D 13“, W 39.7 x H 77.4 x D 33 cm. With base: H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm.
Height without base: W 30 ½“ x H 30 ½“ x D 13“, W 77.4 x H 77.4 x D 33 cm. With base: H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm.
840232
840233
Select door hinge below.
Side Panel
Birch real wood veneer, with linoleum, blue surface. W 30 ½“ x D 19 ¾“, W 77.4 x D 50 cm. Thickness: 1“, 2 cm.
840239
Clothes Cabinets These cabinets bring two functions together: dressing room and cloakroom. Colorful fabric pokkets display a photo of the little ones: they're "at home" here. And for parents they serve as a postbox for information and flyers.
Note
!
The panel for dressing children is attached to a cabinet that is pulled forward. We recommend the side panels if you would like to setup the cabinet and panel on their own, i.e. without a cabinet to the right and left.
The large compartments offer plenty of space for spare clothes and personal items. The seating area on the cabinets, at a height that is gentle on the back, makes it easier for adults to get the children dressed. Everything is available or stored away with a single movement.
How to order Optional Accessories
Mandatory Options Door hinge
Base
Hanging Pockets
The doors on the cabinets 840230 and 840232 can be hinged on the right or left. Please specify the preferred version in your order:
The dresser cabinets are delivered without a base. Please specify SOKM in your order if you would like a cabinet with base. Additional charge for base: SOKM W 15 ¾" x D 13", W 39.7 x D 33 cm SOKM W 30 ½" x D 13", W 77.4 x D 33 cm
All dresser cabinets are delivered without fabric pockets to Velcro on. When ordering please specify MTAS if you would like a cabinet with fabric pockets. Additional charge for fabric pockets:
TVRE TVLI
door(s) hinged right door(s) hinged left
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
MTAS 1 piece
www.haba.de
Lock Door lock DSS1
Additional charge
411
Wardrobe Foyer
Top Panel
For mounting on free-standing cabinets with top panel. Birch veneer. Depth 6“, 15 cm. 840240 H 17 ¾“, 44.5 cm for one door 840241 H 32 ½“, 82.2 cm for two doors
Wall Wardrobe
A
Hanging wall wardrobe Birch plywood, shoe rack of powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm.
10 Year GUARANTEE Birch Real Wood Veneer More information on page 122/123.
TODDLERS + KINDERGARTEN – H 45 ½“, 115.8 cm The shoe-grate – here all the shoes are placed high and dry
¼“, 5 mm safety edge Mehr dazu auf Seite 853.
Width
840400
32“, 81 cm
4
840401
39 ¾“, 100.75 cm
5
Select hook color (p. 403).
Made in Germany GS-tested
Barrier free
Spick and span!
hygiene While children adore muddy weather, snow and ice, these weather conditions mean a lot of wetness and dirt in the entrance and wardrobes area. Hanging wall wardrobe with back panels, provide individual compartments and a shoe racks for each child. Wet clothing and shoes can take their time to dry. Because there is enough space between the hanging wardrobe and the floor, any water that drips down can be easily wiped off. Coats and hats are kept in separate cubbies.
412
Compartments
Number
Wardrobe Cupboards
Wall Wardrobe with sitting bench
Hanging wall wardrobe with seat Solid seating area thanks to steel joists. Birch plywood, shoe rack powder coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 18 ½“, 47 cm
TODDLERS + KINDERGARTEN – H 45 ½“, 115.8 cm Compartments
Number
Width
840410
32“, 81 cm
4
840411
39 ¾“, 100.75 cm
5
Customized solutions for corners
Select hook color (p. 403) and seat finish (p. 407).
Sturdy steel joints stabilize the bench
The perfect solution with lightweight walls
Free standing wardrobe
Free standing wardrobe Wardrobe Foyer
When not feasible to wall mount the wardrobe. Birch plywood, shoe rack of powder-coated steel tube (RAL 9006 aluminum). Depth 8 ¾“, 22 cm
H 63 ¼”, 160.4 cm Compartments
Number
Width
840430
32“, 81 cm
4
840431
39 ¾“, 100.75 cm
5
Select hook color (p. 403).
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
413
Wardrobe Cupboards Kindergarten
7“, 17.3 cm
30“, 76.2 cm
27 ¼“, 69 cm
12“, 30 cm
7“, 17.3 cm
Select front finish and door hinge below. Select hook color page 403.
Example shows 6 x open wardrobe cupboard, height 48“, 122 cm
Wardrobe Cabinet, open
Wardrobe Cabinet with Door
2 top compartments. 1 triple hook. Birch. H 48” x D 13”, H 122 x D 33 cm. 840350 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840351 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm
1 storage shelf, 1 shoe compartment, 1 triple hook and lock. Birch. H 48” x D 13”, H 122 x D 33 cm. 840360 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840361 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm
School or after-school center A 7“, 17.3 cm
12 ¼“, 31 cm
12“, 30 cm 41“, 103.7 cm 36“, 90.9 cm
There is space here for a plastic box (p. 415). 8 ½“, 21.6 cm
8 ¾“, 21.8 cm
Example shows 6 wardrobe cupboards with doors, height 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
A
B
Example shows 6 wardrobe cupboards with lockers, height 63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
Wardrobe with Personal Cubby Compartment
A
B
With 1 compartment, 1 shoe compartment and 1 triple hook. Birch. H 63 ¼” x D 18 ½”, H 160.4 cm x 47 cm. 840364 Basic model, W 12 ¼“, 31 cm 840365 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm
With 1 shelf behind the door, 1 three-way hook, and lock. Birch. H 63 ¼” x D 18 ½”, H 160.4 cm x 47 cm. With shoe compartment. 840356 Basic model, W 12 ¼”, 31 cm 840357 Add-on model, W 11 ½”, 29 cm
How to order
Mandatory Options
Front Finish If color is not specified natural Birch wood will be delivered. Real Wood
Duropal
Door hinge
®
The doors of the double racks can be hinged at the right or left.
Birch
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Green
Birch
NATU
KORA
KGEL
U068
G719
K243
414
Wardrobe Cabinet with Door
TVRE TVLI
Doors with right hinges Doors with left hinges
Wardrobe Cupboards
It all goes in a box
48“, 122 cm
48“, 122 cm
Each child has his place in the wardrobe. Jackets, bags and cups are stored away. But where to put all those odds and ends? Our solution: a plastic storage box with an identification label (page 422) for each child.
Optional
Diaper cupboard
Storage Cabinet for 6 Plastic Boxes
With 3 shelves. Birch. W 12 ¼“ x H 48“ x D 13“, W 31 x H 122 x D 33 cm.
Plastic Box, transparent
840390
Birch. W 12 ¼” x H 48” x D 13”, W 31 x H 122 x D 33 cm. Plastic boxes not included.
Select front finish and door hinge (page 414).
840319
839852
W 10 ¼” x H 6” x D 12 ¼”, W 26 x H 15 x D 31.2 cm.
Dressing aids Easily get children changed
Wardrobe Foyer
Our dressing aids mean that uncomfortable crouching is a thing of the past. With the steps the children meet you half way – so that it's more comfortable for both you and the child.
Dressing Staircase Firmly bolted to the wall. Birch wood; step surface in birch decor. W 16" x H 43“ x D 17", W 40.6 x H 109.2 x D 43 cm. Platform height: 22 ½", 57 cm.
840210 with pull-out staircase
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
415
Shoe and boot cupboards
63“, 160.4 cm
30 ½“, 80 cm
1 33 3“, cm
Shoe cupboard Birch plywood, shelves duropal laminate coated. W 31 ½“ x 13“, 80 x D 33 cm. Height
840330
43“, 109.2 cm
840331
48“, 122 cm
9
840332
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
12
63 ¼“, 160,4 cm
30 ½“, 80 cm
Compartments
Number
Boot cupboard Birch wood, shelves duropal laminate coated. W 31 ½“ x 13“, 80 x D 33 cm.
33
416
13
“, cm
Compartments
Number
Height
840333
43“, 109.2 cm
4
840334
48“, 122 cm
4
840335
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
6 Thanks to the Duropal® coating the shelves of the boots‘ cupboard are resistant to dirt and water
8
Book bag Cupboards
Book bag cupboards Available with or without lockable doors. All shelves and doors made of scratch resistant birch veneer. Select front color and type of door hinge (page 414).
Optional Shelf For book bag cupboard with doors (840321, 840322, 840323). W 12 ¼“ x H 1“ x D 16 ½“, W 30.5 x H 2 x D 41.5 cm. 840329 1 piece
m
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
, 120 c
47 ¼“
“, ½ 18 7 cm 4
Book bag cupboard
Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 47 ¼“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 120 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Compartment height: 17 ½“, 44 cm.
840343
Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 39 ¼“ x H 48 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 99.5 x H 122 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 21 ¾“, W 30 x H 55 cm. 840301 6 compartments 840321 6 lockable doors
39 ¼“,
26 ½“, 67.4 cm
99.5 cm
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
26 ½“, 67.4 cm
“, ½ 18 7 cm 4
, ½“ 18 cm 47
“, ½ 18 7 cm 4
18
“, ½ m c 7 4
Book bag cupboard
Book bag cupboard
Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 26 ½“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 67.4 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 19 ½“, W 30 x H 49 cm. 840302 6 compartments 840322 6 lockable doors
Birch wood veneer. Solid shelves with Duropal® coating. W 39 ¼“ x H 63 ¼“ x D 18 ½“, W 99.5 x H 160.4 x D 47 cm. Inner dimensions of compartment: W 12“ x H 19 ½“, W 30 x H 49 cm. 840303 9 compartments 840323 9 lockable doors
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
Wardrobe Foyer
, ½“ 18 cm 47
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
Book bag shelf for 15 bags
48 ¼“, 122 cm
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
48 ¼“, 122 cm
39 ¼“, 99.5 cm
“, ½ 18 7 cm 4
417
Wardrobe Wagon
with 46 hooks and helmet rack
15 triple hooks + 6 safety double hooks Wardrobe wagon With 15 triple hooks, 6 safety double hooks and 4 casters, 2 locking. The two steel tubes make sure that bags and backpacks do not fall out. Birch veneer, powder-coated tubular steel (RAL 9006 aluminum). W 35 ¼“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 23 ¾“, W 89 x H 120 x D 60 cm.
Wardrobe Cart
840501
125312
With 46 hooks, one helmet rack and 4 casters, 2 locking. Steel tube, varnished. Color: RAL 9006 aluminum. W 38 ½” x H 48” x D 23 ¾”, W 98 x H 122 x D 60 cm.
Bag wagon - saves space and always at your fingertips
A
with 26 hooks and 3 levels
Hidden Casters
B
Bag Wagon
Bag Trolly
Bag Wagon
Space for gym bags etc. on two levels. Everyone can find their compartment quickly with identification signs (please order separately, p. 422). The partitions and side pieces have rounded corners. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch veneer. H 40 ¾" x D 23 ¾", H 103 x D 60 cm, Compartment size: W 6 ½" x D 10 ¼", W 16.2 x D 26 cm, partition 8 ½", 21 cm tall. 840502 for 20 children, W 36 ¼", 92 cm 840503 for 28 children, W 50 ½", 128 cm
Book bags are hung on 26 hooks. Real birch wood, powder-coated steel tubing. Includes 4 casters, 2 locking. W 43 ¼“ x H 28 ¼“ x D 17 ¼“, W 110 x H 72 x D 44 cm. Please order stickers and name signs separately (see page 422). Bags not included.
Made of solid beechwood with natural finish. The solid wooden pegs are recessed. Three shelves, the middle shelf is removable and height-adjustable. With 4 casters the bag wagon can also be used as a serving trolly. H 30“ x D 18“, H 76 x D 46 cm. A 125291 Small with 24 wooden hooks, W 18“, 45.5 cm B 125292 Large with 28 wooden hooks, W 36 ¼“, 92 cm
418
125196
Wardrobe Wagon
Boot wall Just brilliant!
Drying Cupboard
You can save space while drying boots. The back panel is Duropal® coated so that dirt and liquids won’t damage anything. Waterproof slat protects the wall and allows boots dry from all sides.
Boot wall Birch wood, back panel of scratch resistant, waterproof Duropal®, powder-coated steel tube, polyethylene slats (color: corn) Width 35 ½“, 90 cm, depth 4 ¾“, 12 cm Number
Width
Pairs
839820
43“, 109.2 cm
20
839821
48 ¼“, 122.0 cm
20
839822
63 ¼“, 160.4 cm
25
Select Duropal® coating for rear panel (page 414).
Boot Rack
Playing outside is fun. If clothing gets wet in the process, from rain or snow, then it can dry quickly in the drying cupboard. With warm air blowers and 2 extendable clothes hangers with 4 clothes rails and 16 double hooks each. The door is lockable (cylinder lock incl.) The cupboard can be easily connected to a power point (220 V) with a standard cable and is then immediately ready for use. There is overheating protection for safety. The drying time can be individually adjusted via a timer. Steel with plastic powder coating, standard body in RAL 7035 light gray, front color can be selected. W 27 ¾" x H 78 ¾" x D 27 ¾", W 70 x H 200 x D 70 cm
103080 Select front color (p. 420). This is not available in the USA.
– for the wall or mobile
Wardrobe Foyer
Drip Tray
for 5 Pairs of Boots Mobile Boot Storage
30 pairs of boots For 5 Pairs of Boots Untreated tamarack/ larch wood with ash pegs. W 38“ x H 3 ½“ x D 1 ½“, W 96 x H 9 x D 4 cm, peg length 9 ¾“, 25 cm. 120157 Boot Rack
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
The boots stand can be used indoors and outdoors. With 4 casters, 2 locking and rounded safety hooks. Steel tube, powder-coated (RAL 9006 aluminum). W 34“ x H 47 ¼“ x D 21 ½“, W 86 x H 120 x D 54 cm. 125319 Boots stand
www.haba.de
Space for 18 or 26 pairs of boots. The wagon is easy to clean and can be set up inside or outside. With 4 casters, 2 locking. Birch wood with Duropal® surface, steel pipe, powder-coated (RAL 9006), PE strip. Depth: 15 ¾", 40 cm.
125323 for 18 pairs, W 42 ½" x H 29", W 107.8 x H 73.5 cm 125324 for 26 pairs, W 49 ¾“ x H 38 ½“, W 126 x H 97.5 cm
419
Steel Wardrobe
STEEL Wardrobe A
in 3 widths
Complete Cloakrooms for Schools.
A
Complete Cloakroom Element
With hat and shoe racks. Frame and hook rails made from precision flat steel tubing, hooks made from rounded steel, shoe rack made from precision steel tubing - all powder coated. Seating and hat rack made from melamine coated 3-layer quality chip-board with ABS edges, beech decor, 1“, 25 mm thick. H 62“ X D 15 ¼“, H 157 x D 38.5 cm, seat height 16 ¼“, 41 cm. Please note: Always position the cloakroom elements against a wall or back to back danger of to prevent tipping. 176330 W 39 ½“, 100 cm, 11 hooks 176331 W 61“, 155 cm, 17 hooks 176332 W 78 ¾‘, 200 cm, 23 hooks
B
Cloakroom Hat Rack
C
Cloakroom Bench
Side parts and hook rails made from powder coated precision flat oval steel tubing, hooks made from rounded steel; hat rack made from 3-layer quality chipboard with melamine resin coating on both sides and ABS edges, beech decor 1“, 25 mm thick. H 12 ¾ x D 10“, H 34.5 x D 25.5 cm. 176320 W 39 ½“,100 cm, 11 hooks 176321 W 61“, 155 cm, 17 hooks 176322 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm, 23 hooks
With shoe rack. Frame made from flat oval steel tubing, shoe rack made from precision steel tubing both powder coated; seat made from 3-layer quality chip-board with melamine resin coating on both sides and ABS edges, beech decor 1“, 25 mm thick. H 16 ¼“ x D 15 ½“, H 41 x D 39 cm. 176310 W 39 ½“, 100 cm 176311 W 61“, 155 cm 176312 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm
Select frame color below.
B
How to order Mandatory Options
Frame Color C
420
RAL 1021
RAL 3003
RAL 5002
RAL 5014
RAL 5023
RAL 6004
RAL 6033
RAL 7021
yellow
ruby Red
ultramarine blue
pigeon blue
distant blue
blue green
mint turquoise
black gray
RAL 7035
RAL 8014
RAL 9005
RAL 9006
E702
light gray
sepia brown
jet black
aluminum
metallic gray
Hook strips
Hook strips A basic part of any good wardrobe
Wave Wardrobe Willy the Worm ensures all is in order here and everything has a hook. Each of the elements has 5 metal double hooks. Can be combined to suit your requirements or expandable using middle pieces. Birch wood. Product may be delivered with different hooks.
E
G D F
F
D 472050 Head section left W 46“ x H 16 ¼“ x D 2 ½“, W 117 x H 41 x D 6 cm
472051 Head section right W 46“ x H 16 ¼“ x D 2 ½“, W 117 x H 41 x D 6 cm (not shown)
E 472052 Middle body W 39 ½“ x H 8 ¾“ x D 2 ½“, W 100 x H 22 x D 6 cm
F 472056 End piece right W 44 ½“ x H 10“ x D 2 ½“, W 113 x H 25 x D 6 cm
472055 End piece left W 44 ½“ x H 10“ x D 2 ½“, W 113 x H 25 x D 6 cm (not shown)
H
G
Hook strip
As an individual element or it can be combined with the wave wardrobe. With a double safety hook made of metal. Birch. H 5“ x D 2“, H 12.8 x D 6 cm. 839004 W 31 ½", W 80 cm, 4 hooks 839006 W 39 ¼", W 99,5 cm, 5 hooks 839009 W 41 ¼“, W 120 cm, 6 hooks
H
J
Farm Cloakroom
Beech, plywood, metal hooks. W 15 ¾" x H 9 ½", W 40 x H 24 cm. Hardware included.
107093
J
Hook Bar with Extra-Large Double Hooks
Water-resistant melamine finish. Color: white. 5 double safety hook of metal, powder-coated in aluminum, RAL 9006. W 39 ½“ x H 7 ¼“ x D 2 ¾“, W 100 x H 18 x D 6.6 cm.
472091 K Multi-Purpose Hook Bar
Wardrobe Foyer
K
Solid, lacquered natural beech. Six red sliding HEWI double hooks are attached to the beech bar. Wall mounting hardware included. 1 ¼”, 3 cm thick wood bar. W 39 ½” x H 3 ¾” x D 5 ½”, W 100 x H 9.5 x D 14 cm.
125112 L
L
Cleanup Made Easy
Everything is stored neatly in these pouches. With extra fabric appliqué for identifying picture and drawstring. Approx. 13 ½” x 14 ½”, 34 x 37 cm. 056628 Pouches, 6 pieces Identity signs sold separately (page 422).
M
M
Cloakroom hook rail
With double coat hooks. Distance from wall 4 ¾“, 12 cm. Steel profile facing with hooks and wall spacers welded onto back. Surface coated. Ends of facing are straight with rounded plastic stoppers, rounded steel hooks. 176300 W 39 ½“, 100 cm, 5 hooks 176301 W 61“, 155 cm, 8 hooks 176302 W 78 ¾“, 200 cm, 10 hooks Select frame color (page 420).
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
421
Identification Signs made of wood, plastic, paper and fabric – Each set consists of 30 different pictures.
Colorful World
Objects
Toys
Animals Farm
Forest & Meadow
Wooden Identity Signs 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 37 x 37 mm; ¼“, 6 mm thick. 30 pieces. 019610 Colorful World 092024 Objects 092023 Toys 092021 Animals 092367 Farm 092368 Forest and meadow
Laminated Identity Signs
Self-Adhesive Paper Identity Signs
Colored identity sign 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 35 x 35 mm in sets of 30 assorted pictures. Frames sold separately. 116833 Colorful World 092043 Objects 092042 Toys 092040 Animals 092372 Farm 092376 Forest and meadow
3 sheets the same 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 37 x 37 mm, with 30 assorted pictures. 90 pieces. 116841 Colorful World 092014 Objects 092013 Toys 092011 Animals 092373 Farm 092377 Forest and meadow
Material Identity Patch for Sewing on Washable at 140°F/60°C, 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 35 x 35 mm; with hem 2“ x 2“, 50 x 50 mm. 30 pieces. 116819 Colorful World 092003 Objects 092002 Toys 092000 Animals 092374 Farm 092375 Forest and meadow
Identity Sign Made of gray plastic, for laminated identity signs. Hardware included. 1 ½“ x 1 ½“, 38 x 38 mm 092035 30 pieces
½“, 1 cm thick
Wood identity animals Content: 30 animals in a cotton pouch. Printed wood. Pig: 3 ½" x 3", 9 x 7.5 cm. 073420 30 pieces
422
Name Signs Self-Adhesive Identity Sign Frame Plastic frame including paper insert and protective foil. 3“ x 4“, 7.4 x 10.5 cm. 092303 12 pieces
Frames with white paper insert and protective foil. 2 ¼“ x ¾“, 57 x 20 mm. Hardware not included. 092071 30 pieces
Outdoor Play Structures
Outdoor Play Structures
Natural Color Concept
Fresh Leaf Green
Dark Moss Green
We have made sure that color interplay is always harmonious. The colors will still harmonize together, even if the larch wood takes on the classic, silvery grey over time.
Outdoor Play Structures
All of the color shades are inspired by nature. The green of young buds or leaves is the influence behind our fresh leaf green, which represents spring, growth and health. It creates a harmony together with the quiet down-to-earth of the darker moss green. These two colors were used often and on the same surface, just like in nature. The vibrant copper orange creates bright highlights. All the shades are influenced by the rich earth brown whose energy nourishes and combines all of the elements.
Vibrant Copper Orange
Rich Earth Brown Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
425
- Premium-Quality Larch Wood In comparison to other softwood, larch wood is very strong, tough and has low expansion and shrinkage rates. Amongst European softwoods, it is the heaviest and hardest wood. It‘s resistance to weathering and it‘s durability make it predestined for use in outdoor play equipment.
Our support posts 5-layer weather-resistant glued larch wood Strong Minimum crack formation Anti-wrap Natural Safe Ecological
od
o hw
d ate
larc
re
unt
Metal Mounting Massive steel foot (½“, 5 mm thick) with hot-dip galvanized design loops Prevents the posts from absorbing moisture from the ground and rotting Sturdy connection, even with dynamic load
Modular idea Can be individually assembled Easy to change Expandable
Post Cover Prevents moisture from penetrating wood High-quality polyamide plastic Impact-resistant Frost-resistant UV-resistant No visible connections Vandalism-proof
426
Unique Stainless Steel Connection
Mounted Components Premium-Quality:
Handrails
Premium-Quality:
The split handrails fit exactly onto the special stainless steel shoe and are bolted throughout
Concealed stainless steel connection Durable High level of strength Anti-wrap
Connecting elements made with stainless steel
V2A stainless steel with a loop Stainless steel Service-free Pleasant smooth surface High level of stability and anti-wrap Installed flush with the posts No projecting corners or edges
Plate materials Premium-Quality:
Premium-Quality: Swing bearings in cast stainless steel with nylon bearings; made for HABA with M16 stainless steel bolts High quality Robust Low-maintence Safety chain Optimum safety
Genuine birch glued to be water-resistant with slip-inhibiting silkscreen printing surface Weather-resistant Anti-slip
Premium-Quality: Hard-core board (HPL) (¼“- ½“, 6 or 12 mm thick) Absolutely weatherand rotting-resistant Impact-resistant High level of stability
Ropes and Nets Premium-Quality: Premium-Quality:
Heavy duty quality with 6 inside stainless steel ropes (Ø ½“, 16 -18 mm): Robust Weather-resistant Low-maintenance Easy to grip UV-resistant
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Plastic board polyethylene (PE) lightly structured and fully dyed throughout Weather-resistant UV-resistant Does not fade Pleasant feel
www.haba.de
427
Outdoor Play Structures
Swing Bearings
- Safety in accordance with DIN EN 1176: 2008-08
3. 2.
4. 1.
1. 2.
S Safety ramp with slip protection Snag-free slide attachment S
1.
3. 4.
F Fall protection from 23 ž", 60 cm The PE slide doesn't get hot T
Safety ramp Various height tread steps: secure footing
428
Gentle slope: minimizes risk of slipping
Haba is involved in the Federation of German Manufacturers of Playground Equipment and Leisure Facilities. All large German play equipment and fall protection manufacturers are members.
Various materials: make the ramp slip-resistant
The Federation has set itself the goal of designing playgrounds that are completely safe for children.
Âź", 5 mm gaps: sand and dirt trickle off; reduces risk of slipping
We actively cooperate in the European Standards Committee for playground, sport and leisure equipment.
10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426
GS tested Highest safety on page 428
Natural Color Concept on page 425
Pushing the elements back and forth promotes motor skills.
Daycare
Outdoor Play Structures
The ship’s bell rings. No limits to the children’s imagination.
All the play equipment guarantees movement opportunities which are development-appropriate and development-encouraging.
Ship With a series of elements for role playing and movement in the smallest space: climb up the wavy steps, a slide, bells, a movable element in the form of an anchor and a steering wheel. Cross-rod made of stainless steel and posts made of tamarack glued laminated wood. Includes metal mounting.
428300
Technical Data Base area:
37 ½“ x 37 ½“, 2.70 x 1.29 m
Safety zone:
5.70 x 4.20 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
6“, 0.50 m 6“, 0.50 m
Total height:
90 ¾“, 2.30 m
Foundations:
3 pieces: W 12“ x H 12“ x D 15 ¾“, W 0.30 x H 0.30 x D 0.40 m
4 pieces: Ø 8“ x D 6“, Ø 0.20 x D 0.15 m Age group:
1 ½ year + Children can conquer the mountain with steps: upright or crawling.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
429
»We always plan in advance who can come into our house! Someone always has to keep watch over who's coming!«
Hut magic, in a village filled with joy At the foot of the silver rock, little huts provide a place to dream and pass the time, as a castle, cave or somewhere to read. They are the perfect home base for adventurers. These little houses work particularly well in a group, but can also be used as individual retreats. A village like this fits perfectly into landscapes.
The color concept can be found on page 425.
10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426
Play Pavilion GS tested Highest safety on page 428
Natural Color Concept on page 425
Play pavilion
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly
430
With a bench, board for a counter, mailbox for letters and cutout for bells, this play pavilion is up for anything: today it’s a store, tomorrow the post office and even a little café with a porch. Total height: 45 ¾“, 1.16 m. Includes metal mounting. 429056 With porch, W 73“ x D 48 ½“, W 1.85 x D 1.23 m 429057 Without porch, W 48 ½“ x D 48 ½“, W 1.23 x D 1.23 m
The magic of huts
Technical data
The asymmetrical shape fits harmoniously onto the scenery. The huts are suitable for all age groups. The stilts allow the huts to be assembled level, or on uneven ground. Includes metal mounting. 428001 Orange 428002 Light green 428003 Dark green
Base area: Safety zone:
51 ¼“ x 57“, 1.30 x 1.45 m 169 ¼“ x 165 ½“, 4.30 x 4.20 m
Max. free fall height:
12“, 0.30 m
Platform height:
12“, 0.30 m
Total height:
61“, 1.55 m
Foundations:
There are special fish swimming the sand pool.
none
Age group:
1 ½ year +
Technical data
Experience platforms Choose between natural or color stain highlights. The platforms are compatible with one another, but can also be combined with many pieces of Terramo equipment. Includes metal mounting. 428014 Terrassini natural 428015 Terrassini highlights
Base area: Safety zone:
37 ½“ x 37 ½“, 0.95 x 0.95 m 155 ½“ x 155 ½“, 3.95 x 3.95 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
a story corner can quickly be extended with a platform in front.
15 ¾“, 0.40 m
Installation height variably
4" - 15 ¾“, 0.10 - 0.40 m
Total height:
15 ¾“, 0.40 m
Foundations: 4 pieces W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ x D 15 ¾“,
max. 15 ¾“, 40 cm
W 0.40 x H 0.40 x D 0.40 m 1 ½ year +
min. 4“, 10 cm
Outdoor Play Structures
Age group:
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly Play pavilion
Combines carillon wall, car and window: Supplied within 4 glued tamarack laminated posts, roof elements and metal mounting. Ground surface: 46“ x 46“, 1.17 x 1.17 m. Total height: 79“, 2.00 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +
Combines motor skills auto and net porthole walls: Supplied within 4 glued tamarack laminated posts, roof elements and metal mounting. Ground surface: 48 ½“ x 48 ½“, 1.23 x 1.23 m. Total height: 79“, 2.00 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +
429505
429058
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
431
Daycare "Palm Slide"
5
Up the ramp and down the slide. In between, the children can have enjoy coordination and sensory experiences on the motor skills and window elements. PE slide quadrant unit platform motor skills wall element with moveable plastic handles "colorful view" function wall with colored acrylic glass panes "post box" decoration non-slip ramp Includes metal mounting.
NEW!
4
429496
Technical data Base area:
140 ¾" x 131 ¼", 3.57 x 3.33 m 258 ¾" x 254", 6.57 x 6.45 m 23", 0.58 m 12" / 23", 0.30 / 0.58 m 110", 2.79 m 1 ½ year +
Safety area:
1
Max. fall height: Platform height:
3
Total height: Age group:
6 No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly
10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426
GS tested Highest safety on page 428
Natural Color Concept
2
on page 425
A
NEW! Crawling Tunnels Crawling through a tunnel is an adventure - both a new physical experience and also a test of courage. Before you see "the light at the end of the tunnel" there are obstacles to overcome, ie. curves or a slope. The children can also take it slowly... Available in 4 different shapes. Technical data on request.
A B C D
B
432
C
D
429487 429488 429489 429490
Version 1 with curve Version 2 straight Version 3 with slope Version 4 with S bend
E
Crawl Tunnels The ramp and slide are naturally a must. What makes this equipment special are the crawl tunnels: a secret retreat and an exciting passage. non-slip ramp crawl tunnels "colorful view" function wall "tactile" function wall PE slide Includes metal mounting E 429476 with cover F 429477 without cover
3
2
Technical data
1
Base area: 139" x 131 ¼", 3.53 x 3.33 m Safety area: 254" x 240 ¼", 6.45 x 6.10 m max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 23", 0.58 m Total height: 86 ¾", 2.2 m Age group: 1 ½ year +
5
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly
4
3 F
1
Price alternative
Special safety ramp: for more information see page 428.
Function wall»tactile«
NEW!
"Tree House" Everything here is designed for the little ones: climbing holds for small hands, holes to crawl through and a ramp with a gentle slope and climbing aids. There is even a cellar under the "living room". ramp with climbing aids climbing wall PE slide crawl cave Includes metal mounting.
Technical data Base area: 173 ¼" x 86 ¾", 4.40 x 2.20 m Safety area: 311 ¼" x 204 ¾", 7.90 x 5.20 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.60 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 53", 1.6 m Age group: 1 ½ year +
3
2 1
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly
4
4
The crawl cave is perfect for resting. Gap platform with Plexiglas pane
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
433
Outdoor Play Structures
429115
Crawling Den
3
4
2
1
10 Year GUARANTEE Premium Quality on page 426
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly
GS tested Highest safety on page 428
The crawling den is like a cozy gazebo, and it's just as comfortable inside. Inside the little ones can have their own unique experiences. Two ripple mirrors await the explorers, and looking through the acrylic glass gives them a whole new perspective on what's going on outside. Those inside can look out onto the mini terrace.
Natural Color Concept on page 425
Crawling Den By climbing up onto the platform children access a "real" house, which invites them to retreat and explore: e.g. the world looks completely different when viewed through the colored windows! PE slide Non-slip ramp with safety rail (see p. 428) Two acrylic glass windows, yellowy-green / orange Stainless steel mirror Includes metal mounting.
429122
Technical data The orange frame accentuates the colored window: There's plenty to see here.
434
Base area: 112 ¼" x 151 ¾", 2.85 x 3.85 m Safety area: 256" x 269 ¾", 6.50 x 6.85 m Max. free fall height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Platform height: 23 ¾", 0.60 m Total height: 84 ¾", 2.15 m Age group: 1 ½ year +
2 3 4 1
6
A
5
No concrete foundations necessary – cost-effective and fast assembly
What does the world look like through the colored glass?
Adventure House Adventure House The roof and the leaf decorations add a visual highlight to the adventures awaiting children in this house. 2 levels, 4 function walls. "Easel" function wall "Chimes" function wall "Colorful view" function wall (colored acrylic glass pane) "Window" function wall (shutters) Stairs with stainless steel handrail on both sides PE slide Includes metal mounting. A 429472 Version 1 B 429473 Version 2 C 429474 Version 3 D 429475 Version 4
Technical data Terramo – Outdoor Play Outdoor Play Structures Structures
Base area: 171 ½" x 115", 4.35 x 2.92 m Safety area: 295 ¾" x 229 ¼", 7.51 x 5.82 m Max. free fall height: 23", 0.58 m Platform height: 12" / 23", 0.30 / 0.58 m Total height: 126 ½", 3.21 m Age group: 1 ½ year +
Price alternatives
B
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
C
D
www.haba.de
435
Daycare equipment "Roof of leaves" Two levels of experiences: The rainmaker creates mysterious noises, and a peek through the window sees the world in whole new colors! Non-slip ramp (see p. 680) Rainmaker function wall Tactile function wall Colorful view function wall, colored acrylic window PE slide Motor skills function wall Includes metal mounting. A 429478 With leaf decorations B 429479 Without leaf decorations
3 4 2 5 A
6
Price alternatives
B
1
Technical data Base area: Safety zone:
186" x 72 ¼", 4.72 x 1.83 m 319" x 165 ½", 8.10 x 4.20 m
Max. free fall height:
116 ¾", 2.96 m
Total height: Age group:
No concrete foundations necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly
23", 0.58 m 23“, 0.58 m
Platform height:
1 ½ year +
Slide tower C
Slide tower
4 No concrete foundations necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly
3
A tower for the littlest ones. Regain your strength under the protective roof and then go down the slide. Slide Stairs Non-slip ramp (see p. 680) Colorful view function wall C 429485 With stairs D 429486 Without stairs
Price alternatives
Technical data
2
Base area: Safety zone:
D
436
254" x 232 ½", 6.45 x 5.90 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
1
124 ½" x 114 ¼", 3.16 x 2.90 m
Total height: Age group:
23", 0.58 m 23“, 0.58 m 73 ¾", 1.87 m 1 ½ year +
H
G
J
J
Cloth labyrinth This is about play that supports learning and development. Young children often like to hide. Whether it‘s under the table, hidden by a table cloth, or behind a hedge. Even when they play like this they are looking for outside contact. This is why a labyrinth is always a top-seller when it comes to children‘s own play equipment requests. If these cloth elements are arranged into a laby-
rinth, which can always be expanded at a later date, then the children‘s wishes can come true in a limited space. The cloth labyrinth also fulfils other important development-encouraging criteria. With selection of robust cloths as privacy screens, children can also practice physical coordination when they swing past them or lean on them and bounce.
Cloth labyrinth Much more than just a maze: The textile walls, stretched on wooden frames, can be used to create separate quiet areas or green classrooms. The posts must have concrete foundations. The individual base model can be free-standing, however the extension model must have a connected setup. Foundations: L 15 ¾" x W 15 ¾“ x H 20", L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
E
F
Basis model:
E 429006 Green F 429008 Orange G 429010 Beige
Outdoor Play Structures
G
Extension model: H 429007 Green J 429009 Orange K 429011 Beige (not shown)
42 ¾", 1.08 m
Extension model 56 ¼", 1.43 m
Basis model
41 ½" 1.05 m
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
437
- Multifunctional Walls Toddlers & Kindergarten This wall system for outside allows areas for playing and keeping busy. There are a variety of ways to set and combine the 13 walls with their wide range of play functions: standing up as individual pieces, as a round tower, a zigzag wall or wall element. You can extend or exchange the walls as needed. You can vary the height of the walls by digging the posts in at different depths.
Premium-Quality: Boards are made of polyethylene Robust and resistant to impact and vandalism No PAK values (pollutants) Weatherproof and UV-resistant Dyed throughout (meaning not only the surface is colored) Easy to grip and tactile Posts made of stainless steel Long lasting No rust Haptically pleasant System concept Can be individually planned and varied
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
Turret combination Creates a separated area for daycare children, where they can play safely and undisturbed. The door can be closed from outside. The combination consists of the following function walls: blackboard, tactile, rainmaker, motor skills, colorful view and door. It offers plenty of different play options, and some parts can also be played with from outside. Incl. 6 stainless steel posts. Base area: 91 ½“ x 78 ¾“, 2.32 x 2.00 m. Foundations: 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +.
429501 See the world in different colors
438
Multifunctional Walls
Mounted close to the ground Sand, water or marbles find their way down.
Zig-zag Just like a real fence, with this free-standing arrangement the walls are accessible and can be played with from both sides. This combination consists of the function walls colorful view, car and tube marble run, with diverse play opportunities. Base area: 118 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 3.00 x 1.00 m. Foundations: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. Delivery incl. 4 stainless steel posts and 118 ¼“, 3 m tube.
429502
Mounted 12", 30 cm from the ground
Carillon
Sounds Here children can experiment with sounds. Rustling, rattling rhythms and bell melodies. Contains the function walls rainmaker and chime. Delivery incl. 3 stainless steel posts. Base area: 77“ x 22 ¼“, 1.95 x 0.56 m. Foundations: 3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +.
429506
Outdoor Play Structures
Mounted on the Wall
Moveable double mirror
Rainmaker
Motor skills
Wall Installation If you don‘t have space for free-standing walls then you can install them on a building wall! This combination consists of the following function walls: rainmaker, mirror and motor skills. Includes hardware. Age group: 1 ½ year +.
429504
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
439
dimension: 42¼“, 1,07 m
Marble run wall Fence wall
Insert a flexible PE hose and continually build new marble runs. Order the hose separately.
Ring function wall
Board wall
Parapet element, e.g. for extension or division.
Playable on one side, with various sliding elements.
Made of weatherproof Duropal® that can be written on with chalk.
428547
428549
428552
428546
Can be played on both sides.
Can be played on both sides.
Can be played on both sides.
Tactile wall The milled spiral is an endless spiral - if you follow it with your finger from outside to inside then the path will lead you back out again from the center. Around the spiral there are brushes, mirrors and holes to complete the tactile and visual experience.
Colorful view wall What does the world look like if you see it in other colors? With 2 colored Plexiglas panes (yellowy-green, orange).
Auto wall
Motor skills wall
With a steering wheel, gears, two moveable indicators and a front window.
Can be played on both sides with various disc elements.
428540
428539
428542
Can be played on both sides.
Can be played on both sides.
428553
Double mirror wall The two stainless steel mirrors are set on rubber elements and move when touched.
Sand play wall With adjustable tube, slip boards and sand wheel.
Window wall
Door wall
Plexiglas panels behind the two windows.
Can be locked from one side.
428545
428550
428541
428548 Can be played on both sides.
Carillon wall
Rainmaker wall
Circle/ellipse wall
Square/diamond wall
Pentatonic tuned row of bells. Each bell has its own hammer, which is flexibly attached and needs to be correctly positioned for a good sound results.
When turning on the disc sounds trickling and noise in the rhythm of the rain. The red knob moves a tube with bells that ring softly when turning.
With 2 cut out geometric shapes - one square, one diamond. 2 matching foam shapes can be sorted and pushed through (Order separately, item no. 024851).
With 2 cut out geometric shapes - one square, one diamond. 2 matching foam shapes can be sorted and pushed through (Order separately, item no. 024851).
428543
428551
428012
428013
Can be played on both sides.
Can be played on both sides.
Note on ordering
Hose
Please include a simple sketch with your order so we can draft individual assembly instructions.
Assembly note
Fastening set for wall mounting
When set in concrete, you have the option of varying the post height. A foundation (L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m) has to be made per post.
For a wall.
Flexible transparent PE hose. Ø 3“, 7.2 cm. Please state the length you want with the order. We recommend at least 118 ¼“, 3 meters per multifunctional wall.
426200
426217
440
Steel post in V2A stainless steel, 53 ¾“, 136 cm long. 424065 End 424066 180 ° 424067 120 ° 424072 90 °
A
Sorting game walls The idea has been around for inside play for a while. The large proportions make this an exciting supplement for outside, as experimentation requires lots of movement. The sorting game walls, with their large pieces, also exercise coordination, concentration and dexterity. All important aspects for promoting learning. The lightness of the shapes as well as their strength guarantee versatility for little users, as they can also be used to sit on or climb on.
You can also build with the foam insert elemen
ts!
B
Sorting game walls Outdoor Play Structures
Recognize shapes, sort them and ... push them through! With the two sorting game walls circle/ellipse and square/diamond. Please order the matching foam shape sets circle and ellipse (025869) and square and diamond (024851) separately (see below). Base area: 88 ¼“ x 4“, 2.24 x 0.10 m. Foundations: 3 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m. Age group: 1 ½ year +. A 429024 Incl. 3 Terramo wooden posts, metal mounting and post ends B 429025 Incl. 3 stainless steel posts Stainless steel posts.
Foam piece set - circle and ellipse
Foam piece set - square and diamond
Also suitable for outside use, for example with the sorting game function wall circle and ellipse (428012). Contents: 1 ellipse shape 15“ x 10“ x 4“, 38.1 x 25 x 10 cm; 1 circle shape Ø 9 ¾“, 24.5 cm; material: Microlen PE 30; density 1 ¾ lb/ft³, 30 kg/m³.
Also suitable for outside use, for example with the sorting game function wall square and diamond (428013). Contents: 1 square shape, 10“ x 10“ x 4“, 25 x 25 x 10 cm; 1 diamond shape, 17 ¾“ x 9 ¼“ x 4“, 45 x 23.5 x 10 cm; material: Microlen PE 30; density 1 ¾ lb/ft³, 30 kg/m³.
025869
024851
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
441
Combination Play Equipment For Mixed-Age Groups 1-6 years
4
3
1
8 7
2
5 6
Jungle equipment
Premium-Quality: Accordance with DIN EN 1176-08 this combination offers absolute safety for children Space-saving
It offers exciting adventures in the daycare or preschool. While the little ones are playing on the motor skills wall and meandering through the large pipes, for the bigger ones the adventure starts with climbing up via the climbing wall or ramp. Climb-slip pole Climbing wall Suspension bridge Mesh porthole function wall Slide Car function wall Large tunnel pipe Ramp with climbing aids and climbing rope (back side) Incl. metal mounting.
429083
Technical data Base area: The crawl tube offers a different feeling of space as well as excellent acoustics.
Safety zone:
307 ¼“ x 100 ½“, 7.80 x 2.55 m 445“ x 220 ½“, 11.30 x 5.60 m
Max. free fall height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m
Platform height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m
Total height:
141“, 3.58 m
Foundations: 10 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: It‘s really wobbly! You need good balance to walk on the suspension bridge.
442
1 ½ year +
Combination Play Equipment
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
4
1
2
5
3 6
7
Star slide Bigger children sometimes like to be by themselves. Therefore the equipment is constructed in such a way that only they can get up to the top play area: via a 23 ½“, 60 cm tall step or by climbing up the net. The bottom area with the low slide is perfectly suited for smaller children. Slide Sloping net field Car function wall Motor skills function wall Porthole function wall Slide Small bar Large bar Incl. metal mounting.
Outdoor Play Structures
8
429080
2
Playing on the pole needs plenty of muscles.
Technical data Base area:
275 ¾“ x 185 ¼“, 7.00 x 4.70 m
Safety zone:
433“ x 303 ¼“, 11.00 x 7.70 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m
Climbing competition on the net
12“ - 57 ¼“, 0.30 - 1.45 m 147 ¾“, 3.75 m
Foundations: 13 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
1 ½ year +
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
443
Ship 10 YEAR GUARANTEE
for Sailors and Sea Dogs
GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
4
2
3 1
A sailing ship is one of the undefeated classics of role play equipment. It is popular with young and older children who disappear into a fantasy world full of adventure. There is a climbing challenge for children to discover at the stern, where the various options for ascent and descent.
Boat The crew can board via the ramp or climbing net and then go off on an adventure journey. Slide Metal balcony Ramp with climbing rope Steering wheel Climbing wall Climb-slip pole Arch net ladder Sloping net field Incl. metal mounting.
4
7
429114
8
6
Technical data Base area: Safety zone:
181 ¼" x 267 ¾", 4.60 x 6.80 m 319" x 386", 8.10 x 9.80 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 43 ½"/57 ¼“, 1,10 m/1.45 m
171 ¼", 4.35 m Foundations: 15 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Total height:
Age group:
444
3 year +
5
Ships
Raft Increasingly, sand play areas are not being built with borders but rather are landscaped. This creates a play landscape with natural surroundings. The raft offers children the ideal play and storage surface, for building and experimenting. Especially when you‘re standing on the moving base of the raft with its robust springs!
Raft Consists of: • Footprint, made of solid laminated larch beams • Sail unit made of stainless steel and polyethylene • Balance beam as access and "rudder". Mounted either on springs or solid metal feet. Optional: slackline attachment with stainless steel starting platform, protected with non-slip rubber granules. 428011 As pictured, without slackline attachment 428237 As pictured, without slackline attachment on solid feet 429023 Slackline attachment
Technical data Base area:
45 ½“ x 126“, 1.15 x 3.20 m
163 ½“ x 244 ¼“, 4.15 x 6.20 m Max. free fall height: 15 ¾“, 0.40 m
Safety zone:
Platform height:
15 ¾“, 0.40 m
100 ½“, 2.55 m Foundations: 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Total height:
Age group:
1 ½ year +
Junket Junket
Outdoor Play Structures
The junk attracts various age groups. Boarding via the climbing wall needs strength. Whoever wins the battle for the steering wheel can set the course. During the voyage you can sneak a peek out of the colored porthole. Incl. metal mounting.
117177
Technical data Base area:
49 ¼" x 126", 1.25 x 3.20 m
167 ½" x 244 ¼", 4.25 x 6.20 m Max. free fall height: 55 ¼", 1.40 m Safety zone:
Platform height: Total height: Foundations: Age group:
23 ¾", 0.60 m 100 ½", 2.55 m none 1 ½ year +
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
445
Castle equipment 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning
4 Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
3 2
1
10
We can plan customized play equipment for you Your castle could look like this. Almost anything is possible. We can assist you from planning to assembly. Your sales representative is happy to advise you. They will listen to your requests and record all measurements. From this we will create a 3D illustration and an offer for your customized play equipment.
446
9
Castle equipment C
6 8
7
The imposing architecture of castles is very attractive to children. They are eager to conquer them and prove their courage and strength. It‘s not only the bold knights who can have their adventures here, there is also plenty to do for little minstrels and damsels.
5 Technical data Castle equipment Sand play function wall Tunnel pipes Suspension bridge Metal balcony Large Slide Climbing wall with hole for access to the top Small Slide Marble run function wall Castle stone ramp with climbing aids Non-slip ramp Incl. metal mounting.
Base area:
386“ x 189“, 9.80 x 4.80 m
Safety area:
523 ¾“ x 350 ½“, 13.30 x 8.90 m Max. free fall height: 70 ¼“, 1.78 m Platform height: Total height: Foundations:
12“ - 78 ½“, 0.30 - 1.99 m 147 ¾“, 3.75 m 12 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Age group:
1 ½ year +
Outdoor Play Structures
429084
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
447
4 Small tree house Anyone who wants to climb up here can choose their favorite route: Stainless steel climb-slip pole Sloped climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing wall with colored free-climbing holds and access openings Access from climbing net to platform base Incl. metal mounting.
2
428310
An opening in the platform base for access from the climbing net
Technical data Base area: Safety area:
107 ¼“ x 68 ¼“, 2.72 x 1.73 m 225 ¼“ x 186 ¼“, 5.72 x 4.73 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 125“, 3.17 frachtfrei fra achtfre chtm tfr fre r i
Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
1
3 year +
3
2
Technical data
Tree house with slide
2 1
3
Slide Sloped climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing wall with colored free-climbing holds and access openings Access from climbing net to platform base Incl. metal mounting.
Base area:
107 ¼“ x 157 ½“, 2.72 x 4.00 m
Safety area:
225 ¼“ x 295 ½“, 5.72 x 7.50 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 125“, 3.17 m
Foundation: 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
3 year +
429495
Climbing out to the fire pole
Forest cabin A special cave-like hideout. There are various ways to get up & down, each of which differs in the degree of difficulty: either via the grips on the climbing wall, the fire pole or the rope ladder. Incl. metal mounting.
428006
Technical data Base area: Safety area:
71“ x 130“, 1.80 x 3.30 m 189“ x 248 ¼“, 4.80 x 6.30 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m
151 ½“, 3.85 m Total height: Foundation: 5 pieces, L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“, L 0.40 x B .40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
448
3 year +
Climbing
Climbing 10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual Planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
Climbing Equipment 2 Slopes on both sides lead to the top of this climbing wall. Once this challenge has been mastered it‘s time to go to the summit cross, the climbing net, and then climb down. Climbing walls made of non-slip, waterproof glued mesh plates, furnished on both sides with climbing holds and cut outs. Posts made of five-layer glued larch wood. Hercules-quality roof net with internal steel core. Incl. metal mounting.
428313
Technical data Base area:
98 ½“ x 110 ¼“, 2.50 x 2.80 m
Safety area:
236 ¼“ x 239“, 6.00 x 6.07 m
Max. free fall height: Total height:
78“, 1.98 m 115 ½“, 2.93 m 4 pieces:
Foundation:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“ L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
3 year +
Climbing Equipment 3 Outdoor Play Structures
Now everyone can decide which route to take to the top. There are plenty of options: on both sides. Climbing walls made of non-slip, waterproof glued mesh plates, furnished on both sides with climbing holds and cut outs. Posts made of five-layer glued larch wood. Incl. metal mounting.
428315
Technical data Base area: Safety area:
95“ x 80 ¾“, 2.41 x 2.05 m 227“ x 208 ¼“, 5.76 x 5.29 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
78 ¾“, 2.00 m 107 ¼“, 2.72 m 4 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 20“ L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Age group:
3 year +
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
449
Mikadodo A Path Through the Pole Jungle A
Balancing, climbing, risks and adventures – all of these are challenging topics for Mikadodo. At first glance it doesn't look like a climbing wall, a balancing beam or a diving platform. Children, with their wealth of curiosity, can take a different path every time. There is no right or wrong. Only those that give it a go can find a way through the jungle, exercising their muscles and physical coordination in the process!
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Mikadodo The poles are firmly connected to one another in the workshop. The tilt angle and distances between them is determined by the mounting. The corrugated plastic on the tread surfaces ensures good grip. There are two different versions of Mikadodo, respectively suitable for preschool and school age. 117175 3-piece set preschool 429017 3-piece set school 117176 3 x 3-piece set preschool construction (pictured)
A
GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
Technical data for 117175
Technical data for 429017
Technical data for 117176
Base area:
Base area:
Base area:
Safety area:
45 ½“ x 57 ¼“, 1.15 x 1.45 m 155 ¾“ x 159 ½“, 3.95 x 4.05 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
29 ½“, 0.75 m 71“, 1.80 m 1 piece:
Safety area:
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group:
450
3 year +
57 ¼" x 63", 1.45 x 1.60 m 167 ½“ x 169 ½“, 4.25 x 4.30 m 37 ½", 0.95 m 94 ½“, 2.40 m 1 piece:
Safety area:
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m Age group:
5 year +
65" x 167 ½", 1.65 x 4.25 m 169 ½“ x 277 ¾“, 4.30 x 7.05 m 29 ¾“, 0.75 m 71“, 1.80 m 3 pieces: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 23 ¾“ L 0.80 x B 0.80 x H 0.60 m
Age group:
3 year +
Climbing
Mikadodo Safety kick Î Anti-moving Î Tough grip material Î Non-slip surface structure Î Resistant to weathering Î Available in light green, dark green and orange
Spinning Column Technical data Base area:
Ø 27 ½“, 0.70 m Ø 208 ¾“, 5.30 m
Max. free fall height: Total height:
Outdoor Play Structures
Safety area:
59 ¼“, 1.50 m 94 ½“, 2.40 m
Foundation:
1 piece: L 39 ½“ x W 39 ½“ x H 23“ L 1.00 x B 1.00 x H 0.58 m
Age group:
6 year +
Turning climbing column You quickly get into the swing of things here! The turning climbing column is a five-sided climbing structure, which is covered with climbing grips and offers unique climbing fun for up to five children at the same time. The 71", 180 cm tall climbing walls are tilted by 10°, and can turn. Base made of galvanized steel, climbing panels made of waterproof laminated plywood board. 209 lb, 95 kg. Incl. mounting with galvanized foundation.
turning
428350
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
451
Climbing
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
Children enjoy climbing, working their way to the top bit by bit. Children experience heights differently than adults; they have less fear, but still respect and understand the dangers. Children under the age of 3 can't judge heights properly yet, due to a lack of jumping experience. That's why our climbing equipment has a so-called "access filter", so that the littlest ones can't access higher areas. Children over the age of 3 usually have a better sense for what height they dare jump down from. To develop this, however, they need the opportunity to experience heights. Jumping down is an important experience to determine risk and reward. It also strengthens the spine and the back muscles.
GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
Monkey bar box Climbing and monkey bar adventure for children Swinging ladder made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel roof rung element Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel Balancing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting.
2
429094
1
5
Technical data Base area:
48 ½“ x 90 ¾“, 1.23 x 2.30 m
Safety area:
3
4
166 ¾“ x 208 ¾“, 4.23 x 5.30 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundationt:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 4 pieces:
L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“m L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
4
3 year +
Climbing cone Many paths lead up to the viewing platform. Handles around the platform ensure safety when climbing. The special construction of the sloped make the play and climbing equipment especially interesting. Rung ladder Climbing wall with climbing holds Leg-up ladder Parapet rail Stainless steel handles Incl. metal mounting.
5
428312
3
2
1
Technical data Base area: Safety area:
31 ½“ x 31 ½“, 0.80 x 0.80 m 157 ½“ x 157 ½“, 4.00 x 4.00 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m
114 ¼“, 2.90 m Total height: Foundation: 1 piece: L 31 ½“ x W 31 ½“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.80 x W 0.80 x H 0.50 1 piece: L 19 ¾“ x B 19 ¾“ x H 17 ¾“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.45 m Age group:
452
3 year +
Climbing
3
6
8
9
2
1
4 5
Climbing nest Paradise for climbers: Climbing wall with free-climbing holds Zig-zag stainless steel climbing rungs Stainless steel horizontal bar Stainless steel rung ladder Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Roof net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel Stainless steel climb-slip pole Incl. metal mounting.
7
Technical data Base area:
114 ¼“ x 93 ½“, 2.90 x 2.37 m
Max. free fall height: Total height:
78 ½“, 1.99 m 78 ½“, 1.99 m
Foundation:
8 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Age group:
3 year + Wood protection by Stainless Steel Covers
429091
There are all kinds of climbing adventures here: 2 climbing walls, both sides with free-climbing holds Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel horizontal bar Roof net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel rung ladder Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope (see above) Incl. metal mounting.
Outdoor Play Structures
Climbing chest
4
429092
2 Technical data Base area: Safety area:
3
5
212 ¾“ x 166 ¾“, 5.40 x 4.23 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
1
94 ½“ x 48 ½“, 2.40 x 1.23 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m 6 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Age group:
3 year +
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
453
Climbing Climbing tower Climbing fans can really go wild here. Climbing wall, both sides with free-climbing holds Balancing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Rope ladder made of Hercules material Leg-up ladder made of stainless steel Rung ladder made of stainless steel Monkey bar handles made of dyed-through, UV-resistant polyethylene Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting.
4 6 3
7
5
429093
Technical data
2
8
Base area:
138“ x 138“, 3.50 x 3.50 m
Safety area:
256“ x 256“, 6.50 x 6.50 m
Max. free fall height: Total height:
1
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 59 ¼“, 1.50 m
Foundation:
8 pieces: L15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Age group:
3 year +
Monkey bar garden construction 4 Rope stairs made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Stainless steel climbing rungs Monkey bar curve with stainless steel rungs Stainless steel climb-slip pole Rest island made of dyed-through polyethylene (¾“, 19 mm), UV-resistant, on a robust stainless steel base Climbing aids made of non-slip climbing hold material Incl. metal mounting.
2 3
5
429096
6
Technical data
4
1
Base area:
94 ½“ x 114 ¼“, 2.40 x 2.90 m
Safety area:
212 ¾“ x 232 ½“, 5.40 x 5.90 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
59 ¼“, 1.50 m 71“, 1.80 m 4 pieces:
L 15 ¾“ x B 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“; L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
Custom Planning In this example are climbing elements which are especially well suited for children ages 1 year and older. Included is: Balancing rope with handrail Daycare climbing wall Moving handles for daycare children 2 taller climbing walls (for children from 3 years) Leg-up ladder Climbing net Horizontal bar Call for pricing.
454
6 7
5
4 3
4 2 1
3 year +
Climbing
Zigzag climbing equipment This equipment doesn‘t need much space but still offers a lot. Stainless steel climbing rungs incl. fastening tabs Vertical climbing net made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Climbing rope made of Hercules material with internal steel rope Incl. metal mounting.
429104
1
Technical data Base area:
94 ½“ x 51¼“, 2.40 x 1.30 m
Safety area:
224 ½“ x 118 ¼“, 5.70 x 4.60 m
Max. free fall height: Total height:
78 ¾“, 2.00 m 90 ¾“, 2.30 m
2
4 pieces:
Foundation:
3
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
3 year +
Wave bar for children from 1 year With a short monkey bar curve (H 23 ¾“, L 41“, H 60 cm, L 104 cm) and a long monkey bar curve (H 34“, L 77“; H 86 cm, L 195 cm) made of stainless steel. Incl. metal mounting.
2-level bar
429099 3-level bar The right bar for everyone. Three horizontal bars at varying heights (39 ½“, 49 ¼“ and 59 ¼“, 100 cm, 125 cm and 150 cm) Four glued laminated larch timber posts with post cover made of PE plastic and stainless steel horizontal bars. Incl. metal mounting.
Wave bar for children from 3 years
429103
429100
Technical data
Base area:
138“ x 4“; 3.50 x 0.10 m
Safety area:
256“ x 122 ¼“; 6.50 x 3.10 m
Max. free fall height: Total height:
59 ¼“; 1.50 m 71“; 1.80 m 4 pieces:
Foundation:
Base area: Safety area:
Safety area:
Safety area:
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
1 ½ year +/ 3 year +
49 ¼“ / 59 ¼“, 1.25 / 1.50 m 71“, 1.80 m 3 pieces:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“
L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
94 ½“ x 4“, 2.40 x 0.10 m 212 ¾“ x 122 ¼“, 5.40 x 3.10 m
L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
3 year +
low fall height
94 ½“ x 51 ¼“, 2.40 x 1.30 m 212 ¾“ x 169 ½“, 5.40 x 4.30 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
3 pieces:
Base area:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“
Technical data Base area:
34“ / 47 ¼“; 0.86 / 1.20 m 34“ / 47 ¼“; 0.86 / 1.20 m
Foundation:
L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m 3 year +
122 ¼“ x 256“; 3.10 x 6.50 m
Max. free fall height Total height:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ Age group:
Technical data 4“ x 138“; 0.10 x 3.50 m
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 71“, 1.80 m 4 pieces:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group:
3 year +
Zig-zag climbing equipment, low Compact climbing unit with horizontal bar, climbing net and swinging ladder. Incl. metal mounting.
429105
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
455
Outdoor Play Structures
Technical data
With a short monkey bar curve (H 34“, L 41“, H 86 cm, L 104 cm) and a long monkey bar curve (H 47 ¼“, L 77“, H 120 cm, L 195 cm) made of stainless steel. Incl. metal mounting.
Anyone who doesn‘t dare go onto the high bar right away can first try out the low version. Stainless steel horizontal bar Incl. metal mounting. 429101 Horizontal bar heights 29 ¾“, 75 cm and 49 ¼“, 125 cm 429102 Horizontal bar heights 39 ½“, 100 cm and 59 ¼“, 150 cm
Monkey Bar and Balancing Path Children love experimenting with balance. Practicing their balance while moving forwards, backwards or sideways can keep them busy for quite a while. In the process they test out their limits, try to face their fears, and gain more self-confidence with each positive result. This is very important for their physical development. Our balancing path takes the children's need for movement into account. It combines jumping, climbing, monkey bars and balancing, and can be individually designed to create varying levels of difficulty through selection of individual elements. It can be adjusted to optimally suit the ages and abilities of the children.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning Natural Color Conceptt More information on p. 425
2
3
1
1
Technical data
Premium quality: Balance discs made of high-quality rubber. Free of harmful substances. Non-slip, even when wet Robust and weatherproof Easy to maintain
456
Mini high ropes course
Base area:
The combination of balancing, moving hand over hand, climbing and jumping offers varied and exciting movement stimuli. Course 1 2 jumping discs Climbing rings module Rope tunnel Incl. metal mounting.
Safety area:
429121
Age group:
256“ x 23 ¾“, 6.50 x 0.60 m 374 ¼“ x 141 ¾“, 9.50 x 3.60 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
23 ¾“, 0.60 m 97“, 2.46 m 5 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m 3 year +
Hanging & Balancing
Balancing beam 428320
Rope tunnel 428328
Technical data Balance disc 428323
Base area: Safety area:
114 ¼“ x 39 ½“, Total height: 2.90 x 1.00 m Foundation:
104“, 2.64 m 2 pieces:
232 ½“ x 157 ½“,
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“
5.90 x 4.00 m
L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
18 ½“, 0.47 m Age group: 18 ½“, 0.47 m Mounting height variable.
3 year +
Wobbling balance disc 428322
Technical data for 428320, 428323 und 428322 2 pieces: Base area: 118 ¼“ x 8“, 3.00 x 0.20 m Foundation: L 15 ¾“ x W 15¾“ x H 19 ¾“ Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 126“, 6.00 x 3.20 m 15 ¾“, 0.40 m
L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
15 ¾“, 0.40 m Age group: Mounting height variable.
3 year +
Balancing cantilever beam 428326
Balancing disc bridge 428329
Technical data
Technical data
Base area: 118 ¼“ x 8“, 3.00 x 0.20 m Foundation: Safety area: 236 ¼“ x 126“,
2 pieces:
6.00 x 3.20 m Age group: Max. free fall height: Total height:
Base area:
114 ¼“ x 23 ¾“, Total height: 2.90 x 0.60 m Foundation:
buried ground anchor 3 year +
Safety area:
2 pieces:
232 ½“ x 141 ¾“,
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“
5.90 x 3.60 m
L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m
19 ¾“, 0.50 m Mounting height variable. 19 ¾“, 0.50 m
90 ¾“, 2.30 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
18 ¼“, 0.46 m Age group: 18 ¼“, 0.46 m Mounting height variable.
3 year +
Seat balance bollard
Technical data Base area: 23 ½“, 0.60 m Safety area: 141 ¾“, 3.60 m Max. free fall height: 19 ¾“, 0.50 m Total height: 63“, 1.60 m Foundation: 1 piece: L 15 ¾“ x W15 ¾“ x H 19 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.50 m Age group: 3 year +
Mikadodo platform To rest or let other children climb past. Island consists of a post incl. post covering and mounting.
A moment ago it was an exciting balancing element, now it's a little island to relax on. Surface made of non-slip, fast-drying rubber granulate (holes in the plate make rainwater drainage possible). Base made of robust, glass bead blasted stainless steel. Ø 15 ¾", 40 cm, L 47 ¼", 120 cm, installation height max. 23 ¾", 60 cm. 117656 Red-brown 117658 Green
429018
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
457
Outdoor Play Structures
Max. free fall height: Total height:
Spring bouncers Balance gives us information about our posture and our orientation in space. For this we need signals from our sense of sight, our muscles and our sense of hearing. The vestibulum is located next to the cochlea, in the inner ear, and is the most important sensory organ for spatial positioning and its regulation. When bouncing or rocking the vestibulum works at full speed. Information about up, down, turning, tilting, and about rhythm and acceleration is transmitted to the brain. This supports training of the sense of balance, and also coordination of the senses.
Premium quality: Panels are made of polyethylene: Robust, not prone to impact damage or vandalism No PAK values (pollutants) Weatherproof and UV-proof Spacing between the steel spring coils: Avoids fingers or feet getting caught All nuts and bolt ends have cover caps: Protection against injury
10 Year GUARANTEE All spring bouncers comply with DIN EN 1176-08 and are GS-tested
... Especially for toddler 1
2
Central handle to hold on to
Backrest for secure seating
1
2 3
4 3
Low seat height
4
Large tread surface
5
Poney The little ones will like this "2 horsepower". The backrest means that the little riders are secure in their saddle. They can hold on to the head-height bar. Smooth spring.
No fingers or feet get caught
5
019170 Smooth spring
Technical data Base area:
Schwupps A bouncer for the little ones. Smaller dimensions, and a backrest so that they don't accidentally fall in the middle of the biggest bounce. The centered handle means that both hands are up around head height.
019139
458
Technical data 25 ¼“ x 18 ¼“, 0.64 x 0.46 m
Base area:
Safety area: Seat height:
104“ x 97“, 2.64 x 2.46 m 16 ¾“, 0.42 m
Safety area: Seat height:
Foundation:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Foundation:
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
1 ½ year +
33 ¼“ x 17“, 0.84 x 0.43 m 112“ x 95 ¾“, 2.84 x 2.43 m 16 ¾“, 0.42 m L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Age group:
1 ½ year +
Single and multi-bouncers 3 year +
Duck 019171
Horse 019173
Technical data
Seahorse 019202
Technical data
Base area:
34“ x 9 ½“, 0.86 x 0.24 m
34 ¼“ x 9 ½“, 0.87 x 0.24 m
Base area:
113“ x 88 ¼“, 2.87 x 2.24 m
107 ½“ x 88 ¼“, 2.73 x 2.24 m
18 ½“, 0.47 m
Safety area: Seat height:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Foundation:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Safety area: Seat height:
112¾“ x 88 ¼“, 2.86 x 2.24 m 18 ½“, 0.47 m
Safety area: Seat height:
Foundation:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Foundation:
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
3 year +
Four-person bouncer 019179
3 year +
Base area:
132“ x 90 ¾“, 3.35 x 2.30 m
21“, 0.53 m L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Foundation:
132“ x 132“, 3.35 x 3.35 m
Foundation:
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
3 year +
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
3 year +
Technical data 53 ¼“ x 12“, 1.35 x 0.30 m
Safety area: Seat height:
Safety area: Seat height:
19“, 0.48 m
Double bouncer 019191
Technical data 53 ¼“ x 53 ¼“, 1.35 x 1.35 m
28 ¾“ x 9 ½“, 0.73 x 0.24 m
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
Dolphin 019180
Technical data Base area:
Technical data
Base area:
Base area:
136“ x 89“, 3.45 x 2.26 m
21“, 0.53 m L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Foundation:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
57 ¼“ x 10 ¼“, 1.45 x 0.26 m
Safety area: Seat height:
3 year +
21 ¼“, 0.54 m L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m
Age group:
3 year +
Car 019192
Pickup 019201
Technical data Base area:
Technical data
33 ¼“ x 33 ¼“, 0.84 x 0.84 m
Safety area: Seat height:
112“ x 112“, 2.84 x 2.84 m
Foundation:
Base area:
33 ¼“ x 19“, 0.84 x 0.48 m 112“ x 97 ¾“, 2.84 x 2.48 m
17 ½“, 0.44 m
Safety area: Seat height:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
Foundation:
L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 12“
L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m Age group:
Outdoor Play Structures
Special fall protection for spring bouncers
3 year +
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
17 ½“, 0.44 m L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.30 m
Age group:
3 year +
www.haba.de
Flexible ground edging For coverage of ground surfaces. Ideal play equipment. Protects fall heights up to 39 ½", 100 cm. Flexible rubber, free of harmful substances. Height: 1 ½", 3.5 cm. Color: red-brown. 117282 Inner circle, Ø 71", 180 cm 117283 Outer circle, Ø 149 ¾", 380 cm
459
Haba fall protection panels for fall heights up to 94 ½", 2.40 m The elastic Haba fall protection panels are developed to minimize the risk of injury. Suitable for application both on firm and permeable subsurfaces such as gravel or dirt.
Suitable up to a fall height of 39 ½", 1.00 m
Your Advantages: Safe: non-slip, even when wet Low-noise: sound-absorbing Barrier-free usage: suitable for wheelchairs Easy to maintain: will not shift during play Minimization of injury risk Water permeable: no water puddles, fast-drying Easy to clean: simply spray the surface with a garden hose
The elastic Haba fall protection panels are made of high-quality recycled rubber, free of harmful substances. This means that they make a sustainable contribution to the conservation of valuable resources.
A Fall protection panel, whole 019088 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 1 ¼", 50 x 50 x 3 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019493 19 ¾" x 10" x 1 ¼", 50 x 25 x 3 cm C Edge panel 019496 39 ½" x 10" x 1 ¼", 100 x 25 x 3 cm D Corner panel 019497 39 ½" x 10" x 1 ¼", 100 x 25 x 3 cm
59 ¼", 1.50 m
B Half panel
1 ¼" - 3 ¼", 3 - 8 cm height A Full panel
A Fall protection panel, whole 019499 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 2", 50 x 50 x 5 cm
19 ¾ “, 5
0 cm
B Fall protection panel, half 019500 19 ¾" x 10" x 2", 50 x 25 x 5 cm C Edge panel 019496 39 ½" x 10" x 2", 100 x 25 x 5 cm D Corner panel 019570 39 ½" x 10" x 2", 100 x 25 x 5 cm
Suitable up to a fall height of
C Edge panel
78 ¾", 2.00 m
19 ¾“
, 50 cm
A Fall protection panel, whole 019609 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 3", 50 x 50 x 7 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019629 19 ¾" x 10" x 3", 50 x 25 x 7 cm C Edge panel 019649 39 ½" x 10" x 3", 100 x 25 x 7 cm D Corner panel 019697 39 ½" x 10" x 3", 100 x 25 x 7 cm
Suitable up to a fall height of 94 ½", 2.40 m A Fall protection panel, whole 019719 19 ¾" x 19 ¾" x 3 ¼", 50 x 50 x 8 cm B Fall protection panel, half 019729 19 ¾" x 10" x 3 ¼", 50 x 25 x 8 cm C Edge panel 019739 39 ½" x 10" x 3 ¼", 100 x 25 x 8 cm D Corner panel 019748 39 ½" x 10" x 3 ¼", 100 x 25 x 8 cm
D Corner panel
no surcharge for small quantities
To avoid tripping hazards, edge and corner pieces are needed when the panels are laid on hard surfaces such as concrete or asphalt. The fall protection surfaces should be edged with appropriate elements, such as concrete borders with rubber edging or rubber granulate elements. We can supply these on request.
Color options Unless otherwise specified we will deliver the standard color red-brown (ROTB). Special colors: green and anthracite additional charge
Example Installation: 39 ½“, 100 cm
Whole
Half
Optional Prepolymerglue For glueing of fall protection panels on firm ground. Content: 310 ml. For approx 2 m².
019783
460
Standard color Special color Special color red-brown (ROTB) green (GRÜN) anthracite (ANTH)
39 ½“, 100 cm
Suitable up to a fall height of
Fall protection
Rubber mulch for fall heights up to 118 ¼", 3.00 m This unique recycled rubber solution can be applied to almost any ground surface, and can also be structured. There are two types of rubber mulch: fine and coarse. Fine: for surfaces with high loads, such as the bottom of slides or under swings. Coarse: for normal loads, e.g. climbing towers etc. The rubber mulch is delivered in convenient bags of 22 ¼ lb, 10 kg each. In dry weather with temperatures over 50 °F, 10 °C the system hardens after approx. 24 hours and the surface can then be walked on. The binder is delivered in 55 ¼ lb, 25 kg buckets. The root fleece is on rolls.
Request: Please provide: Required fall protection area in ft2, m2 Subsurface: e.g. lawn, topsoil, concrete Fall height Type of load: e.g. fine, coarse
Advantages: Made of recycled rubber Natural: ideal for areas that are designed to look natural Firmly fixed with binder: doesn't shift during play Economical: no subsequent filling up or swapping out required Hygienic: doesn't attract vermin or house pets Practical: can be used on slopes and problematic surfaces Water permeable: no puddles, fast-drying Easy to clean: simply spray the surface with a garden hose Barrier-free usage: wheelchair-friendly
Installation:
Outdoor Play Structures
Generally there is no preparation of the under layer required. Drainage possibilities should be considered in order to support the high water permeability of the rubber mulch system if it is laid on a non-draining subsurface, e.g. concrete or asphalt. This is particularly important if the new surface is embedded in the ground. Fixing of the rubber mulch with binder means edging is not necessary. Edges can be rounded or angled. The included fleece prevents grass or weeds from growing through.
Note: Should only be installed in dry weather with temperatures over 50 °F, 10 °C to achieve optimal results! Installation in spring, fall or winter is not recommended.
red wood
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
earthy brown
www.haba.de
blue
grass green
461
"Danube" Water Play Landscape The base of the water elements is made of weatherproof, multi-layered laminated plywood. The solid wood components are made of larch.
After the pump is activated, water initially flows through the hinged basin into the distribution basin, from where it can supply the water and sand tracks. The special gate valves prevents water runoff.
A safety distance of approx. 59 ¼", 1.5 m should be left from the closest play equipment. The ground anchors of the water run are made of stainless steel.
The end basin, made of high quality stainless steel, collects the water. For cleaning the basin, simply empty via an opening in the base.
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested B
Individual planning
A
Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425
C
D H G
E
F
D
A B
Pump station with platform and valve combination
For direct connection to a high pressure water pipe. Platform size: L 62“ x W 32 ¾“ x H approx. 23 ¾“, L 157 x W 83 x H approx. 60 cm.
E
"Danube" sand track
With 1 outlet. Without add-in elements. L 63" x W 15 ¾", L 160 x W 40 cm, frame height 3 ¾", 9 cm.
428703
428340
B
"Danube" hinged bucket
As the bucket is filled it eventually overfills, tips and empties again. Frame and tub made of V2A stainless steel, PE side cladding. L 15 ¾" x W 14 ¼" x H 7 ¼", L 40 x W 36 x H 18 cm, total height (when tipped) 40 ¼", 102 cm.
428706
Note We offer each of these elements individually. You can put together a water playground based on your needs. The height of all the equipment can be adjusted to the age/size of the children during installation.
462
C
"Danube" distribution basin
With 2 outlets. L 39 ½" x W 29 ¾", L 100 x W 75 cm. Frame height 3 ¾", 9 cm.
428704
D
"Danube" collection bucket
F
"Danube" end basin
Hexagonal basin made of V2A stainless steel. Ø 37 ¼", 94 cm x H 8", 20 cm.
428705
G
"Sandbank" add-in element
To add into the "Danube" sand track. Polyethylene, orange. L 9 ¾" x W 6 ¾", L 24.2 x W 17 cm, material thickness ¾", 1.9 cm.
428708
H
"Barrage" add-in element
Basin can be filled. When the rubber stopper is pulled out it empties. Frame and tub made of V2A stainless steel, PE side cladding. L 15 ¾" x W 12" x H 6 ¾", L 40 x W 30 x H 17 cm.
To add into the "Danube" sand track. Polyethylene, orange. L 9 ¼" x H 2 ¼", L 23 x H 5.5 cm, material thickness: ¾", 1.9 cm.
428707
428709
Water & Sand 10
2
6
4
9
8
7 3
5 1 A
10 YEAR GUARANTEE GS-tested Individual planning
B
Natural Color Concept
Price alternatives
Sand Play Landscape A
Sand play landscape, version 1
Technical data
The sandpit can be combined with our Terramo system. The combination pictured here contains: Sandpit Play house with pitched roof Step Sand crane Seating/play bench 3-level sand sieve Sand play function wall Marble run function wall Car function wall Leaf decoration Incl. metal mounting and post ends.
Sandpit combination with: Sandpit Play house with pitch roof Step Sand crane Seating/play bench 3-level sand sieve Marble run function wall Car function wall Incl. metal mounting and post ends.
429483
429484
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Base area:
B
Sand play landscape, version 2
www.haba.de
Safety area:
134 ¼“ x 97 ¼“, 3.41 x 2.47 m 251 ¼“ x 211 ½“, 6.38 x 5.37 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Foundations:
12 ¼“, 0.31 m 12 ¼“, 0.31 m 110“, 2.79 m 6 pieces:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m Age group:
1 ½ year +
463
Outdoor Play Structures
More information on p. 425
Sand Play Equipment
4
2
5
3 6
7
1
10 YEAR GUARANTEE
No concrete foundation necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly
GS-tested Sand tower Here everything revolves around sand. Because it trickles through quickly the children have their hands full of things to do. Non-slip ramp Trickle gutter Sand play function wall Car function wall Marble run function wall Sand funnel Slide Incl. metal mounting.
Individual planning Natural Color Concept More information on p. 425.
429107
Technical data Base area: Safety area:
163 ½“ x 98 ½“, 4.15 x 2.50 m 301 ¼“ x 206 ½“, 7.65 x 5.24 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height: Total height: Age group:
23 ¾“, 0.60 m 12“/23 ¾“, 0.30 / 0.60 m 96 ½“, 2.45 m
A sophisticated closure mechanism means that the sand can be collected in the funnel.
1 ½ year + The trickle gutters, with their various openings, resemble a large sieve.
464
Sand Play Sand pavilion 1 Sand trickle gutter Sand play function wall Marble run function wall Sand sieve with 3 different sieves Incl. metal mounting.
No concrete foundation necessary ² cost-effective and fast assembly
429108
Technical data Base area: Safety area: Total height:
48 ½“ x 48 ½“, 1.23 x 1.23 m 166 ¾“ x 166 ¾“, 4.23 x 4.23 m 78 ¾“, 2.00 m
Age group:
1 ½ year +
4
3
1
2
The spring-mounted sieves shift the sand.
Sand play table with sand trickle pipe.
Outdoor Play Structures
Sand play function wall.
Sand pavilion 2 Sand sieve with 3 different sieves Marble run function wall Sand trickle gutter Counter with sand chute Sand play function wall Incl. metal mounting.
429109
1 Base area: Safety area: Total height: Foundation:
2
3 4
Technical data
5
48 ½“ x 93 ½“, 1.23 x 2.37 m 166 ¾“ x 211 ½“, 4.23 x 5.37m 78 ¾“, 2.00 m 1 piece: L 19 ¾“ x W 19 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“ L 0.50 x W 0.50 x H 0.40 m
Age group:
1 ½ year +
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
465
Sand play tower Sand lift
Sand play tower
6 4 5 7
A massive number of sand play options in a limited space. The arrangement also makes logical sequences of play possible! Sliding trolley Sand sieve Tipper Sand play function wall Sand trickle gutter Sand lift Board filling with counter and sand trickle gutter Sloping net field Incl. metal mounting.
429113
Sand Play Wall.
Technical data
8
Base area: Safety area:
3
3
63“ x 98 ½“, 1.60 x 2.50 m 181 ¼“ x 216 ¾“, 4.60 x 5.50 m
Max. free fall height: Platform height:
4
2
1
57 ¼“, 1.45 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m
Total height:
134“, 3.40 m 6 pieces,
Foundation:
L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x W 0.40 x H 0.40 m Age group:
Dump truck
3 year +
Sand workshop
Load up the
sand bucket
...
reload the sand ...
pour it out
transport it ...
...
and take it aw
ay!
tip it ...
Sand workshop Consists of sand crane with bucket, sliding trolley, table with distribution station, tipper on guide rods and table with sand pipe. Stainless steel, polyethylene. Incl. 3 posts with post ends and metal mounting.
428336
Technical data Base area: Safety area:
118 ¼“ x 71“, 3.00 x 1.80 m 236 ¼“ x 189“, 6.00 x 4.80 m
Max. free fall height: Total height: Foundation:
Age group:
466
21 ¾“, 0.55 m 57 ¼“, 1.45 m
3 pieces: L 15 ¾“ x W 15 ¾“ x H 15 ¾“, L 0.40 x B 0.40 x H 0.40 m 1 ½ year +
Sand Play
Sand play-Elements level
Sand sieve Sand funnel
With integrated water level. Stainless steel. W 25 ¼" x H 35 ½" x D 10 ¾", W 64 x H 90 x D 27 cm. Incl. posts with end and metal mounting.
This 3-level sieve separates the sand and sorts it into different grain sizes. The sieves vibrate when they are struck with an open palm. Stainless steel. W 14 ¾" x H 39 ½" x D 18 ½", W 37 x H 100 x D 47 cm. Incl. posts, post ends and metal mounting.
424287
424289
424299
Sand mixer
Sand crane
Telephone Tube
When turned the sand is sieved. A slight incline means that the sand stays in the drum when it's turned. Stainless steel. W 21 ½" x H 54" x D 17 ¾", W 54 x H 137 x D 45 cm. Incl. post, post end and metal mounting.
Uses muscle power to lift the sand up, and then swing it around to where it's needed. Complete with sand bucket. Polyethylene. W 4" x H 47 ¼" x D 25 ¾", W 10 x H 120 x D 65 cm. Incl. post with end and metal mounting.
Communicate over a distance of up to 25 meters with 2 funnels! The telephone can be flexibly constructed an attractive addition to every playground. H 50 ½", 128 cm; funnel Ø 7 ¼", 18 cm. Incl. 2 posts with end and metal mounting.
424288
424294
427200
The sand only trickles out the bottom when the ball valve is pushed up by hand. Stainless steel. Ø 15", 38 cm, H 39 ½", 100 cm, D 17 ½", 44 cm. Incl. posts, post ends and metal mounting.
Outdoor Play Structures
Sand scale
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
467
Mobile Water/Sand Tables for outside and inside
Mobile Water and Sand Table Thanks to the four sand and water proof casters, an excursion outdoors is no problem. Load capacity per caster: 176 lbs, 80 kg. Water / sand play table is outfitted with: sand tub, half-round shelf, small rondelle, 4 hooks. Plastic tub, UV and weatherproof PE material, powder-coated steel tubing. W 58 ½" x H 55 ½“ x D 28 ½“, W 148.5 x H 140.5 x D 71.8 cm. A 429130 Base model B 429131 Base model with roof Playing on different levels.
ged roof Hin
A
B
C
C
Roof
The roof can be attached to the water / sand play table and folded when not needed. Powder-coated steel, durable outdoor fabric of 100% polyester. Color: red/ orange.
428375
D
Water / Sand Table, Add-on module
Can be bolted onto both base models. With 2 casters, legs of beech wood. powder-coated MDF board. W 30 ¾“ x H 13 ¾“ x D 28 ¼ “, W 78 x H 35 x D 73 cm.
23 ¾" 60 cm
429132
E
Side cart for sand / water table
The cart offers additional space for playing. It fits under both base models to save space and can also be used separately. Equipment: plastic tub, half-round storage shelf, small rondell, 4 hooks, 4 casters (load capacity per caster: 175 lbs, 80 kg). W 41 ½“ x H 39“ x D 29“, W 105.5 x H 98.8 x D 73 cm.
D
G
F
Replacement tub for water / sand play table
G
Tub shelf, orange
For the base models (429130 and 429131) please order replacement tub No. 112295. For the addon module (429132) and the side cart, please order 112296. Through-colored, UV and weather proof PE material. 112295 W 43 ¼“ x H 8 ½“ x D 24“, W 110 x H 21.5 x D 60.5 cm 112296 W 29 ¼“ x H 8“ x D 24“, W 74 x H 20 x D 61.5 cm
14", 35 cm
14", 35 cm
F
429133
E
H
For covering the water / sand tub, as modeling, mixing, or storage surface. Plastic. W 24 ¼“ x H 2“ x D 12“, W 61.5 x H 5 x D 30 cm.
111473
in 2 sizes
The tray can be either a lid or modeling and building surface
H
Hook set With 4 plastic hooks to hang buckets, tubes, etc.
428376
468
Movement · Sport
469
Außenspielgeräte Activity Systems
C LIMBING
from house to house
The variety of materials and shapes makes it wonderfully challenging
Children can climb around on houses like their super-heroes. The climbing walls have wood applications in the form of clouds, high-rises or cranes. They give the visual impression of climbing from house to house in a city. These applications offer entirely different climbing options and experiences than traditional climbing grips. This climbing fun is rounded off with the innovative X climbing grips. Their shape and size as well as various surface structures are what make them so unique.
the base wall on
Ideal for mixed-age groups. The 16“, 40 cm safety zone without grips or steps guarantees safety for children under 3.
A
B
C
D
S A F E T Y
E
Z O N E
Safety zone for children under 3: without grips or steps. Starting here, they can’t go any higher, just to the left or right.
A
Sky climbing wall
B
High-rise climbing wall
C
House climbing wall
Includes 2 cloud wood applications. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 33 ½“, W 94 x H 84 cm.
Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.
Includes 4 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.
474824
474820
474821
City climbing wall Grips climbing wall
Crane climbing wall
Includes 2 wood applications and 6 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.
Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Birch, 1“, 18 mm thick, partially etched in colors. W 37“ x H 85 ½“, W 94 x H 216 cm.
Consists of the high-rise, house, grips and crane climbing walls as well as 4 sky climbing walls. Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 148 ½“ x H 118 ½“, W 376 x H 300 cm.
474822
474823
474825
D
480
E
Climbing
City Climbing Walls
Features >> Ideal and decorative for hallways or the entrance area
H
J 16“, 40 cm
G
Safety zone
Safety area
F
>> Safety zone between the upper most step and the lowest grip > 16“, 40 cm >> Children less than 3 cannot climb higher than 18 ½“, 46 cm
15 ¾“, 40 cm
>> Low climbing wall height – falling height < 23 ¾“, 60 cm – therefore no fall protection required
Quality >> Birch, ¾“, 18 mm Advantage: robust, stable connection of the grips to the climbing wall
F
City Climbing World
Small House Climbing Wall
G
House Climbing Wall
Climbing Wall Includes 5 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.
Climbing Wall Includes 4 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.
474830
474831
H
High-Rise Climbing Wall
J
Gripmix Climbing Wall
Consists of the high-rise, house, small house and gripmix climbing walls. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 148½“ x H 66“, W 376 x H 167 cm.
Includes 3 wood applications and 3 climbing grips. Genuine Birch, 1“, 18 mm, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.
Includes 3 cloud wood applications and 6 climbing grips Genuine Birch 1“, 18 mm thick, etched in colors. W 37“ x H 66“, W 94 x H 167 cm.
474834
474832
474833
For Mini Mountain Goats
one, two, three – on top!
Mountain climbing experience for the littlest ones
The little hedgehog loves children to slide down his nose. The two climbing steps are covered in rugged Tretford carpet, and the slide with linoleum. Birch. W 63” x H 24 ½” x D 19 ½”, W 160 x H 62 x D 49.2 cm.
Activity Systems
Toddler Slide Hedgehog
13 climbing grips are pre-mounted and the space between the grips is selected so that even 1-year-olds can reach the upper 5 grips with their hands by climbing, although their feet do not come past the lower 8 grips. A little bell or some little “reward” can be fastened on top. Birch. W 37“ x H 66“ x D 8“, W 94 x H 167 x D 20 cm. 474891 Climbing wall 474899 Bell
110845
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
www.haba.de
481
Flexible Climbing Wall Anti-twist climbing grips p. 483
Varied grips for variable climbing
Numbered climbing p. 484
Benefits
Climbing obstacle p. 484
B
>> Grid holes make it easy to quickly and freely reposition the climbing grips. This means that a climbing wall can be designed to suit different levels of difficulty. >> Children can help plan the climbing route and re-bolt it – this encourages communication and social interaction. >> The distance between holes (5 ¼“, 12.8 cm) is always the same. This means that the Haba climbing grips (p. 483) can even be bolted between two walls.
A Climbing walls with flexible grip arrangement Birch wood carrier plate, ¾“, 18 mm thick. A 474021 Small, W 35 ½“ x H 33 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 84 cm B 474022 Large, W 35 ½“ x H 85 ¼“, W 89.6 x H 216 cm
Uniform hole grid makes it easy to mount the climbing grips on the wall transitions For solid mounting without damaging the climbing wall surface, we recommend the climbing grip sets (item nos. 112025, 112026 and 112027) on page 483. Also available in colors (linoleum surface) for an upcharge.
Order options on page 479.
A true climbing Eldorado Combination of climbing gym (from p. 470), hanging trail (from p. 474) and climbing walls (from p. 478) - Various climbing options with different levels of difficulty. - Climbing, moving hand over hand and adventure.
482
Climbing
Rung walls in various versions With or without mirror
C
B
hang in and secure A
round rungs Ø = 1 ¼", 3 cm
Made of multiplex birch, ash rungs, mirror made of composite safety glass (½", 8 mm). Frame 1 ¼", 30 mm thick, rungs Ø 1 ¼", 30 mm. Width: 31 ½“, 80 cm. Rung spacing: with 71", 180 cm height and 7 rungs 10 ¾", 27 cm, with 55 ¼", 140 cm height and 5 rungs 12", 30 cm. A 474002 55 ¼" x 31 ½", without mirror (not pictured) 474003 55 ¼" x 31 ½", with mirror 474004 71" x 31 ½", without mirror (not pictured) B 474005 71" x 31 ½", with mirror
C
Rung walls
The 1st and 3rd rung from the top are brought forward. Rung walls with rounded frames and 14 rungs each. Rounded softwood frame and ash rungs. Includes hardware. 111427 single, 82 ¾" x 31 ½", 210 x 80 cm 111428 double, 82 ¾" x 63", 210 x 160 cm
D
Wood rung walls
The elliptical rungs are easy to hold on to. With rounded softwood corners and ash rungs: the 1st and 3rd rungs are further forward. Includes hardware. 110875 Single, 102 ½" x 39 ½", 260 x 100 cm 110876 Double, 102 ½" x 78 ¾", 260 x 200 cm
Cross brace for lightweight construction (non weight bearing walls) For all rung walls - with lightweight construction, plasterboard or partition walls. Please mount the rung walls with a cross brace at the top and bottom. Each rung wall requires 2 x mounting materials. Cross section: 35 ½" x 15 ¾", 90 x 40 cm. Pine, natural. 127413 Cross brace for 31 ½", 80 cm and 39 ½", 100 cm width 127415 Cross brace for 63", 160 cm and 78 ¾", 200 cm width
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
D
Note
14 ¼“, 35,8 cm
Please ensure adequate fall protection for all rung walls!
E
Universal rope climber
For attachment to all rung walls with a width of at least 31 ½", 80 cm. Made of natural pine wood with grip-friendly, ¾", 1.5 cm thick, polypropylene cord (mesh size approx. 9 ¼", 23 cm). Base ends of the frame with robust, non-slip rubber caps; suspension fixture with safety lock. W 43" x H 90 ¾" x D 4 ¾", W 109 x H 230 x D 12 cm.
oval rungs H 1 ¾", W 1 ¼", H 4, W 3 cm
G
Distance between rungs 3 ½", 8.9 cm.
025177
F
Large mirror
You can mount this gigantic mirror surface in vertical and landscape format. Frames made of genuine birch timber. W 29 ½“ x H 78 ¾“, W 74 x H 200 cm.
C
697762 17“, 43 cm
G
round rungs Ø = 1 ¼", 3 cm
North face
Eight bars and various cut out shapes help children climb the wall. For hanging on all rung walls. 31 ½" x 90 ¾", 80 x 230 cm. Pine frame and grips, birch plywood panel.
025176 H
H
Roller board track
Children can use the side grip rail to pull themselves up while lying on the roller board, before zipping down again. The roller board track can be hung up on the rung walls. Birch wood. Roller board track: L 90 ¾" x W 23 ¾", L 230 x W 60 cm, distance to guide rails: 13 ½", 34 cm.
Distance between rungs 3 ½", 8.5 cm.
110589
www.haba.de
485
Activity Systems
Rung walls with large rung spacing – with and without mirror.
102 ½“, 260 cm
DAYCARE CLIMBING WALL on page 481.
E
82 ¾“, 210 cm
55 ¼“, 140 cm
71“, 180 cm
82 ¾“,210 cm
F
Climbing and gymnastic walls – plenty of movement in a limited space Put your own climbing wall together: completely customized to your space and the needs of your children. From flat climbing and gymnastics walls to folding 3-dimensional adventure climbing walls, everything is possible to offer children varied movement stimulus. Frames made of solid Nordic spruce, rungs made of solid ash and stainless steel, ropes made of polypropylene, climbing wall made of plywood. Size of all elements: W 39 ½" x H 84 ¾" x D 3 ¾", W 100 x H 215 x D 9 cm.
Benefits
>> Lots of tactile experiences due to various materials >> Elements can be combined as desired >> Can be combined with hang-on elements (see page 485) >> Maximum safety thanks to foamcovered base with gym mat material Rung wall With larger spacing between rungs.
Climbing rope element
Large rung wall
Padded frame.
Padded frame.
111233
111228
111231
Mounting sets for all climbing and gymnastics walls Wall-floor-attachment sets You will need 1 attachment set per element. 110882 For 3 ½", 8.9 cm distance from the wall (not suitable for item nos. 111227, 112123 and 111235) 110883 For 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall 111249 For 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall with underfloor heating
Cross brace for lightweight construction (non load bearing walls)
Rope ladder element More challanging than wall bars but not as wobbly as a normal rope ladder. Ropes are attached to the frame at the top and bottom.
112123
Adventure rung wall For plenty of variety while climbing. Rope rungs.
Rungs made of various materials (metal, wood, rope), and with various diameters ensure a special climbing experience.
111227
111235
Climbing net element
The rope ladder element, climbing net element and adventure rung wall may only be mounted with a distance to the wall of 15 ¾", 40 cm!
Use a cross brace when attaching climbing and gymnastics walls to lightweight, plasterboard or partition walls. Pine. Without underfloor heating: you need 1 cross brace for the top attachment point, and at the bottom the gym wall is attached to the floor. With underfloor heating: you need 1 cross brace each for the top and bottom. Contents: 1 cross brace. 127415 Cross brace for 78 ¾", 2 m width 127416 Cross brace for 118 ¼", 3 m width 127418 Cross brace for 157 ½", 4 m width
Hinge mechanism for climbing and gymnastics walls Climbing chimney Gives the feeling of climbing up a crevice. With climbing holds made of epoxy resin and quartz sand on both sides.
112124
486
Grip mix climbing wall element Grips on both sides.
Judge distances, test your own strength and coordinate the movement of arms and legs.
111234
111236
Climbing wall, blue
Pivot the walls up to 90°. The hinge mechanism can only be used with at least one gymnastic wall. Material: wood.
023469
Climbing and Gymnastics Walls
Benefits >> Distance from wall can be selected: 3 ½", 8.9 cm 15 ¾", 40 cm
4 fields
>> The benefit of a 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from wall: the climbing wall can be used from both sides, i.e. children can climb through and over it >> Can be individually put together: type, number and arrangement of the elements is freely selectable
Climbing and gymnastic wall with 4 fields Consists of the following elements: large rung wall, climbing net element, "grip mix" climbing wall element, rung wall; incl. wall clearance holder for 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall. W 157 ½" x H 84 ¾" x D 3 ¾", W 400 x H 215 x D 9 cm.
111257
Mat sets for 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall Mat set for 3 ½", 8.9 cm distance from the wall on request.
200x100
100x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
150x100
200x40 150x100
150x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
200x40 200x100
150x100
150x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
100x40
200x100
For climbing and gymnastic walls with 2 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall.
For climbing and gymnastic walls with 3 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall.
For climbing and gymnastic walls with 4 fields and 15 ¾", 40 cm distance from the wall.
Fall protection mat base set
Fall protection mat base set
Fall protection mat base set
Consists of a total of 5 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 1 mat 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm. 024706 Head 024709 Head light
Consists of a total of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 3 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 1 mat 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm, 1 mat 39 ½" x 15 ¾", 100 x 40 cm. 024707 Head 024710 Head light
Consists of a total of 8 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 4 mats 59 ¼" x 39 ½", 150 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾" x 15 ¾", 200 x 40 cm. 024708 Head 024711 Head light
Fall protection mat extension set
Fall protection mat extension set
Fall protection mat extension set
Consists of 5 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 5 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm. 022904 Head 022911 Head light
Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 5 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm, 1 mat 39 ½" x 39 ½", 100 x 100 cm. 022829 Head 022882 Head light
Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½", 6 cm height): 6 mats 78 ¾" x 39 ½", 200 x 100 cm. 022909 Head 022906 Head light
nweis Hite No
Note Base mat sets and extension mat sets comply with the fall protection space in accordance with DIN EN 1177.
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
For fast and back-friendly mat laying we recommend the mat set lightweight mat set Head light.
www.haba.de
>> Ensure appropriate distance to the ceiling in order to avoid dangerous gaps.
487
Activity Systems
200x100
200x100
200x100
150x100
200x100
150x100
150x100
200x100
200x100
200x100
150x100
4-field version
200x40
150x100
3-field version
200x40
150x100
2-field version
folding
Adventure climbing walls – folding or fixed: Put together your own adventure climbing wall from the single elements on p. 486 Adventure climbing wall with 5 fields Folding. Consists of the following elements: large rung wall, climbing net element, grip mix climbing wall, climbing rope element and rung wall. W 120 ½“ x H 88 ¾“ x D 45 ¾“, W 306 x H 225 x D 116 cm. Note: not suitable for sprung or sport floors.
5 fields
111295
Cross brace for lightweight construction (non weight bearing walls) For all adventure climbing walls. Please always use a cross brace when attaching adventure climbing walls to lightweight, plasterboard or partition walls. Pine. Contents: 1 cross brace. For assembly you need 3 cross braces for each of the corresponding field versions. 127415 Cross brace for 3-field version 127416 Cross brace for 4-field version 127418 Cross brace for 5-field version
Folding for more free space or fixed for all flooring types Please select the appropriate assembly set: Folding assembly set For all adventure climbing walls. Ensures that they can be folded against the wall to save space when not being used. 023341 3-field version 023343 4-field version 023344 5-field version
Non-folding assembly set For all adventure climbing walls. The walls cannot be folded. 023319 3-field version 023318 4-field version 023317 5-field version
Note folding adventure climbing walls cannot be mounted on sprung or sport floors.
Hinged version – it‘s simple A stainless steel hinge mechanism makes it possible to push together the climbing and gymnastics walls into a unit with a depth of only 8 ¾“, 22 cm to save space. Secure locking mechanism
488
Adventure climbing wall set up
... or mounted flat on the wall
Adventure Climbing Walls
The right fall protection mat set for the corresponding adventure climbing wall
168x100
168x100
168x100
168x100
168x100
106x86
115x100
106x100
106x100
168x100
200x100
135x100
115x100
135x100
115x100
135x100
115x100
135x100
200x100
135x100
200x100
115x100
135x100
115x100
5-field version 106x93,5
106x93,5
115x100
115x100 200x100
161x100
115x100
161x100
200x100
115x100
161x100
106x52
115x100
161x100
106x52
115x100
4-field version
200x100
3-field version.
Fall protection mat basis set
Fall protection mat basis set
Fall protection mat basis set
For adventure climbing wall with 3 fields. Consists of a total of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 2 mats 63 ½“ x 39 ½“, 161 x 100 cm, 2 mats 42 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 20 ½“, 106 x 52 cm. 022915 Head 022913 Head light
For adventure climbing wall with 4 fields. Consists of a total of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 53 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 135 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 37“, 106 x 93.5 cm. 024712 Head 024714 Head light
For adventure climbing wall with 5 fields. Consists of 8 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 66 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 168 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm, 2 mats 41 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 106 x 100 cm, 1 mat 41 ¾“ x 34“, 106 x 86 cm. 024713 Head 024715 Head light
Fall protection mat extension set
Fall protection mat extension set
Fall protection mat extension set
For adventure climbing wall with 3 fields. Consists of 6 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 63 ½“ x 39 ½“, 161 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022921 Head 022916 Head light
For adventure climbing wall with 4 fields. Consists of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 53 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 135 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022924 Head 022830 Head light
For adventure climbing wall with 5 fields. Consists of 7 fall protection mats (2 ½“, 6 cm height): 3 mats 66 ¼“ x 39 ½“, 168 x 100 cm, 2 mats 78 ¾“ x 39 ½“, 200 x 100 cm, 2 mats 45 ½“ x 39 ½“, 115 x 100 cm. 022831 Head 022898 Head light
Note The base mat set and extension mat set comply with secured fall protection in accordance with DIN
EN 1177. For fast and back-friendly mat laying we recommend the lightweight mat set Head light.
Roller and Wave Slides B
A
Activity Systems
ROLLER BOARD TRACK on page 485.
Easy hanging
They get everything rolling! Sliding is especially thrilling on the moving, round, wooden-mounted special foam rollers. The body is massaged, when sliding on the back, tummy, knees or backside, forward or backward. All roller slides can be hung on rung walls or stepped platforms. The wave slide can be hung on rung walls with large gaps and all stepped platforms. Plywood frame, rollers made of durable thick foam material. A 025348 Roller-slide, L 78 ¾" x W 23 ¾", L 200 x W 60 cm 025351 Roller-slide, L 98 ½“ x W 23 ¾“, L 250 x W 60 cm 025350 Roller-slide, L 118 ¼“ x W 23 ¾“, L 300 x W 60 cm B 117082 Wave-slide, L 80 ¾“ x W 23“, L 205 x W 58 cm
Tel.: +49 9564 929-2446
Roller slide in 3 lengths
www.haba.de
489